Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52. January, 1950. No. 613.
CONTENTS:

Editorial Announcement ....................eeee eee eon area |

GOU Plant Names? F.R. Fosberg. ......... 4 eoe tona 1

Willow Hybrids: Salix hebecarpa Fernald and S. simulans Fernald.
Uerieón R. Ball. ..................- 20 en Arois an a A 8

Three Additions to the Flora of Nova Scotia. M. L. Fernald. ... 18

Some Additions to the Oklahoma Flora. U. T. Waterfall. ....... 19

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the

flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than l plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver’s
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

No

No.

No.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

. XXXIV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 77—269. 1902.
Flora of the Galapagos Islands. With 3 plates.
Dre L. MOOS L0 rceiiessteusbsbikrpocensusenFEAMETEERES eu $1.75

XXXV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 69-120. 1903. New and
otherwise Noteworthy Angiosperms from Mexico and Central
Ametion. By J. M. Greenman. o.c6siccsccoccenevesvVecceawecess $ .50

XXXI. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 235-278. 1905.
1. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. Greenman.
2. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae.
By BR Xs, ODI. ......-. 4 4 viua see ues peer TORRE A Rhe $ .40

. XXXII. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 3-48. 1900.
l. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
2. Revision of the Genus Ophryosporus.
3. The Genus Helogyne and its Synonyms.
4. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Compositae which have been classed with them.
SUN B BENE. oe cece eugubicceenacd (eesi lic T err $ .60

GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. January, 1950 No. 613

EDITORIAL ANNOUNCEMENT

In beginning a new volume of RHopona it is important to
emphasize that the articles present the views and usages of their
authors and that they are not to be taken as always agreeing
with the interpretations of the Eprrons. This policy, enunciated
at the beginning of publication of the journal, seems the right one
to follow in a field where many differences of judgement are found.

OFFICIAL PLANT NAMES?

F. R. FosBere

As has happened before several previous botanical congresses,
there seems to be at the present time a rather active movement
to substitute legislative procedures for research in solving
nomenclatural problems. Although botanical congresses have
always decisively rejected the idea of a list of conserved specific
names, several proposals have been made to create such a list at
the 1950 congress. This involves a change in the basis of our
system of determining the names of plants serious enough that
it should be discussed so thoroughly that all of its implications
are brought out. Those who vote on the matter at the congress
then may know exactly to what they are opening the way
should they adopt this principle.

The task of providing separate and distinctive names for a
quarter of a million species of plants would, under the best of
conditions, be a difficult one. Even if all the species were well-
known and clear-cut, if the task were undertaken with an oppor-
tunity to survey the ficld and plan the whole job, if there were

2 Rhodora [JANUARY

neither history nor literature to deal with, it is still only too
obvious that the job would not be accomplished without a con-
siderable amount of confusion appearing in the result. The most
careful of minds grow tired and the best of clerical help make
errors.

How much further from ideal were the cireumstances under
which the members of the plant kingdom actually received their
names only the person who has studied the history of systematic
botany can fully realize. One need not go back into the nebu-
lous pre-Linnaean period. Beginning with Linnaeus, who made
a brilliant start by bringing together the botanical knowledge of
his time into a classification that was understandable to all, by
providing a simple botanical nomenclature from which homon-
ymy (i. e., the use of the same name for two or more species)
and to a certain extent synonymy (i. e., different names for the
same species), were eliminated, and by providing a philosophy or
set of principles (Critica Botanica: Philosophia Botanica) for
the guidance of his successors, even here we find the seeds of
confusion. These lie in the simple fact that even the knowledge
of plants possessed by the great master was woefully incomplete.

The Linnaean system came into a rapidly expanding world.
Early systematists worked during a period when plants were
being discovered faster than any person could learn even their
names, let alone know how they were distinguished.

'These men worked also in à period when communication was
infinitely more difficult than at present. They worked with
scanty and fragmentary material, with little knowledge of the
variability and behavior of plants, with none of the benefits of
modern genetics, and with no rules or authority to follow in the
naming of their plants except the principles suggested by Lin-
naeus. Add to this the fact that anyone who cared to could
describe and name plants. Those who did included druggists,
medical doctors, explorers, zoologists, compilers of dictionaries
and other reference works, dealers in specimens, and horti-
culturists, to mention only a few of the categories other than
botanists. Many of these men made valuable observations and
contributions to the understanding of plants, but often they
wrote in ignorance of what their botanical colleagues had already
written. Too often, also, the botanists wrote in ignorance of

1950] Fosberg,— Official Plant Names? 3

what these miscellaneous other workers had already published.
The late eighteenth century and the early nineteenth century
saw numerous attempts to bring together all plant names in the
form of nomenclators or brief treatments of all known plants.
These were inevitably out of date before they were published,
and they were compiled, not according to any recognized set of
nomenclatural principles, but according to their author's per-
sonal views on the subject or those of his institution. The last
and greatest of these attempts was the Index Kewensis, which
started as a nomenclator but in its later supplements acknowl-
edged the impossibility of the task and simply listed published
names. The enormous flood of plant names had finally sub-
merged even the most optimistic of those who thought that an
end must be in sight.

Meanwhile it was finally realized that in an expanding field of
knowledge order could only be achieved by establishing a set of
principles and rules for determining that each plant species
would have only one name and that a given name would only
designate one species. In 1867 an international congress of
botanists adopted a code of rules for the naming of plants which,
though it has been revised several times, is still in effect. From
the first the basic principle in these rules has been that priority
of publication is the basis for selection of one from among several
names applied to the same plant. More recently has been
recognized the obvious principle of determining the application
of names by reference to the original (or type) material on which
they were based.

These principles, despite occasional difficulty in application,
are the only fundamentally objective features in the rules of
nomenclature and are the bulwarks standing between an orderly
and understandable system and nomenclaturalanarchy. In spite
of occasional wailing and gnashing of teeth at the consequences
of the application of these principles, there has never, since they
were made the bases of the rules, been, among botanists, any
serious, widespread deliberate disregard of them. The great
American Code rebellion was against looseness in the application
of these principles rather than against them. It is not an
overstatement to say that the functioning of the principle of
priority and the type method are the main reason that botanists

4 Rhodora [JANUARY

can communicate with each other about plants with no serious
ambiguity.

Let us examine, then, these recurrent pleas for the conservation
of specific names—in other words, for the violation or abandon-
ment of the principle of priority. What is their origin, and have
their originators given sufficient thought to their consequences?

Almost invariably such proposals come from foresters, horti-
culturists, and other practical users of plant names, or from
botanists who are in one way or another subject to pressure
from these groups. Historically, it is interesting to note that
much of the present-day activity in changes of plant names
stems from the publications of earlier horticulturists, druggists,
and other practical men. Their publications have frequently
been in obscure or unlikely places and their descriptions often
inaccurate or insufficient for positive identification. And these
faults are by no means entirely a thing of the past.

Most of the proposals for conserved specifie names specify
that the list be kept small, that it be confined to trees and plants
of economic importance. Trees are, I suppose, a special case
because they are objects of study by foresters. Why the con-
venience of those interested in economie plants should be of
more importance than that of non-taxonomists interested in
certain other plants, i. e. morphologists, geneticists, ete. is
never stated. I have not seen, so far, a practicable suggestion
as to how the list is to be kept small. The hundreds of unim-
portant generic names proposed for conservation form an example
of what may be expected. If those proposing to conserve
specifie names had really considered the diffieulties and ramifi-
cations of what they are suggesting, they would probably find it
much simpler to learn a few new names now and then rather than
to solve all the problems that would arise. Let us consider the
case of the name Sequoia gigantea, long in use for the big tree of
California, surely a fit name to be conserved (see Dayton, W. A.,
Leafl. W. Bot. 3: 209-219, 1943), if this is a solution to the
problems of name changes. There are several reasons why this
name must be changed. In the first place, it does not belong to
the big tree at all, but is a synonym of the name Sequoia semper-
virens, having been first applied to the redwood. If it is con-
served it obviously should be applied to the big tree, but its type

1950] Fosberg,— Official Plant Names? 5

is the redwood. Of course a new type might be selected, but
this would introduce a precedent of violation of the other basic
principle of nomenclature that would have far-reaching conse-
quences. The principle of "neotypes" is probably fully as
dangerous to ultimate nomenclatural stability as that of viola-
tion of the principle of priority. But for argument's sake,
suppose a new type were chosen that would attach the name
Sequoia gigantea to the big tree. Are the difficulties over then?
No, for Professor Bucholz has recently proposed that the big
tree constitutes a different genus, Sequoiadendron. If this is
accepted, Sequoia gigantea still must be discarded. Should we
then insist that the epithet gigantea be conserved anyhow? If
so it will, with its new typification, need transference to the new
genus, but there it will be a later homonym, as the old gigantea
has already been transferred there. Thus it will have to be
conserved all over again, and since the newer binomial, Sequo?a-
dendron giganteum, is not especially familiar, there will be much
less reason for this. The wailing has all been about Sequoia
gigantea. Perhaps we should conserve Sequoia also. But it has
already been conserved for the redwood.

This brings up the question of whether the proposals call for
the conservation of epithets or binomials. This is not clear.
If it is epithets that are to be conserved, then they will be con-
served in all combinations. If binomials only, then a great
many of the changes that are objected to cannot be prevented
in this way. Also, if a binomial is conserved, does this add its
generic name to the list of nomina conservanda?

Another very obvious difficulty arises in the numerous cases
- where different binomials are in use in different regions for the
same plant. The New Zealanders commonly use Pinus insignis
for the Monterey pine, which is an important economic plant in
their country. They might well wish to save this name and
might propose it for conservation. The California botanists
who have always used the correct name, Pinus radiata, would
undoubtedly raise a violent protest, as probably would the U. S.
foresters. Yet the tree is of economic importance in New
Zealand and scarcely so in the U. S. Are the foresters of New
Zealand to be sacrificed to the whims of a few impractical Cali-
fornians just because the plant happens to come from there and

6 Rhodora [JANUARY

because they happen to have been correct in their use of its
name? This seems to be contrary to the reasons for conserva-
tion of specific names.

The list of Nomina Generica Conservanda has been in the
rules for over forty years and even yet all of its difficulties and
inconsistencies are not ironed out. The problems involved in
conserving generie names are relatively simple compared with
those that would arise where species are concerned. If any of
the proponents of conserved specific names think that this
would simplify their problems, let them look over the history of
the generic name list. They might well decide that it would be
simpler to let strict priority operate and learn a new name now
and then.

One of the most inevitable evils that would arise under such a
scheme would be an attempt to substitute decision by authority
for taxonomic research. (See A. C. Martin, Am. Mid]. Nat. 34:
800, 1945.) Under even the best-informed authority this would
be an intolerable infringement on the freedom of research.
Actually, those in high official positions seldom have either the
time, inclination, or ability to investigate complex nomenclatural
problems well enough to understand them. Official decisions
in these matters have an excellent chance of being unfortunate
ones.

In repeated conversations with non-taxonomic users of botani-
cal names it has become very evident that the annoyance with
name changes is an indiscriminate one, not confined to such
changes as are merely the result of discovery of older works or
the typification of obscure or incorrectly applied names. There
is sometimes a resentment even of cases resulting from increased
taxonomic knowledge. This is comparable to resentment that
modern theories as to the mechanics of the ascent of sap in trees
are not those learned from the textbooks of thirty years ago.
These are matters that cannot be settled by legislation any more
than the principles of genetics can be regulated by the decisions
of political commissars. To open the way to even a possibility
of such regulation is too dangerous to be considered,.

The proposals to outlaw names that have not been used for a
specified period of time (see Dayton, W. A., Jour. Forestry 41:
373, 1943; Little, E. L., Phytologia 2: 451—456, 1948) would be

1950] Fosberg,— Official Plant Names? 7

less unsatisfactory but due to difficulty in determining when a
name had been used, would give rise to much more of the same
trouble that they seek to eliminate (see Fernald, M. L., Rhodora
50: 247—249, 1948).

It is appropriate to conclude with some pertinent remarks on
the subject by an acute student, E. J. H. Corner, made after a
difficult and involved study to determine the correct names for
several economie species of Artocarpus (Gard. Bull. S. S. 10: 80,
1938) :

“T find that it has been proposed by Indian foresters to con-
serve the name A. integer, or A. integrifolia, for the Jack of
India. Hitherto the conservation of specific names has been
discountenanced at Botanical Congresses, and the present
instance shows what a dangerous precedent it may create.
The confusion between Jack and Champedak can be ascribed
only to the incompetence of systematists and their lack of
acquaintance with the plants which they have tried to classify.
Nor have any practical men, so far as I can ascertain, endeavored
to assist systematists in this actual instance. The conservation
of specific names can be accepted only if botanists agree to forego
entirely their principles of priority and typification, in other
words to throw over their system of nomenclature, and to adopt
arbitrary names for every species. And supposing such, what is
A. integer of India, the Chempedak or the Jack, because both
species evidently grow there and have been mistaken for each
other? Let us rather acknowledge the ignorance that still
prevails concerning the systematy of tropical plants and direct
our efforts to overcome this."

CaTHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA,
Washington 17, D. C.

8 Rhodora [JANUARY

WILLOW HYBRIDS: SALIX HEBECARPA FERNALD
AND 8. SIMULANS FERNALD

CARLETON R. BALL

In an attempt at monographic treatment of American willows,
it becomes necessary to study critically the various new sections,
species, and varieties which have been proposed. This is a
dificult and laborious task because, while no proof of validity
is required when novelties are published, abundant proof of its
lack must be furnished when their validity is questioned. In
the interest of accurate knowledge, however, such questions
must be raised.

The writer already has done this in the case of two mono-
specific sections (Argyrocarpae and Uva-ursi) proposed by Dr.
Fernald. It also has been done for new species (or names) in
the case of Small’s renaming of Salix floridana and Murrill and
Palmer’s publishing of S. astatulana;? of Fernald’s renaming of
long-established (145 years) S. petiolaris? and of Schneider’s
publishing of three new species of Canadian subarctic willows,
of which only S. fullertonensis could be maintained. During
this monographie work, a new ‘centripetal’? method has been
developed for the study of abundant material supposedly repre-
senting two or more different entities. This method was
illustrated by a study of Salix cordata Muhl. and S. missouriensis
Bebb, which showed that the latter could not be maintained as a
separate species. Other discussions are in press or in preparation.

Recently, it has been necessary to study two little-known
species, S. hebecarpa Fernald, and S. simulans Fernald, both of
which were assigned to Section Roseae by their author. Both
are from the St. Lawrence River area of southern Quebec. The
results presented below led to the conclusion that both are
are hybrids of S. pedicellaris Pursh, var. hypoglauca Fernald.

! Ball, Carleton R. Studying willows or making new sections in the genus Salix.
RHODORA 49: 37—49. 1947.

2 Ball, Carleton R. Salix floridana Chapman, a valid species. Journ. Arnold Arb.
24: 103-106, pl. 1. 1943.

3 Ball, Carleton R. Salix petiolaris J. E. Smith, American, not British. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 75 (2): 178-187. 1948.

4 Ball, Carleton R. Schneider's three new Canadian willow species (S. anamesa,
S. fullertonensis, and S. hudsonensis). Canad. Field-Nat. 62 (5): 150—152. 1948.

5 Ball, Carleton R. More plant study: Fewer Plant names. Journ. Arnold Arb.
27: 371-385. 1946.

1950] Ball,—Willow Hybrids 9

This is the only species of Section Roseae in that part of North
America and they strongly resemble it in many characters, as
Fernald pointed out. The resemblance is so close, in fact, that
the other parent cannot be certainly identified. This frequently
is the case with hybrids.

In evaluating questions of hybrid origin, some important facts
about natural hybrids must be kept in mind. 1, The two parents
must have about the same flowering period if wind-blown or
insect-carried pollen grains from the male parent are to find
receptive stigmas on the ovaries of the female plant. 2, Unless
such cross pollination results in the production of fertile seeds,
there can be no hybrid progeny. 3, If several or many fertile
hybrid seeds are produced by the same pollen on a given plant,
the plants which grow from these seeds will not all look alike,
because of the laws of inheritance of differing characters. 4,
There are many characters, such as size, shape, color, hairiness,
toothing, division, glandulation, glaucousness, etc., for each of
the many different organs of a single plant (stems, buds, stipules,
leafs, peduncles, flower scales, capsules, pedicels, styles, stigmas,
stamens, glands, etc.). 5, If all of the hybrid seeds were fertile
and most of them produced plants, enormous diversity in the
progeny would be evident. 6, In nature, many cross-pollinated
ovaries produce no seeds at all, and many seeds which do form
are not fertile. 7, Those hybrid plants which most nearly
resemble one of the parents are most likely to produce fertile
seeds. 8, As their characters are more nearly those of one
parent, their progeny from different seeds will show relatively
little diversity. That is why the other parent often cannot be
identified.

It must be remembered also that a hybrid plant of Salix,
after once becoming established, may continue to multiply
vegetatively. "This may be done by creeping stems, subterranean
rootstocks, or even the roots themselves, all of which may
produce new shoots. Later, these become independent plants
when the connection decays. Spread occurs also by twigs
broken off accidentally by wind, water, snow, ice, or animals,
and which readily take root in soil or sand, sometimes far away
from the parent plant. The new plants from this vegetative
reproduction all will be like the plant from which they were

10 Rhodora [JANUARY

detached. With these facts in mind let us consider the two
species named.
SALIX HEBECARPA FERNALD

This plant of Mt. Albert, Gaspe Peninsula, Quebec, was first
published? in 1907 as S. fuscescens var. hebecarpa Fernald, n. var.
This name was given because the more glabrous and partly
creeping form was thought to be S. fuscescens, a prostrate willow
of Alaska. In 1924, it was raised to specific rank,” the more
glabrate and the more pubescent forms being considered a single
species. Fernald discussed its charachetrs and relationships in
both these papers, and again, briefly, in 1930, when publishing
his second species, S. simulans.”

In 1907, Fernald stated that S. fuscescens Andersson, an
Alaskan creeping species,—

“|. . is abundant in bogs on the serpentine tableland of Mt. Albert.

It is a very attractive creeping shrub, in foliage and other characters

strongly suggesting S. pedicellaris Pursh . . . [but] . . . quickly dis-

tinguished by its usually obovate leaves, the more pubescent scales

.. . , the very short thickish pedicels (barely exceeding the scales),

the long subulate nectary which is usually half as long as the pedicel,

and the definite though short style."

He then states that many colonies on Mt. Albert have the
capsules quite glabrous as in the type of the species (S. fuscescens)
while other colonies, occupying extensive areas, have the cap-
sules distinctly pilose. Fernald and Collins No. 207, the only
collection of the pubescent-capsuled form, is designated the type
of the new variety hebecarpa, differing from the species (S. fus-
cescens) only in ‘‘pilose capsules". No reference was made then
to the two collections of the creeping plant with glabrous capsules,
made in 1905 and 1906. They represent the plant then held to
be fuscescens itself.

In 1924 (l. c. above), Fernald raised his variety to specific rank
as Salix hebecarpa (Fernald) n. comb., and included in it the
more abundant glabrous-capsuled plant, which he then admitted
was not S. fuscescens Andersson as he had thought it to be in
1907. Besides the type, pubescent-capsuled No. 207, he cites

5 Fernald, M. L. (Some new Willows of Eastern America). Salix fuscescens
Andersson, var. hebecarpa Fernald, n. var. RHODORA 9: 224. 1907.

' Fernald, M. L. (New or recently restudied plants of Eastern America). Salir
hebecarpa (Fernald) n. comb. Ruopora 26: 123. 1924.

8 Fernald, M. L. A new willow from the Côte Nord, Quebec. Ruopora 32: 112-
113. 1930. (S. simulans Fernald, n. sp.).

1950] Ball,—Willow Hybrids 11

three other collections, namely, the unnumbered collection of
1905, No. 206 of 1906, and a recent No. 25,686 of 1923. He
states once that all three have “glabrous” capsules and once that
they have “glabrous or glabrescent” capsules. He further said
that, except for the pubescence of capsules, all four collections
formed a “consistent series,” and that S. hebecarpa stands
between S. fuscescens and S. pedicellaris but that S. fuscescens
has “quite different leaf-venation”, and that the Alaskan shrub
has darker scales and smaller capsules."

From S. pedicellaris Pursh (meaning var. hypoglauca Fernald),
he says his new species “ . . . is separated by its more obovate
leaves, the more pubescent and darker scales . . . , the much
shorter, thicker and pubescent pedicels (about equalling to
twice as long as the scales), the long nectary and the definite
style."

In 1930 (l. c. above), in publishing his S. simulans, Fernald
discusses S. hebecarpa again and states that the name (hebecarpa)
is a misnomer because ‘‘most specimens have the capsules
glabrous or only sparsely pubescent." He notes also that the
capsules are “6-8 mm. long."

Fernald never described his S. hebecarpa, either when pub-
lishing it as a variety in 1907 or as a species in 1924, nor in this
third discussion in 1930. In all three papers he merely compared
it with species in the Section Roseae. It is necessary to consider
carefully the characters assigned to S. hebecarpa and also to S.
fuscescens and S. pedicellaris (var. hypoglauca Fernald) in these
three diseussions. In raising variety hebecarpa to specific rank
in 1923 he says that its type (No. 207) and the three collections
formerly held to represent S. fuscescens form a "''consistent
series" except for the hairy capsules of the type. The consist-
ency of the expression of the characters assigned must be con-
sidered, as well as the accuracy of the comparisons with other
species. For these purposes, the writer has given critical study?
to 1 sheet of the unnumbered collection of 1905, 6 sheets of No.
206, 6 sheets of No. 207 (type), and 6 sheets of No. 25686.
Eight comparisons are analyzed.

1. Prostrate habit. The first character assigned to var.
hebecarpa was “creeping shrub”, which means both prostrate

* The curators of Gray Herbarium, and that of the Arnold Arboretum, have made
available much of this material and their courtesy is greatly appreciated.

12 Rhodora [JANUARY

and rooting. The type, No. 207, shows rooting on the specimens
of all six sheets. No. 206 shows rooting on only 4 out of 6
sheets. The unnumbered specimen of 1905 shows rooting on
the one sheet seen. No. 25686 shows no rooting on any of the
6 sheets examined, and in other ways does not look like a prostrate
plant. In fact, the non-rooting and often elongated apical
portions of Nos. 206 and 207 and the unnumbered specimen
appear to be ascending or perhaps erect rather than prostrate but
this can not be certainly determined without field observations.

2. Obovate leaves. In 1907, the varietal type (No. 207) was
said to have "leaves mostly obovate”, which is correct. But in
1924, the species, then represented by four collections, was said
to have “more obovate leaves" than S. pedicellaris (i. e., var.
hypoglauca Fern.). Of these four collections cited, however,
only the type (No. 207) has obovate leaves. The unnumbered
collection of 1905 has only small elliptic-oblanceolate leaves
(1 sheet); No. 206 has oblanceolate to elliptic-oblanceolate
leaves with an occasional obovate leaf (6 sheets); and No.
25,686 has similar leaves (6 sheets), the largest broadly oblanceo-
late. Only the type, therefore, is separated from S. pedicellaris
var. hypoglauca by obovate leaves, if that were a real separation.
But var. hypoglauca also has obovate leaves. An examination
of 86 specimens in the writer’s herbarium shows six with leaves
definitely obovate and one with leaves partly obovate.

3. Scale Color and Hairiness. The next separating character
noted by Fernald in 1907 is “more pubescent scales" (in No. 207).
In 1924 it is the “more pubescent and darker scales of the ament”
in S. hebecarpa, which by then includes all four of the collections
under discussion. S. fuscescens is said to have stil darker
scales than S. hebecarpa. The flower scales of Salix are relatively
thin and tender organs greatly affected by drying. Those
normally yellowish or light brown may become dark brown or
blackish, through over-heating in drying. Also, scales appearing
blackish by reflected light may show only varying shades of
brown by transmitted light. Most of the specimens under
discussion were fairly well dried.

The unnumbered specimen of 1905 has the shorter, yellowish,
blunter, and almost glabrous scales of normal var. hypoglauca,
but many of them are discolored somewhat. The other numbers

1950] Ball,— Willow Hybrids 13

have longer, partly more acute, somewhat blackish, and more
hairy scales, derived from hybridization. Those in the type,
No. 207, are broader, blunter, and blacker, indicating that the
other parent probably was a member of the creeping Section
Ovalifoliae. Both S. anglorum and S. arctophila are common
in the area.

4. Capsule Hairiness. In 1907, var. hebecarpa was separated
wholly on “capsules distinctly pilose’, those of the associated
plants being "quite glabrous". In 1924, it was stated that "the
pubescence of the fruits is by no means constant”, which is true.
The capsules of the three collections other than the type then are
referred to once as “glabrous” and once as “glabrous or glabres-
cent", whichalso is true. 1In1930,it was said that most specimens
have the capsules glabrous or only sparsely pubescent.” Critical
study shows that the unnumbered collection of 1905 has ovaries
and capsules entirely glabrous; No. 206 has ovaries minutely
puberulent to glabrous, and capsules glabrous or rarely thinly
pubescent at base; and No. 25,686 has ovaries glabrous or
rarely puberulent at base and capsules entirely glabrous. The
type, No. 207, has ovaries white-short-pubescent and capsules
thinly pubescent throughout. Several species of Salix with
wholly glabrous capsules may have thinly pubescent ovaries.

5. Capsule Length. Size of capsules is not mentioned in the
publishing of either variety or species, but, in the 1930 comparison
with S. simulans, the capsules of S. hebecarpa are said to be
“6-8 mm. long". Many measurements by the writer on all four
of the collections (19 sheets) show a capsule length of 5.5-7.5
mm., but it is quite possible that 8-mm. capsules occur. Im-
portant, however, is the statement of 1924 that S. fuscescens has
“smaller capsules" than S. hebecarpa. The recorded range in
length of mature capsules of S. fuscescens is 6-8 or 9 mm. long, so
that they definitely are larger, not smaller, than those of S. “hebe-
carpa”, or those of var. hypoglauca.

6. Pedicel Length and Thickness. A point stressed in 1907
(for No. 207) was “the very short thickish pedicels (barely
exceeding the scales)". In 1924, this reads (for all four collec-
tions), "the much shorter, thicker, and pubescent pedicels
(about equalling to twice as long as the scales)". In the 1905
collection, the pedicels are glabrous and slender but short

14 Rhodora [JANUARY

(1-1.5 mm.) compared with var. hypoglauca, the whole plant
being depauperate. In No. 206 the pedicels are 1-2 mm. long,
stout to stoutish and minutely puberulent. In No. 25,686 they
are more variable, 1-2 or 2.5 mm. long, stoutish to slenderish,
and micro-puberulent to glabrous. On the type, No. 207, they
are 1-1.5 mm. long, stoutish, and finely pubescent. Such
variation hardly indicates a ‘‘consistent series" but does indicate
hybrid origin. Occasional capsules on all four collections are
almost sessile and on stout pedicels.

7. Style Length. In 1907, the style (of No. 207) was referred
to as “definite though short". In 1924 (for all four collections),
it was called a "definite style", which in Salix might mean
anything from 0.3 to 3 mm. in length. Glandular structures,
such as styles, stigmas, and nectaries, are more likely to be
variable in length than are the firmer organs. Development is
easily affected by frost and they also may shrink after maturing,
even if normally developed. On the 1905 depauperate collection,
the styles are 0.2-0.3 mm. long, or normal for var. hypoglauca.
On the other three collections, they mostly are 0.4-0.8 mm. and
entire, or rarely to 1 mm. long on the type.

8. Gland Length. In 1907, Fernald recorded ‘‘a long subulate
nectary which is usually half as long as the pedicel” and in 1924
he referred to the “long nectary". The gland on the 1905
depauperate collection is 0.4-0.5 mm. long, as in var. hypoglauca.
On the three numbered collections, the subulate or filiform gland
is from 0.4-0.8 or rarely 1 mm. long, and finely capitate.

From the preceding discussion, it will be seen that the four
collections studied are all variable but that they fall into two
groups.

The first group has most of the characters of S. pedicellaris
var. hypoglauca but shows depauperate growth. It contains
only the unnumbered 1905 collection of Collins and Fernald,
alpine bogs, alt. 1000 m., Mt. Albert, Gaspe Co., Quebec, Aug.
8-15, 1905, distributed as S. myrtilloides L. A single Gray
Herbarium specimen has been studied. This is a plant 6 dm.
long, 4 mm. in diameter at the base, unbranched and rooting for
38 em., then branching and heavily fruited. Except for the
rooting habit and leaves not normally reticulate, especially
above, this would pass for depauperate var. hypoglauca. Root-

1950] Ball,—Willow Hybrids 15

ing could be produced by heavy snow coverage and elevation,
but the plant well may be a hybrid.

The second group includes the other three collections: Fernald
and Collins 206 (as S. fuscescens Andersson) and 207 (type, as
S. fuscescens var. hebecarpa Fernald, n. var.), both from alpine
bogs on the serpentine tableland, alt. 1100 meters, Mt. Albert,
Gaspe Co., Quebec, July 21, 1906; Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie,
& Smith 25,686, from sphagnum bog, bordering a pond at about
1050 m. altitude in the hornblende area south of Flagstaff Peak,
Mt. Albert, July 24, 1923. Six sheets of each of these have been
studied. The first two numbers show rooting habit in part but
the third shows none. Shape of leaves varies also, as noted in
discussion. All three agree in showing some puberulenec or
pubescence on pedicels and capsules but both quantity and area
covered vary greatly, even on the same plant. "They agree also
in styles 2 to 3 times as long as in var. hypoglauca, and also in
longer stigmas and glands, and mostly stouter pedicels, but all of
these characters vary greatly and on the same plant. Their
strong resemblance to var. hypoglauca, accompanied by great
variation among the three, as well as within each collection,
almost certainly indicate hybrid origin. The further fact that
relatively few seeds were produced in the abundant capsules,
and that most of those seen seem to be infertile, is another strong
indication of hybridity. As noted above, the creeping habit of
two and the larger, darker, and hairier scales of all three, suggest
that either S. anglorum or S. arctophila was the male parent.
The capsule hairiness and longer styles also could have come
from either of these parents. On Nos. 206 and 207, the most
creeping collections, some of the tiny undeveloped basal leaves
still are more or less densely long hairy beneath, especially
toward the apex. This is characteristic of similar leaves in the
creeping Section Ovalifoliae, to which the suggested male
parents belong.

Some other specimens have been assigned to S. hebecarpa.
Two of these have just been reviewed critically, with the following
results.

Dutily and Lepage 14,503, from Riviere aux Melezes (Larch
River), rivage, un peu en haut de la Riviere Russell, in Labrador
Peninsula, northern Quebec, Aug. 8, 1945, was determined as

16 Rhodora [JANUARY

S. hebecarpa by Ball. It proves to be primarily S. arctophila
Ckll., and probably a hybrid, perhaps with S. pedicellaris hypo-
glauca by its narrower scales and long glabrate capsules.

Mackenzie and Griscom 11,048, from Green Gardens, headland
of Cape St. George, western Newfoundland, July 20, 1922, was
distributed as S. cordifolia var. Macounii (Rydb.) Schneider.
Later it was annotated as S. hebecarpa Fernald by some one. It
is undoubted S. anglorum Chamisso, the smaller than average
leaves with broad bases tending toward its variety kophophylla
Schneider.

SALIX SIMULANS FERNALD

In 1930, Fernald published? his Salix simulans, from “Open
marshy area, Betchuwun, Saguenay Co., Quebec, Harrison F.
Lewis (type in Gray Herbarium, Aug. 26, 1928.” He states
that the plant was so puzzling that he encouraged Dr. Lewis to
obtain a second collection in 1929. Lewis evidently did so, but
it is not cited or further mentioned in the paper. However, two
sheets of it have been received from Gray Herbarium for critical
study. The labels bear the habitat data given above for the
1928 type collection, except that the 1929 date is Sept. 3 (pen-
cilled field labels) or Sept. 13 (handwritten sheet labels).

Fernald says that: “In its very tomentose and short-pedicelled
capsules it would seem to belong in the § Glaucae,.... . In
foliage, however, S. simulans is as clearly a member of the §
Roseae." The pubescent buds and young twigs, and the thinly
pubescent young leaves (beneath), also suggest Sect. Glaucae, as
do the long and hairy scales. The blades, however, are not as
exactly similar to those of S. pedicellaris, var. hypoglauca as
Fernald would seem to indicate. Shape, color, and general
appearance are much the same but the blades, even though
collected in autumn, are plane to incised-reticulate above rather
than raised-reticulate. The fine reticulation beneath also is not
as strongly raised as is normal for var. hypoglauca. The pri-
maries are distinctly raised, the secondaries moderately so, but
the tertiaries often are scarcely elevated at all. Some of those
not raised are fairly clearly seen, however, because they have
darkened slightly in drying and so are visible through the glau-
cous epidermis.

1950] Ball,——Willow Hybrids EL

Certain striking aspects of this puzzling plant strongly indicate
that it is a hybrid and not a species. The plant obviously is
sexually deficient, a common result of hybridity. There are
five portions of the plant, from 8-12 inches long and freely
branching, on these two sheets of the 1929 collection. Two
portions bear 2 aments each, two bear 1 each, and the fifth bears
none. Similar growth of any of the suspected parents normally
would carry from three to five times as many aments. The
aments also are smaller than those of species in either section
named and obviously are of depauperate development.

Most important is the fact that the ovaries never had developed
into capsules, although collected in September. What Fernald
described as densely white-tomentose obtuse capsules 2.5-4 mm.
long actually are ovaries which never developed beyond that
stage. This probably was partly because of the lack of stimula-
tion derived from fertilization and partly because of the general
lack of sex vigor discussed above.

Ovaries in Salix are normally white-tomentose and blunt, even
though the mature capsules become relatively thinly gray-
pubescent and acute as they develop. That these are still only
ovaries is proved by the fact that they are completely sterile,
there being no sign of seeds and very little of the normally abun-
dant parachute hairs which surround the seeds and usually
elongate even if the seeds do not develop beyond the germ stage.
Further proof that these are ovaries is seen in the fact that the
two valves have not separated and recurved as most capsules
would have done before that time in the autumn. Some valves
have not separated at all and most of them have merely opened
and the tips separated more or less widely. Only a few have
reached a right angle and none have recurved in the normal
manner.

Finally, there is that considerable variation in some of the
organs which is a common result of hybridization. This diver-
sity, however, is not as great as in many hybrids and might have
been more apparent if there had been greater sex vigor and con-
tinued development of the organs. The longest styles and
stigmas are 2 to 3 times as long as the shortest and there is con-
siderable dividing of the styles. Diversity in the length of
styles and stigmas and in the division of styles is relatively more
common in Section Glaucae than in many other Sections of Salix.

18 Rhodora [JANUARY

Fernald described the flower scales as broadly oblong, 2-2.5
mm. long, apex rounded to emarginate. They vary considerably
and some appear to be almost obovate and dark brown in color.
Many of the leaf blades are sparsely glandular-denticulate (not
"dentatis" as stated by Fernald), especially on the basal portion.
Such denticulation and also obovate blackish scales are charac-
teristic of S. arctophila, of the prostrate Section Ovalifoliae.
Sparse denticulation occurs rarely in most species of Section
Glaucae, and one (S. McCalliana) is normally rather closely
crenulate-denticulate throughout. Whatever the male parent,
it is practically certain that S. simulans is a hybrid.

Washington 15, D. C.

THREE ADDITIONS TO THE FLoRA oF Nova Scoria.—In late
August and early September of 1932, accompanied by my
daughter and son, I took a brief vacation, driving by conven-
tional routes through southern New Brunswick and western
Nova Scotia. Although this was not primarily a collecting-
trip, it was inevitable that we should occasionally collect a few
species which seemed of local interest. Upon returning to
Cambridge, I began the intensive but perpetually interrupted
work on a revision of Gray’s Manual, and the little collection of
plants was pigeonholed, to be retrieved only now, as the proof
of the Manual is being read. Three plants collected seem not to
have been reported from Nova Scotia and they are here noted.

ELEocHARIS OVATA (Roth) R. & S., var. Heuseri Uechtrict.
CUMBERLAND Co.: sandy shore of Trueman’s Pond, Treuman-
ville, no. 1618.

POLYGONUM ACHOREUM Blake in RHopona, xix. 232 (1917).
ANNAPOLIS Co.: border of salt-marsh, Annapolis Royal, no. 2625.

When he published Polygonum achoreum, often a weedy
species (the name meaning ‘without a native land"), Blake
said: "the present species, although pretty certainly indigenous
in the United States, has apparently never been found in a
clearly native condition". On the saline marshes of Annapolis
River it is an element in the regular halophytic native flora of
Suaeda, Salicornia, etc.

1950 Waterfall,—Some Additions to the Oklahoma Flora 19

ASTER TARDIFLORUS L. COLCHESTER CouNTY: by spring in
woods near Summit Park on Route 11, about 12 miles north of
Truro, no. 2608.

A very typical colony.—M. L. FERNALD.

SOME ADDITIONS TO THE OKLAHOMA FLORA

U. T. WATERFALL

Durine the summer of 1948 the author continued his research
on the flora and vegetation of Oklahoma as Botanist with the
Oklahoma Biological Survey, following a general plan previously
outlined.! Collections were made from areas situated in all
parts of the state. Particular attention was given to those
showing evidence of unique floral relationships as compared
with the flora of the principal parts of the state.

One such area is to be found in southwestern Oklahoma,
especially in Harmon and Jackson Counties. Much of the land
is in eultivation, wheat being the principal crop at the present
time. Other parts are too rough or have a soil too shallow and
poorly developed for agriculture. Much of the latter land is
used for pasture, and is frequently characterized by Buchloe
dactyloides with a sparse to a rather dense stand of Prosopis
juliflora var. glandulosa. Other characteristic grasses on such
sites are Boutelous rigidiseta, B. gracilis, Aristida purpurea,
Muhlenbergia Torreyi, Triodia pilosa and Schedonnardus panicu-
latus. Hordeum pusillum is frequently abundant in the spring.

On saline sites the principal grasses found are Sporobolus
airoides and Distichlis stricta. Occasionally Sporobolus texana
is abundant.

On sandy soils Andropogon scoparius. becomes the dominant
species when not overgrazed. Andropogon Hallii is often abun-
dant, and Artemisia filifolia is more or less common, its abundance
depending primarily on the grazing pressure.

In the southwestern part of Harmon County Condalia obtusi-
folia becomes a characteristic shrub found scattered on grass-
land, and fairly abundant on ridges and “breaks” along the Red
River and its tributaries. Here also are found Rhus microphylla,

1 Waterfall, U. T., Some Results of a Summer's Botanizing in Oklahoma. Ruopora
51: 18-21, 1949.

20 Rhodora [JANUARY

Opuntia leptocaulis, Cassia Roemeriana, Setaria macrostachya,
Nicotiana trigonophylla and Cevallia sinuata.

A list of some of the species of southwestern affinities collected
in this general area includes Juniperus Pinchoti, Bouteloua
barbata, B. rigidiseta, Hilaria mutica, Setaria macrostachya,
Sueada suffrutescens, Abronia fragrans, Clematis Drummondii,
Cassia Roemeriana, Erodium texanum, Euphorbia albomarginata,
E. lata, Reverchonia arenaria, Rhus microphylla, Condalia obtusi-
folia, Sida physocalyx, Cevallia sinuata, Echinocactus texensis,
Opuntia leptocaulis, Limonium limbatum, Sarcostemma crispa, S.
cynanchoides, Cressa truxillensis, Verbena plicata, Lycium Bar-
landieri, Nicotiana trigonophylla, Plantago Wrightiana, Houstonia
humifusa, Ibervillea Lindheimeri, Aphanostephus ramosissimus,
Gaillardia pinnatifida, Haploesthes Greggii var. texana and
Helenium microcephalum.

There follows an enumeration of plants new to Oklahoma or
otherwise noteworthy. Those that the author believes to be
hitherto unreported from the state are prefixed with an asterisk.
There are thirty-five such entities recorded.

ENUMERATION OF SPECIES

*AEGILOPS CYLINDRICA Host., var. RUBIGINOSA Popova. The
pubescent variety was collected as Waterfall 7786, overgrazed
pasture, 3 miles south of Gould, Harmon County, June 5, 1948.
In our herbarium we also have referrable to this variety Charles
Smith 2073, Beckham County, June 11, 1940.

*AGROSTIS VERTICILLATA Vill. was collected as Waterfall 7919,
sand, bed of the Cimarron River, 4 miles north and 1 mile west
of Kenton, Cimarron County, June 14, 1948. It was quite
abundant there.

Hitchcock! says it is found from “Texas to California, north to
southern Utah and Washington". His distribution map shows
that it has been collected in New Mexico. Featherly? does not
list it from Oklahoma.

*BOUTELONA BARBATA Lag. was collected as Waterfall 8729,
shallow silty clay on gypsum, 6 miles south of Hollis, Harmon
County, August 26, 1948.

1 Hitchcock, A. S., Manual of the Grasses of the United States. 329-330. 1935.
2 Featherly, H. I., Manual of the Grasses of Oklahoma, 1946.

1950] Waterfall,—Some Additions to the Oklahoma Flora 21

Featherly (op. cit.) does not list this species from Oklahoma.
Hitchcock! includes the adjoining states of Texas and New
Mexico in its range.

ERIANTHUS ALOPECUROIDES (L.) DC. Featherly (op. cit.)
cites this species from Oklahoma. As the basis for its inclusion,
he says: “Specimen (727529) in the U. S. National Herbarium
. . . Indian Territory. The collector's name is not on the label,
nor is the date. The place on the form label for date is made
188-, which shows that it was probably collected sometimes in
the eighties."

Referred to this species is Waterfall 8532, rocky slopes of
Kiamichi Mountains, 1 mile north and 14 mile west of Honobia,
Pushmataha County, August 9, 1948. "Thus, after 60 years, is
eue confirmatory collection of the above somewhat dubious
record.

*GLYCERIA ARKANSANA Fernald. A species of Glyceria ap-
parently referrable to G. arkansana was collected as Waterfall
8070, in swamp at edge of pond, 8 miles west of Tom, McCurtain
County, June 23, 1948.

Fernald? in describing the species cites material from Arkansas
and Louisiana. Hitchcock? adds “Texas (fide Fernald)”. This
is another element of the flora which is southeastern in its
affinities.

*MUHLENBERGIA PorTERI Scribn. was collected as Waterfall
8669, blue and red shale along West Carrizo Creek, 3 miles
north and 4% mile west of Kenton, Cimarron County, August 23,
1948, and as Waterfall 8693, sandstone buttes (with Pinus
cembroides var. edulis, Pinus ponderosa, Juniperus monosperma
and Quercus spp. south of Tesequite Creek, 1 mile west and 4
south of Kenton, Cimarron County, August 24, 1948.

The species is not listed by Featherly (op. cit.). Hitchcock
says it occurs from “western Texas to Colorado, Nevada and
southern California, south to northern Mexico".

*ORYZOPSIS HYMENOIDES (Roem. & Schult.) Ricker. This
species was collected as Waterfall 7910, sand around white sand-
stone, north of the Black Mesa, 3 miles north and l4 west of
Kenton, Cimarron County, June 13, 1948.

! Hitchcock, A. S., op. cit. 517.

? Fernald, M. L. Four Grasses of Eastern America. Ruopora 31: 49. 1929.
3 Hitchcock, A. S., op. cit.

* Hitcheock, A. S., op. cit. 381. 1935.

22 Rhodora [JANUARY

Hitchcock (op. cit.) shows the species occurring in the adjacent
states of Kansas, Colorado, New Mexico, and Texas, but not in
Oklahoma.

SPoROBOLUS PorrEeTIT (Roem. and Schult.) Hitche. This
species was collected as Waterfall 8045, sand, edge of oak-pine
woods, 1 mile west of Tom, McCurtain County, June 23, 1948.

Hitchcock (op. cit.) gives Arkansas and Texas as constituting
its western limit of range. Featherly (op. cit.) states that it has
been collected in Pittsburg County. Possibly it will be found in
the intervening area.

*CYPERUS COMPRESSUES L. Referred to this species is Water-
fall 8477, collected in flower beds, Cavender Tourist Courts,
Idabel, McCurtain County, August 8, 1948.

Small! states that this species occurs “in fields, Maryland to
Florida, Missouri and Texas." Cory? lists it only from the
Coastal Prairies.

*CYPERUS FLAVESCENS L., var. POAEFORMIS (Pursh.) Fern.
So referred is Waterfall 8059, ditch east of Tom, McCurtain
County, June 23, 1948.

Neither Jeffs and Little? nor Stevens! list the species from the
state. Fernald’ says that var. poaeformis extends from the
West Indies and Florida to Texas, northward to southeastern
New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Michigan, Illinois and Missouri.

*RHYNCHOSPORA CORNICULATA (Lam.) Gray, var. typica nom.
nov. (Schoenus corniculatus Lam. Tabl. Encycl. 1: 137. 1791).
Referred to var. typica is a collection having achenes about
twice as wide as the bases of the tubercles. According to
Fernald* this is a distinguishing characteristic of typical R.
corniculata. The collection is Waterfall 8528, slew 3 miles east
of Albion, Pushmataha County, August 9, 1948. Also referred
to var. typica is Waterfall 8106, 2 miles southeast of Talihina,
LeFlore County, June 24, 1948.

! Small, J. K., Flora of the Southeastern United States. 1913.

? Cory, V. L., Catalogue of the Flora of Texas. 26. 1938.

‘Jeffs, R. E. and Elbert L. Little. A Preliminary Checklist of the Ferns and Seed
Plants of Oklahoma. 1930.

‘Stevens, G. L. The Flora of Oklahoma. Unpublished MSS. Original deposited
in the Widener Library of Harvard University. 1916.

5 Fernald, M. L. Last Survivors in the Flora of Tidewater Virginia. Ruovora 41:
529—530. 1939.

* Fernald, M. L., Some Allies of Rhynchospora macrostachya. RuHopoRA 20: 138—
140. 1918.

1950] Waterfall,—Some Additions to the Oklahoma Flora 23

*RHYNCHOSPORA CORNICULATA (Lam.) Gray, var. INTERIOR
Fern. So referred are plants collected as Waterfall 8449. The
perianth bristles are shorter than the achenes, which have their
distal ends little wider than the bases of the tubercles as described
by Fernald (op. cit.). The collection was taken from a swamp
at the edge of Big Grassy Lake, 4 miles west and 4 south of Tom,
McCurtain County, August 7, 1948. In our herbarium we also
have Milton Hopkins and Van Valkenburgh 6127, deep rich
swampy woods of maple, gum, and water oak near cypress
swamps, 5 miles east and 4 south of Broken Bow, McCurtain
County, October 12, 1941.

*RHYNCHOSPORA GLOMERATA (L.) Vahl., var. ANGUSTA Gale.
We have one collection of R. glomerata which is referred to var.
angusta because it has a more slender and accentuated gynophore
than our other representatives of this species. It is Waterfall
8549, ditch 8 miles west and 11% south of Talihina, Latimer
County, August 9, 1948.

Gale! cites material from Arkansas, Louisiana, and Texas.

*RHYNCHOSPORA GLOBULARIS (Chapm.) Small, var. RECOGNITA
Gale (R. cymosa of authors).

Gale? gives a range-statement that includes “scattered in
eastern Texas (and) Louisiana.” Jeffs and Little? list this
species (as R. cymosa) but the only material so named in our
herbarium, Little, sin num., Muskogee County, July 4, 1929, is
not that species, but is R. Harveyt. This sheet is probably the
basis for the previous report of R. cymosa.

SCIRPUS CALIFORNICUS (C. A. Meyer) Steudel was collected as
Waterfall 8029 and 8446, both from the swamp at the edge of

Big. Grassy Lake, 4 miles west and 4 south of Tom, McCurtain
County.

The only other reference I find to this species from Oklahoma
is in Beetle's Monograph‘ where he cites J. deGruchy 130 collected
near Tahlequah.

*SCLERIA OLIGANTHA Michx. was collected as Waterfall 8061,
in woods 314 miles south and 2 miles east of Tom, McCurtain
County, June 23, 1948.

1Gale, Shirley. Rhynchospora Section Eurhynchospora in Canada, the United
States and the West Indies. Ruopora 46: 245-246. 1944.

2 Gale, Shirley. Rhynchospora, Section Eurhynchospora in Canada, the United
States and the West Indies. Ruopora 46: 245—246. 1944.

3 Jeffs, R. E. and Elbert L. Little, A preliminary List of the Ferns and Seed Plants of
Oklahoma. Publ., U. of Okla. Biol. Survey. 2 (2): 1930.

4 Beetle, Alan A., Studies in the Genus Scirpus L. III. Am, Jour. Bot. 28: 698-699.
1941.

24 Rhodora [JANUARY

Core! cites collections from the adjacent states of Arkansas
and Texas. The author’s 8061 represents an eastern extension
into Oklahoma.

SCLERIA TRIGLOMERATA Michx. sensu Fern.” ? non sensu Core.

In our herbarium we have the following sheets of this species:
E. Little 2572, Muskogee County, August 28, 1927; O. M. Clark
sin num, Laura, Latimer County, June 16, 1930.

*JUNCUS BUFONIUS L. was collected as Waterfall 8052, in ditch
east of Tom, McCurtain County, June 23, 1948.

This small annual Juncus is not listed by Jeffs and Little
(op. cit.). Stevens (op. cit.) includes the species, but only says
it "should be expected." The above cited collection realizes his
expectation.

*QuERCUS GAMBELII Nutt. Referred to this species are:
Waterfall 8700 and 8701, canyon between hills, 5 miles south and
l west of Kenton, Cimarron Counties, August 24, 1948, and
Waterfall 7951, same locality, June 14, 1948.

*SILENE STELLATA (L.) Ait. f. var. SCABRELLA (Nieuwl.)
Palm. and Steyerm. In our herbarium we have 2 sheets of the
typical, glabrous variety. The other 15 sheets are of var.
scabrella.

CLEMATIS DRUMMONDII T. & G. was taken as Waterfall 8715
(pistillate) and 8732 (staminate), 4 miles south of Hollis, Harmon
County, August 26, 1948.

Stevens (op. cit.) has previously reported it from the “south-
western part of the State." The species is little collected in
Oklahoma. We have no other material in our herbarium, and
it is not listed by Jeffs and Little or by Stemen and Myers.

(To be continued)

! Core, Earl L. The American Species of Scleria. Brittonia 2: 75-76. 1936.
? Fernald, M. L., Plants from the Outer Costal Plain of Virginia. Ruopora 38: 398.
1936.

3 Fernald, M. L., Another Century of Additions to the Flora of Virginia. RHODORA
43: 539-541. 1941.

Volume 51, no. 612, including pages 369-410 and title-page of volume, was
issued 9 December, 1949.

Hovora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52.

CONTENTS:

February, 1950. No. 614.

Betula Michauxii, a brief Symposium.

1. Introductory Note. M. L. Fernald

2. Betula Michauxii

e998956€6:8229255*4222948789 35»

Spach in Northeastern America.

Jacques Rousseau and Marcel Raymond....................
3. The Type of Betula Michauxii. Pierre Senay and Paul Jovet.

Note on the Varieties of Zizania aquatica. Taylor A. Steeves and

Gordon P. DeWolf

? 9 €929€972o922422429285869'' $ $4.93 6 Q9 907b 39555245

Some Additions to the Oklahoma Flora (concluded). U.T.Waterfall.
New Records for the Bruce Peninsula, Ontario. Dale J. Hagenah. .

Andropogon Elliottii in Illinois. Robert A. Evers
Two New Forms of Plants from Minnesota. Olga Lakela

eee os m o, n

Alchemilla alpine in Colorado. M. L. Fernald ...........

The New England Botanical Club, Jne.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the

flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than l plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver’s
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY

Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

No

No

No

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

. XXXIV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 77-269. 1902.
Flora of the Galapagos Islands. With 3 plates.
By B. L. Robinson. ..........cecee cece Hen $1.75

. XXXV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 69-120. 1903. New and
otherwise Noteworthy Angiosperms from Mexico and Central
Aimerion By J. M. Greenman. .......... o» o vetasshsoc ra $ .50

. XXXI. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 235-278. 1905.
1. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. Greenman.
2. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae.
By B. L.. Robinson. .......« 24 d» tese 4o ésans eph AEn p ste ccais $ .40

. XXXII. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 3-48. 1906.
1. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
2. Revision of the Genus Ophryosporus.
3. The Genus Helogyne and its Synonyms.
4. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Compositae which have been classed with them.
By B. L. Robinson. ........ccceccccscesccceccsevecssoncovenes $ .00

GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rhodora Plate 1156

UI

í Ly? se la

J? ‘Li a 4:

ce a

- ` P. fla b, p a S eset hed.
"T A yf 9 Y wo LEMS hung

| cor J Aashne-scts

| pes

?

1

Type of BETULA Mricrnavxri Spach (B. nana sensu Michaux, not L.). Michaux’s writing
at right, Spach’s at left.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. February, 1950 No. 614

BETULA MICHAUXII, A BRIEF SYMPOSIUM
1. INTRODUCTORY NOTE

M. L. FERNALD

In his Flora Boreali-Americana, ii. 180, 181 (1803) André
Michaux enumerated under true Betula five species: B. nana L.,
B. glandulosa Michx., B. papyrifera Michx. (with B. papyracea
Ait. cited as a synonym), B. lanulosa Michx. [= B. nigra L.]
and B. carpinifolia Michx. [= B. lenta L.]. All four of Michaux’s
own species had full and clearly stated descriptions and, quite
naturally, it would be assumed that his diagnosis of B. nana was
based on his own material so named:

NANA B. humillima, glaberrima: foliis perpusillis, subcuneato-
L. orbiculatis, inciso-crenulatis, reticulato-venosis: amenti
squamis profunde 3-partitis, laciniis oblongis: capsulis
orbiculatis, subapteris.
Hab. in sphagnosis, a sinu Hudsonis ad lacus Mistassins.

Spach, citing the sheet in the Michaux Herbarium at Paris and
Newfoundland material also there as the bases of a new species,
Betula Michauxii Spach in Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2, xv. 195 (1841),
emphasized the ramis . . . novellis tomentosis" [“ glaberrima” —
Michx.], “foliis . . . cuneato-flabelliformibus" [‘‘subcuneato-or-
bieulatis"—Michx.] and “Strobilis . . . squamis ovato- v. ob-
longo-lanceolatis" [profunde 3-partitis"—dMichx.]

Until recently I did not realize that Michaux was not describ-
ing his own material but was giving a compiled or copied diag-
nosis of the European Betula nana L. Across the southern half
of the Labrador Peninsula, from north of the Straits of Belle
Isle to the region of Hudson Bay, dwarf and depressed states of

26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

both B. glandulosa (with glabrous branchlets, subrotund leaves
and 3-lobed bracts) and of B. pumila L. (unnoted by Michaux)
occur, and since nothing matching the characteristic Newfound-
land shrub had been reported from west of the Céte Nord of
Quebec, I assumed that the shrub from between Hudson Bay
and Lake Mistassini must be one which fitted Michaux’s descrip-
tion. Consequently, in Ruopora, xlvii. 326, t. 975, figs. 1-4
(1945), reasoning that the name B. Michauzii must be retained
for the Michaux element (whatever that might prove to be) with
glabrous branchlets, suborbicular leaves and deeply 3-lobed
bracts (although Spach had not given these characters)—conse-
quently, I named the characteristic Newfoundland shrub with
densely pubescent branchlets, cuneate-flabelliform leaves and
unlobed bracts and plump and wingless nutlets, Betula terrae-
novae Fern.

Now, however, Professor Jacques Rousseau, exploring in
Ungava, has recently found characteristic Betula terrae-novae in
bogs along George River, thus proving that this distinct shrub
actually occurs in the general region assigned by Michaux for
B. nana. Then, securing a photograph of the Michaux sheet
(their PLATE 1156) at Paris, he and his associate, Marcel Ray-
mond, have presented (as Part 2, following) a carefully reasoned
discussion, demonstrating that Michaux did not give a descrip-
tion of his own material but, assuming that he had the European
B. nana, had contented himself by the easy copying or compiling
of a European account of the latter species.

Since the photograph of the Michaux sheet, the TYPE of
Betula Michauzii, did not show with absolute conclusiveness the
simplicity of possible lobation of the bracts nor any of the plump
and wingless samaras, it seemed to me wise to have the matter
settled beyond any possible doubt. Therefore, I took advantage
of the helpfulness of my always friendly correspondent, M. Pierre
Senay, who had looked into other problems for me at the Her-
barium of the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle in Paris.
He and M. Paul Jovet of the Muséum made a close study of the
type and M. Jovet made a sketch (their ria. 1) of a portion of a
fruiting ament under a binocular. The main portion of M.
Jovet’s drawing and of M. Senay’s accompanying letter are in-
cluded as part 3 in this brief but significant series of articles.

1950] Rousseau and Raymond,—Betula Michauxii Spach 27

They clearly demonstrate that the conclusions of Rousseau and
Raymond are fully justified and that the name B. terrae-novae is
superfluous. It also becomes evident that caution must be
exercised in ascribing to Michaux (or his editor, Richard)
originality in all descriptions published in Michaux’s great work.
Incidentally and most embarrassingly, it must be recorded that,
at this late date (after a lapse of nearly half-a-century) I find,
on looking up the memoranda made by me when studying
Michaux’s Herbarium in 1903, I then made the soon forgotten
note regarding his full sheet of branchlets of Betula nana: “=
Michauaxit, Spach! splendid specimens with constant characters".

2. BETULA MICHAUXII SPACH IN NORTHEASTERN AMERICA

JACQUES RoussEAU and MarceL RAYMOND

(Plate 1156)

A dwarf birch, collected by André MicHaux somewhere along
the Rupert River or one of its branches: “Hab. a sinu Huds. ad
lacus Mistassinos in sphagnosis", is described in Flora boreali-
americana. (1). MicHaux believed the shrub to be the arctic
Betula nana L. A superficial examination of the two shows a
close resemblance. However, the fruiting scales in one differ
markedly from those in the other: entire or nearly so in MICHAUX’
plant, they are trilobate in true B. nana L.

Later on Spacu (2), having both MicHAvX' and probably La
PYLAIE’s specimens on hand, described the plant as a new species
under the name B. Michauzii and placed it in his new section
APTEROCARYON.

In 1945 (3), Professor FERNALD rejected SPAcH's name and
redescribed the small birch of Newfoundland and adjacent
Labrador, excluding MicHavx’ plant, which he had not seen at
the moment. He called it Betula terrae-novae, on the assumption
that Betula Michauxii Spach “had so confused a start". The
confusion stemmed from two facts: the description which appears
in Flora boreali-americana was not based completely upon the
MicnRaAvx-plant, but partly on some European or Asiatic collec-
tion or description. In fact, there is in MicHavux’ herbarium a
specimen of true B. nana L. with the indication: “Hortus Tri-

28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

anonensis. Seminib. e Siberia missis Richard." Consequently
the *amenti squamis" are given as “profunde 3 partitis". The
phrasing differs in no way from the classical description of the
arctic B. nana L., which one finds repeated, with only slight
variations, from one author to another: MicHAUX, WILLDENOW,
PunsH,ete. The second reason FERNALD gives is that in SPACH’s
description, the "strobili" are described as “4-9 pollices longi",
instead of “4-8 lineas longi".

A look at the reproduction of Micnavx' specimen (Plate 1156)
leaves little doubt as to its identity, which has long since been
accepted by REGEL (4), WINKLER (5), among others. The size
of the strobiles in the Mrcnavx plant differ little if any from that
of the Newfoundland plant considered as the type of Betula
lerrae-novae. Spacu, a keen student of trees, doubtless had in
mind Micna4vx' specimen. He mentions not only that his new
species is “Betula nana Michx! Flo. Bor. Amer. exclus. syn." but
affirms that he saw the specimen in the herbarium of the Muséum
d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris. It is quite fitting, since the
specimen collected by MicHavx served as type in the description
of his new species, that SPAcH should choose the name of its
collector as the specific epithet.

The description reads as follows:

Sectio II. APrrEROCARYON Nob.

Nuculae apterae, margine incrassato, intus suberoso, cinctae.—Squa-
mae strobileae semper 1-carpae, integerrimae, nuculis duplo angustiores
(ideoque illas per maturationem haud obtegentes).

B. Micnauxu Nob.—Betula nana Michx.! Flor. Bor. Amer. (exclus.
syn.)—Fruticosa; ramis divaricatis v. diffusis: novellis tomentosis, im-
punctatis. Foliis subcoriaceis, reticulatis, glabris, impunctatis, subsessili-
bus, cuneato-flabelliformibus, inciso-serratis, v. crenato-dentatis, basin
versus integerrimis. Strobilis sessilibus, cylindraceis, gracilibus, foliis
longioribus; squamis ovato- v. oblongo-lanceolatis, v. oblongis, obtusis,
v. acutis, v. acuminatis, apice laxis v. subsquarrosis. Nuculis ovatis v.
subrotundis.—America borealis et insula Terrae Novae. (V. s. sp. in
Herb. Mus. Par.)

Frutex humilis, ramosissimus, habitü et foliis Betulae nanae similis. Folia
3-6 lineas longa, lucida, petiolo tenui, brevissimo. Strobili 4-8 pollices (sic!)
longi, squamis nuculis pauló longioribus.

In addition to the very characteristic fruiting scales, the shape
of the leaves is also striking: ''cuneato-flabelliformibus" stated
SPACH; “late cuneato-flabelliformibus" writes FERNALD. It

1950] Rousseau and Raymond,—Betula Michauxii Spach 29

could be added that Betula nana L. 8. flabellifolia Hooker (in
Flora boreali-americana II. 157. 1838) probably belongs here, and
would be the oldest varietal name.

Spacu or the typographer made the lapsus calami ‘‘4—8 pollices
longi". The diagnosis should read “4-8 lineas longi". Other-
wise, in the description, it is quite obvious that SPAcH would
have not only stated “‘strobilis sessilibus, cylindraceis, gracilibus,
foliis longioribus", but “multo longioribus", since a dwarf plant
with strobiles 4—8 inches long would be striking enough to catch
any taxonomist’s attention!

As Spacu clearly had Micuavx’ plant in mind (the specimen
bears his personal annotation); as the mention “4-8 pollices
longi" is doubtless a typographical error; as unintentional
typographical errors are not sufficient grounds to reject the name
of a plant; as otherwise there is no doubt about Spacn’s descrip-
tion, and that, furthermore, study of the MicHAUX' specimen
confirms the aforementioned views, SpacH’s name must be re-
stored as the valid name, and B. terrae-novae placed amongst its
synonyms. Moreover MicHAUX' specimen must be considered
the type.

WINKLER (loc. cit.: 70) gives a good description and an accurate
illustration of Betula Michauzii, based on Micnavx' plant and
also on a specimen collected in Newfoundland, probably by La
Pyare. He writes: “Vidi specimen alterum in herb. musei bot.
berolinensis a cl. A. Richard datum cum nota" ‘America septen-
trionalis Michaux", alterum in herb. Boiss. in Terra nova
collectum. B. nana Michx. Fl. bor. Amer. II (1803) 180 non huc
trahenda".

As early as 1902, Professor FERNALD (6) clearly understood B.
nana var. Michauzii, which, in 1861, REGEL first lowered to the
rank of a variety of B. nana, but later, in 1868, restored to its
rank of species.

'The senior author spent four summers botanizing in the Lake
Mistassini area but, after careful search, is still unable to report
finding B. Michauzii there. However, the birch was not col-
lected in the immediate environs of Lake Mistassini, according
to the label Mıcmaux himself wrote (compare the calligraphy
with that in the manuscript of his diary), but rather in the region
between Lake Mistassini and Hudson Bay. In an attempt to

30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

reach James bay, MicnHavx travelled westward to a distance of
about 78 miles from Lake Mistassini before giving up because of
the lateness of the season (7).

The occurrence of B. Michauzii at this latitude in the interior
is hardly out of the ordinary, since the senior author of this note
collected it in Eastern Ungava, on Hubbard Lake, at the head of
George River, at 54° 46’ Lat. N., where it grows abundantly in
peat-bogs. Among other new localities in Québec, we may also

d E! ^S K JAA APO Ern EN
N j L\ R
VA a l à CH, @ [J
, — SM E

0 ^ p^

E SN Ce s C) f ‘

2h Ef TN c È

6 NY ; Jm LY
a ON . a — | - -

» v YEN. US 7]
3 0 NY "RC

m ! Q W% u

4C ud 1
= NEY q
x d i KA '
g Caf 2 7S a =
LNE S fod: o B. NANA
S
e ee
e B. MicuAuxil
go 10* 60° 50° 49* 30*

Map 1. Map of BETULA Mricrauxmi Spach drawn from specimens deposited
in the ManrE-VircToRIN Herbarium, from literature and from a complemen-
tary sketch provided by Prof. FERNALD.—Distribution of B. nana in North-
eastern North America from literature, mainly BOCHER (loc. cit.).

include Anticosti Island (Rousseau), where the shrub is common
inthe peat-bogs which cover the center of theisland. Apparently,
it has never been reported from stations along the coastline.

Compiled from herbaria and literature, below is a list of the
collections of Betula Michauxii Spach known to us. Map
1 shows, in addition to these cited stations, others which are
represented in the Gray Herbarium, the dots taken from a
sketch-map supplied by Professor Fernald.

LABRADOR: Blane Sablon, Fernald & Wiegand 3269 (8).

1950] Rousseau and Raymond,—Betula Michauxii Spach 3l

QUEBEC: Between Hudson Bay and Lake Mistassini, Michaux
(1792).—Along George River (Hubbard Lake), in Eastern
Ungava, Rousseau 36.—North Shore of the St-Lawrence: Na-
tashkwan River, C. W. Townsend.—Lagorgendiére: Romaine,
St. John 90 386.—Kegaska, Lewis.—MHarrington Harbour, Lewis
(9).—Pointe-aux-Esquimaux: au bord des étangs de la tundra
derrière le village, 11 juillet 1924, Marie-Victorin & Rolland-
Germain 18 876.—Anticosti: au centre de l'ile, entre le 10° mille
de la Riviére au Saumon et la source du Crique à la Chaloupe;
dans une tourbiére, 13 juillet 1942. Jacques Rousseau 52 263.—
Entre la source de la Riviére Vauréal et la source de la Riviére
au Saumon, au centre de l'ile. Dans une tourbiére, 10 juillet
1942, Jacques Rousseau, 52 172.

Nova Scotia: Liscomb River, Gusboro Co., E. R. Faribault
(1884). New to the flora of Nova Scotia. FARIBAULT, à
geologist, still living, has extensively surveyed gold-bearing
series in Nova Scotia. He made some botanical collections
which are included now in the ManiE-VicroniN Herbarium.
[The dot indicated for extreme western Nova Scotia indicates
its occurrence in bays of Brier Island, Digby County, where it was
recently discovered by Dr. Roland.—M. L. F.]

NEWFOUNDLAND: numerous collections by La Pylaie, Wag-
horne, Fernald & Wiegand, K. P. Jansson, at Cape Ray, Burgeo,
Long Range, Goose Pond.

SAINT PIERRE ET MIQUELON: Arsène (10).

Betula Michauxii is indeed very close to Betula nana. Re-
cently (11), Professor Eric HurTÉN described Betula nana L. ssp.
exilis (Sukatch.) Hultén var. reducta Hultén, from Alaska, which
shows ‘‘peculiarly reduced catkin-scales corresponding to those
of B. Michauzii (B. nana var. Michauxii) of the Lower St.
Lawrence R. distr., Newfoundland and Labrador".

Betula nana has not as yet been reported from Quebec. Con-
sult the map in Hear (12). But since it occurs in Eastern and
Western Greenland (13), and as Dr. N. Potunin (14) made a
collection in Central Baffin (see our own map), it may probably
turn up some day in Ungava and then fill the distributional gap
between Baffin and Western Alaska.

The authors wish to thank cordially Mr. James KucyNIAK
for his help in the drafting of this article.

LITERATURE CITED

(1) Micnaux, Anpr&. Flora boreali-americana II: 180. 1803.
(2) SPAcH, Epuarpo. Revisio Betulacearum. Ann. Sci. Nat. Série 2. 15:
182-212 (esp. 195). 1841.

32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

(3) FERNALD, M. L. Notes on Betula in Eastern North America. Rhodora
47: 303-319. Pl. 964-975. 1945.

(4) REGEL, E. Monographia Betulacearum. 14 plates, 129 pp. Moscou,
1861.—Betulaceae, in DC., Prodromus 16: 161-189. 1868.

(5) WINKLER, H. Betulaceae, in ENGLER, Das Pflanzenr. 19 H (IV. 61).
Leipzig. 1904.

(6) FERNALD, M. L. The relationships of some American and Old World
Birches. Am. Journ. Sci. 14: 167-194, 2 pl. 1902.

(7) ROUSSEAU, Jacques, Le voyage d' André Michaux au lac Mistassini en
1792. Mém. Jard. Bot. Montréal 3: 34 pp. 1948.—See also: BRUNET,
OvipE, Notice sur les plantes de Michaux. Québec. 1863.

(8) Sr. Jonn, H. A botanical exploration of the North Shore of the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, including an annotated list of the species of vascular plants.
Ottawa. Victoria Mus. Dept. of Mines. Mem. 126 (Biol. S. 4). 1922.

(9) Lewis, H. F. An annotated list of vascular plants collected on the North
Shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 1927-1930. Can. Field-Nat. 45:
129-135; 174-179; 199-204; 225-228;—46: 12-18; 36-40; 64-66;
89-95. 1931 and 1932.

(10) Lours-AnsENE, Bro. Contributions to the flora of the islands of St.
Pierre et Miquelon. Rhodora 29: 117-133; 144-158; 173-191;
204-221. 1927.

(11) HurrÉN, Eric. Flora of Alaska and Yukon IV: 572-585. Lund. 1944.

(12) Heer, Gustav. Illustrierte Flora von Mittel-Europa III: 84. Fig. 481.

(13) BócuEn, Tyce W. Biological distributional types in the flora of Greenland.
Medd. om Grønland Bd. 106 (Nr. 2): 68-71. Fig. 31. 19938.

(14) Potunin, N. Botany of the Canadian Eastern Arctic. Part I. Nat.
Mus. of Canada. Bull. 92 (Biol. S. 24): 174. 1940.

MoNTREAL BoTANICAL GARDEN

3. THE TYPE OF BETULA MICHAUXII
PIERRE SENAY AND PAUL JOVET

[The text is taken from a letter of M. Senay, dated August 28,
1949. The figure is from drawings (enlarged) by M. Jovet.—
Eps.]

Dear Mr. Fernald.

From the result of my examination of the type specimen of
Betula Michauxii Spach, “B. nana L.” of Michaux, you will
undoubtedly see that the investigation was most useful indeed.

(1) PuBEscENCE:—From the top downwards the branchlets
are covered with very short indumentum (nearly felt-like), dense
about the tip; then the density decreases and, in the portion
between five and ten centimeters below the apex, the branchlets
begin to become more or less pubescent, then glabrescent and
are completely glabrous below 10 cm. or so.

No glands (particles of dust should not be mistaken for such).

1950] Rousseau and Raymond,—Betula Michauxii Spach 33

The color of the hairs follows the same pattern; the top ones
are russet-gray, and the lower ones grayish-white, and, in the
portion between 5 and 10 cm., there is a mixture of both. There
is no sharp line of demarcation regarding either the density or the
color of the hairs, the differentiation is progressive from the top
downward.

Fie. 1l. Enlarged Bracts and Fruits of Beruta Micuauxm (after Jovet).

A very young ament is covered with silvery-grayish-white
hairs reaching 0.5-0.6 mm.

Last but not least:

(2) SQUAMAE:—At first glance, without lens, they really look
3-lobed and no better comparison may be made than with
minute Polygala-like fruits in which the fruit exceeds both
sides of the **wing". And this certainly led Michaux into error.

Actually, the squamae are entire and, under the lens, slightly
ciliolate on the margins. There cannot be any hesitation on
this point. So those of your botanists who have seen them
unlobed are quite right.

The specimens were examined conjointly by Jovet, who made
the drawings (Fig. 1) “in sicco”, and myself.

ASNIERES (SEINE)

34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

A NOTE ON THE VARIETIES OF ZIZANIA AQUATICA L.—In
September, 1949, à number of specimens of wild rice were col-
lected along the St. John River at Fredericton in York County,
and at Hamstead in Queens County, New Brunswick. It was
at once evident that many of the plants in these stands exceeded
the stature of Zizania aquatica L. var. angustifolia Hitchcock,
supposedly the only variety occurring in New Brunswick!, Plants
ranging from less than 1 m. in height up to 2.5 m. were noted,
whereas the maximum for the var. angustifolia as described by
Fassett is 1.5 m. Moreover, it appeared that the size was cor-
related with the ecological conditions, smaller plants occurring on
the more sandy mud.

The specimens collected were determined with the aid of N.
C. Fassett's key and specimens in the Gray Herbarium and the
Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club. Some of the
material could be referred to the var. angustifolia; much of it
fell under Z. aquatica var. interior Fassett; and some of it was
intermediate, possessing some characters of each. In addition
to stature, the characters used in determination were the purely
quantitative ones of ligule-length, leaf-width, and the number
of staminate and pistillate spikelets per branch. Specimens
referable to both varieties, as well as intermediate forms, oc-
curred in the same stand, growing close together, the differences
seemingly correlated with local conditions. It is interesting to
note that in the areas visited material which would fit the var.
angustifolia completely was in the minority.

From these observations we feel that one of two possible con-
clusions should be drawn. Either the var. interior extends much
farther eastward than the range originally ascribed to it by
Fassett, or the two varieties angustifolia and interior are not
distinct in New Brunswick.— l'Avron A. Strerves, The Biologi-
cal Laboratories, Harvard University, AND Gorpon P. DEWorr,
JR., Chelmsford, Mass.

1 Fassett, N. C., A Study of the Genus Zizania, Ruopora 26: 153—160, 1924.

1950] Waterfall,——Some Additions to the Oklahoma Flora 35

SOME ADDITIONS TO THE OKLAHOMA FLORA

U. T. WATERFALL
(Continued. from page 24)

ITEA vrRGINICA L. was collected as Waterfall 8496, edges of
Taxodium swamps, 9 miles east and 2 south of Broken Bow,
McCurtain County, August 8, 1948. We have in our herbarium
only one previous collection from the state, Stevens 2652, near
Page, Leflore County, September 7, 1913.

*DESMODIUM ROTUNDIFOLIUM (Michx.) DC. Referred to this
species is Waterfall 8221, steep wooded banks 3 miles west of
state line (west of Siloam Springs) and 214 miles north, Dela-
ware County, July 8, 1948.

Although the plant is just beginning to flower, the characteris-
tic leaf shape, and the large, ovate, striate, attenuate stipules
seem to make the determination fairly safe.

*ERODIUM TEXANUM Gray was collected as Waterfall 8722,
shallow silty clay on gypsum, 6 miles south of Hollis, Harmon
County, August 26, 1948. Waterfall 8362, top of mesa, 6 miles
east and 11% north of Eldorado, Jackson County, July 23, 1948;
Waterfall 8354, shallow silty soil on gypsum 5 miles north and 2
west of Eldorado, Jackson County, July 23, 1948.

This species is not listed by Stemen and Myers (op. cit.),
Jeffs and Little (op. cit.), or Stevens (op. cit.). Small states
that the distribution is from “Texas to middle California and
lower California." The cited specimens constitute a northward
extension of range into Oklahoma.

*PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA (L.) Planch, forma HIRSUTA
(Donn.) Fernald. In our herbarium we have several sheets of
the pubescent form taken from scattered localities.

*PASSIFLORA INCARNATA L., forma alba f. nov., corollis lobae
et coronis albis. The Tyre is Waterfall 8198, two miles east of
Choteau, Mayes County, July 7, 1948. It is in the Bebb
Herbarium of the University of Oklahoma.

Although the author knows of the white flowered form only
from this area, he is describing it as a forma rather than a variety,
since its range is not known to exceed that of the typical form,
and since it is only a minor variant.

1 Small, J. K. and Linda Tracy Hawks. Geraniaceae, N. Am. Fl. 25 (1): 22. 1907.

36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

CYNOSCIADUM DIGITATUM DC. was collected as Waterfall 8049,
swamps 3/4 miles south and 2 east of Tom, McCurtain County,
June 23, 1948.

Although listed by Jeffs and Little (op. cit.) and Stevens (op.
cit.) we have no confirming specimens in our herbarium. Mathias
and Constance! state that the species is distributed from “‘south-
ern Missouri to eastern Texas", which range could easily include
the extreme southeastern part of our state where the above
cited number was taken.

*LIMONIUM LIMBATUM Small. Referred to this species is
Waterfall 8319, valley of the Red River, 3 miles west and 7 south
of Hollis, Harmon County, July 21, 1948.

This is the only representative of the Plumbaginaceae known
from Oklahoma.

*CyNOCTONUM MrrREOLA (L.) Britton. So referred is Water-
fall 8508, growing in pond, 6 miles north of Broken Bow, McCur-
tain County, August 9, 1948.

The genus is not recorded from our state in current manuals
and check lists. In Gray's Manual, the range of C. Mitreola is
stated to be “Virginia to Texas." Cory's statement of range
(op. cit.) includes his area 1, the “Timber Belt", which is adjacent
to the part of Oklahoma from which the above collection was
made.

NYMPHOIDES PELTATUM (Gmel.) Kuntze was taken as Water-
fall 8503, growing in pond, 6 miles north of Broken Bow, McCur-
tain County, August 9, 1948. Growing with it was Cynoctonum
Mitreola.

Stratton? has previously reported N. peltatum (without speci-
men citation) from Bryan County, Oklahoma.

*ASCLEPIAS LONGICORNU Benth was collected as Waterfall
8592, growing in silty clay (with Euphorbia albomarginata,
Panicum texanum, Physalis lobata and Ditaxis humilis) 2 miles
south of Okeene, Blaine County, August 20, 1948 and Waterfall

1 Mathias, Mildred E. and Lincolm Constance. Umbelliferae. N. Am. Fl. 28B
(2): 164. 1945.

* Robinson, B. L. and M. L. Fernald. Gray’s New Manual of Botany. Ed. 7.
1908.

3 Stratton, Robert. Some Oklahoma Vascular Plants. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 28:
62—65, 1948.

1950] Waterfall,—Some Additions to the Oklahoma Flora 37

$606, growing in silty clay (with Euphorbia albomarginata) 10
miles west of Orienta, Major County, August 20, 1948.

These collections represent considerable northward extensions
of range from areas where it has been known previously. Small!
says "Texas to New Mexico and Mexico." Cory? states that it
oceurs in areas 2, 4, 5, and 6, 1. e., coastal, central, and south-
western Texas. The species should be found between the areas
listed by Cory and the region of my present collections.

*CONVOLVULUS HERMANNIOIDES Gray. So referred is Water-
fall 7783 collected on a dolomite knoll, 3 miles north of Duke,
Jackson County, June 4, 1948.

The auricled sepals are about a centimeter long. Associates
include Aphanostephus ramosissimus (not A. pilosus and
Gaillardia pinnatifida. C. hermannioides has been known
previously from Texas.

*CRESSA TRUXILLENSIS HBK. was collected as Waterfall
8318, valley of the Red River, 3 miles west and 7 south of Hollis,
Harmon County, July 21, 1948. It is fairly abundant in the
river valley.

Cory (op. cit.) does not list the species from the adjacent
plains country in Texas. Tidestrom and Kittell* say that it
occurs from Utah to California, southward to Texas, Mexico,
and South America.

CuscuTA GLABRIOR (Engelm.) Yuncker. Referred to this
species is the author's 8680, from sandstone buttes, south of
Tesequite Creek, 1 mile west and 4 south of Kenton, Cimarron
County, August 24, 1948.

This species is not recorded in Jeffs and Little’s list (op. cit.).
The combination itself was not made until two years* after the
publication of the list, but the name, C. verrucosa Engelm., not
Sweet, applied to this species concept in 1930 is not on the
Checklist. In the Flora of Texas, Yuncker states that the

1 8mall, J. K., op. cit. 948. 1913.

z Cory, V. L., op. cit. 83. 1938.

3 Tidestrom, Ivar and Sister Teresita Kittell. A Flora of Arizona and New Mexico.
583. 1941.

1 Yuncker, Truman G. The Genus Cuscuta. Mem. Tor. Bot. Cl. 18 (2): 140—141.
1932.

5 Yuncker, T. G., Cuscuta in FLORA OF TEXAS. 3 (2): 131-132. 1943.

38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

species “ranges from New Mexico to Oklahoma and Louisiana
and southward into northeastern Mexico.”’

DICHONDRA REPENS Forst., var. CAROLINENSIS (Michx.)
Choisy has been previously reported! from LeFlore County.
It is now known from McCurtain County as Waterfall 8062,
woods 314 miles south and 2 miles east of Tom, June 23, 1948,
and Nelson, Nelson and Goodman 5574, moist, sandy openings in
costal plain forest, near Harris, April 20, 1946.

*HELIOTROPIUM INUNDATUM Sw. This species was collected
as Waterfall 8451, edge of Big Grassy Lake, 4 miles west and 4
south of Tom, McCurtain County, August 7, 1948.

Small? says the species occurs “in low grounds, Louisiana to
California."

*VERBENA PLICATA Greene. Referred to this species is Water-
fall 8663, stony soil near West Carrizo Creek north of the Black
Mesa, 3 miles north and 1 west of Kenton, Cimarron County,
August 23, 1948, and Waterfall 8347, silty soil in valley between
gypsum ridges, 6144 miles south of Hollis, Harmon County,
July 22, 1948.

Perry? does not list the species from Oklahoma, but cites it
from Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, Chihuhua, and Coahuila.

*HEDEOMA PULEGIOIDES Pers. Referrable to this species is
Bebb 5992, in woods, Adair County, Sept. 26, 1940.

Epling* includes Kansas and Arkansas in his statement of the
range of the species.

*MONARDA PUNCTATA L., var. intermedia (McClintock and
Epling), stat. nov. (M. punctata L., ssp. intermedia McClintock
and Epling. A Review of the Genus Monarda. Univ. of Calif.
Publ. in Bot. 20: 184-185. 1942). Waterfall 8416 is apparently
referrable to var. intermedia. The corollas are yellowish, and
are purple-punctate. They have unexpanded tubes 6-7 mm.
long, the calyx-tube has an orifice that is hairy, but not closed.
These are key characteristics used by McClintock and Epling
for their ssp. intermedia, “plants of the Texas prairie, mostly

! Hopkins, Milton. Notes from the Bebb Herbarium of the University of Oklahoma.
II. RHopnona 45: 275. 1943.

? Small, J. K. Flora of the Southeastern United States. 1913.

3 Perry, Lily M. A Revision of the N. Am. Spp. of Verbena. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gar.
20: 294—296.

* Epling, Carl and Wm. 8. Stewart. A Revision of Hedeoma . . . Rep. Spec. Nov.
115: 26-27. 1939.

1950] Waterfall,——Some Additions to the Oklahoma Flora 39

east of the Brazos River." "The author's collection was taken
from sand, north of Clear Lake, 10 miles west and 114 south of
Idabel, McCurtain County, August 6, 1948.

CASTILLEJA INDIVISA Engelm. Pennell! cited only two collec-
tions from Oklahoma, one from Bryan County and one from
Delaware County. From Atoka County I have Waterfall 7991,
prairie, 1 mile south and 3 west of Atoka, June 21, 1948.

*SYMPHORICARPOS OCCIDENTALIS Hook. This species was
collected as Waterfall 7945, canyon between sandstone hills, 6
miles south and 1 west of Kenton, Cimarron County, June 14,
1948.

Jones? lists no collections from Oklahoma, but cites the species
from Kansas, Colorado and New Mexico.

*BaniA WoopHousil Gray. Specimens of Bahia taken as
Waterfall 7878, ditch in plains west of Boise City, Cimarron
County, June 12, 1948 are referred to the above species by virtue
of the prominent excurrent midrib of the pappus palea, and the
achenes having an indument which is hirsutulous, becoming
longer toward the base.

Kearney and Peebles? state that the range of the species is
“Northwestern Texas, Colorado and northern Mexico." Stemen
and Myers‘ report B. oppositifolia from Cimarron County.
The author has seen no confirming collection.

*BERLANDIERA TEXANA DC., var. BETONICAEFOLIA (Hook.)
T. & G. The author is referring to this variety his no. 8079
taken from a wooded creekside, 4 miles north of Broken Bow,
MeCurtain County, June 24, 1948.

This collection is characterized by long, jointed purplish hairs
which cover most of the upper part of the stem including the
peduncles. This is as Torrey and Gray? described var. betonicae-
folia. They also state that the leaves are ‘‘all petioled". The
upper cauline leaves of the present collection are sessile. How-
ever, Torrey and Gray further state: “Most of the specimens
from Dr. Hale (western Louisiana) . . . have the peduncles
and upper part of the stem clothed with purplish hairs . . .

! Pennell, The Scrophulariaceae of Eastern Temperate North America. 541. 1935.

2 Jones, George Neville. .A Monograph of the Genus Symphoricarpos. Journ. Arn.
Arb. 21: 224-228. 1940.

3 Kearney, Thomas H, and Robert N. Peebles. Flowering Plants and Ferns of
Arizona. 1942.

4 Stemen, Thomas R. and W. Stanley Myers, Oklahoma Flora. 1937.
5 Torrey, John and Asa Gray, Flora of North America 2: 281.

40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

just as Hooker describes his Silphium betonicifolium, but the
upper leaves are all sessile, as in DeCandolle’s plant . . .". It
is just such material that the present author has, and which he
is referring to var. betonicaefolia. Torrey and Gray cite material
of this variety from Texas, western Louisiana and western
Arkansas. In our herbarium none of the other Oklahoma
material collected from widely separated localities has such
indument.

*EUPATORIUM INCARNATUM Walt. Referred to this species is
Waterfall 8430, margin of Red Lake, 12 miles west and 14 south
of Idabel, McCurtain County, August 6, 1948.

*HELIANTHUS ANGUSTIFOLIUS L. Referred to this species is
Waterfall 8466, abandoned field, 2 miles north of Tom, McCurtain
County, August 7, 1948.

In Small’s Flora the range is given as *New York and Missouri
to Florida and Texas."

*LIATRUS PYCNOSTACHYA Michx., forma alba, f. nov., corollis
stylis et phyllariis albis.

The white flowered form was found abundantly intermingled
with the common colored form, on a prairie 9 miles west and 1
mile south of Wapanucka, Johnston County, on August 5, 1948.
It was collected as Waterfall 8396, which is designated as the
TYPE, and placed in the Bebb Herbarium of the University of
Oklahoma. IsorvPEs will be sent to the Gray Herbarium and
the herbaria of the New York and Missouri Botanical Gardens.

LiatRus SQUARROSA (L.) Michx., var. arrsuta Rydb. ex
Gaiser. In her monograph of Liatrus Gaiser! cites one sheet
from Oklahoma. It is Waterfall sin num., Tuskahoma, Push-
mataha County, June 20, 1937. To this variety may also be
referred Waterfall 8425, upland woods, 1 mile south and 2 west
of Garvin, McCurtain County, August 6, 1948.

PEcTIS ANGUSTIFOLIA Torr. has been previously reported?
within the state based on Demaree 13,351 collected in 1936 from
Cimarron County. The present author found the species grow-
ing in abundance in shallow sand on top of sandstone buttes
near or under Pinus ponderosa and P. cembroides var. edulis
south of Tesequite Creek, 1 mile west and 4 south of Kenton,

1Gaiser, L.O. The Genus Liatrus, Ruopora 48: 401. 1946.

2 Goodman, Geo. J. and U. T. Waterfall, Notes on Oklahoma Plants. Proc. Okla.
Acad. Sci. 28: 66. 1948.

1950] Hagenah,—New Records for the Bruce Peninsula 41

Cimarron County, August 24, 1948. "This is the only place in
the state where the author has seen Pectis growing.

Specimens of the author's plants mentioned in the above
enumeration will be found in the Bebb Herbarium of the Univer-
sity of Oklahoma. Available duplicates will be distributed to a
few other herbaria at a later date.

DEPARTMENT OF BoTANY AND PLANT PATHOLOGY,
OKLAHOMA A. AND M. CoLrkGE, Stillwater, Oklahoma.

NEW RECORDS FOR THE BRUCE
PENINSULA, ONTARIO

Date J. HAGENAH

INTENSIVE field work whenever it has been possible to get away
for a few days in that Mecca of botanists, the Bruce Peninsula of
Ontario, has resulted in the finding of a number of additions to its
known flora. During the past five years, in addition to species
not reported by the late P. V. Krotkov in the systematic list in
his “Botanical Explorations in the Bruce Peninsula, Ontario"
(Trans. Roy. Can. Inst. 23 (1): 3-65. 1940), new stations have
been found for several rare species reported by him. Records
new for the area are indicated by an asterisk in the following list.

Particular attention has been given to the Pteridophyta and
the Orchidaceae of the area and all the new records here
reported are in these groups. A number of the finds, especially
in the Orchidaceae, are due to Mrs. Hagenah’s eye for botanical
novelties. Specimens of all species not reported by Krotkov and
of most of the others have been deposited in the Billington
Herbarium of the Cranbook Institute of Science, Bloomfield
Hills, Michigan. All numbers refer to collections of the author.

*BoTRYCHIUM MATRICARIAEFOLIUM A. Br. ex Koch. Speci-
mens of this species were collected from the sides of low hum-
mocks in a maple-birch woods three miles south of Tobermory,
July 4, 1948, 759.

*BoTRYCHIUM MULTIFIDUM (Gmel.) Rupr., var. INTERMEDIUM
(D. C. Eaton) Farw. Found in an abandoned pasture near the
cemetery at Oliphant, October 9, 1949, 1430 and 1431.

This Grape Fern was locally abundant, more than fifty plants
being found in an area about fifty yards square, and was extremely -

42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

variable as to size of both sterile and fertile plants, with some of
the smaller specimens, 1432 and 1434, approaching var. TYPICUM
in appearance.

*BoTRYCHIUM DISSECTUM Spreng., var. TYPICUM. Only one
sterile plant of this species was found in a mixed woods near Red
Bay, although both of the following varieties were present in
both sterile and fruiting condition. October 8, 1949, 1426.

*BOTRYCHIUM DISSECTUM Spreng. var. oBLIQUUM (Muhl.)
Clute. Found in a mixed woods near Red Bay, usually in old
roadways, September 6, 1948, 803. Other plants were observed
here in October, 1949.

*BOTRYCHIUM DISSECTUM Spreng., var. ONEIDENSE (Gilbert)
Farw. Most of the plants seen at Red Bay in 1948 and 1949 had
the broad, more rounded terminal segments of this variety.
September 6, 1948, 802.

*DRYOPTERIS PHEGOPTERIS (L.) C. Chr. One small but
abundantly fruiting station was found at the edge of an opening
in the swamp forest surrounding a bog southwest of the village of
Lion's Head, September 5, 1948, 793.

DnvorrEnis Frurix-Mas (L.) Schott. This species, reported by
Krotkov and others only from the vicinity of Cape Croker, was
found at several places in a rocky beech-maple woods northwest
of Hope Bay, at least six miles from the previously reported
stations, August 31, 1947, 717.

*DRYOPTERIS CRISTATA (L.) Gray, var. CriNTONIANA (D. C.
Eaton) Underw. This variety has been collected in moist
depressions in a mixed woods near Red Bay, September 6, 1948,
799, and along a stream in woods near the Stokes Bay cemetery,
October 8, 1949, 1428.

ATHYRIUM THELYPTERIOIDES (Michx.) Desv. Reported by
Krotkov from one collection made near the north shore of the
Peninsula, this species was found in a moist valley between two
dolomite ridges northwest of Hope Bay, July 3, 1949, 916.

*ATHYRIUM PYCNOCARPON (Spreng.) Tidestr. Found on a
low hummock at the foot of a dolomite ridge in a beech-maple
woods northwest of Hope Bay, July 4, 1947, and collected
August 31, 1947, 720.

This colony bore abundant fertile fronds in 1947 but only
sterile fronds were found in 1948. Phyllitis Scolopendrium, var.
americana and Polystichum Lonchitis were abundant on the dolo-
mite ridge while only a few yards away from the hummock on
lower ground was the first clump of Dryopteris Filiz-mas found
at this station.

1950] Hagenah,—New Records for the Bruce Peninsula 43

PELLAEA ATROPURPUREA (L.) Link.

This species was reported by Stebbins (Rnopona 37: 63-74.
1935.) from cliffs along Georgian Bay near Gillies Lake and
Lion’s Head. It was rare at these locations and Stebbins
stressed the fact that the cliffs appeared to have escaped the fires
which had ravaged much of the Peninsula in the past. However,
on October 8, 1949, this species was collected from a low rocky
ridge in the dolomite pavement country about six miles west of
Dyer’s Bay, 1429. Although there are obvious signs of past
fires throughout this pavement region the Pellaea was not only
abundant along the ridge but was occasionally seen in crevices
between layers of the pavement itself.

*LycoPODIUM OBSCURUM L., var. DENDROIDEUM (Michx.) D.
C. Eaton. One small colony of the Round-branched Ground
Pine was found on a sandy ridge in mixed woods near Red Bay,
September 6, 1948, 798.

*LYCOPODIUM COMPLANATUM L., first found near the Stokes
Bay cemetery on October 8, 1949, 1427, and again the next day
at the foot of a sand ridge marking an old Lake Huron shore
line south of Oliphant, October 9, 1949, 1443.

*LycoPODIUM TRISTACHYUM Pursh. Collected from another
sand ridge near Oliphant, August 26, 1946, 397.

At other places in this same series of wooded ridges collections
have been made which resemble this species in form but lack its
bluish-green color.

CyYPRIPEDIUM CALCEOLUS L., var. PARVIFLORUM (Salisb.) Fern.

Under the name Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. this yellow
lady's-slipper was reported as common by Krotkov while the
variety pubescens was reported only from one collection by A. B.
Klugh. Five seasons of field experience in the Peninsula during
the blooming season have shown that the actual frequency of the
two is the reverse of that given by Krotkov. Variety parvi-
florum with its characteristic dark wine-colored sepals and petals
has been found at only one locality, Little Port Elgin, May 31,
1946, 311. "Variety pubescens with its greenish-yellow sepals and
petals occurs throughout the Peninsula in a variety of habitats,
even growing in small pockets of humus in the dolomite pave-
ment district.

*HABENARIA CLAVELLATA (Michx.) Spreng., var. OPHIOGLOS-
soIDES Fern. Found growing in moss at the edge of the thicket

44 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

surrounding a small bog near Lion’s Head, August 31, 1947, 726.
Cypripedium acaule was found near by.

HABENARIA ORBICULATA (Pursh) Torr. This species, reported
only from Stokes Bay by Krotkov, was observed in a mixed
woods near Red Bay in 1948 and 1949.

*HaBENARIA Hooxert Torr. Found in a sandy opening in
coniferous woods near the shore at Dorcas Bay, May 31, 1947,
and collected in bloom on July 4, 1947, 639.

Interesting species noted near by included Cypripedium
arietinum and Iris lacustris.

*ARETHUSA BULBOSA L. Collected from grassy margins of a
marly bog near Lion’s Head, July 4, 1947, 638.

LISTERA CORDATA (L.) R. Br.

This species was reported by Krotkov from Cove Island, off the
tip of the Peninsula, and then only from a solitary specimen.
Stebbins (l. c.) mentioned seeing it at Red Bay. This station
has not been rediscovered but this elusive little orchid has been
found at three places in the vicinity of Oliphant where it is
sometimes abundant in small areas, May 30, 1946, 306. It has
also been observed in a mossy thicket in a bog near Lion’s Head.
In nearly every case it has been associated with Habenaria
obtusata.

MALAXIS BRACHYPODA (Gray) Fern. Reported by Krotkov
from a collection by [? R. F.] Cain at Sauble Beach, this species
was found at two locations in the Oliphant area on July 4, 1949,
917.

*CORALLORRHIZA MACULATA Raf., forma FLAVIDA (Peck) Farw.
This form, with the entire plant yellow except for the white,
unspotted lip, was found to be rather frequent in one section of
a wooded slope below a cliff at Sydney Bay, July 6, 1946, 342.

Although the typical form of the species is commonly met with
elsewhere in the Peninsula, it was not here observed in the same
locality with the form. However, both have since been found
growing in the same woods at Hope Bay.

CALYPSO BULBOSA (L.) Oakes. Like Listera cordata, this
orchid was reported by Krotkov from a single specimen found
on Cove Island. On May 31, 1947, three plants, two with

flowers, were found near Oliphant in a low coniferous woods
where Listera cordata is abundant.

However, it may have been overlooked elsewhere because of
its early blooming habit. In this connection, it may be noted

1950] Evers,—Andropogon Elliottii in Illinois 45

that 1947 was a late season in this area and that large snow
banks were still present in arbor vitae thickets near where the
Calypso was found in bloom.

CRANBROOK ÍNSTITUTE OF SCIENCE,
Bloomfield Hills, Michigan

ANDROPOGON ELLIOTTII CHAPM. IN ILLINOIS

ROBERT A. Evers

THE Elliott Beardgrass, principally of the coastal plains from
New Jersey to Florida and Texas, extends northward to southern
Missouri and southern Indiana (Hitchcock, 1935) but has not
been reported to occur in Illinois. Palmer and Steyermark
(1935) listed it in four Missouri counties, and Deam (1940)
credited it to ten Indiana counties.

In November, 1939, L. E. Yaeger collected this grass three
miles southeast of Ridgway, Gallatin County, Lllinois. He
found it growing in an old upland field along with persimmon,
Smilax and Panicum species. This appears to have been the
first collection of this grass in Illinois.

In September, 1947, I attempted to find the site of Yaeger’s
collection but was not successful. In April, 1949, Glen $.
Winterringer collected the grass in Pope County near Walters-
burg. This collection was the first after Yaeger’s in 1939.

In October, 1949, while collecting plants in southern Illinois,
I made ten collections of Andropogon elliottii in five counties.
I found it chiefly in old fields associated with Andropogon vir-
ginicus. It formed rather large colonies, or it occurred as
isolated tufts. With the exception of Yaeger's collection near
Ridgway, all collections are from the southern unglaciated area
of the state. Although within the glacial boundary (Illinoian),
the Ridgway site is not on glacial till but on the broad, sandy
terrace (Wisconsin outwash) in the Wabash valley. Deam has.
characterized this species in Indiana as being “restricted practi-
cally to the unglaciated area where it is usually found with

1 Personal communication from Dr. George E. Ekblaw, Illinois State Geological
Survey, Urbana.

46 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Andropogon virginicus”; the same characterization fits entirely
its known occurrence in Illinois.

Although present records show Elliott Beardgrass in only five
southeastern Illinois counties, further field work may reveal its
presence in other southern counties.

The following is a list of specimens of Andropogon elliottii in
the herbarium of the Illinois State Natural History Survey.

GALLATIN Co.: In an old upland field, 3 miles southeast of
Ridgway, November 7, 1939, L. E. Yaeger; roadside, Pounds
Hollow Recreation Area, October 25, 1949, R. A. Evers 21898; in
a field southeast of the Pounds, near the county line, October 25,
1949, R. A. Evers 21900. Harpin Co.: In a field west of Karbers
Ridge, October 25, 1949, R. A. Evers 21902; in a field east of
Karbers Ridge, October 25, 1949, R. A. Evers 21903; in a field
northwest of Rosiclare, October 26, 1949, R. A. Evers 21904.
JOHNSON Co.: Field border northeast of Bloomfield, October 26,
1949, R. A. Evers 21908. Porr Co.: Field along highway 146,
east of Waltersburg, April 3, 1949, G. S. Winterringer 1933
(determined by Agnes Chase); field border southeast of Herod,
October 25, 1949, R. A. Evers 21901; in a field north of Homberg,
October 26, 1949, R. A. Evers 21905. SaArLINE Co.: In a field one
mile southeast of Rudement, October 25, 1949, R. A. Evers 21860;
summit of Wamble Mountain, 234 miles southeast of Rudement,
October 25, 1949, R. A. Evers 21881.

REFERENCES CITED
Dream, C. C. 1940.
Flora of Indiana. Dept. of Conservation, Indianapolis, Indiana.
Hrrcucock, A. S. 1935.
Manual of the Grasses of the United States. Misc. Publ. 200. U. S. D. À.,
Washington, D. C.
PALMER, E. J. AND J. A. STEYERMARK 1935.
An Annotated Catalogue of the Flowering Plants of Missouri. Ann. Mo.
Bot. Gard. 22: 479.

InuiNors Stare NaTURAL History Survey, Urbana

Two NEW FORMS or PLANTS FROM MINNESOTA.—ERIOPHORUM
TENELLUM Nutt., f. axillare, f. nov., a forma typica differt
pedunculo laterali ex axilla folii supremi (bracteae similis)
uno- vel multo-spicato. Tyre: Lakela No. 8717, July 4, 1949,
growing in Sphagnum-Chamaedaphne swamp on Fredenberg Lake
road, Fredenberg T. 18 mi. N. of Duluth, St. Louis Co., MINNE-
SOTA. (University Minn. Herb., Duluth Branch).

This form differs from the typical form by developing, in addi-

1950] Fernald,—Alchemilla alpina in Colorado 47

tion to the normal inflorescence, a lateral peduncle with one or
more spikes, in the axil of the uppermost leaf, which has become
bract-like. The plants were collected from a colony of typical
plants in association with Eriophorum virginicum L., Scheuchzeria
palustris L. and Carez oligosperma Michx.

CoRYDALIS SEMPERVIRENS (L.) Pers., f. candida, f. nov., a
forma typica differt sepalis petalisque albis, apicibus petalorum
sulphureis. Type: Lakela No. 9022, July 15, 1949, growing in
mats of Cladonia on a granite ridge, Rivard Road to Birch Lake
about 12 mi. S. of Ely, Northeast St. Louis Co., Minnesota.
(University Minnesota Herb., Duluth Branch).

This form differs from the typical form by replacement of the
rose color of the sepals and petals by white, the petal-tips remain-
ing yellow. These striking white-flowered plants were first
observed on June 29, but only a single collection, No. 8672, was
made at that time. The type material, collected two weeks
later, was mostly in fruit. Britton & Brown, Illustr. Fl. of
North. States and Can., Vol. 2, p. 144, refer to the color of the
flower of the species as "rarely white"; the form appears to be
undescribed. On drying, the sepal margins turned faint rose.—
Orca LAKELA, University of Minnesota, Duluth Branch.

ALCHEMILLA ALPINA IN CoLorapo: The very characteristic
Alchemilla alpina L., of alpine regions of Europe and common in
Greenland, is generally recognized as found southward in North
America only on the island of Miquelon. To be sure, Pursh, the
author of countless erroneous records, wrote in his Fl. Am. Sept.
1: 112 (1814):

On the peaks of high mountains in Vermont and New Hampshire. 2.
June, July. v. s. Whether the American species is the true A. alpina or
not, I am not able to determine, as I am at present in want of specimens

to compare them; but the plate in the Flora Danica represents the Ameri-
can plant fully, as far as recollection can decide.

That was too vague. Nothing possibly identifiable with it is
known from “the peaks of high mountains in Vermont”, but the
highest mountain of New Hampshire harbors the habitally very
similar Sibbaldia procumbens L. Pursh gave the only station
for the latter in New England as “high mountains of...

48 Rhodora [FEBRUARY

Vermont", although the only New England stations actually
known to active explorers of our mountains are on the Mt.
Washington area, chiefly near the head of Tuckerman's Ravine.
For some unaccountable reason, Rydberg in N. Am. FI. xxii‘.
379 (1908), cites Alchemilla alpina southward only from ‘‘Mique-
lon and the White Mountains of New Hampshire". Why, if
Pursh's unverified statement was being credited, discriminate
against Vermont, where Alchemilla is equally unknown?

'The object of this note, however, is not to guess what Pursh
was guessing at. As a boy, before coming to Cambridge, I ex-
changed specimens with the late C. H. Demetrio. Among
other plants he sent me was a characteristic specimen of Alche-
milla alpina, collected by himself on July 5, 1888, ‘‘on the Trail
to the Lake of the Clouds, Custer Co., Colorado”. Here is a
challenge to Cordilleran botanists.'—M. L. FERNALD.

1 I remember that Demetrio was anxious to secure mosses and lichens from Maine.
Being kept out of school through a long winter and being as much as possible out of
doors, on skis, I offered to collect them for him. I well remember the delight of the
family with his reply: ‘‘Spare your health; do not go out in the snow-crownded forest”.

Volume 52, no. 618, includiug pages 1—24, was issued 20 January, 1950.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52. March, 1950. No. 615.
CONTENTS:
Long Life to Alexander W. Evans. M. L.Fernald............. 49

Montana Plant-Distribution Records.
W. E. Booth and Janet Stenis. ....... eR eed o aos 52

The Authorities for Torreyochloa Fernaldii. Harold St. John.... 58

Studies of Minnesota Flowering Plants with Notes on Additions to
the Flora. John W. Moore

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the

flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

No. XXXIV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 77-269. 1902.

Flora of the Galapagos Islands. With 3 plates.
By B. L. Robinson. ......ccsccoscccsscccccsvecccccsccesscsvcsese $1.75

No. XXXV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 69-120. 1903. New and

otherwise Noteworthy Angiosperms from Mexico and Central
America. “By J. M. Greenman. .....00cccsecccatesecccscecceseces $ .50

. XXXI. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 235-278. 1905.
1. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. Greenman.
2. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae.
By B. L. Robinson. ......ccccccccccvccccssvcvsgsecsccccsesvccess $ .40

. XXXII. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 3-48. 1906.
1. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
2. Revision of the Genus Ophryosporus.
3. The Genus Helogyne and its Synonyms.
4. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Compositae which have been classed with them.
Bv B. L. Hobbsson, cocccscccciscevsssctyunsasdacepiieass teens $ .60

GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. March, 1950 No. 615

LONG LIFE TO ALEXANDER W. EVANS

M. L. FERNALD

In Raopora, li. 178 (1949), I made a most embarrassing error.
Referring to the conscientious editing by the late Charles A.
Weatherby of papers sent in for publication, I commented on
"those of the late Alexander W. Evans . . . who wrote unex-
celled English". Momentarily pleased to have had such a
painstaking contributor to the pages of RHopora, I neglected to
verify the statement of my informant, for it had been some time
since I had had the satisfaction of handling one of Evans's man-
uscripts. Now, botanists, returning from the Christmas-week
meetings at New York, report the presence there in vigorous
health and with an amused laugh over the incident, of Evans, so
alert and active that I am reminded of the day (August 7, 1917)
when he and I tried to keep up with the lithe and slender Stanley
Pease in climbing the vertical and slippery walls of Huntington’s
Ravine in the White Mountains. Evans, apparently, could
still keep up; I certainly could not. Iam, therefore, most happy
to assert on the best of authority that, now past four-score, Evans
is very much alive.

Whether the same can be said for the unwitting slanderer is
another question. At any rate, a recent letter, received at the
Gray Herbarium, expresses regret at the news, trickling through
from New York, of the death of Fernald. As he has been
assured, others have reasoned, because he was absent from the
meetings, that he was no longer up to “manual labor". But
Manual-labor was exactly what he was “up to” at that period
(as for months past): rereading twelve hours a day the page-

50 Rhodora [Mancn

proofs of the Manual and noting so many pranks of the printer's
devil! as often to “wish he were dead". Certainly, his blunder
was & boomerang!

There is special interest to me and the Harvard men of my
period about the age, four-score plus. In our undergraduate
days every student, whether of fine arts, the classies or the
natural sciences, took, if he could get into the room, Shaler's
“Geology 4", not because of the geology, which was a thin back-
ground, but because of Shaler's dramatic presentation and per-
petual diversions into all fields of worldly wisdom. At the special
lecture I refer to he suddenly stopped, then proceeded. ‘‘GEN-
TLEMEN: Did you ever notice how those who follow literature or
art soon tire and have nothing to absorb them in their later years,
while students of Nature, whether geology or natural history,
have a life-long interest and greatly outlive their literary and
artistic friends?" That thesis has stuck with me and many
others and I have been interested, in odd moments, to make a
check of the active workers (at least before some of them special-
ized in the lower groups), whether in the herbarium or out-of-
doors (when they stored up what would now be called “sunshine
vitamins") in my own field, taxonomy of vascular plants. One
could start with Theophrastus but I have contented myself with
active Americans or workers in temperate North America (thus
excluding Humboldt, 90, and others in tropical America).
Briefly tabulated and noting only about sixty out of hundreds we
get lists for the past such as the following (some, as above noted,
later concentrating outside the vascular plants):

Livina Tro 83 years: William D. Brackenridge, Addison Brown, John
Carey, Edwin H. Eames, Joseph T. Rothrock, Charles W. Swan, David
Thomas; ro 84 YEARS: William Bartram, John M. Bates, George B.
Emerson, Fayette F. Forbes, Ellsworth J. Hill, Leo Lesquereux, Lewis H.
Lighthipe, Charles H. Peck, Carl Purdy, William W. Wister; ro 85 YEARS:
Joseph Barratt, Charles D. Lippincott, Frangois André Michaux, John C.
Parlin, Henry H. Rusby, William Trimble, Richard W. Woodward; To
86 years: Florence Beckwith, Thomas H. Macbride, Alfred Rehder,
Charles S. Sargent; ro 87 years: John Clayton, Robert I. Cratty, James
Hall, Joachim H. Schuette, Frank Lamson-Scribner; ro 88 years: Joseph
R. Churchill, John G. Jack, John M. Macfarlane, John Macoun, Archibald

1 For instance, altering (after the galley-proofs) such an expression as ''flowering
stems arising from the slender tips of past year's stolons” so that the last words read:
“the slender tips of past year's solons”, whereupon I was asked if that were my im-
pression of retired lawmakers.

1950] Fernald,—Long Life to Alexander W. Evans 51

Menzies, Albert Ruth, William Trelease; ro 89 years: James H. Carruth,
Louis F. Henderson, Robert Peter, Robert A. Ware; ro 90 years: Alvan
W. Chapman, Albert Commons, Samuel B. Parish; ro 91 years: William
J. Beal, Eliphalet W. Hervey; ro 92 years: Joseph C. Arthur, Jacob
Bigelow, Herbert M. Denslow, Henry Detwiller, John Mitchell, Edward
S. Steele; ro 93 years: John Goldie, Alexander Prior; ro 94 years: James
Fowler; ro 96 years: John W. Dunlop; ro 97 years: Kate Furbish; Tro
99 years: Edo Claassen, John Donnell Smith.

An even more inspiring group, at least to us younsters, is that
bevy of active workers now with us, such leaders as

Otto F. Cook (83), Jesse More Greenman (83), Chauncey D. Beadle
(84), Nils E. Hansen (84), Jared G. Smith (84), Charles C. Deam (85),
Cornelius L. Shear (85), Ivar Tidestrom (85), Ernest C. Smith (86), Anna

Murray Vail (87), Alice Eastwood (91), L. H. Bailey (92), Charles F.
Batchelder (94), John Dearness (98).!

Rather strikingly, the century-mark seems to be rarely at-
tained. Of the active North American workers in this limited
field I know of none who have come nearer than Edo Claassen and
John Donnell Smith. In Europe it has been attained almost as
rarely. As notable a near-centennarian as any is HERMANN
Curist (99 years, 11. months), the great Swiss pteridologist.
Early members of the New England Botanical Club will never
forget his name. The late George E. Davenport, a very pains-
taking and accurate student of ferns, was temperamentally not
given to humor. At one meeting, reviewing the “rude” and
“insulting” remarks regarding his work published by a student
(who later committed suicide) at an institution outside New
England, he said, with tears in his voice: “l have stood these
insults as long as I can. Finally, I referred the matter to Christ
(pronouncing the vowel as if it were a long iin English). He has
just sent me his reply, in which he highly approves my judgment."

In view of the evident truth of Shaler's thesis and the greatly
lengthened ‘‘life-expectancy”’ of the present over past generations
we all look forward with confidence and keen interest to the
future studies? of Alexander Evans and his elders in the botanical
field.

1 If others wish to enroll in this highly honored group a note to that effect will be
greatly appreciated.

? Like the 60-page manuscript and the plate received from Evans as this is sent for
paging!

52 Rhodora [MARCH

MONTANA PLANT-DISTRIBUTION RECORDS

W. E. BOOTH AND JANET STENTZ

A NUMBER Of additions to the state flora have been found in
collections made by the authors and in older collections filed in
the Montana State College Herbarium.

Najas FLEXILIS (Willd.) Rosth. and Schmidt. Collected by

Charles Buck in Flathead Lake, near Creston, Flathead County,
Montana.

The plants grow in water up to eighteen inches deep. August
17, 1937. This plant has been reported as being in Montana,
but this is the first specimen in the Montana State College
Herbarium.

ERAGROSTIS HYPNOIDES (Lam.) B. 8. P. Collected by W. E.
Booth in Fromberg, Carbon County, Montana; August 2, 1941.

ERAGROSTIS PECTINACEA (Michx.) Nees. Collected by W. E.
Booth near Polson, Flathead County, Montana, September 2,
1942.

FEsTUCA MEGALURA Nutt. Collected by W. E. Booth five
miles west of Bozeman, Gallatin County, Montana.

The stand consisted of a few plants growing along the railroad
track in dry, rocky soil; July 21, 1946.

AGROPYRON SAXICOLA (S. & S.) Piper. This species is
represented in Montana by the single collection made by P. H.
Hawkins at Lake Abundance, Montana, in 1914.

AEGILOPS CYLINDRICA Host.

This grass, formerly thought to be mostly in the central and
southern United States, has appeared in Montana at numerous
locations in grain fields. In some areas it is sufficiently abundant
to be considered as a pernicious weed.

CALAMAGROSTIS KOELERIOIDES Vasey. This species is new to
Montana, but is reported from adjoining states to the west. It
was collected in Glacier National Park by W. E. Booth near
Avalanch Campgrounds, growing in a sandy, moist soil, where it
was represented by three isolated clumps. July 31, 1942.

CALAMAGROSTIS SCOPULORUM M. E. Jones. Collected by G.

F. Payne in the Gallatin Canyon, south of Bozeman, Montana at
an altitude of about 8500 feet; August 21, 1949.

It appears in small scattered clumps on an eroded slope near
the junction of Lightning and Taylor Fork creeks.

1950] St. John,—Torreyochloa Fernaldii 53

SronoBoLUs NEGLECTUS Nash. Two Montana collections of
this species have been made. W. L. Jellison, on September 15,
1927, collected a sample from the College Experiment Station
Farm at Bozeman, Montana. A second collection was made by
W. E. Booth on August 11, 1941 in open grassland, two miles
south of Harlowtown, Montana. This stand was represented by
a few scattered bunches of the grass.

SPonoBOLUS VAGINIFLORUS (Torr. Wood. This plant is
represented in Montana by a single collection made September 4,
1941 by W. E. Booth. It was growing along a road near Wyola,
Bighorn County, Montana, in dry sandy soil.

CAREX EBURNEA Boott. Collected near Ekalaka, Carter
County, Montana by E. C. Moran, August 11, 1941, no. 132.

MAIANTHEMUM CANADENSIS Desf. Collected by W. E. Booth
one mile south-east of Alzada, Carter County, Montana. Several
plants were growing on a shaded, deep humus bench above the
river; June 19, 1949, no. 2622.

ScABIOSA ARVENSIS L. Collected by W. E. Booth twelve miles
south-west of Bozeman, Montana and about 2 miles south of the
Bozeman Hot Springs. Several large clumps of the plant were
growing along the roadside in a moist ditch. September 10,
1947. The plant was identified by B. Maguire.

BELLIS PERENNIS L. Collected by L. Stone near Perma,
Sanders County, Montana on May 5, 1941.

TETRADYMIS SPINOSA H. and A. Collected in Wibaux County,
Montana, in May 1939 by G. W. Griffins.

CENTAUREA NIGRA L. Collected by J. S. Gordon near Troy,
Lincoln County, Montana; August 22, 1932.

This was a weed-specimen sent to Montana State College for
a determination. The identification was made by Mr. Gerald
Clary.

HERBARIUM, MONTANA STATE COLLEGE,
Bozeman, Montana

THE AUTHORITIES FOR TORREYOCHLOA FERNALDII (Gramineae).
—In a recent paper, G. L. Church published a cytotaxonomic
study of Glyceria and Puccinellia. From the former genus he
removed several species and published them, in Amer. Journ.
Bot. xxxvi. 163-164 (1949), as the new genus Torreyochloa. In
the writer’s opinion this new genus was well substantiated by
significant morphological characters.

This brief note is written only to make a minor correction in
the authorities for one of the species. Torreyochloa Fernaldit

54 Rhodora [Marcu

(St. John) Church was a transfer based upon Glyceria Fernaldii
(Hitche.) St. John, Rnopona xix. 76 (1917); ultimately based
upon Clyceria pallida var. Fernaldii Hitehe., Ruopora viii. 211
(1906). The synonyms and the indication of the basonym were
correct as stated by Church. However, it is clear that the origi-
nal author of the name Fernaldii was Hitchcock in 1906. No
impediment existed to the transfer of this varietal name. Hence,
the binomial, with corrected authorities, should read: Torreyo-
chloa Fernaldii (Hitche.) Church.—Haro tp Sr. Jonn, University
of Hawaii, Honolulu 14, T. H.

STUDIES OF MINNESOTA FLOWERING PLANTS WITH
NOTES ON ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA!

JoHn W. Moore

DurinG the past few years data have been accumulated on
some minor variations of Minnesota plants. Names are here
being proposed for these varients. Collecting in Minnesota has
made possible the addition of several plants which do not seem
to have been recorded as growing in Minnesota.

Plant collections are referred to by number and unless other-
wise stated were gathered by the author in various parts of the
state.

EcniNocHLoA WALTERI (Pursh) Nash forma LAEVIGATA Wieg.
This form was collected one mile east of Caledonia, Houston
County, No. 15960, Aug. 22, 1943.

ELEOcHARIS ovara (Roth) R. & S. var. aphanactis varietas
nova. Speciei similis sed achenia non setosa sunt. The nutlets
are without bristles. This interior variety seems to be confined
in Minnesota to the shores and islands of Lake of the Woods
and the Rainy Lake drainage.

Collections have been made as follows: growing along the north
shore of Magnuson Island, Lake of the Woods County, John W.
and Marjorie F. Moore, No. 11294 (rypr), July 29, 1939; growing
on sandy shore at the mouth of the Rapid River, Clementson,
Lake of the Woods County, John W. and Marjorie F. Moore, No.
12010, Aug. 22, 1939; and growing on sandy shore along the
Rainy River at Clementson, Lake of the Woods County, John W.
and Marjorie F. Moore, No. 12102, Aug. 24, 1939.

1 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE HERBARIUM OF THE UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA XV,

Field work was supported in part by grants in aid of research from the Graduate
School of the University of Minnesota.

1950] Moore,—Studies of Minnesota Flowering Plants 55

CAREX FILIFOLIA Nutt. was first collected in Minnesota by
Professor O. A. Stevens of Fargo, North Dakota (gravelly knoll
of prairie, Muskoda (Clay Co.) May 18, 1938, O. A. Stevens No.
321). Subsequent collections in Minnesota have been made in
three other counties: prairie knoll, 44 miles north of Marietta,
Lac qui Parle County, No. 13162, June 21, 1940; Inspiration
Peak, Ottertail County, J. W. Moore and B. O. Phinney, No.
12709, May 25, 1940; and Prairie 214 miles south of the Gary
Road, Yellow Medicine County, No. 13154, June 21, 1940.

It is to be expected at other localities on high gravelly knolls in
the north western part of the state.

CAREX LAXIFLORA Lam. This broad-leaved species with
distant perigynia in the spike was collected on a hillside, 2 miles
up the Root River from Peterson, Fillmore County, No. 15996,
Aug. 24, 1943.

There have been many reports of Carex laxiflora from Minne-
sota, beginning with Upham's report in 1884. The plants so
named have been Carex blanda of Dewey, an abundant sedge in
Minnesota.

CAREX OBTUSATA Leljebl. was first collected in Minnesota by
O. A. Stevens near Muskoda, Clay County. A collection of this
boreal species was made on prairie, 114 miles east of Karlstad, on
Highway 11, Kittson County, by J. W. Moore and E. P. Thatcher,
No. 14445, June 14, 1941. Professor Stevens made an addi-
tional collection on sandy prairie near Muskoda, No. 1052, on
June 17, 1948.

TRADESCANTIA BRACTEATA Small forma albiflora forma nova.
Corollis albis. The albino form of the species was growing in a
prairie strip along the railroad right-of-way 6 miles east of
Courtland, Nicollet County, No. 13031, June 19, 1940.

The plants were growing with the typical purple flowered
form and with a roseate series which is being given the name

TRADESCANTIA BRACTEATA Small forma rosea forma nova.
Speciei similis sed corollis roseis. The TYPE collection is No.
13041, June 19, 1940.

POLYGONATUM CANALICULATUM (Muhl.) Pursh var. rotundi-
folium varitas nova. Foliis late ellipticis vel subrotundatis et
obtusis, pro medio 10-12 cm. longis, 6-8 em. latis; floribus late
campanulatis, 15-18 mm. longis, 7-10 mm. latis. With leaves
broadly elliptical or nearly orbicular, obtuse, the longest median
leaves 10-12 cm. long, 6-8 cm. wide; flowers broadly campanu-
late, 15-18 mm. long, 7-10 mm. wide.

56 Rhodora [Marcu

This variety was collected from a ravine of the Minnesota
River bluffs, 1 mile south of the Mendota Bridge, Dakota County,
by J. W. and M. F. Moore, No. 12955, June 12, 1940.

PoLYGONATUM CANALICULATUM (Muhl.) Pursh forma foliatum
(H. M. Clarke) status nov. Polygonatum commutatum (Schultes
f.) A. Dietrich forma foliatum Herbert M. Clarke, Am. Midland
Nat. 39: 762, fig. 1, 1948.

This interesting bracteate form of Polygonatum canaliculatum
was collected in June 1895 by Max Menzel at Pipestone, Minne-
sota. A note on the sheet states “with curiously developed
bracts.” This seems to represent a bracted state comparable
with Polygonatum biflorum (Walt.) Ell. forma ramosum (McGiv-
ney) Fernald.!

SISYRINCHIUM CAMPESTRE Bicknell forma albiflorum forma
nova. Speciei simile sed corollis albis. The albino form was
growing in prairie west of the railroad tracks along Highway 63,
l6 mile south of Racine, Section 35, Racine Township, Mower
County, J. W. Moore and E. P. Thatcher, No. 13847, May 10,
1941.

QUERCUS ELLIPSOIDALIS E. J. Hill var. kaposianensis varitas
nova. <A Quercus ellipsoidalis differt quod involucre fructiferum
nuces includit et maturitate fere 24 longitudinis eas tegit. The
variety differs from the species in having the cups tightly enclos-
ing the acorns and covering them for about 24 their length at
maturity. The variety grew in Kaposia Park, South St. Paul,
and specimens were collected, No. 15216, on October 10, 1941.
The fruits are ellipsoidal with an acute apex and, as in Q. ellip-
soidalis proper, are marked with dark longitudinal stripes.

STELLARIA LONGIFOLIA Muhl. var. typicus status nov. Stel-
laria longifolia Muhl. ex Willd. Enum. Hort. Berl. 479, 1809.
This is the plant with greenish or greenish yellow capsules.

STELLARIA LONGIFOLIA Muhl. var. subaequalis varitas nova.
A varietate typica differt quod capsulae calycibus aequales sunt
vel paulo superant, semina oblonga sunt. It differs from the
typical variety in having the pods equaling or but little longer
than the sepals; the seeds are oblong. Plants were abundant
and growing in swampy ground, east side of Tilson Bay, Rainy
Lake, Koochiching County, John W. and Marjorie F. Moore,
No. 11846, Aug. 17, 1939. ,

STELLARIA LONGIFOLIA Muhl. var. atrata varitas nova.
Varietati typicae similis nisi quod capsulae lucidae atro fuscae
sunt; sepala exteriora ciliolata sunt. It is similar to the typical
variety but with the capsules lustrous brownish black and the

1 RHODERA, 46: 12, 1944.

1950] — Moore,—Studies of Minnesota Flowering Plants 51

exterior sepals ciliolate. This localized varient was obtained in
mature fruit in July and is the second of two varieties of Lake of
the Woods region. The plants were growing in a white cedar
bog, in sphagnum, east side of Pine Creek, Angle Inlet, John W.
and Marjorie F. Moore, No. 11135, July 25, 1939.

STELLARIA ULIGINOSA Murr. was listed by Upham in his
Catalogue of the Flora of Minnesota, page 181, 1884, from
“Fond du Lac, at west end of Lake Superior, Miss Herrick,
North." In 1895 J. M. Holzinger of the Winona Normal
School collected the species at Lamoille Cave, Winona County,
Minnesota, June 20. The plant has a label bearing the name
Alsine longifolia. It is in good flower and fruit and belongs here.
On September 18, 1936, Dr. C. O. Rosendahl collected a Stellaria
at his home, which proved to be this species. The plants were
growing in shady places in lawn (under walnut tree and along
fence covered with grape vine). The label with the plants notes
“never noticed in flower at this place, St. Anthony Park, St.
Paul, Minnesota."

ANEMONE QUINQUEFOLIA L. var. INTERIOR Fernald forma
rubra forma nova. Varietati similis sed floribus rubro-tinctis.
This form is differentiated by its reddish tinted flowers. The
TYPE, No. 12775, was collected in woods, SElj, Section 8,
Effington Township, Ottertail County, by J. W. Moore and B. O,
Phinney, May 26, 1940.

NESLIA PANICULATA (L.) Desv. Specimens of this European
weed were collected on a prairie strip along the railroad, !4 mile
east of Gibbon, Sibley County, No. 13234, June 22, 1940. An
additional collection was made by John B. Moyle, No. 3952, in
Chippewa County, near Watson, where it was noted as infre-
quent along the road, July 23, 1945.

SPIRAEA ALBA DuRoi forma rosea forma nova. A Spiraea
alba differt corollis roseis. The form with pink petals was
collected along the roadside 114 miles south of Runeberg,
Becker County, by J. W. Moore and D. L. Jacobs, No. 14854,
June 8, 1941.

Rusus rpAEUS L. var. strigosus (Michx.) Maxim. forma
niveus forma nova. A varietate strigosus differt foliis subter
niveo-tomentosis, foliolis primocanorum late ovatis, caulibus
cinereis. It differs from variety strigosus in having the leaves
snowy white-tomentose on the lower surface, the leaflets of the
primocanes broadly ovate, and the stems cinereous. The new
form was found growing on a low hill, east side of Tilson Bay,
Township 71, Range 23W, Rainy Lake, Koochiching County,
John W. amd Marjorie F. Moore, No. 11751, Aug. 14, 1939.

58 Rhodora [Marcu

Rosa EGLANTERIA L. escaped from cultivation and was grow-
ing along the west shore of Chub Lake, Dakota County, No.
15875, June 30, 1943.

OXALIS VIOLACEA L. forma ALBA Fassett (Trans. Wisc. Acad.
of Sci., 22: 174, 1933). The white or albino form was collected
on an original prairie strip along a railroad right-of-way, 1 mile
east of Westport, on Highway 28, Pope County, by J. W. Moore
and DB. O. Phinney, No. 12665, May 25, 1940.

IMPATIENS CAPENSIS Meerb. forma PEAsEr (A. H. Moore.)
Fern. & Schub. ‘The roseate form of the species was found grow-
ing in balsam forest in association with white spruce, green ash,
beaked hazel, and Acer spicatum at Pelland, Koochiching County,
John W. and Marjorie F. Moore, No. 11933, Aug. 19, 1939.

In these plants the lip of the corolla in addition to being
spotted was tinged with light red.

ConNUS RACEMOSA Lam. forma Nielseni forma nova. Speciei
similis sed foliis colore helvo variegatis. The specimen differs
from the typical species in having the leaves variegated with
yellow. This striking form was collected by Etlar Nielsen in a
maple-elm forest northwest of Long Lake, Detroit Lakes, July
5, 1933, No. 2116, and was said to have been taken from a shrub
6 feet tall at the time the collection was made.

PLox DIVARICATA L. var. LApHAMII Wood forma bicolor forma
nova. Corollae est limbus caeruleus et albus et striatus. The
corolla-limb is blue and white striped, making an outstanding
varient which was collected at the mouth of the Root River in
woods by the road, Houston County, by J. W. Moore and Bernard
O. Phinney, No. 14278, on May 2, 1942.

The blue and white striped corolla limb is quite in contrast
with the pale blue corollas of the variety in this region.

PRUNELLA VULGARIS L. var. parviflora (Gilib.) combinatio
nova. Prunella parviflora Gilib. Fl. Lithuan. II, 88, 1781 and
Exerc. Phytol. 1: 99, 1792.

This plant has appeared in lawns in the eastern United States.
It is now established in Minnesota. Specimens from the lawn of
Lloyd M. Short of Minneapolis (65 Clarence Avenue S. E.,
Minneapolis, Hennepin County, June 8, 1943) were presented to
the Herbarium of the University of Minnesota for determination
in 1943.

PHYSOSTEGIA FORMOSIOR Lunell forma alba forma nova.
Corollis albis. The white flowered form was found growing in

1950] — Moore,—Studies of Minnesota Flowering Plants 59

wet ground 14 mile northwest of Warroad, Roseau County,
John W. and Marjorie F. Moore, No. 11899, Aug. 2, 1939.

GaLEoPsis TETRAHIT L. var. BIFIDA (Boenn.) Lej. and Court.
was first collected by C. O. Rosendahl in moist soil near a spring
below Spring Grove parsonage, Houston County, Aug. 11, 1928.
A second station for this small flowered variety was found by the
writer and a collection made in a creek bottom, 1 mile east of
Austin, Mower County, No. 14902, Aug. 2, 1941.

LINARIA MINOR (L.) Desf. (Chaenorrhinum minus (L.) Lange),
an interesting annual, was first found in Minnesota in 1940. It
was growing as a weed on a railroad right-of-way, southeast l4,
section 1, Mankato Township, Blue Earth County, No. 13025,
June 19, 1940. Miss Olga Lakela has since found the plant
growing along railroad tracks, in gravel at New Duluth, on Sept.
9, 1945.

ASTER LONGIFOLIUS Lam. var. VILLICAULIS A. Gray forma
pallens forma nova. A varietate differt ligulis subcaeruleis.
Plants of this form were found growing in peat soil near the
international boundary line north of Longworth at an elevation
of 1072 feet, Roseau County, John W. and Marjorie F. Moore,
No. 11381, Aug. 2, 1939. The rays had a faint blue tint rather
than dark purple as in the northeastern states.

ASTER INTERIOR Wiegand has been collected twice from
Minnesota: growing on rocky shore at mouth of Rapid River,
Clementson, Lake of the Woods County, John W. amd Marjorie
F. Moore, No. 12001, Aug. 22, 1939; and plants growing in open-
ing in poplar woods, 0.8 of a mile west of the Big Fork River,
Reedy Township, Koochiching County, John W. and Marjorie
F. Moore, No. 12060, Aug. 23, 1939.

ERIGERON PULCHELLUS Michx. forma Tolsteadii (Cronquist)
status nov. Erigeron pulchellus Michx. var. Tolsteadii Cron-
quist, Brittonia, 6: 248, 1947. The type specimen of the albino
form is No. 34 of W. L. Tolstead, collected near Lake City,
Goodhue County, Minnesota, June 15, 1937.

ANTENNARIA APRICA Greene, a western species, was reported
for Minnesota in 1932 by Rydberg in his Flora of the Prairies
and Plains of Central North America. The several collections
deposited in the University of Minnesota Herbarium indicate
that Antennaria aprica is a common species in North Dakota. A
collection was made in Minnesota from sandy hills about 1144
miles south-west of Fertile, Polk County, by J. W. Moore and
E. P. Thatcher, No. 14361, June 14, 1941.

ANTENNARIA APRICA Greene var. aureola (Lunell) status nov.
Antennaria aureola Lunell, Am. Midland Nat., 2: 288, 1912.

While examining related species, a study was made of Anten-
naria aureola Lunell. This plant differs from Antennaria aprica

60 Rhodora [Marcu

only in the relatively narrow outer involucral bracts that are
rounded obtuse or subacute. In pubescence of the leaves and
other fundamentals of leaf size and shape, flowering stem bracts,
and flower structure the affinity seems too close to retain the
entity as a species. Antennaria aureola is considered a variety
of Antennaria aprica.

Antennaria microphylla Rydb. (Antennaria Solstitialis Lunell).
No. 14482 was found growing in a low meadow, South East 14,
Section 36, Excet Township, Marshall County, by John W. Moore
and E. P. Thatcher, June 15, 1941. Dr. J. Lunell described
staminate plants of this species as Antennaria Solstitialis Lunell.

XANTHIUM OVIFORME Wallr. There are two collections of this
species from Minnesota: one from plants growing on sandy beach
of Rocky Point, Lake of the Woods, Lake of the Woods County,
John W. and Marjorie F. Moore, No. 12156, Aug. 27, 1939; the
other from plants growing on shore, south side of American
Point, Lake of the Woods County, John W. and Marjorie F.
Moore, No. 11327, July 31, 1939.

HELIANTHUS NurTALLII T. & G., typically a plant of the more
arid western and southwestern United States, enters the northern
border region of Minnesota. Plants were found growing in
sandy ground !4 mile northwest of Warroad, Roseau County, by
John W. and Marjorie F. Moore, No. 11402, Aug. 2, 1939.

ACHILLEA MULTIFLORA Hook. until now has been known from
as far east as the Turtle Mountains, Rolette County, North
Dakota, where it was collected by Dr. J. Lunell in 1910 and 1912.
In Minnesota it was found growing in peat soil 1.3 miles north of
Longworth, Roseau County, John W. and Marjorie F. Moore,
No. 11361, Aug. 2, 1939.

'This is the easternmost known station in the United States.

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA,
Minneapolis, Minnesota

Volume 52, no. 614, including pages 25-48 and plate 1156, was issued 22 Feb-
ruary, 1950.

Hovora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52. April, 1950. No. 616.
CONTENTS:

A Small Fascicle of Novelties. M. L. Fernald.................. 61

I. A Study of Habenaria orbiculata..............ele ee eee 61

IL E a a R T es a. nos sen bs, coi ocu one 65

BUS oT LL elu ns ltEERERTITEQ UD S SUP OP 67

IV. The Autumnal Perennial Gentian of the Desert. ......... 68

V. Three minor Transfers. 2... . . 3s esae coia Ro cese 71

Arenaria uniflora. M. L. Fernald and B. G. Schubert............ 71

Nomenclatural and other Notes on Mosses. Herbert Habeeb...... 72

Holcus mollis in New Hampshire. Arthur Stanley Pease......... 75
A New Flora for the San Francisco Bay Area (Review).

eee Or ee ae E pe 76

The New England Botanical Club, Inc.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the

flora of the Gray’s Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations. can be used only if the cost of engraver’s
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as: second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

No.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

. XXXIV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 77-269. 1902.
Flora of the Galapagos Islands. With 3 plates.
Az BL, BOEEONL, 00 5005 cspnhonsacerah escapees ERRAT PET Petr niA $1.75

. XXXV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 69-120. 1903. New and
otherwise Noteworthy Angiosperms from Mexico and Central
Assertion... Hy J. M. Greets. os icc ce cans stecaindncs vines rp $ .50

. XXXI. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 235-278. 1905.
1. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. Greenman.
2. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae.
ENS. Lo ROBA 5 ois sei inccg A A $ .40

XXXII. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 3-48. 1900.
1. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
2. Revision of the Genus Ophryosporus.
3. The Genus y e and its Synonyms.
4. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Compositae which have been classed with them.
Hy B L. Robinson. ...... oo secosviveeavestlbesenisocesecee $ .60

GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rhodora Plate 1157

Photo. B. G. Schubert

HABENARIA ORBICULATA, var. LEHORSII: FIG, 1, inflorescence, X 1, from TYPE;
FIG. 2, inflorescence, X 1, from TOPOTYPE.

H. ORBICULATA, passing to var. Lenorsu: FIG. 3, inflorescence, 1, from
Lookout Mt., Bonne Bay, Newfoundland; ria. 4, fruit, X 1, from Bay of Islands,
Newfoundland.

H. ORBICULATA, var. Menziesin: inflorescence, X 1, from Flathead Lake,
Montana.

QTRbooora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. April, 1950 No. 616

A SMALL FASCICLE OF NOVELTIES

M. L. FERNALD
(Plates 1157—1160)

IN partially clearing the record before the issue of the 8th edi-
tion of Gray's Manual it is important to discuss some interesting
plants of our flora which have been held over until they could
receive proper study. The first two discussions are accompanied
by four of Dr. Schubert’s very clear plates. The cost of their
reproduction has been generously met by Mr. BAYARD Lona.

I. A STUDY or HABENARIA ORBICULATA (Plates 1157 and 1158)

HABENARIA ORBICULATA (Pursh) Torr., var. Lehorsii, var. nov.
(TAB. 1157, Fic. 1 et 2, X 1), planta parva foliis 6-9 cm. longis
4—5 cm. latis; scapo 7-11 cm. alto; racemo 2-5.5 cm. longo, 2-4
em. erasso floribus confertis, internodiis imis 1-8 mm. longis;
pedicellis 2-4 mm. longis crassis; labio 7-10 mm. longo; calcare
0.8-1.5 cm. longo.— ST. PIERRE ET MIQUELON: bare spots among
Ericaceous shrubs on a denuded hill, Cap à l'Aigle, July 25, 1945,
Mathurin Le Hors (ryeE in Herb. Gray); same station, August 2,
1949, Le Hors.

Var. Lehorsii is the most extreme departure from typical Ha-
benaria orbiculata (our T. 1158, Fics. 1 and 2) of moist to dry wood-
lands from southern and western Newfoundland to Thunder Bay
District, Ontario, and Minnesota, thence south to Nova Scotia
and the Northern States and on the uplands to South Carolina
and Tennessee. In its more northeastern and bleak habitats,
the latter (typical) plants somewhat approach var. Lehorsii; and
some of them, especially on or among the mountains of western
Newfoundland (r. 1157, rics. 3 and4, X 1) go as well with that

62 Rhodora [APRIL

as with true H. orbiculata. The type- and topotype-series of var.
Lehorsii stand off on several characters from the continental (and
rarely insular) plant as these are displayed in the 153 collections
of the latter before me. These are summarized below and the
details of the inflorescence are shown in T. 1158, Frias. 1 and 2:

H. oRBICULATA (typical), T. 1158, Fras. land 2, X 1: Leaves 0.6-2 dm. long
0.4-2 dm. broad: scape 1.5-5 dm. high, with (1-)2-5 bracts; raceme lax and
open, 0.7-2.5 dm. long and 3.5-8 cm. in diameter, the flowers 0.8-2.5 cm. apart;
pedicels filiform, 6-13 mm. long in maturity; spur 1.6-2.7 cm. long; lip 1-1.5
em. long.

Var. Lenonsrr: Leaves 6-9 em. long, 4—5.5 em. broad; scape 7-11 cm. high,
with 0-2 (rarely 3) bracts; raceme dense, 2-5.5 cm. long, 2-4 cm. in diameter,

the lower flowers 1-8 mm. apart; pedicels stout, 2-4 mm. long; spur 8-15 mm.
long; lip 7-10 mm. long.

Habenaria orbiculata, var. Lehorsii of open heathy barrens is
thus quite parallel with H. Hooker? Torr., var. abbreviata Fernald
in RHODORA, xxxv. 239, t. 252 (1933), that dwarf and endemic
Newfoundland variety of a continental woodland species known
likewise on open heathy barrens, which are carpeted by Juniperus
communis, var. saxatilis Pallas, Empetrum nigrum and Dryas
integrifolia (l. c. 54). When H. Hookeri, var. abbreviata was
described I pointed out (RHoporRA, l. c. 8, 9, 87 and 88) the re-
markable occurrence on open barrens or mountain-tablelands of
a phase of H. orbiculata which greatly puzzled Long, Fogg and
myself, saying: ‘other southern species on French Island [Bay of
Islands] which seemed absolutely out of place in close proximity
to [dominantly Arctic] Silene acaulis and Saxifraga oppositifolia
(MAP 1) were Cypripedium reginae Walt . . . and Habenaria
orbiculata (MAP 9) . . . Habenaria orbiculata was so abundant as
to be almost dominant in dry peat and gravel within a stone's
throw of the open shore. In New England and eastern Canada
we had always thought of it as an orchid of the richest of old
woodlands; but its choice of habitat on bleak French Island
[fruiting raceme in T. 1157, ria. 4, X 1] was only a breaking of the
ice for our next station for it. In 1929 we found it [flowering
raceme as T. 1157, FIG. 3, X 1] vying with the arctic Scirpus
cespitosus var. callosus (MAP 10) for possession of a sphagnous
pocket on the high tableland of Lookout Mountain at Bonne
Bay". As to the station on Lookout Mountain, at an altitude
approaching 500 m., whereas close to sea-level at the western
base of the mountain the arctic Oxyria digyna abounds, the fol-

1950] Fernald,—A Study of Habenaria orbiculata 63

lowing record was made (pp. 87, 88): “As already stated, Habe-
naria orbiculata (MAP 9) was here growing in turf of the ubiquitous
arctic-alpine Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus (MAP 10). We had
difficulty in believing our own eyes and, at my request, Fogg
made detailed drawings of its flowers, lest we might forget how
the fresh flowers appeared, but we cannot make it anything but
H. orbiculata of ‘rich woods’ on the continent”.

In the light of the present study it has become evident that the
plants of open barrens of western Newfoundland (Frias. 3 and 4),
although with longer and slightly less crowded racemes and larger
leaves than in the LeHors material, have the short and thick
pedicels of the latter and relatively short spur and lip. They are
transitional in all characters.

In summarizing (l. c. 240) in 1933, I said: “I am unable to
find any tangible character to separate this extreme series from
the larger Alleghenian plant and particularly from the plants of
western North America", the latter plant described as Platanthera
Menziesii Lindl. Gen. Sp. Orchid. Pl. 286 (1935). This plant,
however, seems sufficiently definite (our Tr. 1157, FIG. 5) as to
stand as an isolated northwestern variety, rather closer to the
Newfoundland plant than to the wide-ranging eastern continental
H. orbiculata, var. typica:

HABENARIA ORBICULATA (Pursh) Torr., var. Menziesii (Lindl.),
stat. nov. Platanthera M enziesii Lindl. Gen. Sp. Orchid. Pl. 286
die Lysias Menziesii (Lindl) Rydb. Fl. Rocky Mts. 178

When var. Menziesii is separated from the more eastern
Habenaria orbiculata and H. macrophylla Goldie in Edinb. Phil.
Journ. vi. 331 (1822), with both of which it is often confused, it
stands out, at least as shown in the 12 numbers in the Gray
Herbarium, through its relatively small leaves (5-15 cm. long
and 4-12 em. broad; in typical H. orbiculata up to 2 dm. long and
broad); scape 1-2 dm. high (in typical H. orbiculata 1.5-5 dm.
high); stricter raceme, the longest scarcely 2 dm. long and with
12-20 remote flowers (longest racemes of eastern typical H.
orbiculata up to 2.5 dm. long and with 25-50 flowers); pedicels
stoutish (as opposed to filiform); spur at most 2.2 em. long (in
the East up to 2.7 cm.). Although the thickish pedicels usually
found in var. Menziesii had earlier suggested to me those of var.

64 Rhodora [APRIL

Lehorsii and transitions to it, the shorter pedicels, crowded
flowers and shorter spur and lip clearly distingush the latter from
the former.

Much confusion has arisen through the inclusion in Habenaria
orbiculata or Lysias orbiculata (Pursh) Rydb., originally described
by Pursh as Orchis orbiculata Pursh. Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 588 (1814)
from “shady beech-woods: on the mountains of Pensylvania and
Virginia", of the technically quite different H. macrophylla
Goldie, described from Montreal. There can be no doubt as to
the identity of H. macrophylla. Goldie compared it with H.
orbiculata, its leaves said to be “four times as large as those of H.
orbiculata, measuring from six to eight inches in length, very
thin and pellucid . . . Flowers large, white, . . . and arranged
in a lax spike of about five or six inches in length . . . labellwm
. . . linear, as long as the germen . . . Germen about an inch in
length." A very illuminating review of early misidentifications
of H. macrophylla and H. orbiculata, with beautiful drawings of
the flowers of the two, was published by Ames in Ruopora, viii.
1-5 with figs. (1906). After his most careful discussion Ames
gave the measurements of the spurs of H. orbiculata (ranging
from 16 to 27, most often 18-20 mm. long) and of H. macrophylla
(ranging from 32 to 43, most often 35-37 mm. long); while the
type of “Platanthera Menziesii is the short-spurred form of H.
orbiculata”. With such a careful study at hand, it is unfortunate
that H. macrophylla (our T. 1158, rias. 3 and 4, X 1) and H.
orbiculata (our T. 1158, rias. 1 and 2, X 1) should still be confused.
The inclusion of H. macrophylla by Abrams in his Ill. Fl. Pacific
States, i. 477 (1940) in the synonymy of the carefully illustrated
Lysias orbiculata (his fig. 1168) may account for his “Scape short,
3-6 dm. high". At least, the material of the northwestern plant
illustrated by him (our H. orbiculata, var. Menziesii) in the Gray
Herbarium shows scapes only 1-2 dm. high, while the scape of
typical H. orbiculata rarely reaches a height of 5 dm.!

Although Habenaria macrophylla and typical H. orbiculata are
both woodland plants, they rarely, if ever, grow together. In
the Gray Herbarium and that of the New England Botanical
Club there are 135 collections from eastern Canada (Quebec

1 Through the dates of publication given by Abrams (1826 for Pursh’s basic Orchis
rotundifolia, 1822 for Goldie's Habenaria macrophylla) one would infer that the latter
name has priority. By correcting the Pursh date to 1814 this difficulty is removed.

Rhodora Plate 1158

Photo. B. G. Schubert

HABENARIA ORBICULATA (var. TYPICA): FIG. 1, flowering inflorescence, X 1,
from New Hampshire; Fic. 2, fruit, X 1, from New Hampshire.

H. MACROPHYLLA: FIG. 3, unusually small inflorescence, X 1, from Vermont;
FIG. 4, fruit, X 1, from Maine.

1950] Fernald,—A Southeastern Nuphar 65

eastward and southward) and northern New England of these
two species. A listing of all localities shows only 7 cases in which
both species have been collected in the same township or similar
large area. This is well illustrated in Newfoundland, where vari-
ations of H. orbiculata occur on the western side of the Island and
near the southern coast west of the Avalon Peninsula; but only
H. macrophylla is known from the Avalon Peninsula. Further-
more, in general H. macrophylla occurs more often in richer soil
than does H. orbiculata: such statements of habitat as “‘woods”’
or damp" or “dry woods" are not distinctive but many labels of
H. macrophylla indicate “deep rich woods", ‘‘hardwoods’’, “rich
deciduous woods", “old mixed woods", “old maple-grove’’, etc.,
specifications rarely found on labels of H. orbiculata. As supple-
mental to the characters usually recognized as distinguishing H.
macrophylla, I find that its full-grown capsules (our FIG. 4) range
from 1.8-2.5 em. long, with a thickness of 6-8 mm.; those of H.
orbiculata (FIG. 2) 1.3-2 cm. long and 4-6 mm. thick.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PLATE 1157, all figs. X 1. Fras. 1 and 2, racemes of HABENARIA ORBICULATA
(Pursh) Torr., var. Lenorsi Fernald: ric. 1 from TYPE; FIG. 2 from TOPOTYPE.
Fias. 3 and 4, H. oRBICULATA passing into var. LEHORSII: FIG. 3 from turf of
Scirpus caespitosus L., var. callosus Bigel. and in Sphagnum, wet peaty bog-
barrens at 400-550 m. alt., tableland of Lookout Mountain, Bonne Bay,
Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1554; FIG. 4, fruit, sphagnous boggy
marsh, French (or Tweed) Island, Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, Fernald,
Long & Fogg, no. 196. Fie. 5, raceme of H. oRBICULATA, var. MENZIESII
(Lindl.) Fernald from Big Fork, Flathead Lake and vicinity, Montana, July
15, 1908, Mrs. Joseph Clemens.

Puare 1158, all figs. X 1. Fias. 1 and 2, portions of racemes of HABENARIA
ORBICULATA, var. TYPICA: FIG. 1, flowers from Whitefield, New Hampshire,
July 28, 1895, Walter Deane; r1a. 2, fruits from Franconia, New Hampshire,
September 24, 1895, E. & C. E. Faxon. Fics. 3 and 4, H. MACROPHYLLA
Goldie: ric. 3, unusually small raceme from Willoughby, Vermont, July 14,
1898, G. G. Kennedy; Fic. 4, fruits, Douglas Hill, Sebago, Maine, Fernald,
Long & Norton, no. 13,318.

IIl. A SOUTHEASTERN Nupuar (Plates 1159 and 1160)

NurHaR puteorum, n. sp.! Tas. 1159 et TAB. 1160, ric. 1—6.
Similar to N. ovatum (Miller & Standley) Standley, but leaf-
blades usually more tapering to apex, sparsely and minutely
silky-puberulent beneath, the sinus 2-4 cm. broad near the
middle, petiole subterete, densely puberulent; fruit 2.5-3.8 cm.

1 NvPHAR puteorum, sp. nov., a N. ovato differt foliis ad apicem plus ovato-attenu-
atis, sinu latiore (medio 2-4 cm. lato); fructibus 2.3-3.5 cm, diametro; disco 1.3-1.5
cm. diametro, margine valde undulato, centro plerumque papillifero; seminibus quad-
rato-obovatis 4—5 mm. longis dorso puberulis.

66 Rhodora [APRIL

high, 2.3-3.5 cm. thick, obscurely ribbed; rim of disk undulate,
1.3-1.5 em. in diameter; disk deeply depressed, the center usually
papillate; rays extending nearly to margin of disk ; seeds quadrate-
obovate, 4-5 mm. high, puberulent, at least on the back.—Sussex
County, VIRGINIA: deep muddy pit at margin of Chappell's Mill-
pond (Honey Pond), west of Lumberton, July 3, 1942, Fernald &
Long, no. 14,326 (ryrE in Herb. Gray.; isoryPpE in Herb. Phil.
Acad.).

Nuphar puteorum occupied the center of a deep pit dug at the
margin of Chappell's (or Honey) Pond. The very slippery and
muddy border of the pit was so treacherous that we were able,
with the aid of forked branches of trees, to pull ashore only a few
broken-off flowering and fruiting stalks and some characteristic
leaves. So treacherous was the footing and so indefinite the
possible depth of the pit that we planned to return with a strong
rope, as a safeguard, and secure better material, a responsibility
now left to others. Hence the specific name, from puteus, a pit
(not from puteo, to stink, although, after our half-drowning and
unsavory experience from marsh-fumes in getting it, we inclined
toward the latter source of the specific name).

Nuphar puteorum apparently belongs in the extreme southern
and southwestern series of species with the lower leaf-surface
more or less puberulent; and, judging from the monograph by
Gerrit S. Miller & Paul C. Standley, North American Species of
Nymphaea, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi’. (1912), it is nearest
allied to the Texan Nuphar ovatum (Mil. & Standl.) Standl.
From that monograph some details (our T. 1160, rias. 7 and 8)
are here reproduced. The leaf-blade of N. puteorwm is more ovate
than that of N. ovatum and its sinus broader, 2-4 cm. across at the
middle, the narrow sinus of N. ovatum shown as only one-tenth
that breadth. The fruit (Fra. 7) of the latter species is 3—4 cm. in
diameter and with an entire summit-rim 2.8—4 cm. across; where-
as the fruit (T. 1159, Fra. 2) of the Virginian plant is 2.2-3.5 em.
in diameter and with the strongly scalloped or undulate rim only
1.8-1.5 em. across. The depressed stigmatic disk (r. 1160, rra. 8)
of the Texan plant is entire, 2.2-3 em. across and with a smooth
center, its rays failing by 2-4 mm. to reach the margin; the strong-
ly undulate-margined disk (rras. 3 and 4, X 3) of N. puteorum is
at most 1.5 cm. in diameter and its center often bears 1 to several
papillae which resemble short stigmatic rays; and the rays extend

Rhodora Plate 1159

LORA OP SOUTHEASTERN VIRGINIA Z

EED dla de att, a, ^

jj hn ntn tt

lo wolergat margin af Chappell’s Millpond (Honey Pond), deat

af Le wor wros

3B
o hose ALCUN Aiga t

Photo. B. G. Schubert

NUPHAR PUTEORUM (all figs. from TYPE): FIG. 1, leaf, flower and fruit, X ca. !3; FIG. 2,
cross-section of petiole, X 1; FIG. 3, surface of petiole, to show pubescence, X 5; FIG. 4,
lower surface of leaf, with minute pubescence, X 5.

1950] Fernald,—A Southern Amelanchier 67

nearly to the margin of the disk. The seeds (Fic. 9) of N.
ovatum are 3.5-4 mm. long, 3 mm. in diamerer, ovoid to obovoid
and lustrously glabrous; those of the Virginian plant (Fic. 5)
strongly quadrate-obovate, 4-5 mm. high and puberulent and
dull at least on the back (ria. 6, X5), a character which is ap-
parently unique in the genus.

The only other species with which Nuphar puteorum might be
confused is N. variegatum Engelm., the wide-ranging northern
species also with floating leaves. But, although the petioles and
peduncles may be puberulent, they are conspicuously flattened
and the lower leaf-surface is glabrous. Its capsules are corru-
gated above and with nearly entire summit-rim, and its seeds are
relatively slender and lustrous. The newly defined species is a
quite different plant and is to be expected farther south, especially
near the inner margin of the Coastal Plain.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES 1159 and 1160

PLATE 1159. NUPHAR PUTEORUM, all figs from the TYPE: FIG. 1, leaf, flower
and fruit, X ca. 14; FIG. 2, cross-section of petiole, X 1; Fic. 3, surface of
petiole, to show pubescence, X 5; ria. 4, lower surface of leaf, with minute
pubescence, X 5.

PLATE 1160. Fics. 1-6, from TYPE of NUPHAR PUTEORUM: FIG. 1, flower laid
open, X 1; FIG. 2, capsule, X 1; rias. 3 and 4, disks, to show rays, center and
undulate margin, X 3; FIG. 5, opaque seeds, X 1; FIG. 6, seeds, showing felted
surface, X 5. Fias. 7-9, N. ovatum (Mill. & Standl.) Standl.: ria. 7, larger
of the fruits shown by Miller & Standley, X 1; ria. 8, diagram of disk and rays,
X 1, after Miller & Standley; ric. 9, lustrous and glabrous seeds, X 1, from
Driscoll Lake, Camp Fannin, 8 miles northeast of Tyler, Smith County, Texas,
H. E. Moore, no. 993, as N. advena (Ait.) Ait. f.

III. A SOUTHERN AMELANCHIER

AMELANCHIER CANADENSIS (L.) Medic., var. subintegra, var.
nov., frutex fastigiatus ad 3 vel 4 m. altus; foliis oblongo-ellipticis
deinde subcoriaceis integris vel subintegris.—Damp sandy pine-
barrens, southeastern VinaGiNIA: south of Zuni, Isle of Wight
County, July 4, 1942, Fernald & Long, no. 14,338; south of Lee's
Mill, Isle of Wight Co., October 16, 1941, Fernald & Long, no.
13,949, and April 21, 1942 (in anthesis), Fernald, Long & Abbe,
no. 14,177; east of Cox Landing, south of South Quay, Nanse-
mond County, July 26 and 28, 1939, Fernald & Long, no. 10,670;
northeast and east of Cox Landing, June 8, 1940, Fernald & Long,
no. 12,095 (TYPE in Herb. Gray.; isoryrE in Herb. Phil. Acad.).

Throughout the pine-barrens of Isle of Wight and Nansemond
Counties var. subintegra is a characteristic tall fastigiate shrub
of the wet depressions and damp thickets. In flower and foliage
it is like typical and wide-ranging Amelanchier canadensis (rang-

68 Rhodora [APRIL

ing from Georgia to southeastern and central Maine, central New
Hampshire, southwestern Quebec and central-western New
York. Typical A. canadensis, however, has the margins of the
leaves regularly serrate nearly to base, with 6-11 sharp teeth,
with acute sinuses, per cm. of margin. Var. subintegra at once
attracts notice because of the quite entire or only apically slightly
toothed leaves. It is consistent in the depressions of the pine-
barrens throughout its area and doubtless crosses into eastern
North Carolina. In all flowering material seen the young fruits
are blasted; consequently no mature fruit has yet been found.

IV. THE AUTUMNAL PERENNIAL GENTIAN OF THE DESERT

In his scholarly Plants of Southern New Jersey, the late Dr.
Witmer Stone wrote of the very distinct Pine-barren Gentian,
the plant which has long passed as Gentiana porphyrio J. F.
Gmelin, Syst. ii. 462 (1791):

It is probably a matter of individual preference to determine which
gentian is the handsomest. The present species, found only in the re-
mote sections of the Pine Barrens, is certainly the least known and to
my mind as handsome as any. Its flaring mouth, the delicate markings
within, and the intensity of the blue, make it one of the choicest blooms
of the region.

It was apparently first discovered by William Bartram, who sent a
drawing of it to Edwards, the British naturalist, who published it in his
Gleanings of Natural History, vol. V., p. 98, 1758, as the “Autumnal
Perennial Gentian of the Desert," but it was not properly named until
1791, and then from the Pine Barrens of South Carolina.—Stone, l. c.
640, 641 (1912).

The plate of William Bartram’s plant and his brief description
of it are unequivocal. The plate, in color, contained, in the style
of Mark Catesby, a bird and a plant, these called on p. 97, under
Edwards’s Chapter xlv, Plate 255, “The Yellow-rumped Fly-
catcher and The Gentian of the Desert", although beneath the
plate itself Edwards's inscription reads “The Autumnal Gentian
of the Desert”. As stated by Stone, Edwards had the plant from
William Bartram and he showed it primarily as an attractive
perch for the fly-catcher, saying (p. 98):

I received this bird, preserved dry, from Mr. William Bartram, of
Pensylvania, with a drawing of the Gentian only, which I have added
to it rather as a decoration, than a part of this Natural History; but
nevertheless I shall give Mr. Bartram’s account of it. He calls it the
Autumnal Perennial Gentian of the Desert, and says, that it produces

three or four stalks from one root, each of about a foot high, and some
stalks produce two flowers: the flowers are of a fine blue colour: the

1950] Fernald,—The Perennial Gentian of the Desert 69

stalks and leaves green: the flowers keep long in their beauty, and the
roots live many years: they are scarce in Pensylvania. Catesby, in his
History of Carolina, vol. I. pag. 70, has given a different species of the
American Gentian.

Bartram’s description is quite as satisfactory as are many of
Catesby or other pre-Linnaean and early post-Linnaean or even
Linnaean ones, but until very recently it was not realized that
Linnaeus in 1776 gave a name to the plant of Bartram, this
antedating by 15 years the name given by Gmelin. The matter
is clearly stated by Dr. W. L. McAtee who, in March, 1949,
privately issued a l-page announcement under the title, A
LINNAEAN PAPER NEEDING FURTHER ATTENTION. His first
paragraph reads:

Near the end of his career, at the request of a London publisher
(Jacob Robson), Linnaeus prepared (or perhaps merely added Latin
names to a base provided him) “A Catalogue of the Birds, Beasts,
Fishes, Insects, Plants & contained in Edwards’s Natural History, in
Seven Volumes, with their Latin Names." This was printed by Robson
in London, 1776, as a 15-page, crown-folio pamphlet in conjunction
with “Some Memoirs of the Life and Works of George Edwards”
(38 pp.), apparently of his own composition. Probably this “Cata-
logue” was also separately distributed and from a closing, “N.B.”, it is
evident that it was prepared as a supplement to Edwards’s work, in-
structions being given as to placing its parts for binding.

The only other Gentiana autumnalis is an illegitimate one, al-
though that fact is not brought out in Index Kewensis, and the
Linnaean name has priority of nearly a century. I refer to
Gentiana autumnalis Preyer & Zirkel ex Babington in Journ.
Linn. Soc. xi. 318 (1871). The latter name was quite ulegiti-
mate, since, under the maintained G. amarella L., Babington
simply remarked: “This is probably the G. autumnalis of
pia

'The essential bibliography is as follows:

GENTIANA AUTUMNALIS L. Cat. Edwards's Nat. Hist. 11 (1776),
the name based on the plate and William Bartram's quoted de-
scription in Edwards, Gleanings Nat. Hist. v. 97, 98, t. 255 (1758).
G. angustifolia Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 177 (1803), not Vill. (1787).
G. porphyrio sensu authors, apparently not the restricted (as
described) G. porphyrio of J. F. Gmel. (see below). G. Stoneana
Fern. in Ruopora, xli. 555, t. 579 (1939). GŒ. porphyrio, forma
Stoneana (Fern.) Fern. in Ruopora, xliv. 152 (1942).

Forma albocaerulea (Fern.), comb. nov. G. porphyrio, forma
albocaerulea Fern. in Ruopora, xliv. 152 (1942).

70 Rhodora [APRIL

Forma albescens (Fern.), comb. nov. G. porphyrio, forma
albescens Fern. l. c. (1942).

Forma porphyrio (J. F. Gmel.), stat. nov. G. purpurea Walt.
Fl. Carol. 109 (1788), not L. (1753). G. porphyrio J. F. Gmel.
Syst. ii. 462 (1791).

Gentiana purpurea Walt. was described under the heading,
“Corollis infundibuliformibus” in the following words:

purpurea 3. corollis intus laete purpureis; caule
simplici, fol. linearibus

On account of the earlier Gentiana purpurea, J. F. Gmelin re-
named Walter's plant, without knowing more than the original
deseription, for the purple gallinules ( Porphyrzo), without a word
of new description. In 1939, familiar with the intense blue of
the corolla of the plant passing as G. porphyrio and well-knowing
the truly purple color-variations of other southeastern gentians,
I felt that, without any extant material of Walter’s G. purpurea,
there was very serious doubt about its identity. I, therefore,
named the Pine-barren Gentian with intensely azure corolla and
the tube often brown-mottled within G. Stoneana. In RHODORA,
xliv. 152 (1942), however, accepting the statement of Dr. R. T.
Clausen in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. Ixviii. 662 (1941), that he had seen
"plants" of the “pink phase" which “came originally from near
Wilmington, North Carolina", where found by Mrs. J. Norman
Henry; and, having seen a specimen with “lavender” flower from
New Jersey, I took up the specific name G. porphyrio. Some-
what later, in RHODORA, I. c. 238 (1942), quoting the discoverer,
I pointed out that the “plants” found by her “after a long and
careful search" were a single individual which she removed to
her garden and subsequently divided. Bartram originally said
“the flowers are of a fine blue colour"; Michaux described his
Gentiana angustifolia with “Corolla magna, coerulea"; Elliott
(Sk. i. 344) said “bright azure”; Chapman (Fl. 356) said “bright
blue"; Small (Fl. 931) said “deep or brilliant azure-blue’’; Stone
(Pl. So. N. J. 640) speaks of the “intensity of the blue"; and Mrs.
Henry, in the letter above quoted, said “In 1938 I ran across a
large area that was dotted liberally with Gentiana porphyrio—
the common blue type. As is my custom on finding a large
group of any plant, I began to search for an albino. I had no
luck . . . but I did find the pink . . . A long and careful search

Rhodora Plate 1160

Photo. B. G. Schubert

NUPHAR PUTEORUM (all figs. from type): FIG. 1, flower laid open, X 1; FIG. 2,
capsule, X 1; FIGs. 3 and 4, disks, X 3; FIG. 5, opaque seeds, X 1; FIG. 6, seeds,
showing felted surface, X 5.

N. OVATUM: FIG. 7, fruit, X 1, after Miller & Standley; ric. 8, diagram of disk,
x l, after Miller & Standley; ric. 9, lustrous and glabrous seeds, X 1, from
Smith County, Texas,

1950] Fernald and Schubert,—Arenaria uniflora : 71

revealed that this was the only one of its color. There were no
intermediate shades. . . . It has been growing in a pot in a cold
frame ever since. This spring [1942] . . . I ventured to divide
itin two". To this I added: “It is evident that I was in error in
referring to Mrs. Henry's having found ‘plants’ with pink
flowers". It is further evident, if Walter's Gentiana purpurea
were accurately named and described, that he had the remarkable
experience of finding a very rare color-form, without giving evi-
dence that he saw the usual azure-flowered plant.

At any rate, the proper naming of the latter plant from a
colored plate and sufficient description of it as Gentiana autum-
nalis L. (1776) allows us to use for it a wholly appropriate name.

V. THREE MINOR TRANSFERS

In order to make them available for use the following transfers
are necessary.

ERIANTHUS GIGANTEUS (Walt. Muhl. var. compactus
(Nash), comb. nov. E. compactus Nash in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl.
xxii. 419 (1895). ŒE. saccharoides Michx., var. compactus (Nash)
Fern. in Ruopora, xlv. 252 (1943).

MALAXIS BRACHYPODA (Gray) Fernald, forma bifolia (Mous-
ley), comb. nov. M. monophyllos (L.) Sw., forma bifolia Mousley
in Orchid Rev. xxxv. 356, fig. (1927).

RuBUus IDAEUS L., var. caudatus (Robinson & Schrenk), comb.
nov. R. strigosus Michx., var. caudatus Robinson & Schrenk in
Can. Rec. Sci. vii. 14 (1896).

ARENARIA UNIFLORA.—In RHODORA, |. 195-197, t. 1103 (1948),
we showed that Stellaria uniflora Walt. Fl. Carol. 141 (1788) had
been generally misinterpreted and that Walter's specimen as well
as diagnosis showed it to be identical with Arenaria brevifolia
Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 180 (1838).

On account of the different A. uniflora Luce (1823) we decided
that Nuttall's name must stand under Arenaria. We are in-
debted to Dr. Bassett Maguire for calling to our attention the
fact that Muhlenberg, Cat. 45 (1813) properly made the transfer
of Walter's binomial to Arenaria. Muhlenberg gave (perhaps
fortunately, since Walter's species has been so generally misin-
terpreted) no discussion, merely, under Arenaria

72 Rhodora [APRIL

alb. 8. uniflora
Stellaria Walt. Jone-flowered

It is, therefore, evident that we must replace Arenaria brevi-
folia Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray (1838) by A. uniflora (Walt.) Muhl.
(1813).—M. L. FERNALD AND B. G. SCHUBERT.

NOMENCLATURAL AND OTHER NOTES ON MOSSES

HERBERT HABEEB

For a number of years the writer has been collecting and
studying North American mosses. Although the mosses of the
region have received an excellent and exhaustive treatment in
Dr. A. J. Grout’s Moss Flora of North America North of Mexico,
some problems still exist; and in the following discussion the
author hopes to clarify a few, or at least to bring them to the
consideration of others.

Pyuaisia Bry. Eur. fasc. 46-47 (1851).

Pylaisia Bry. Eur. is a later homonym of the orthographic
variant Pilaisaea Desvaux, Jour. Bot. 5: 24 (1814) (18137).
It would, therefore, seem desirable to include it on the list of
nomina generica conservanda proposita for the Musci.

PYLAISIA POLYANTHA Bry. Eur., var. Jamesii (Sull. & Lesq.),
comb. nov. Pylaisia Jamesii Sull. & Lesq. Schedae ad Musci
Bor. Am. Ed. 2: 68 (1865). Pylaisiella polyantha Jamesii (Sull.)
E. G. B. Bull. Torrey Club 23: 230 (1896).

I agree with Mrs. E. G. Britton’s allocation of a varietal
status to P. Jamesii, I find that the chief distinguishing character,
number of quadrate alar cells present on the leaves, proves to be
a variable one, sometimes on leaves from the same plant. In our
locality plants closest to P. polyantha, having leaves with rela-
tively few quadrate alar cells, usually grow on rock-ledge; while
plants of the var. Jamesii, having numerous quadrate alar cells
on the leaves, grow on trees.

THELIA ASPRELLA Sull., var. Lescurii (Sull.), stat. nov. Thelia

Lescurii Sull. Mosses U. S. 60 (1856); Sull. in Sull. & Lesq.
Schedae ad Musci Bor. Am. Ed. 1: 54 (1856).

Here the differences, namely relative degree of marginal
ciliation in the leaves and the habitat, separating Thelia asprella

1950] Habeeb,—Notes on Mosses 73

from Thelia Lescurii are not, in my opinion, of specific rank.
In this case it would seem that the degree of marginal ciliation in
the leaves is associated with the habitat.

DicRANUM sCOPARIUM Hedw., forma alatum (Barnes apud
Roll), stat. et comb. nov. Dicranum Bonjeant DeNot., var.
alatum Barnes apud Róll, Bot. Centralb. 44: 386 (1890); Separat-
Abdruck 2 (1890). D. alatum Grout, Moss Flora N. Am. 1: 88
(1937). D. scoparium approaching Bonjeani or D. Bonjeani ap-
proaching scoparium on herbarium specimens, various authors.

The plants here placed occur much more commonly in the
Northeast than either typical D. scoparium or typical D. Bon-
jeani. D. Bonjeani being admittedly a subspecies (whatever
that is in the study of Muscz) of D. scoparium, I see no reason
why the intermediate form should be kept under D. Bonjean:.

FISSIDENS ADIANTHOIDES Hedw., forma immarginatus (Lindb.
apud Lesq. & James), stat. nov. Fissidens adiantoides Hedw.,
var. immarginatus Lindb. apud Lesq. & James, Man. Mosses N.
Am. 88 (1884). Fissidens adiantoides Hedw., (var. immarginatus)
Barnes, Bot. Gaz. 12: 27 (1887).

Though the character of no perceptible border even at times
does not hold for all of the leaves on an individual plant, the
student will find it occasionally convenient to name à specimen
forma Zmmarginatus. Hedwig, in the Species Muscorum, 1801,
the starting point for nomenclature in the Musci, spells the
specific name ‘‘adianthoides” not ''adiantoides".

CAMPTOTHECIUM NuTTALLII (Wils.) Bry. Eur. ex Macoun,
Cat. Can. Plants 6: 188 (1892).

Students wishing to use the name, Camptothecium Nuttalliz,
will have to cite it as shown or in some other form, for the com-
bination was not made in the Bryolgia Europaea. It was only
indicated by a reference of the name, Hypnum Nu uttallii Wils., to
the new genus, Camptothecium. Sullivant, Lesquereux and
James, and others made the combination, but only in synonymy.
Their combinations are not valid according to article 40 of the In-
ternational Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. Although Grout,
in the Moss Flora of North America, wrote Homalothecium
Nuttallii (Wils.) Grout, the combination was made earlier and
should be given as Homalothecium Nuttallit (Wils.) Jaeger &
Sauerbeck, Adumbratio 2: 376 (1876-77).

74 Rhodora [APRIL

PrAGroPUS OkpEni (Brid.) Limpr., forma alpinus (Schwaegr.),
stat. et comb. nov. Bartramia Oederi, 8. var. alpina Schwaegr.
Species Muscorum Suppl. 1: 2: 50 (1816). B. Oederi, B. var.
condensata Brid. Musc. Rec. Suppl. 3: 87 (1817). Plagiopus
serratus Brid. Bry. Univ. 1: 596 (1826). Plagiopus Oederi, var.
condensatus Limpr. Deutschl. Laubm. 2: 550 (1893).

This form, condensed .by a xerophytic habitat, has been col-
lected by the writer from the canyon at Grand Falls, New
Brunswick.

This is also an amusing case. For Bridel, in his Bryologia
Universa, described as a new genus and species, Plagiopus ser-
ratus and yet maintained Bartramia Oederi, var. condensata in
this same publication. Later authors showed the former to be
synonymous with the latter (see Paris, Index Bryologicus Ed. 1).
Recent authors segregate from Bartramia the species Plagiopus
Oederi (Brid.) Limpr. And, Grout, in the Moss Flora of North
America, gives Plagiopus serratus Brid. as the type-species of the
genus, Plagiopus. So, we end up with a synonym acting as a
type-species. I, therefore, propose that Plagiopus Oederi (Brid.)
Limpr. be taken up as the type-species of the genus, Plagiopus.

DirRICHUM FLEXICAULE (Schwaegr.) Hampe, forma Estellae,
forma nova. Plantae parvulae caespitosae; caulibus superne
flagelliformis cum foliis minimis.— Plants small, crowded; upper
stem-parts forming long, slender, brittle, flagellae with reduced

leaves—Nrw Brunswick: Grand Falls, ledges in canyon,
Habeeb 286, May 5, 1944.

This is an extremely reduced form growing in exposed ledge-
cracks that are flooded at high water. The plants each year
push out new flagellae which are in turn swept away.

GRIMMIA APOCARPA Hedw., var. ALPICOLA (Hedw.) Hartm.,
forma papillosa (Jones apud Grout), comb. nov. Grimmia
alpicola Hedw., var. rivularis (Brid.) Broth., forma papillosa
Jones apud Grout, Moss Flora N. Am. 2: 14 (1933).

] must say that I agree with Dr. Geneva Sayre's views in her
discussion of Grimmia alpicola Hedw. in the Bryologist 49: 3-7
(1946). Here, she supports a varietal rank for G. alpicola.
Yet, this leaves forma papillosa “in the air", so to speak—hence
the above combination. From specimens named by Dr. Grout
and the description itself, it is hard to see why in the first place
forma papillosa was under var. rivularis, as it is more closely

1950] Pease,—Holcus mollis in New Hampshire 75

related to typical G. alpicola, from which it differs only in the
extreme papillation of the costa and leaf towards the leaf-apex.

GRIMMIA Wmiaumm (Sull.) Aust., var. Rauei (Aust.), stat.
nov. Grimmia (coscinodon) Rauei Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 6:
46 (1875). Coscinodon Rawi (Aust.) Lesq. & James, Man.
Mosses N. Am. 155 (1884).

The chief difference between the species and variety is the
erose denticulation of the upper leaf-margin found in G. Wright?
and margins nearly entire in G. Rauei. Again a variable char-
acter.

GRIMMIA DoNiANA Sm. Flora Brit. 3: 1198 (1804).

By such specimens, descriptions and plates (see the Bryologia
Europaea plates 249, 250, 251) as have been seen, and allowing
for a little variation in capsule-lids and basal leaf-cells, I cannot
separate Grimmia montana Bry. Eur. and Grimmia alpestris Nees
from Grimmia Doniana. It could be that I lack the grim judge-
ment of a Grimmia specialist, as I fail to see much difference
between a calyptra of several near equal slits, said to be mitri-
form, and a calyptra of several slits with one slit longer than the
others, said to be cucullate.

GRAND FALLS, New BRUNSWICK

Horcus MOLLIS IN New HawrsuinE.—An unfamiliar grass
collected by me on 19 July, 1949, in low ground by the Maine
Central Railroad in Columbia, N. H., precisely matches herba-
rium specimens and the description in A. S. Hitchcock’s Manual
of the Grasses of the United States (1935), 301 (and fig. 595), of
Holcus mollis L. (Ginannia mollis (L.) Bubani), a species recently
adventive from Europe. Hitchcock records its occurrences in
America as reaching from Washington to California, with stations
also reported from Lewis County, N. Y., and on ballast at
Camden, N. J. The Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the
New England Botanical Club show no previously collected speci-
mens from the Eastern United States. This species has panicles
rather smaller than those of H. lanatus, and the awn of its second
floret is exserted and geniculate, instead of hook-like as in H.
lanatus.—ARTHUR STANLEY PEAsE, Harvard University.

76 Rhodora [APRIL

A NEW FLORA FOR THE SAN Francisco Bay ArEA'—One of the delights
and compensations of the systematic botanist is his enforced intimate con-
tacts with living dynamic populations of plants while studying them in
their wild settings. In Marin Flora, Howell conveys to the reader a
certain sense of the enjoyment he must have experienced while tramping
the Marin hills gathering first hand information about the plants growing
there. This book is an account of the plants growing in a single county
comprising 529 square miles, but it should be usable in a much larger area
of central coastal California. It is based upon an intensive study carried
on for more than a ten-year period by its author. However, as is usual in
systematics, it reflects the work of several contemporary botanists and
many botanists of preceding generations.

Following a description of the physiographic features of Marin County,
a section of the book is devoted to “life zones and plant associations".
Here the thoughtful student may gain some precise information about the
kinds of plants found growing together in various areas and habitats of the
region covered. Also included are twenty-four remarkably clear photo-
graphs taken by Charles T. Townsend of a varitey of views and plants.
Howell distinguishes about a dozen plant associations and discusses them
under the headings: redwood forest, tanbark oak-madrofio forest, oak-
buckeye forest, Douglas fir forest, Bishop pine forest, chaparral, coastal
brush, coastal grassland, hill and valley grassland, mountain meadow,
serpentine grassland, vernal pools, streambank plants, lakeshore plants,
freshwater marshes, salt marshes, dunes and beaches.

The major portion of the book is devoted to keys for identifying Marin
County plants and to their enumeration. The nomenclature is commend-
ably conservative. Useful notes and localities where a given species has
been found are given under each. An appropriately abbreviated glossary
and index, together with maps of the county and of Mt. Tamalpais, are
appended to the main work. Marin Flora should prove to be particularly
useful to botanists, amateur and professional alike, in the San Francisco
Bay area.—R. C. ROLLINS.

1 Marin FLora: Manual of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Marin County,
California, by Jonn Tuomas Howkrr. VII+ 323 pp. with 25 plates and 2 maps.
$4.50, University of California Press. 1949.

Volume 52, no. 615, including pages 49-60, was issued 17 March, 1950.

Hovora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52. May, 1950. No. 617.
CONTENTS:
Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut Alexander W. Evans. .... 77
A Substitute for Formadehyde and Alcohol in Plant-collecting.
H.E. Moora. 2a. od ns tees css eee 123
Subspecific Variation in Sporobolus cryptandrus. Elizabeth Kirk
Jones and Norman C. Fasst... acens A ewes bees 125
Two new States for Tridens strictus. Wilbur H. Duncan..... 1. JD
Brassica Kaber, var stricta. Lloyd H. Shinners................ 127
Potamogeton oblongus, not P. polygonifolius. M.L. Fernald..... 128

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the

flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY

Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

No

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

. XXXIV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 77-269. 1902.
Flora of the Galapagos Islands. With 3 plates.
Bey Ts. Ll SODDUM 2u..t i cadet 0s cv eR dE XREQ BINDS ererr$93 ees $1.75

. XXXV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 69-120. 1903. New and
otherwise Noteworthy Angiosperms from Mexico and Central
Amerkn Thy M. QUEEN 1creseereciesévditsonsasteovécsks $ .50

. XXXI. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 235-278. 1905.

1. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. Greenman.

2. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae.
EFE D BD. ji E AEn T ards seers deb $ .40

. XXXII. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 3-48. 1906.
1. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
2. Revision of the Genus Ophryosporus.
3. The Genus Helogyne and its Synonyms.
4. Diagnoses and nde ak: of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Compositae which have been classed with them.
Bv E L- BHODIBSONR Pere ere a eee $ .60

GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rhodora Plate 1161

Figs. 1 and 2. CLADONIA FARINACEA. Fig. 3. CLADONIA CYLINDRICA.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. May, 1950 No. 617

NOTES ON THE CLADONIAE OF CONNECTICUT—IV!

ALEXANDER W. EVANS
(Plate 1161)

THE writer’s first report on the Cladoniae of Connecticut,
which was published in 1930, was based on collections made down
to the close of 1928. This report was followed by three series of
Notes, published in 1932, 1935, and 1938, respectively, and by a
Supplementary Report, published in 1944, which brought the
record of explorations down to the close of 1943. The present
article brings the record down to the close of 1949.

In the Supplementary Report emphasis was laid on the lichen-
substances found in the various species and on the demonstration
of these substances by means of Asahina's microchemical meth-
ods. The data included were based in part on Asahina’s publi-
cations and in part on independent investigations. Unfortu-
nately several papers on the chemistry of Cladonia, published
by Asahina during the years 1941, 1942, and 1948, were unknown
to the writer at that time but have since become available.
These papers deal with numerous species found in Connecticut
and were based in part on North American specimens from the
herbarium of Yale University. Some of the specimens in fact
had been collected in Connecticut. The writer’s Supplementary
Report thus duplicates the earlier studies of Asahina to a certain
extent, and if the observations on the species occurring in Con-
necticut are compared they will be found to be in essential agree-
ment. The few cases in which there are slight discrepancies will
be discussed in the following pages.

1 CONTRIBUTION FROM THE OSBORN BOTANICAL LABORATORY.

78 Rhodora [May

The names of most of the collectors mentioned in the present
paper have already been cited by the writer in his earlier publi-
cations on the Cladoniae of the state. The following collectors,
however, who are cited under individual species, have not pre-
viously been listed: S. C. Ball, J. H. Barnhart, P. R. Burkholder,
H. S. Clark, M. E. Hale, Jr., Miss M. Kincaid, Mr. and Mrs.
W. A. Miner, E. W. Sinnott, D. M. Smith, D. Spencer, and Mrs.
C. Spencer. Specimens collected by the writer are listed with
dates only, and all other specimens are listed with dates and
collectors’ names. With rare exceptions, which will be especially
noted, the specimens listed are preserved in the herbarium of
Yale University.

The arrangement in Vainio's Monographia Universalis (1887,
1894) is again followed in the present paper, although certain
inconsistencies in this arrangement are now recognized. Full
synonymy is given in the case of species or forms listed for the
first time from Connecticut or in the case of names that are
different from those used in earlier reports. In most cases, how-
ever, each name is followed merely by a date and a page-number,
referring to one of the writer's articles cited in the bibliography.

Subgenus CLADINA

CLADONIA RANGIFERINA (L.) Web. (1930, p. 375). It has long
been known that the lichen-substances in this species are fumar-
protocetraric acid and atronorine. The podetia in consequence
turn red with P? and yellow with K*, but the color produced by
the latter reagent may be obscured, owing to the large amount of
fumarprotocetraric acid present. The atronorine, however, can
readily be demonstrated by means of the G. A. o-T. solution.
The following records are based on specimens which are indefinite
as to form: Andover (1944), Bozrah (1945), Coventry (1948),
Ellington (Miner, 1944), Granby (1949), Manchester (1945),
Newtown (1944), Norfolk (1945), Preston (1946), Sprague (1945),
Tolland (1944), and Waterbury (1945).

CLADONIA RANGIFERINA f. CRISPATA Coem. (1930, p. 377).
Bloomfield (Neale, 1945), Cornwall (1945), Goshen (1949),
Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Norfolk (Hale, 1949), Southington
(Bunn, 1944), and Tolland (1944).

CLADONIA RANGIFERINA f. INCRASSATA Schaer. (1938, p. 7).
Meriden (Johnson, 1948).

2 These are designated by asterisks.
3 The letter K is an abbreviation for an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide;
the letter P, for an alcoholic solution of paraphenylene-diamine.

1950] Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 79

CLADONIA RANGIFERINA f. PROLIFERA Flot. (1930, p. 377).
Southington (Bunn, 1944) and Torrington (1944).

CLADONIA RANGIFERINA f. UMBELLATA Anders (1935, p. 35).
Tv Pide (Bunn, 1945), Torrington (1944), and Winchester
1946).

CLADONIA SYLVATICA (L.) Hoffm. (1930, p. 378). Usnic and
fumarprotocetraric acids have long been considered normal
components of C. sylvatica, and the latter substance is of course
responsible for the bitter taste of the podetia and for the more or
less definite red color produced by the addition of P. The P+
reaction, moreover, has been used to distinguish C. sylvatica from
the closely related C. mitis, which is normally P —.

In 1941 Asahina published the results of his microchemical
studies on C. sylvatica and C. mitis and reached conclusions some
of which are at variance with the views usually held. His ma-
terial of C. sylvatica included 84 numbers of Sandstede’s Cladoniae
Exsiccatae (81 from Europe and 3 from North America) and
about a dozen specimens from eastern Asia, mostly from Japan.
With the exception of No. 1209, which proved to be referable to
C. mitis, Asahina reported that almost all (“fast alle") of Sand-
stede’s specimens contained usnic and fumarprotocetraric acids.
He reported also that rangiformic acid, a substance found in C.
milis, was lacking in C. sylvatica.

According to Asahina's account most of the Asiatic specimens
agreed with those from Europe and North America in being P+
and in thus conforming to the usual conception of C. sylvatica.
Three of the specimens from Japan, however, proved to be P—
and he distinguished these as f. inactiva. He referred these
specimens to C. sylvatica, rather than to C. mitis, on account of
their dense branching and short internodes. He thus laid greater
emphasis on morphological features than on chemical features in
separating C. sylvatica from C. mitis. The results of Asahina’s
studies on the latter species will be discussed below.

In March, 1944, Braeden and his colleagues also published an
account of the chemical substances found in C. sylvatica, based
on an analysis of material collected in Ireland. "They reported
the presence of usnic acid in considerable amount and the prob-
able presence of fumarprotocetraric acid in small amount. In
addition to these they extracted a snow white crystalline sub-
stance, which they identified as ursolic acid. This substance
was originally obtained from the leaves of Arctostaphylos Uva

80 Rhodora [May

Ursi but has since been found in a number of other phanerogams.

Independent observations on the chemical features of C. syl-
vatica were published by the writer in August, 1944, in ignorance
of the earlier papers by Asahina and Braeden. In addition to
usnic and fumarprotocetraric acids a colorless substance was re-
ported. This substance in the G. E. solution deposits minute
crystals in the form of needles or rods, usually arranged in dense
circular clusters in which the elements radiate out from the center.
Since these crystals could not be referred to any lichen-substance
known to the writer they were provisionally designated by the
letter E. Such crystals can readily be demonstrated in most
specimens of C. sylvatica, although an occasional example fails
to show them.

The question naturally arises whether crystals of the type E
are referable to ursolic acid or represent a fourth constituent of
the species. Through the cooperation of Dr. D. M. Bonner a
sample of ursolic acid from the Eastern Regional Research
Laboratory at PHiladelphia has been available for study. This
sample, which had been extracted from apple skins, consists of
fairly large colorless crystals in the form of thin narrow plates
with truncate ends. They appear at first sight different from
crystals of the type "E". Dr. Asahina, however, to whom the
matter was referred, suggested in a letter dated September 21,
1949, that crystals of ursolic acid be finely pulverized and then
dissolved in acetone and treated with the G. E. solution in the
usual way. By this method he obtained crystals in the form of
"fine prisms or needles radiated or irregularly scattered" but was
unable to obtain similar crystals from Japanese specimens of C.
sylvatica.

The writer has followed Dr. Asahina’s suggestions with pure
ursolie acid and also with a mixture of ursolic acid and fragments
of C. submitis, a species which lacks the substance E. In both
cases crystals similar to those described by him made their ap-
pearance, and these crystals are essentially like the crystals of
type E obtained from European and North American specimens
of C. sylvatica. It seems justifiable, therefore, to consider the
substance E and ursolic acid identical and to interpret this acid
as a frequent accessory component of C. sylvatica.

1950] — Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 81

The following records are based on specimens indefinite as to
form: Bozrah (1945), Colebrook (1945), Cornwall (1944), Dan-
bury (Barnhart, 1890, N. Y.), Ellington (1944), Hamden (1946),
Lisbon (1947), Montville (1947), Newtown (1944), Norfolk
(Evans, 1945; Hale, 1949), North Stonington (1946), Prospect
(1949), Sharon (Green, 1884, Eckfeldt Herbarium, earliest record
for town), Southbury (1949), Torrington (1944), Washington
(1949), Wethersfield (1944), Woodbury (Sinnott, 1944), and
Woodstock (Kincaid & Neale, 1947).

CLADONIA SYLVATICA f. PROLIFERA Sandst. (1930, p. 381).
Norfolk (1945) and Salisbury (1948).

CLADONIA SYLVATICA f. PYGMAEA Sandst. (1930, p. 381).
Colchester (1947), Colebrook (Hale, 1947), Lisbon (1947),
Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Norfolk (1945), Preston (1946),
Southington (Bunn, 1943), and Tolland (1944).

CLADONIA SYLVATICA f. SPHAGNOIDES (Floerke) Oliv. (1930, p.
380). Avon (1949) and Bozrah (1945).

*CLADONIA SYLVATICA f. SUBSPUMOSA Sandst. Clad. Exsic.
1061. 1923 (as modification); Bericht. Uebersicht 34. 1930 (as
form). Southington (Bunn, 1945).

In this unusual form the branches are densely crowded in the
apical portion of the podetia, and the ultimate branchlets are
straight or nearly so, in many cases forming star-like whorls
around open axils.

*CLADONIA MITIS Sandst. (1930, p. 381; 1944, p. 533).

The morphological differences between C. mitis and C. syl-
vatica are brought out by Sandstede in his original description of
C. mitis, as well as in his later descriptions. The podetia in
typical examples, according to his account, form rather loose
branch-systems, the ultimate branchlets of which tend to diverge
in various directions. In C. sylvatica, on the other hand, the
podetia form denser branch-systems, the ultimate branchlets of
which tend to curve in one direction. These differences are
clearly shown in Sandstede’s plates in Rabenhorst's Kryptoga-
men-Flora (1931, pl. 3, f. 1, 2, 3, and 6 for C. mitis, and pl. 2, f.
3 and 4 for C. sylvatica). He mentions also a slight difference in
color, assigning a paler shade to C. mitis than to C. sylvatica. The
morphological differences, although distinct in typical examples,
are based on variable characters, and specimens are frequently
met with which are difficult to determine on the basis of morpho-
logical features alone. In his delimitation of C. mitis Sandstede
lays especial emphasis on the absence of a bitter taste in sepa-

82 Rhodora [May

rating the species from C. sylvatica, in which a bitter taste is more
or less apparent. This difference in taste points to the absence
of the bitter fumarprotocetraric acid in C. mitis and to the pres-
ence of this acid in C. sylvatica. In consequence of this difference
C. milis is normally P— and C. sylvatica P+. Sandstede, in
fact, ascribes a greater importance to this chemical difference
than to morphological differences in distinguishing between these
two species. In 1938 he reported that Asahina had extracted
both usnic and rangiformic acids from C. mitis (p. 91) but that
the latter substance could not be demonstrated by mierochemical
methods.

In the same year Lamb (p. 160), in reporting C. mitis for the
first time from the British Isles, showed that some of his speci-
mens were not P— throughout, but that their ultimate branches
turned yellow and then red upon the application of P. He added
that the color was “never intense as in C. sylvatica" and con-
cluded that the amount of [fumarprotocetraric] acid present was
insufficient to give the podetia a bitter taste.

Des Abbayes in 1939 used the P— reaction in his key (p. 68)
to distinguish C. mitis from the P+ C. sylvatica but modified this
distinction by stating that P might produce slowly and in rare
instances a yellow or pale red coloration. In his opinion (p. 124)
C. milis is not a mere chemical variation of C. sylvatica but
represents a valid species. Although he regards the absence of
fumarprotocetraric acid as the most important character sepa-
rating C. mitis from C. sylvatica he maintains that in many cases
the two species ean be distinguished by morphological differ-
ences alone, such as those brought out by Sandstede.

In Asahina's account of C. mitis (1941, p. 623) he again shows
that rangiformie acid represents a component of the species but
this time describes characteristic crystals formed in the G. E.
solution. His observations are based on 92 numbers of Sand-
stede's Cladoniae exsiccatae and on 12 specimens from Vermont
and Connecticut. Sandstede’s specimens include 81 from Eu-
rope and 11 from New England. Asahina here, as in the case of
C. sylvatica, lays greater emphasis on morphological than on
chemical features and includes under C. mitis 31 numbers of
Sandstede’s Cladoniae to which he assigns a P+ reaction. He
demonstrated the presence of rangiformic acid in 14 of these but

1950) Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 83

was unable to do so in the others. As a result of his studies he
reached the conclusion that a difference in reaction with P can no
longer be trusted in separating C. mitis from C. sylvatica.

In 1943 the writer published the results of his independent
microchemical studies on C. mitis, based on 83 numbers of
Sandstede's Cladoniae exsiccatae and on numerous other speci-
mens from Europe and North America. Sandstede's material
included most of the numbers studied by Asahina. In nearly
half of these various specimens usnic acid was the only substance
demonstrated. The others yielded in addition crystals of four
unknown substances, designated by the letters A, B, C, and D.
These substances occurred singly or in various combinations.
Specimens containing the substance C were shown to differ mor-
phologically from the others and were transferred to C. submitis,
a species proposed as new. Crystals of the D-type were ob-
tained also from specimens of C. rangiformis Hoffm. but were not
referred to rangiformic acid because Asahina’s 1941 report was
at that time unknown to the writer. On the basis of this report
it is now possible to identify the substance D with rangiformic
acid, since the crystals of the D-type (see Evans, 1943, f. 5) are
essentially like those of rangiformic acid (see Asahina, 1941, f. 7).
The identity of substances A and B is still obscure. Since these
crystals are pale yellow and since they always occur in species
containing the yellow usnic acid, it is possible that they may rep-
resent aberrant crystals of this acid. Further investigation may
decide their identity more definitely.

If the results obtained by the writer are compared with those
reported by Asahina they are found to agree in a general way but
to differ in certain particulars. Leaving out of consideration the
substances A and B, which Asahina did not associate with C.
milis, the most marked discrepancy is in relation to rangiformic
acid. The writer demonstrated this substance in about 12 per
cent of the specimens examined, whereas Asahina reported it in
about two-thirds. This discrepancy may be due in part to the
fact that he did not, at that time, distinguish between the crystals
of rangiformic acid and those of the substance C. A series of 7
specimens from Connecticut, for example, in which he reported
rangiformic acid, contain the substance C instead and are among
the specimens transferred by the writer to C. submilis. The

84 Rhodora [May

discrepancy may also be due in part to the fact that the material
distributed by Sandstede under certain numbers is not altogether
uniform. In Nos. 56, 57, 60, 69, and 118, for example, Asahina
reported the presence of rangiformic acid, and yet the writer was
unable to detect this substance after repeated tests, indicating
that these numbers at least may contain admixtures.

There is evidence of a lack of uniformity also in some of the
numbers to which Asahina assigned a P+ reaction. No. 323
belongs in this category. In the set of the Cladoniae exsiccatae
belonging to Yale University this number is P— and contains no
rangiformic acid, although this substance is present in Asahina’s
set. Nos. 60 and 69, moreover, contain both P— and P+ ma-
terial, and in the latter ursolic acid can be demonstrated without
difficulty. The writer would transfer this P+ material to C.
sylvatica. The material distributed under these two numbers,
therefore, includes both C. mitis and C. sylvatica.

In the experience of the writer the P+ reaction found in occa-
sional specimens of C. mitis is faint and restricted to the apical
portions of the podetia. In C. sylvatica, on the contrary, the
reaction is more extensive and much more pronounced. It still
seems justifiable therefore to regard a P — reaction or a faint P+
reaction a characteristic feature of C. mitis and a definite P+
reaction a characteristic feature of C. sylvatica. Usnie acid could
then be considered the characteristic constituent of C. mitis,
with rangiformic and fumarprotocetraric acids as accessory com-
ponents; and, in the case of C. sylvatica, usnic and fumarproto-
cetraria acid would represent the characteristic constituents, with
ursolic acid as an accessory component.

No definite stations for C. mitis from Connecticut were known
at the close of 1943 (see Evans, 1944, p. 533), although specimens
of other species had been recorded under this name at earlier
dates. It is now possible, however, to accredit the species to the
state. The form represented is the following:—

*CLADONIA MITIS f. TENUIS Sandst. Abhandl. Naturw. Ver.

Bremen 25: 110. 1922. On earth in a pasture, Norfolk (1945).
Sandstede interprets f. tenuis as a small race of the species.

CLADONIA SUBMITIS Evans (1944, p. 533). The podetia of

C. submitis are definitely P —, and the characteristic lichen-sub-
stances present are usnic acid and the substance C.* The

4 This substance is being investigated by Asahina, but the results of his work have
not yet been published.

1950] X Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 85

following records are based on specimens that are indefinite as to
form: Andover (1944), Chaplin (1948), Chester (1945), Cole-
brook (Hale, 1948), Coventry (1948), East Lyme (1944), East
Windsor (1945), Essex (1945), Groton (Mrs. Upson, 1944),
Hamden (1946), Killingly (1945), Lebanon (1947), Lisbon
(1947), Monroe (1946), Norfolk (1945), Plainfield (1948),
Plymouth (1949), Preston (1946), Salem (1947), South Windsor
(1945), Sprague (1945), Thompson (1945), Tolland (1944),
Trumbull (1945), Washington (1946), Waterbury (1945), and
Woodbury (Sinnott, 1944).

CLADONIA SUBMITIS f. DIVARICATA Evans (1944, p. 534).
Cheshire (1948), East Lyme (1944), Essex (1945), Lisbon (1947),
New Canaan (1947), Salem (1947), Southington (Bunn, 1945),
and Tolland (1944).

CLADONIA SUBMITIS f. PROLIFERA Evans (1944, p. 534).
Andover (1944, Chester (1945), East Lyme (1944), Hamden
(1946), Meriden (Johnson, 1944), Monroe (1946), Salem (1947),
and Thompson (1945).

CLADONIA SUBTENUIS (Des Abbayes) Evans (1944, p. 536).
The podetia of this species are strongly P+; they contain usnic
and fumarprotocetraric acids as characteristic lichen-substances,
with ursolic acid as an accessory constituent. The species thus
agrees chemically with C. sylvatica. Bethel (1947), Bozrah
(1945), Bristol (1944), Colebrook (1945), Cornwall (Johnson,
1946), Danbury (1949), East Lyme (1944), East Windsor (1945),
Ellington (1944), Killingly (1945), Lisbon (1947), Montville
(1947), Morris (1946), New Fairfield (1947), Newington (1944),
Norfolk (Evans, 1945; Hale, 1949), North Haven (1945), Plain-
ville (1945), Preston (1946), Sprague (1945), Tolland (1944),
West Hartford (1944, Winchester (1946), and Windsor Locks
(1947).

CLADONIA SUBTENUIS f. PROLIFERA Evans (1944, p. 539).
Bethany (1945).

CLADONIA SUBTENUIS f. SETIGERA (Des Abbayes) Evans
(1944, p. 539). Bozrah (1945) and Brookfield (1944).

CLADONIA ALPESTRIS (L.) Rabenh. (1930, p. 387). Except in
the rare f. aberrans Des Abbayes, which has not been found in
Connecticut, C. alpestris is definitely P— and contains usnic acid
as its characteristic lichen-substance. Perlatolic acid, psoromic
acid, and the substances A, B, and C represent accessory con-
stituents (see Evans, 1944, p. 540). Colebrook (Hale, 1947).
This is the third station in the state for this rare and striking
species. According to its collector it occurs in considerable
abundance in an old pasture.

Subgenus PYCNOTHELIA

CLADONIA PAPILLARIA (Ehrh.) Hoffm. (1930, p. 389). Atrono-
rine has long been recognized as a characteristic constituent of

86 Rhodora [May

C. papillaria, and this was the only lichen-substance reported by
the writer in 1944 (p. 541). Asahina, however, had already
demonstrated the presence of a second constituent, protoliches-
teric acid, in the species (1942, p. 490).

CLADONIA PAPILLARIA f. MOLARIFORMIS (Hoffm.) Schaer. (1930,
p.390). Bethany (1944), Bozrah (1945), Brookfield (1944), East
Granby (1949), Groton (Mrs. Upson, 1944), Killingly (1945),
Lisbon (1947), Plainfield (1948), Redding (1949), Somers (1947),
Thompson (1945), and Westbrook (1945).

CLADONIA PAPILLARIS f. PAPILLOSA Fr. (1930, p. 391). Bethany
(1944), East Granby (1949), Ellington (1944), Groton (Mrs.
Upson, 1944), Killingly (1945), Norwalk (1946), Plainfield
(1948), Roxbury (1949), and Thomspon (1945).

CLADONIA PAPILLARIA f. PROLIFERA (Wallr.) Schaer. (1932, p.
124). Granby (1949).

CLADONIA PAPILLARIA f. sTIPATA Floerke (1930, p. 391).
Granby (1949), Meriden (Burkholder, 1944), and Southington
(Bunn, 1945).

Subgenus CENOMYCE
Section CoccrFERAE

The lichen-substances found in the Connecticut representa-
tives of the red-fruited Cladoniae have been tabulated by the
writer (1944, p. 559) and will not be further discussed in the
present report.

Subsection SUBGLAUCESCENTES

CLADONIA FLOERKEANA (Fr.) Floerke (1930, p. 392). Al-
though the following varieties are little more than forms they are
given varietal rank by recent authors:—

CLADONIA FLOERKEANA var. INTERMEDIA Hepp (1930, p. 393).
Brookfield (1944), Ellington (1944), Enfield (1945), Glastonbury
(1944), Granby (1949), Greenwich (1931), Groton (1949), and
Vernon (1946).

CLADONIA FLOERKEANA var. CARCATA (Ach.) Vainio (1930, p.
394). Monroe (1946).

CLADONIA FLOERKEANA var. CARCATA f. SQUAMOSISSIMA
(Th. Fr.) Vainio (1930, p. 394). Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA BACILLARIS (Ach.) Nyl. (1930, p. 395). Andover
(1948), Avon (1949), Bethel (1947), Bolton (1944), Bridgewater
(1945), Brookfield (1944), Bozrah (1945), Canaan (1945), Cole-
brook (Hale, 1947), Coventry (1948), East Haven (1944), East
Lyme (1944), Ellington (1944), Fairfield (1931, listed, 1932, p.
161, as C. borbonica f. cylindrica, not new to town), Granby (1949)
Greenwich (1926, listed, 1930, p. 482, as C. borbonica f. cylindrica,
not new to town), Groton (1949), Hampton (1948), Lebanon

1950 Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 87

(1947), Lisbon (1947), Meriden (1933, listed, 1935, p. 56, as C.
borbonica f. cylindrica, earliest record for town), Montville (1947),
Morris (1946), Norfolk (Evans, 1945; Hale, 1949), Norwalk
(1946), Putnam (1945), Redding (1949), Ridgefield (1947),
Somers (1949), Sprague (1945), Stonington (1949), Thomaston
(Johnson & Neale, 1945), Thompson (Neale, 1947), Tolland
(1944), Vernon (1949), Voluntown (1946), Warren (1947),
Washington (1946), Waterbury (1949), Watertown (1949),
Wethersfield (1944), Willington (Neale, 1948), and Wilton (1931,
listed, 1932, p. 161, as C. borbonica f. cylindrica, not new to town).
The specimens upon which these records are based are indefinite
as to form.

CLADONIA BACILLARIS f. CLAVATA (Ach.) Vainio (1930, p. 397).
Ellington (1944), Meriden (Johnson, 1944), Tolland (1944),
Torrington (1946), and Woodbridge (1944).

CLADONIA BACILLARIS f. PERITHETA (Wallr.) Arn. (1930, p.
397). Bethlehem (1949), Colebrook (Hale, 1947), Granby
(1949), Madison (Johnson, 1946), Monroe (1946), Scotland
(Johnson, 1946), and Southington (Bunn, 1947).

CLADONIA BACILLARIS f. TENUISTIPITATA Sandst. (1935, p. 39).
Bethel (1949), Canaan (1945), and Cornwall (1944).

CLADONIA MACILENTA Hoffm. f. STYRACELLA (Ach.) Vainio
(1930, p. 399). Bethany (Johnson, 1945), Bethel (1949), Bolton
(1944), Brookfield (1944), Coventry (1948), Danbury (1949),
East Haddam (Johnson, 1946), East Lyme (1944), Ellington
(1944), Groton (1949), Guilford (1945), Mansfield (1945), Marl-
boro (1945), Milford (1944), Montville (1946), Morris (1946),
Newington (Miner, 1944), Pomfret (Neale, 1947), Saybrook
(1945), Somers (1949), Southington (Bunn, 1944), Voluntown
(1946), Washington (1949), Waterbury (1945), and Watertown
(1949).

*CLADONIA MACILENTA f. OSTREATA (Nyl.) Sandst. in Raben-
horst, Kryptogamen-Fl. 9: Abt. 4?: 116. 1931. C. macilenta var.
ostreata Nyl. Enum. Gén. Lich. 97. 1857. On an old stump,
Groton (Spencer, 1949).

The small primary squamules of this distinct form are persist-
ent and grow in loose mats. They are either simple or sparingly
incised, and their margins are densely sorediose. At first sight
these squamules resemble the form of C. incrassata which grows
in similar localities. Their positive reactions with K and P,
however, will at once distinguish them and indicate their affinity
with C. macilenta.

*CLADONIA DIDYMA (Fée) Vainio f. PYGMAEA Vainio, Acta Soc.

F. et Fl. Fennica 4: 143. 1887 (as C. didyma **y. pygmaea); in
Sandstede, Clad. Exsic. 1186. 1922 (as form). C. didyma m.

88 Rhodora [May

subulata Sandst. Clad. Exsic. 1685. 1927; in Evans, Rhodora 34:
127. 1932 (as form). Groton (1949).

In the opinion of the writer f. subulata, which has previously
been reported from Connecticut (1932, p. 127), should be re-
garded as a synonym of the earlier f. pygmaea.

Subsection STRAMINEO-FLAVIDAE

CLADONIA PLEUROTA (Floerke) Schaer. (1930, p. 400). Boz-
rah (1945), Bridgeport (1945), Bristol (1944), Brookfield (1944),
Canaan (1945). Canterbury (1948), Colebrook (Evans, 1945;
Hale, 1947), East Lyme (1944), Ellington (1944), Groton (Mrs.
Upson, 1944), Hampton (1948), Killingly (1945), Mansfield
(1945), Norwalk (1946), Plainville (1945), Redding (1947)
Ridgefield (1947), Sprague (1945), Stafford (1944, Thompson
(1945), Tolland (Miner, 1944), Waterbury (1945), and West
Haven (1945).

Both usnic acid and zeorine have been demonstrated in all the
specimens of C. pleurota listed in the present report.

CLADONIA PLEUROTA f. DECORATA Vainio (1930, p. 402).
Brookfield (1944), Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1945), Columbia
(1948), Coventry (1948), East Lyme (1944), Lebanon (1947),
Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Morris (1946), Southington (Bunn,
1944), and Warren (1947).

CLADONIA PLEUROTA f. EXTENSA (Ach.) Sandst. (1944, p. 555).
Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1945), Hampton (1948), Sharon (Green,
1884, Eckfeldt Herbarium, earliest record for town of C. pleurota),
and Southbury (1949).

*CLADONIA PLEUROTA f. FRONDESCENS (Nyl) Sandst., in
Rabenhorst, Kryptogamen-Fl. 9, Abt. 4°: 146. 1931. Southing-
ton (Bunn, 1949). This form has been reported (1930, p. 403)
from other stations in Connecticut under the name C. pleurota
var. frondescens (Nyl.) Oliv.

CLADONIA DEFORMIS (L.) Hoffm. (1944, p. 555). Norfolk
(Hale, 1949), the second station in Connecticut for this rare and
distinetly northern species.

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA Tuck. f. ABBREVIATA Merrill (1930,
p. 409). Colebrook (Hale, 1948).

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. AURANTIACA Hobbins (1935, p. 41).
Meriden (Johnson, 1944) and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. Beauvoirs (Del.) Vainio (1930, p.
405). Andover (1944), Beacon Falls (Johnson, 1945), Coventry
(1948), Norfolk (Evans, 1948; Hale, 1949), Norwalk (1946),
Sprague (1945), Tolland (1944), Washington (1946), and West
Hartford (1949). In all of these specimens except the last f.
vestita is present also.

1950} Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 89

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. DEGENERATA Robbins (1930, p. 408).
Beacon Falls (Johnson, 1945), Southington (Bunn, 1944), and
Stratford (1945).

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. OCHROCARPIA Tuck. (1930, p. 409).
Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. PLEUROCARPA Robbins (1930, p.
408). Scotland (Johnson, 1946).

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. RAMOSA Tuck. (1930, p. 406). Meri-
den (Johnson, 1944) and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. SCYPHULIFERA Sandst. (1935, p. 41).
Canaan (1945), Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1944), Granby (1949),
Meriden (Johnson, 1944), Suffield (1949), and Trumbull (1945).

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. SQUAMOSISSIMA Robbins (1930, p.
408). Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1944), Ellington (1944), Norfolk
(1948), and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. SQUAMULOSA Robbins (1930, p. 410).
Meriden (Johnson, 1944) and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA CRISTATELLA f. vESTITA Tuck. (1930, p. 407).
Avon (1949), Bridgeport (1945), Chaplin (Neale, 1946), Elling-
ton (1944), Farmington (1944), Groton (Mrs. Upson, 1944),
Kilingly (1945), Newton (1944), Putnam (1945), Redding
(1949), and Trumbull (1945).

CLADONIA INCRASSATA Floerke (1932, p. 129). Brookfield
(1944), Danbury (1949), Enfield (1945), Granby (1949), Lebanon
(1947), Middlebury (1948), Norfolk (Ball, 1945), Oxford (1945),
Seymour (1948), Somers (1949), Tolland (1944), Voluntown
(1946), and Waterbury (1945).

CLADONIA INCRASSATA f. SQUAMULOSA (Robbins) Evans (1932,
p. 129). Southington (Bunn, 1944) and Voluntown (1946).

Section OCHROPHAEAE
Subsection UNCIALES

The lichen-acids found in various species of Unciales were
listed by Asahina in 1942 (pp. 293-502). "The species studied
included C. Boryi, C. caroliniana, and C. uncialis, the three rep-
resentatives of the subsection found in Connecticut. Asahina
reported the presence of usnic acid in all of these species but found
no other lichen-substance in either C. Boryi or C. caroliniana. In
most European specimens of C. uncialis, however, he found that
squamatic acid was present in addition. The specimens tested
were those distributed by Sandstede in his Cladonzae Exsiccatae
and a few of these, mostly from northern Europe, were found to
contain usnic acid only.

90 Rhodora [May

Two years later the writer (1944, p. 562) confirmed Asahina’s
statements independently. He demonstrated usnic acid in the
three species under consideration and showed that all the speci-
mens of C. uncialis from Connecticut contained squamatic acid
also, although some of the specimens from farther north in
America lacked this substance. He found further that substances
A and B (see Evans, 1943, pp. 421, 422) might be present in C.
caroliniana and substance A in C. uncialis.

CLADONIA UNCIALIS (L.) Web. (1930, p. 413). The following
records are based on specimens that are indefinite as to form:
Bozrah (1945), Chester (1945), East Haven (1944), East Lyme
(1944), Harwinton (1946), Hebron (1944), Lebanon (1947),
Litchfield (Smith, 1947), Manchester (1945), New Canaan (1947),
Norfolk (Evans, 1945; Hale, 1949), North Branford (Burkholder,
1944), Preston (1946), Roxbury (1949), Sprague (1945), Tolland
(1944), Torrington (1946), Union (1947), Warren (1947), Wash-
ington (1949), Waterbury (1945), Waterford (1949), Watertown
(1949), Winchester (1946), and Woodbridge (1944).

CLADONIA UNCIALIS f. OBTUSATA (Ach.) Nyl. (1930, p. 415).
Southington (Johnson, 1945; Bunn, 1947).

CLADONIA UNCIALIS f. SETIGERA Anders (1932, p. 134). Thom-
aston (Johnson & Neale, 1945).

CLADONIA UNCIALIS f. SORALIGERA Robbins (1935, p. 42).
Manchester (1945) and Preston (1946).

CLADONIA UNCIALIS f. sPINOSA Oliv. (1930, p. 417). Cheshire
(Mrs. Upson, 1944), Cornwall (1944), Southington (Bunn, 1945),
and Woodbridge (1944).

CLADONIA UNCIALIS f. SUBOBTUSATA Coem. (1932, p. 133).
Manchester (1945) and Southington (Bunn, 1947).

CLADONIA CAROLINIANA (Schwein.) Tuck. f. prpaTaTa Evans
(1932, p. 138). Avon (1949), Bozrah (1945), Cheshire (Mrs.
Upson, 1944), East Lyme (1944), Glastonbury (1945), Meriden
(Burkholder, 1944), Preston (1946), Sprague (1945), Warren
(1947), and Watertown (1949).

CLADONIA CAROLINIANA f. FIBRILLOSA Evans (1932, p. 139).
Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1944) and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA CAROLINIANA f. PROLIFERA Evans (1932, p. 139).
East Lyme (1944), Hamden (Johnson, 1945), Meriden (Johnson,
1945), Monroe (1946), New Canaan (1947), Preston (1946),
Sprague (1945), anf Woodbridge (1944).

CLADONIA CAROLINIANA f. TENUIRAMEA Evans (1932, p. 139).
Avon (1949), Bozrah (1945), Danbury (1949), East Haven
(1944), Groton (Mrs. Upson, 1944), Harwinton (1946), Killingly
(1945), Lisbon (1947), Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Monroe (1946),

1950 — Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 91

North Stonington (1946), Redding (1949), Sprague (1945),
Torrington (1946), Warren (1947), and Woodbridge (1944).

CrApoNiA Boryi Tuck. f. Lacunosa (Bory) Tuck. (1930, p.
418). Avon (1949), Lebanon (1947), Salisbury (Diz, 1946), and
Southington (Bunn, 1945).

CLADONIA BORYI f. PROLIFERA Robbins (1930, p. 419). Salis-
bury (Diz, 1945) and Southington (Bunn, 1945).

CLADONIA BoRYI f. RETICULATA (Russell) Merrill (1932, p.
141). Cheshire (1948).

Subsection CHASMARIAE

Group MICROPHYLLAE

CLADONIA FURCATA (Huds.) Schrad. (1930, p. 420). In 1942
(p. 664) Asahina reported on the chemistry of C. furcata. Al-
though Zopf had maintained that the species produced both
fumarprotocetrarie acid and atronorine, Asahina found that the
vast majority of the specimens at his disposal contained fumar-
protocetrarie acid only. These specimens included a series from
Japan, 60 European specimens distributed by Sandstede in his
Cladoniae Exsiccatae, 5 North American specimens also distrib-
uted by Sandstede, and 43 additional North American specimens
from the herbarium of Yale University. Among all these speci-
mens atronorine was demonstrated in only 5, 4 from Europe and
1 from North America. The last came from the island of Nan-
tucket and was collected by W. H. Sheldon in 1940 (No. 105).
On the basis of these results Asahina concluded that fumarpro-
tocetraric acid was the only lichen-substance characteristic of C.
furcata and that specimens containing atronorine should be
either excluded from C. furcata altogether or interpreted as a
transitional form between C. furcata and C. subrangiformis
Sandst. The latter species was proposed as new by Sandstede in
1922 (p. 165) and was based on a series of specimens from various
parts of Europe. In the opinion of Des Abbayes (1937, p. 160)
it represents a subspecies of C. furcata, and there is as yet no
evidence that it occurs in North America.

Two years after the publication of Asahina’s paper the writer
(1944, p. 565) reported independently that many specimens of
C. furcata lacked atronorine and suggested that this substance be
interpreted as an accessory component of the species. Over 200
specimens from Connecticut have since been tested, and only
two of these—one from New Milford (1930, p. 420) and the other

92 Rhodora [May

from Washington (1930, p. 423)—have yielded the characteristic
crystals of atronorine when treated with the G. A. o-T. solution.
Specimens from eastern Massachusetts, however, have given
different results. Thirty-five specimens from the Cape Cod
region, Martha’s Vineyard, and Nantucket were tested, and 18
were found to contain atronorine. Of the specimens from Nan-
tucket, 17 in number, only 3 lack this substance. Since the
specimens with atronorine are not morphologically different from
those without, the writer still feels justified in interpreting
atronorine as an accessory constituent of C. furcata, in spite of its
relatively rare occurrence.

In the following lists of stations most of the records are new,
but a few represent revisions of older records. Stations dated
1928 or earlier, for example, have previously been reported
simply under the species, without reference to definite varieties
or forms.

CLADONIA FURCATA var. PALAMAEA (Ach.) Vainio (1930, p.
425). Bethany (1945), Bethel (1949), Bozrah (1945), Brook-
field (1944), Chester (1945), Guilford (1932, not before recorded),
Lisbon (1947), Madison (1927), Manchester (1945), New Haven
(Nichols, 1909), North Haven (1927), North Stonington (1946),
Ridgefield (Mrs. Hartmann, 1939, listed, 1944, p. 565, as var.
racemosa), Salem (1947), Salisbury (Diz, 1946), Southington
(Bunn, 1944), Stonington (1940, listed, 1944, p. 565, as var.
racemosa), Warren (1947), and Woodbridge (1944).

CLADONIA FURCATA Var. PALAMAEA f. RIGIDULA (Mass.) Oliv.
(1935, p. 44). Cornwall (1944), Middlefield (1927), Southington
(Bunn, 1946), Thomaston (Johnson, 1945), and Weston (1941).

CLADONIA FURCATA Var. PINNATA (Floerke) Vainio (1930, p.
424). Thomaston (McDonnell, 1935, listed, 1938, p. 13, as var.
racemosa f. squamulifera).

CLADONIA FURCATA Var. PINNATA f. FOLIOLOSA (Del.) Vainio
(1930, p. 424). Norfolk (Hale, 1949).

CLADONIA FURCATA Var. RACEMOSA (Hoffm.) Floerke (1930, p.
422). Barkhamsted (1928), Bethany (1925), Bethel (1947),
Bozrah (1945), Branford (1928), Bristol (1944), Colebrook (1945),
Ellington (1944), Groton (1949), Guilford (1935), Killingworth
(1932, listed, 1935, p. 43, as C. furcata), Ledyard (1927), Lisbon
(1947), Manchester (1943), Middlebury (Musch & Evans, 1929,
listed, 1932, p. 153, as C. furcata), Middletown (Wright, 1883,
listed, 1930, p. 424, as var. pinnata), Monroe (1933, listed, 1935,
p. 43, as C. furcata), Montville (1947), Morris (1946), Newington
(1944), New Milford (1928), Newtown (1928), North Branford

1950] Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 93

(Nichols, 1909; Musch & Evans, 1927, listed, 1930, p. 423, as var.
racemosa f. furcatosubulata), Oxford (1945), Preston (1946),
Saybrook (Musch & Evans, 1928, not before recorded), Seymour
(Musch & Evans, 1928, listed, 1930, p. 424, as var. pinnata),
Sharon (Green, 1884, Eckfeldt Herbarium, not before recorded),
Thompson (Neale, 1947), Tolland (1944), Torrington (1946),
Union (1947), Washington (1949), Westbrook (1935), West
Hartford (1944), West Haven (Hall, 1872, 1873, not before
recorded), Wethersfield (1944), and Woodbridge (1926).

CLADONIA FURCATA Var. RACEMOSA f. CORYMBOSA (Ach.) Vainio
(1930, p. 423). Clinton (1935), East Haven (Hall, 1875, not be-
fore recorded), Southington (Bunn, 1944), and Sprague (1945).

CLADONIA FURCATA var. RACEMOSA f. FURCATOSUBULATA
(Hoffm.) Vainio (1930, p. 422). Bethlehem (1949), Branford
(1928, not before recorded), Brookfield (1944), East Hampton
(1928, listed, 1930, p. 422, as var. racemosa), Groton (1949),
Manchester (1945), Newtown (1944), Norfolk (Evans, 1945;
Hale, 1949), Southington (Bunn, 1945), and Sprague (1945).

*CLADONIA FURCATA var. RACEMOSA f. prolifera f. nova,
podetia ramulis adventiciis brevibus tecta.—On earth. South-
ington (Bunn, 1944, No. 6034).

This form is analogous to the proliferous forms found in the
Cladinae and Unciales. The short, adventive branches, which
characterize the form, spring from prostrate podetia.

CLADONIA FURCATA Var. RACEMOSA f. SQUAMULIFERA Sandst.
(1932, p. 153). Bethel (1947), Canaan (1928, listed, 1930, p.
424, as var. pinnata), Chaplin (Neale, 1946), Chester (1945),
East Hartford (Weatherby, 1905, listed, 1930, p. 424, as var.
pinnata f. foliolosa), Essex (1931, listed, 1932, p. 153, as C. fur-
cata), Hartland (1928), Kent (1926, listed, 1930, p. 424, as var.
pinnata f. foliolosa, and p. 425, as f. truncata), Killingworth
(Hall, 1874, earliest record for town), Lisbon (Mrs. Spencer, 1947)
Meriden (1927, listed, 1930, p. 424, as var. pinnata), Monroe
(Neale, 1945), New Fairfield (1947), New Milford (1928), Norfolk
(Evans, 1945; Hale, 1949), Oxford (1925), Pomfret (Mrs. Paine,
1934, listed, 1938, p. 13, as C. scabriuscula f. farinacea), Thomas-
ton (1940), Thompson (Neale, 1947), Union (1947), Warren
(1947), Watertown (1949), and Wethersfield (Clark, 1933, listed,
1935, p. 43, as C. furcata).

CLADONIA FURCATA Var. RACEMOSA f. SUBCLAUSA Sandst. (1930,
p. 423). Canaan (1945).

CLADONIA SCABRIUSCULA (Del.) Leight. (1930, p. 426).

According to Vainio (1887, p. 345) Cenomyce scabriuscula Del.,
upon which Cladonia scabriuscula is based, is the same as C.
furcata %. racemosa c. surrecta Floerke. The species is typified,

94 Rhodora [Max

therefore, by what is now called C. scabriuscula f. surrecta
(Floerke) Sandst. (see Sandstede, 1931, p. 215). "This form is
abundant in Europe, in northern Asia, in Canada, and in northern
New England. It becomes rarer southward, however, and -the
specimens listed below represent the first records for Connecticut.

*CLADONIA SCABRIUSCULA f. SURRECTA (Floerke) Sandst. in
Rabenhorst, Kryptogamen-Flora 9, Abt. 4?: 215. 1931. C.
furcata *«. racemosa *C. surrecta Floerke, Clad. Comm. 154.
1828. C. surrecta Sandst. Abhandl. Naturw. Ver. Bremen 25:
164. 1922. On roadside banks, North Haven (1945) and Thomp-
son (1945).

The podetia of f. surrecta branch sparingly by repeated dicho-
tomies. In its typical development the cortex in the basal por-
tion is continuous or subcontinuous, much as in C. furcata. This
type of cortex extends upward for a variable distance and passes
gradually into a cortex composed of minute areolae, separated by
whitish lines. On some of the podetia the areolate cortex extends
to the tips of the branches, but as a rule the areolae in the apical
portion are replaced by minute appressed or spreading squamules,
which give the surface a roughened appearance. Among the
squamules ecorticate areas, variable in extent, can be distin-
guished. Granular soredia also are present on most of the
podetia, and there are all gradations between these and the
spreading squamules. In addition to the minute squamules a
few much larger squamules are usually developed, especially in
the basal portions of the podetia.

The characteristic lichen-substance of C. scabriuscula is fumar-
protocetraric acid, and the plants in consequence are definitely
P+. According to Asahina (1942, p. 667) this acid is the only
substance present in most specimens of the species, but he de-
tected atronorine also in four European examples of f. surrecta
from Sandstede's Cladoniae exsiccatae. The writer (1944, p. 508)
found the substance E, now identified with ursolie acid, in many
specimens and interpreted this substance as an accessory com-
ponent of the species. Atronorine, however, could not be dem-
onstrated in any of the material examined.

In 1930 the writer (p. 427) recorded a series of specimens from
Connecticut under the name C. scabriuscula f. farinacea (Vainio)
Sandst. and has since reported the same form from numerous

1950] X Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 95

additional stations in the state (1932, p. 154; 1935, p. 45; 1938,
p. 13; and 1944, p. 568). Vainio based the form, under the name
C. furcata y. scabriuscula f. farinacea, on specimens collected by
Hariot at Punta Arenas, Patagonia, but later (1894, p. 450) re-
ported it also from New Bedford, Massachusetts, citing speci-
mens collected by Willey. In 1926 Sandstede, in his Cladoniae
Exsiccatae, distributed specimens from Wareham, Massachusetts,
collected by Robbins, under the name C. scabriuscula—farinacea,
and in 1938 (1938a, p. 86) listed the plant definitely as a variety
of C. scabriuscula. Two years later Degelius (1940, p. 33), in
listing specimens of this species from Maine, expressed the opin-
ion that the var. farinacea might perhaps represent a distinct
species. The writer is now convinced that this is the case and
therefore proposes that var. farinacea be raised to specific rank,
as indicated below.

*CLADONIA farinacea (Vainio) comb. nov. C. furcata y. sca-
briuscula f. farinacea Vainio, Acta Soc. F. et Fl. Fennica 4:
339. 1887. C. furcata var. farinacea Vainio in Hariot, Jour. de
Bot. 1: 283. 1887. C. cenotea var. magellanica Vainio in Hariot,
l. c. 1887 (as synonym). C. cenotea var. corticata Vainio in
Hariot, Ibid. 284. 1887 (nomen nudum). C. scabriuscula—
farinacea Sandst. Clad. Exsic. 1569. 1926. C. scabriuscula f.
farinacea Sandst. in Evans, Trans. Connecticut Acad. 30: 427.
1930. C. scabriuscula f. subtestacea Robbins in Evans, Ibid. 428.
1930. C. scabriuscula var. farinacea Sandst. in Hannig &
Winkler, Pflanzenareale IV, Heft 7: 86. 1938.

'Through the kindness of Dr. Lars Fagerstróm, of the University
of Helsingfors, the writer has had the privilege of studying
Hariot’s specimen of C. furcata y. scabriuscula f. farinacea from
the Vainio Herbarium. This specimen, which came from Punta
Arenas, may be designated the type of C. farinacea, although
(according to Hariot) Vainio's C. furcata var. farinacea was based
on à specimen collected at Port Famine, Straits of Magellan, by
Jacquinot. It may be added that a label bearing the name C.
cenotea var. corticata, listed by Hariot without description, is en-
closed with the type. In 1894 (p. 450) Vainio definitely reduced
both C. cenotea var. magellanica and C. cenotea var. corticata to
synonymy under f. farinacea.

A careful comparison of Hariot's specimen, which is shown in
Fig. 1, with North American specimens which have been referred

96 Rhodora [May

to C. scabriuscula f. farinacea fails to bring out any essential
differences, in spite of their wide geographical separation. A
characteristic example of the North American plant is shown in
Fig. 2.

In fields, on banks, and on soil over rocks. The following
represent new stations for the species in Connecticut: Cheshire
( Mrs. Upson, 1945), Danbury (1949), East Haven (Neale, 1947),
Ellington (1944), Groton (1949), Madison (Johnson, 1946),
Marlboro (1945), Norfolk (Evans, 1945; Hale 1949), Preston
(1946), Sprague (1945), Tolland (1944), Union (1947), and
Warren (1947). These and the stations already listed under C.
scabriuscula f. farinacea give a total of 69 towns for the state.
Outside of Connecticut C. farinacea is widely distributed in
North America, and its known range in the eastern part of the
continent extends as far south as North Carolina and as far west
as Wisconsin. "There is no evidence that the species occurs in
Europe.

The primary squamules of C. farinacea, which are sparingly
produced, grow in depressed mats and are essentially like those
of C. furcata. The squamules are short-lived, and many of the
colonies consist entirely of podetia, which continue their growth
independently and form more or less compact tufts.

The podetia as a rule are less branched than in C. furcata, and
some of them may remain undivided. The branching is by dicho-
tomies or by whorls of three or four, and the majority of the axils
are perforate without being dilated. In a dichotomy or whorl
the branches may be subequal and diverge slightly from one
another. In many cases, however, one branch is much longer
than the others and grows in the same direction as the branching
axis, deflecting the shorter branch or branches to one side. If
this process is repeated a sympodium is formed. In addition to
the open axils some of the podetia show longitudinal slits in the
wall.

A normal podetium shows a division into a basal portion with
a continuous or subeontinuous cortex, an apical portion producing
an abundance of farinose soredia, and an intermediate portion in
which the cortex is broken through by a series of sorediose areas,
rounded or irregular in outline. In the upper part of this portion
the sorediose areas tend to be larger than in the lower part and

1950) Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 97

usually coalesce to a greater or less extent. Where the cartila-
ginous layer of the wall is exposed in the apical portion it appears
opaque and whitish, becoming darker with age. As a rule the
corticate and sorediose portions are about equal in extent and
occupy more than two-thirds the length of the podetia. The
intermediate portion, in fact, may be lacking altogether, in which
ease there is a sharp transition between the corticate and sore-
diose portions.

The podetia vary greatly in size. Robust examples are 80-100
mm. in length and 1.5-2.5 mm. in diameter, but there are all
gradations between these and depauperate examples only 10 mm.
in length and 0.5 mm. in diameter. The color is greenish or
dingy gray, varying to brownish gray. If the tinge is pronounced
the specimens represent C. scabriuscula f. subtestacea Robbins,
but this form (in the writer’s opinion) is hardly distinct enough
to deserve a special name. Podetial squamules, essentially like
the primary squamules, are present in some cases, but many
podetia lack them. These squamules are usually few in number
^and scattered. Well-developed apothecia and spermagonia of
C. farinacea are still unknown.

The chemical features of C. farinacea are in agreement with
those of C. scabriuscula. In other words fumarprotocetraric acid
is the characteristic lichen-substance of the species and ursolie
acid an accessory constituent. Tests for atronorine have all
given negative results.

In its general habit C. farinacea resembles sparingly branched
specimens of C. furcata, and the variations in color are much the
same, although brownish shades are more frequently met with in
the latter species. Soredia, however, are completely lacking in
C. furcata and represent one of the most characteristic features
of C. farinacea. These soredia, farinose in character, abundantly
produced, and unaccompanied by minute squamules, will distin-
guish the species also from C. scabriuscula, in which the soredia
are granular, sparingly produced, and accompanied by numerous
spreading and appressed squamules.

CLADONIA MULTIFORMIS Merrill (1930, p. 428). This species,
as shown by Asahina (1942, p. 668) and by the writer (1944, p.
568), contains fumarprotocetraric acid but no atronorine.

CLADONIA MULTIFORMIS f. Finkit (Vainio) Evans (1930, p.
429). Colebrook (Miner, 1945), Cornwall (Green, 1884, Eck-

98 Rhodora [May

feldt Herbarium, determined as C. gracilis var. hybrida, earliest
record for town), Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Southington (Bunn,
1944), and Warren (1947).

CLADONIA MULTIFORMIS f. SIMULATA Robbins (1930, p. 429).
Norfolk (Hale, 1949).

CLADONIA sQUAMOSA (Scop.) Hoffm. (1930, p. 432). Accord-
ing to Asahina (1942, p. 625) squamatic acid is the only lichen-
substance produced by C. squamosa. The writer, however
(1944, p. 572), obtained crystals of the F and G types in some
cases, in addition to squamatic acid. The chemical composition
of these crystals is still unknown. The following records are
based on specimens that are indefinite as to form: Cheshire
(Mrs. Upson, 1944), Cornwall (1944), Ellington (1944), Glaston-
bury (Miner, 1944), Groton (1949), Meriden (Johnson, 1945),
Oxford (1945), Roxbury (1949), Seymour (1948), and Sprague
(1945).

CLADONIA SQUAMOSA f. MURINA Scriba (1930, p. 437). Nor-
folk (Ball, 1945; Hale, 1949) and Seymour (1948).

CLADONIA sQUAMOSA f. PHYLLOPODA Vainio (1935, p. 46).
Southington (Bunn, 1947).

CLADONIA SQUAMOSA f. SQUAMOSISSIMA Floerke (1930, p. 434).
Avon (1949), Cornwall (Neale, 1946), Madison (Johnson, 1948),
Meriden (Johnson, 1946), Norfolk (1945), Tolland (1944), and
Washington (1949).

CLADONIA ATLANTICA Evans (1944, p. 573).

From a chemical standpoint, as already shown by the writer,
C. atlantica is characterized by the presence of baeomycic acid,
in addition to squamatie acid. The baeomycic acid gives a
yellow color with P, and characteristic crystals can be obtained
by the use of the G. A. Q. solution. These crystals are minute
and can eastly escape detection. In 1942, however, Asahina
(1942a, p. 622) recommended another compound, orthoanisidine,
for the demonstration of the acid. A 5 per cent solution of this
substance in an equal amount of glycerine and alcohol, known as
the G. A. o-Anis. solution, is used. If this solution is added to
the dried acetone extract of a lichen containing baeomycic acid,
and gentle heat applied, yellow crystals in the form of thick
needles or rods, in many cases with frayed ends, will be formed;
but, if the acid is present in small amount, several hours may
elapse before the crystals make their appearance.

CLADONIA ATLANTICA f. RAMOSA Evans (1944, p. 575). Dan-
bury (1949), Glastonbury (Miner, 1945), Milford (1944), New-

bh

1950] Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 99

town (1945), Roxbury (1949), West Haven (1945), Wethersfield
(1944), and Willington (1944).

CLADONIA ATLANTICA f. RAMOSISSIMA Evans (1944, p. 576).
Berlin (Johnson, 1949), Branford (1945), North Haven (1945),
Southington (Bunn, 1944), and West Haven (1945).

CLADONIA ATLANTICA f. SUBSIMPLEX Evans (1944, p. 574).
Hamden (1946) and Meriden (Johnson, 1945).

In addition to the three forms listed a fourth form, f. micro-
phylla Evans, was included under C. atlantica in 1944. This
form agrees with the others in containing baeomycic acid and,
therefore, in turning yellow when treated with P, but differs in
some of its morphological features. The writer is now convinced
that f. microphylla is not conspecific with the other forms but
that it represents a synonym of C. Beaumontii (Tuck.) Vainio,
the identity of which was established by Robbins in 1927. At
that time he thought that the distribution of the species was
"wholly southern," but Fink (1935, p. 261) has since extended
its known range northward to Massachusetts.

*CLADONIA BEAvMOoNTI (Tuck.) Vainio, Acta Soc. F. et FI.
Fennica 10: 455. 1894. C. santensis b. Beaumontii Tuck. Syn.
N. Am. Lich. 1: 245. 1882. C. stenophylliza Vainio in Sandstede,
Clad. Exsie. 1184. 1922 (nomen nudum). C. microphylliza Mer-
rill, Bryologist 27: 22. 1924. C. exasperatula Merrill, Ibid. 27:
23. 1924. C. atlantica f. microphylla Evans, Trans. Connecticut
Acad. 35: 577. 1944. On decayed wood in a Chamaecyparis
swamp, Voluntown (1933), the only known station in Connecticut.

When Tuckerman described this species in 1882, as a variety
or form of C. santensis, he listed only two specimens, one collected
by Curtis in North Carolina and the other by Beaumont in Ala-
bama. "Twelve years later Vainio, in raising the plant to specific
rank, stated that North Carolina specimens from the Tuckerman
Herbarium were strongly K+. In 1927 Robbins showed that
the two specimens listed by Tuckerman were specifically distinct.
He referred Curtis’ specimen to “C. squamosa f. multibrachiata
Floerke" and typified C. Beaumontii by Beaumont’s specimen.
He also showed that both of these were K— and that the K+
specimens studied by Vainio were referable to C. floridana
Vainio, a species based on specimens collected by Rapp at San-
ford, Florida, in 1924. In addition to the type-specimen of C.
Beaumontii Robbins cited specimens from Sanford, also collected
by Rapp, but listed no other stations. He expressed the opinion

100 Rhodora [May

that the species was a member of the subsection Clausae and that
it was perhaps related to C. pityrea (Floerke) Fr., belonging to
the group Thallostelides.

In 1930 Sandstede (p. 49), in his sequence of species, placed C.
Beaumontii between C. floridana and C. santensis Tuck., thus im-
plying that it belonged in the subsection Chasmariae; but Fink,
in 1935 (p. 261), placed it between C. leptothallina Merrill and C.
decorticata (Floerke) Spreng. He thus agreed with Robbins in
considering the species a member of the Clausae but associated it
with the Podestelides, rather than with the Thallostelides. Three
distinct views regarding the taxonomic position of C. Beawmonti
have thus been brought forward. In the opinion of the writer,
however, the morphological and chemical features of the species
clearly indicate that Sandstede was correct in placing it among
the Chasmariae.

The synonyms of C. Beaumontii include C. stenophylliza, C.
microphylliza, and C. exasperatula, all based on specimens col-
lected by Rapp at Sanford, Florida. The first was reduced to
synonymy by Robbins in 1927 (p. 138) and the other two by
Sandstede in 1938 (p. 47). The valuable series of Cladoniae in
the “Severin Rapp Memorial Collection," now the property of
the Florida Agricultural Experiment Station at Gainsville, has
been sent to the writer for study by the curator, Dr. Lillian E.
Arnold, and in this series the three species under consideration
are well represented by specimens determined by Merrill. There
seems to be no doubt that all three should be regarded as syn-
onyms. It should be pointed out, however, that the determina-
tions were made before the characteristic features of C. Beaumontit
were well understood.

The yellow color produced in C. Beaumontii by the addition of
P was first noted by Sandstede (1938, p. 47). "This reaction, as
in C. atlantica, indicates the presence of baeomycic acid, and the
two species agree further in producing squamatic acid in addition.
The podetia of C. atlantica, however, are distinguished from those
of C. Reawmontii by the presence of open cups, even if these are
somewhat obscured in f. ramosissima by the excessive production
of marginal proliferations. The podetial cortex is further dis-
tinguished by being continuous or subcontinuous throughout.
In C. Beaumontii the podetia are cupless and the blunt apices are

1950] Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 101

slightly, if at all, dilated; the podetial surface, too, although
corticate in large part, shows ecorticate areas of variable extent.

The primary squamules of C. Beawmontii are larger and more
luxuriant than those of C. atlantica and tend to be deeply laciniate
with narrow, more or less crenulate, divisions. "They are pale
grayish above, white beneath, and destitute of soredia. The
cylindrical podetia are simple or sparingly branched, and the
axils and apices, although closed in some cases, are open in others.
Some, but not all, of the podetia bear scattered squamules, smaller
than the primary squamules but otherwise resembling them.
Even more distinctive, however, are the minute podetial squa-
mules, which are usually produced in abundance. These may
be accompanied by isidioid outgrowths but not by soredia. The
dark brown apothecia and spermagonia, if present at all, are
borne at the tips of the podetia.

'The specimens listed below from stations outside Connecticut
are in the Yale Herbarium and will give some idea of the dis-
tribution of C. Beaumontii, which is apparently endemic to North
America.

MASSACHUSETTS: West Tisbury, Martha’s Vineyard (Torrey,
1936).

2 Yonk (Long Island): Montauk (Latham, 1945), Flanders
(Latham, 1946), and Northwest (Latham, 1947).

New Jersey: Green Bank, Burlington Co. (Dix, 1943).

NortH CAROLINA: Roanoke Island, Dare Co. (Torrey, 1937);
Chapel Hill, Orange Co. (Evans, 1938); Havelock, Craven Co.
(Anderson & Evans, 1939); Chinquapin, Duplin Co. (Anderson &
Evans, 1939); Ellerbe, Richmond Co. (Anderson & Evans, 1939) ;
Star, Montgomery Co. (Anderson & Evans, 1939); and Wingate,
Union Co. (Gray, 1939).

The specimens from Florida will be listed in another connection.

CLADONIA CARASSENSIS Vainio, Acta Soc. F. et Fl. Fennica 4:
313. 1887. C. japonica Vainio in Hue, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist.
Nat. III. 10: 265. 1898. This rare species has been reported in
North America from Massachusetts (Robbins, 1924, p. 146),
Connecticut (Evans, 1935, p. 47) and Oregon (Asahina, 1942, p.
664) and has been ‘collected also in Nova Scotia, Maine, New
York (Long Island), and California.

In 1942 Asahina reported the presence of thamnolic acid in
specimens from Massachusetts and Oregon and pointed out the
strong resemblance between C. carassensis and C. japonica, in

102 Rhodora [May

which he had already demonstrated the same acid (1938, p. 768).
He expressed the opinion, in fact, that the two species were
synonymous.

Vainio’s C. japonica was based on specimens collected by Faurie
at three different stations in Japan and has since been found in
only two or three additional localities in that country. Outside
of Japan it has been reported from the Tatra Mountains in
eastern Europe, from Haiti, and from New Zealand. The first
report from the Tatra Mountains was made in 1930 by Vainio,
who cited specimens collected by Timkó under the name C.
japonica var. tatrana Vainio. Later in the same year Sandstede
(p. 50) referred Nos. 880 and 1707 of his Cladoniae exsiccatae,
both of which had been collected by Suza in the Tatra Moun-
tains, to the same species and variety. No. 880 had been issued
under the name C. subsquamosa f. subulata Sandst. and No. 1707
under the name C. subsquamosa f. nuda Sandst. In 1931 he
figured these two forms (pl. 35, f. 10, 11) and listed them in the
explanation of his plate under C. japonica var. tatrana. The re-
ports from Haiti and New Zealand were likewise made by Sand-
stede (1938a, p. 87), who thus ascribed to the species a wide
geographical distribution.

The writer has studied Nos. 880 and 1707 and also a Japanese
specimen of C. japonica (No. 171) from the Asahina Herbarium,
collected by Kimura at the Konsei Pass, Nikko, in the province
of Simotuke (listed by Asahina, 1938, p. 768). Sandstede's
figures of C. japonica, based on some of Faurie's material (1938,
pl. 7, f. 52), as well as those of C. japonica var. tatrana, have
thrown further light on the distinctive features of the species.
These various specimens and figures indicate a considerable range
of variation but present no characters that would distinguish C.
japonica from the North American specimens of C. carassensis.
'The writer is therefore convinced that Asahina was justified in
considering them conspecific.

The question now arises, are these specimens from the North-
ern Hemisphere the same as Vainio's specimens from the Carassa
Mountains of Brazil, the only station cited for C. carassensis in the
original description? "The writer has studied a Brazilian speci-
men of C. carassensis collected by Vainio in 1885 and representing
a part of the material upon which the species is based. This

1950 Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 103

specimen is labeled f. irregularis Vainio, but is essentially like
Sandstede's figure of the species (1938, pl. 5, f. 37), which is re-
ferred to f. subregularis Vainio. "There is evidently some confu-
sion in names here, since the specimen figured came from ''Caras-
sa," Brazil, whereas f. subregularis was based on specimens from
Massachusetts. In any case the figure, in the opinion of the
writer, represents f. irregularis and not f. subregularis.

The specimens of f. ?rregularis are slightly more robust than
northern specimens, and the successive branches of the podetia
tend to be closer together, so that the plants at first sight appear
distinct. The histological features of the podetia, however, are
similar, and the apparent differences might well come within the
range of variation of a single species. "The writer is therefore
inclined to accept the views of Vainio and Sandstede that the
specimens from Massachusetts (and from other northern locali-
ties) belong to the same species as the plants from Brazil.

The podetia of C. carassensis in their usual development bear a
striking resemblance to those of C. atlantica f. subsimplex and f.
ramosa and also to those of C. crispata and C. squamosa in certain
of their forms. In all these plants the podetia develop open cups,
which broaden out gradually or abruptly from terete basal por-
tions. The branching is by irregular dichotomies, with open or
closed axils, and by proliferations from the margins of the cups.
These may arise singly or in whorls and may in turn form smaller
cups or terminate in blunt or sharp apices, closed or with minute
perforations. The podetial surface may appear smooth, and the
groups of algal cells under these circumstances are indistinguish-
able. Asa rule, however, these groups, covered with a more or
less distinct cortex, stand out clearly and may even project
shghtly. "They are irregular in shape and in size, and the bands
or lines separating them, although pale at first, may become
slightly darkened with age. Podetial squamules may be lacking
altogether or present in greater or less abundance. Soredia are
never produced.

The podetial wall varies in thickness from about 100 » to about
400 u but is mostly between 100 u and 200 u. The portion of
the wall inside the algal zone is mostly 70-130 y in thickness and
is vaguely divided into two concentric layers. The inner layer
bounding the central canal is composed throughout of coalescent

104 Rhodora [May

hyphae and represents a true cartilaginous tissue. The outer
layer, which may equal the inner in thickness or be considerably
thinner, is likewise largely composed of coalescent hyphae but
contains air-spaces in which the hyphae are merely interwoven.
These air-spaces are narrow in some cases and broader in others,
and the cartilaginous tissue may be more or less broken up into
strands. In some of the podetia strands of this type can be
demonstrated among the groups of algal cells, just within the
external, or cortical, layer of the wall. This external layer,
which is 10-20 y in thickness, is variable in its composition. In
some of the specimens the hyphae, of which the layer is composed,
are coalescent outside the groups of algal cells and form a true
cortex, one or two cells in thickness. As a rule, however, air-
spaces are present, even outside the groups of algal cells, and are
always to be found outside the spaces separating the groups.

From a chemical standpoint C. carassensis is amply distinct
from C. atlantica, C. crispata and C. squamosa. Owing to the
presence of thamnolic acid the plants are definitely K+ and P+.
This substance is not produced by the other three species. In
C. atlantica, which is K— but P+ yellow, the characteristic
lichen-substance is baeomycic acid, although squamatic acid is
present also; in C. crispata and C. squamosa, which are both K —
and P—, squamatic acid is the characteristic component. In
addition to thamnolie acid C. carassensis may contain the sub-
stances F and G, the chemical compositoin of which is still un-
known (see Evans, 1944, p. 577).

Several of the forms of C. carassensis and C. japonica that have
been described are based on slight and inconstant differences.
Vainio's f. subregularis, for example, is said to differ from [f. ir-
regularis] m. regularis only in color (see Robbins, 1924, p. 14),
and f. obliqua Robbins, according to the description, differs from
f. irregularis in the same way. It is doubtful, also, if the presence
of squamules by itself offers sufficient grounds for the recognition
of such forms as f. d?gressa Vainio (1887, p. 315) or f. obliqua m.
spectabilis Robbins, since podetia with squamules and podetia
without squamules may occur side by side in the same colony.
The North American specimens of C. carassensis examined by
the writer illustrate the two forms listed below.

1950} Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 105

*CLADONIA CARASSENSIS f. REGULARIS Vainio, Acta Soc. F. et
Fl. Fennica 4: 315. 1887 (as 6. regularis) ; Ibid. 14': 237. 1897 (as
f. irregularis m. regularis); in Zahlbruckner, Cat. Lich. Univ. 4:
454. 1926 (as f. regularis). C. carassensis f. subregularis Vainio
in Robbins, Rhodora 26: 146. 1924. C. subsquamosa f. nuda
Sandst. Clad. Exsic. 1707. 1927. C. japonica f. tatrana Vainio,
Magyar Botan. Lapok 29: 22. 1930. C. japonica f. nuda Sandst.
in Rabenhorst. Kryptogamen-Flora 9, Abt. 4?: 290. 1931.

Nova Scoria: Bear Cove (Evans, 1936); Cape Sable and Sable
River (Evans, 1936); and Lake Kejimkujak (Evans, 1936).

Maine: Hancock (Evans, 1936); and Whiting (Evans, 1936).

MassaAcHUSETTS: Mashpee (Torrey, 1937); Nantucket (Shel-
don, 1938); and Wareham (Robbins, 1924, distributed in Sand-
stede’s Clad. Exsic. 1393, as C. carassensis f. subregularis m.
spectabilis; and Blake, 1931).

ConneECTICUT: Stafford (Evans, 1932, listed, 1935, p. 47, as C.
carassensis).

New York (Long Island): Napeague (Latham, 1947); North-
west (Latham, 1948); and Springs (Latham, 1947).

OnEGON: Gunter (Sipe, 1936); Hecata Beach Road (Sipe,
1939); Reedsport (Sipe, 1937); and Sultan Lake (Sipe, 1939).

In f. regularis well-developed cups are present, 2-4 mm. in
diameter and approximately horizontal. They are associated
in most of the specimens with narrower cups of the same general
character and, in some cases, with oblique and irregular cups.
In some colonies podetial squamules are present to a greater or
less extent; in others they are completely lacking.

CLADONIA CARASSENSIS f. subulata (Sandst.) comb. nov. C.
subsquamosa f. subulata Sandst. Clad. Exsic. 880. 1922. C.
japonica f. subulata Sandst. in Rabenhorst, Kryptogamen-Flora
9, Abt. 4*: 290. 1931.

CALIFORNIA: Pilascetos Creek Canyon (Herre, 1943).

The podetia in f. subulata are more densely crowded than in f.
regularis and more copiously branched. The cups present, al-
though open, are scarcely or not at all dilated, and many of the
branches are cupless and blunt or sharply pointed. Scattered
podetial squamules are present in some abundance. The speci-
mens from California agree in all essential respects with the
specimens from the Tatra Mountains distributed by Sandstede.

CLADONIA CENOTEA (Ach.) Schaer. (1932, p. 154). Squamatic
acid is the only lichen-substance that has been demonstrated in

this species (see Asahina, 1942, p. 680, and Evans, 1944, p. 577).
The plants are therefore K— and P—.

106 Rhodora [May

CLADONIA CENOTEA f. crossoTa (Ach.) Nyl. (1944, p. 578).
Colebrook (Hale, 1948), the second station in Connecticut for
this northern form.

CLADONIA DELICATA (Ehrh.) Floerke (1930, p. 438). Tham-
nolie acid is the characteristic lichen-substance of C. delicata
(see Asahina, 1942, p. 679, and Evans, 1944, p. 578), and the
plants in consequence are K+ and P+. In some cases the
yellow color produced by K is transitory and quickly succeeded
by brownish hues.

CLADONIA DELICATA f. QUERCINA (Pers.) Floerke (1930, p. 439).
Bolton (1944), Enfield (1944), Meriden (Burkholder, 1944), and
Norfolk (Hale, 1949).

CLADONIA CAESPITICIA (Pers.) Floerke (1930, p. 439). An-
dover (1948), Avon (1944), Bethel (1947), Bethlehem (1949),
Bolton (1944), Bridgeport (1945), Canaan (1945), Columbia
(1948), Cornwall (1945), East Granby (1947), East Haven (1944),
Easton (1949), Ellington (1944), Farmington (1944), Groton
(1949), Hampton (1948), Marlboro (1945), Monroe (Neale,
Montville (1947), Morris (1946), Naugatuck (Johnson & Neale,
1945), New Canaan (1947), Newington (1944), Newtown
(1944), Norfolk (Evans, 1945; Hale, 1949), Norwalk (1946),
Plainville (1945), Preston (1946), Ridgefield (1947), Salisbury
(1948), Saybrook (1945), Seymour (1945), Thompson (Neale,
1947), Tolland (1949), Union (1947), Vernon (1946), Warren
(1947), Washington (1946), West Haven (1945), Westport (1947),
Wethersfield (1944), and Wolcott (1945).

Although atronorine and squamatic acid have been reported in
C. caespiticia, Asahina showed in 1942 (p. 678) that fumarpro-
tocetraric acid was the only lichen-substance present, and the
writer in 1944 (p. 579) confirmed this statement.

Group MEGAPHYLLAE

CLADONIA APODOCARPA Robbins (1930, p. 440). Andover
(1944), Bethlehem (1949), Bozrah (1945), Bridgeport (1945),
Canaan (1945), Chester (1945), Colebrook (1945), Danbury
(1949), East Lyme (1944), Ellington (1944), Essex (1945),
Farmington (1944), Glastonbury (1944), Killingly (1945), Man-
chester (1945), Montville (1947), Norfolk (1948), North Haven
(1945), Orange (1944), Preston (1946), Putnam (1945), Redding
(1947), Ridgefield (1947), Salem (1947), Salisbury (1945),
Somers (1949), Southbury (Johnson, 1944), Sprague (1945),
Thompson (1945), Union (1947), Washington (1946), Waterbury
(1945), Weston (1949), Wethersfield (1944), Winchester (1944),
and Woodbury (Sznnott, 1944).

1950] | Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 107

The lichen-substances found in C. apodocarpa are atronorine
and fumarprotocetrarie acid (see Asahina, 1942, p. 683, and
Evans, 1944, p. 579). The plants therefore turn yellow with K
and red with P. The color produced by K, although faint, is
usually evident of the reagent is applied to the chalky white
lower surface of the squamules.

CLADONIA TURGIDA (Ehrh.) Hoffm. (1930, p. 441). Norfolk
(Hale, 1949).

This rare species is still known from only six towns in Con-
necticut, all in the northwestern part of the state. It contains
both atronorine and fumarprotocetraric acid, thus agreeing with
C. apodocarpa, but the reaction with P may be faint or even
lacking altogether.

CLADONIA TURGIDA f. CORNICULATA Floerke (1930, p. 442).
Colebrook (Hale, 1948).

CLADONIA TURGIDA f. SCYPHIFERA Vainio (1930, p. 442).
Colebrook (Hale, 1948).

Subsection CLAUSAE
Group PoposTELIDES

Subgroup HELoPoDIUM
CLADONIA CAPITATA (Michx.) Spreng. (1944, p. 582).
Fumarprotocetraric acid is the only lichen-substance definitely
associated with this species (see Asahina, 1943, p. 48, and Evans,
1944, p. 582), and the plants turn bright red when treated with P.

CLADONIA CAPITATA f. EPIPHYLLOMA Evans (1944, p. 583).
Southington (Bunn, 1947), the second known station for this
form.

CLADONIA CAPITATA f. IMBRICATULA (Nyl.) Evans (1944, p.
583). Andover (1948), Bethel (1949), Bethlehem (1949),
Bridgeport (1945), Colchester (1947), Glastonbury (1944),
Lisbon (1947), Mansfield (1945), Marlboro (1945), New Fair-
field (1947), Plainville (1945), Redding (Mrs. Upson, 1946),
Somers (1949), Tolland (1949), Union (1947), Warren (1947),
Washington (1949), and West Hartford (1949).

CLADONIA CAPITATA f. PALLIDA (Robbins) Evans (1944, p. 583).
Canaan (Miner, 1945), Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Naugatuck
(Johnson & Neale, 1945), Southington (Bunn, 1944), Union
(1947), and Warren (1947).

CLADONIA CAPITATA f. SQUAMULOSA (Merrill) Evans (1944, p.
583). Southington (Bunn, 1945), the second station in Connect-
icut for this form.

108 Rhodora [Mav

CLADONIA CARIOSA (Ach.) Spreng. (1944, p. 584).

It has long been known that atronorine represents a charac-
teristic lichen-substance of C. cariosa (see Asahina, 1943, p. 50,
and Evans, 1944, 584), and that the plants in consequence turn
yellow when treated with K. One or more other substances,
however, may also be present, at least as aecessory components,
but the identity of these substances is still in doubt.

CLADONIA CARIOSA f. cRIBROSA (Wallr.) Vainio (1944, p. 585).

Southington (Bunn, 1945), the third station in Connecticut for
this rare species.

JLADONIA CLAVULIFERA Vainio (1930, p. 446).

The only lichen substance found in the present species is
fumarprotocetraric acid (see Asahina, 1943, p. 52, and Evans,
1944, p. 585). It thus agrees chemically with C. capitata and
yields an equally vivid red color when treated with P.

CLADONIA CLAVULIFERA f. EPIPHYLLA Robbins (1930, p. 448).
Meriden (Johnson, 1945) and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA CLAVULIFERA f. NUDICAULIS Evans (1930, p. 447).
East Windsor (1945), Groton (1949), Manchester (1945),
Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Montville (1946), Redding (1949),
Salem (1947), Southington (Bunn, 1944), Thompson (1945),
Westbrook (1945), and Wethersfield (1944).

CLADONIA CLAVULIFERA f. PLEUROCARPA Robbins (1930, p.
447). Redding (1949).

CLADONIA CLAVULIFERA f. SUBVESTITA Robbins (1930, p. 447).
Avon (1949), East Windsor (1945), Orange (1944), Salem (1947),
Southington (Bunn, 1944), and Wethersfield (1944).

CLADONIA SUBCARIOSA Nyl. (1930, p. 449). Brookfield (1944),
Canaan (1945), Colebrook (1945), Cornwall (1945), Groton
(1949), Lisbon (1947), Marlboro (1945), Monroe (1946), Newing-
ton (1944), Newtown (1944), Norfolk (1945), Norwalk (1946),
Orange (1944), Redding (Mrs. Upson, 1945), Torrington (1946),
Union (1947), Warren (1947), Waterbury (1945), Weston (1949),
Westport (1947), and West Hartford (1944).

The specimens upon which these records are based are sterile
or show rudimentary podetia. All, however, turn red with K
and yield characteristic crystals when tested for norstictic acid,
the only lichen-substance associated with the species (see
Asahina, 1943, p. 51, and Evans, 1944, p. 586).

CLADONIA SUBCARIOSA f. EVOLUTA Vainio (1930, p. 450).

Andover (1948), Bethel (1949), Bethlehem (1949), Bridgeport
(1945), Bristol (1944), Brookfield (1944), Chester (1945), Dan-

1950) — Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 109

bury (1949), East Granby (1947), Enfield (1945), Farmington
(1944), Groton (1949), Harwinton (1946), Killingly (1945),
Lisbon (1947), Manchester (1945), Montville (1947), Morris
(1946), Newington (1944), Plainville (1945), Preston (1946),
ves (1949), Somers (1949), West Haven (1945), and Weston
1 ,

; CLADONIA SUBCARIOSA f. PLEUROCARPA Robbins (1930, p. 451).
Bethel (1949) and Salisbury (1948).

CLADONIA SUBCARIOSA f. RAMOSA Dix (1944, p. 587), Southing-
ton (Bunn, 1947).

CLADONIA SUBCARIOSA f. SQUAMULOSA Robbins (1930, p. 451).
Canaan (1945), Danbury (1949), East Haven (1945), East
Granby (1947), Meriden (Johnson, 1944), Monroe (1946),
Morris (1946), Southington (Bunn, 1944), and West Haven
(1945).

CLADONIA BREVIS Sandst. (1932, p. 156). Granby (1949),
Middlebury (1949), Roxbury (1949), and Southington (Bunn,
1945).

This relatively rare species is now known from fifteen towns in
the state. In 1943 (p. 53) Asahina showed that psoromic acid
was a characteristic lichen-substance of C. alpicola var. karelica
Vainio and that the plants in consequence turned bright yellow
when treated with P. This variety is now considered a synonym
of C. brevis, and the writer (1944, p. 588) has independently
demonstrated the presence of psoromic acid in North American
material of this species. Although C. alpicola (Flot.) Vainio
agrees with C. brevis in containing psoromic acid the latter is
clearly a member of the subgroup Helopodium, since the sper-
magonia are borne on the primary squamules. In the subgroup
Macropus, to which C. alpicola belongs, the spermagonia are
restricted to the podetia.

Subgroup Macropus

CLADONIA NoRrRLINI Vainio (1913, p. 454). Colebrook (Hale,
1948) and Salisbury (1945, 1948).

In 1944 C. Norrlini was known from only one town in Connect-
icut, North Canaan, where it was discovered in 1928. It is a
pleasure to report this rare species from two additional towns.
All are in the northwestern part of the state. According to
Asahina (1943, p. 55) atronorine and psoromie acid are both pro-
duced by C. Norrlini, and the plants in consequence turn yellow
with K and also with P. He based his observations on No. 1574

110 Rhodora [May

of Sandstede’s Cladoniae Exsiccatae, collected by Robbins at
Jackson, New Hampshire, in 1925. In a specimen from Wards-
boro, Vermont, however, collected by the writer in 1940, he found
atronorine only, although P still gave a slight reaction. In the
following year (1944, p. 588) the writer noted the same color-
reactions with K and P and reported the presence of atronorine,
but not of psoromic acid, in specimens from various parts of
North America. Fortunately some of the specimens from Salis-
bury yield characterisite crystals of psoromic acid, as well as
those of atronorine. It seems justifiable, therefore, to interpret
the latter substance as the characteristic lichen-substance of C.
Norrlini and psoromic acid as an accessory constituent. The
presence of atronorine distinguishes the species chemically from
C. alpicola, in which psoromic acid alone is produced.

CLADONIA DECORTICATA (Floerke) Spreng. (1932, p. 158).
Colebrook (Hale, 1948), the second station in Connecticut for
this rare species.

The negative reactions with K and with P will at once distin-
guish C. decorticata from the other known species of the subgroup
Macropus. A few years ago (1943, p. 56) Asahina reported the
presence of perlatolic acid in the species, and soon afterwards the
writer (1944, p. 589) called attention to certain colorless crystals
obtained by treating the dried acetone extract with the G. E.
solution. It is now possible to identify these crystals with
perlatolie acid.

Group THALLOSTELIDES

The lichen-substances found in the species of the Thallostelides
occurring in Connecticut have recently been listed by Asahina
(1943, pp. 227-240) and by the writer (1944, p. 609). In the
present report, therefore, these substances will not be discussed
in detail. It may be noted, however, that fumarprotocetraric
acid is found in all our species, although in a few it occurs only as
àn accessory constituent.

CLADONIA GRACILIS (L.) Willd. var. piLATATA (Hoffm.) Vainio
(1930, p. 457). Colebrook (Hale, 1948), East Haddam (Johnson,
1946), and Southington (Bunn, 1947).

CLADONIA GRACILIS var. DILATATA f. DILACERATA (Floerke)
Vainio (1930, p. 457). Meriden (Johnson, 1944).

1950] Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 111

CLADONIA GRACILIS Vàr. DILATATA f. SQUAMULOSA (Schaer.)
Sandst. (1930, p. 458). Colebrook (Hale, 1948) and Norfolk
(Hale, 1949).

CLADONIA VERTICILLATA (Hoffm.) Schaer. (1930, p. 458).
The following records are based on specimens that are indefinite
as to form: Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Saybrook (1945), South-
ington (Bunn, 1944, with pale apothecia), West Hartford (1949),
and Windsor Locks (1947).

CLADONIA VERTICILLATA f. AGGREGATA (Del.) Oliv. (1935, p.
50). East Lyme (1949), Ellington (1944), Farmington (1944),
Goshen (1949), Meriden (Johnson, 1944), Norfolk (Hale, 1949),
Southington (Bunn, 1944), Torrington (Johnson, 1946), and
Warren (1947).

CLADONIA VERTICILLATA f. APOTICTA (Ach.) Vainio (1930, p.
460). Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1946), Meriden (Johnson, 1945),
Morris (1946), Norfolk (Hale, 1949), Southington (Bunn, 1944),
and Woodstock (Kincaid & Neale, 1947).

CLADONIA VERTICILLATA f. EVOLUTA (Th. Fr.) Stein (1930, p.
459). Andover (1948), Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1946), Colchester
(1947), Colebrook (Evans, 1945; Hale, 1948), Farmington (1944),
Hampton (1948), Norfolk (Evans, 1945; Hale, 1949), Southing-
ton (Bunn, 1944), Somers (1949), Sprague (1945), Warren (1947),
Woodbridge (1944), and Woodstock (K?ncaid & Neale, 1947).

CLADONIA VERTICILLATA f. PHYLLOCEPHALA (Flot.) Oliv. (1930,
p. 461). Colebrook (1945), Meriden (Johnson, 1945), and
Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA MATEOCYATHA Robbins (1930, p. 461). The follow-
ing records are based on sterile specimens or on specimens with
immature podetia: Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1944), Colebrook
(Hale, 1948), Orange (1944), Redding (1949), and Southington
(Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA MATEOCYATHA f. LEIOSCYPHA Evans (1930, p. 463).
Bozrah (1945), Groton (1949), Newtown (1945), Plainfield
(1948), and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA MATEOCYATHA f. SQUAMULATA Robbins (1930, p.
462). Bethany (Johnson, 1945), Colebrook (Hale, 1948), Groton
(1949), Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Putnam (1945), Southington
(Bunn, 1944), and Wolcott (1945).

CLADONIA PYXIDATA (L.) Hoffm. var. NEGLECTA (Floerke)
Mass. f. SIMPLEX (Ach.) Harm. (1930, p. 464). Andover (1944),
Branford (1944), Colebrook (1948), Cornwall (1944), East Haven
(1945), East Granby (1947), East Lyme (1944), Farmington
(1944), Glastonbury (Miner, 1944), Groton (1949), Killingly
(1945), New Fairfield (1947), Norfolk (Evans, 1945; Hale, 1949),
North Stonington (1946), Preston (1946), Prospect (1949),
Salem (1947), Somers (1949), Torrington (1946), Warren (1947),

112 Rhodora [May

Washington (1949), Waterbury (1945), and Woodstock (Kincaid
& Neale, 1947).

CLADONIA PYXIDATA Var. NEGLECTA f. LOPHYRA (Ach.) Koerb.
(1930, p. 465). Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA PYXIDATA var. POCILLUM (Ach.) Flot. (1930, p. 465).
Salisbury (1948).

CLADONIA CHLOROPHAEA (Floerke) Spreng. f. CARPOPHORA
(Floerke) Anders (1930, p. 470). Goshen (Underwood, no date,
Eckfeldt Herbarium, probably the earliest collection of the
species for the town).

CLADONIA CHLOROPHAEA f. COSTATA (Floerke) Arn. (1930, p.
469). Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1946).

CLADONIA CHLOROPHAEA f. SIMPLEX (Hoffm.) Arn. (1930, p.
468). Colebrook (1945), Cornwall (1945), Newtown (1945),
CIBEDTY (1945), Stafford (1944), Warren (1947), and Willington
1944).

CLADONIA GnRavr Merrill (1932, p. 159). Grayanic acid has
been demonstrated in all the specimens listed below under
the various forms of this species.

CLADONIA GRAYI f. CARPOPHORA Evans (1938, p. 20). Bozrah
(1945), Colebrook (1948), Colchester (1945), East Lyme (1949),
East Windsor (1945), Enfield (1945), Harwinton (1946), Lebanon
(1947), Montville (1946), Newtown (1944), Norfolk (Ball, 1945;
Hale, 1949), Ridgefield (1947), Roxbury (1949), Sprague (1945),
Voluntown (1948), West Hartford (1944), and Woodbridge (1944).

CLADONIA GRAYI f. cvATHIFORMIS Sandst. (1935, p. 53).
Andover (1944), Bethel (1947), Bloomfield (1949), Bozrah (1945),
Bridgeport (1945), Brookfield (1944), Colchester (1947), Co-
lumbia (1948), East Lyme (1944), Ellington (1944), Farmington
(1944), Granby (1949), Groton (Mrs. Upson, 1944), Hamden
(1946), Killingly (1945), Lebanon (1947), Montville (1947),
Newington (1944), Newtown (1944), Norwalk (1946), Orange
(1945), Preston (1946), Redding (1947), Ridgefield (1947), Say-
brook (1945), Sprague (1945), Stafford (1945), Thompson (1945),
Union (1947), Warren (1947), Washington (1946), West Hartford
(1944), West Haven (1945), and Wethersfield (1944).

*CLADONIA Gray f. lacerata f. nova, scyphi margine plus
minusve profunde et irregulariter lacerato.— Meriden (Johnson,
1945, No. 6424).

In this remarkable form the margins of the cups are deeply and
irregularly lacerate with narrow divisions.

CLADONIA GRAY: f. PROLIFERA Sandst. (1938, p. 19). East
Lyme (1949).

CLADONIA GRavr f. sqUAMULOSA Sandst. (1932), p. 160).
Andover (1944), Avon (1949), Bethany (Burkholder, 1944),
Brookfield (1944), Chaplin (Neale, 1946), Cheshire (Mrs. Upson,

1950] Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 113

1944), Coventry (1948), East Haven (1944), Granby (1949),
Harwinton (1946), Newington (1944), Newtown (1945), Norfolk
(Evans, 1948; Hale, 1949), North Haven (1945), Plainville (1945),
Seymour (1948), Suffield (1949), Warren (1947), Washington
(1946), West Haven (1945), and Westport (1949).

CLADONIA CRYPTOCHLOROPHAEA Asahina (1944, p. 600).
Cryptochlorophaeic acid has been demonstrated in all the speci-
mens upon which the following records are based: Bethlehem
(Spencer, 1949), Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1944), Colebrook (Hale,
1947), Colchester (1945), Columbia (1948), Cornwall (1948),
Coventry (1948), East Haven (1945), Ellington (1944), Hebron
(1944), Manchester (1945), Meriden (Burkholder, 1944), New
Britain (1941), Norfolk (Evans, 1945; Hale, 1949), Plainville
(1945), Redding (1949), Saybrook (1945), Seymour (1948),
Washington (1949), Woodbridge (1944), and Woodstock (K?n-
caid & Neale, 1947).

CLADONIA CONISTA (Ach.) Robbins f. simpLEx Robbins (1930,
p.472). Avon (1944), Bethel (1947), Bethlehem (Spencer, 1949).
Canaan (1945), East Lyme (1944), Ellington (1944), Essex
(1945), Norfolk (1948), North Haven (1945), Preston (1946),
Ridgefield (1947), Somers (1949), Stafford (1944), Tolland (1949),
Union (1947), Warren (1947), Washington (1949), Willington
(1944), Woodbridge (1944), and Woodbury (Sinnott, 1944).

These records are based on specimens in which crystals of the
substance H (see Evans, 1944, p. 602) have been demonstrated.
CLADONIA FIMBRIATA (L.) Fr. (1930, p. 473). Chaplin
(Neale, 1946), Colebrook (Evans, 1944; Hale, 1948), Ellington

(1944), Marlboro (1945), Meriden (Johnson, 1945), Scotland
(Johnson, 1946), and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

The earlier record for Colebrook (Nichols, 1912, 1935, p. 53)
was based on specimens of C. Grayi f. cyathiformis (1944, p. 598).
CLADONIA MAJOR (Hag.) Sandst. (1935, p. 54). Scotland

(Johnson, 1946), the fifth station in Connecticut for this unusual
species.

*CLADONIA CORNUTORADIATA f. SUBULATA (L.) Sandst. Ab-
handl. Naturw. Ver. Bremen 21: 373. 1912. Lichen subulatus
L. Sp. Plant. 1153. 1753 (in part). Cladonia fimbriata y. cornuto-
radiata y.? subulata Vainio, Acta Soc. F. et Fl. Fennica 4: 282.
1887. Norfolk (Hale, 1949), the second station in Connecticut
for this northern species.

'The record for the first station, in the town of Goshen (1938,
p. 22), was based on specimens of f. radiata (Schreb.) Sandst., in
which the podetia form distinct cups with marginal proliferations.

114 Rhodora [May

In f. subulata the podetia are cupless, cylindrical structures,
simple or sparingly and irregularly branched with closed axils.
In both forms the podetial surface is sorediose throughout the
greater part of its extent.

CLADONIA NEMOXYNA (Ach.) Nyl. (1930, p. 475). Andover
(1948), Avon (1944), Columbia (1948), Enfield (1945), Farming-
ton (1944), Hampton (1948), Killingly (1945), Lisbon (1947),
Mansfield (1945), Milford (1931), Norfolk (Evans, 1945; Hale,
1949), North Haven (1945), Putnam (1945), Saybrook (1945),
Scotland (Johnson, 1945), Seymour (1948), Sprague (1945),
Thompson (1945), Union (1947), Warren (1947), Washington
(1949), Waterbury (1945), Westport (1947), Willington (1944),
and Woodstock (Kincaid & Neale).

Homosekikaic acid, the characteristic lichen-substance of C.
nemoxyna, has been demonstrated in all the specimens of the
species that are listed in the present report.

CLADONIA NEMOXYNA f. FIBULA (Ach.) Vainio (1930, p. 477).
Bethel (1949), Colebrook (1945), North Haven (1945), South-
ington (Bunn, 1944), Suffield (1949), and Warren (1947).

CLADONIA NEMOXYNA f. PHYLLOCEPHALA Arn. (1930, p. 477).
Branford (1945).

CLADONIA NEMOXYNA f. Rer (Schaer.) Anders (1938, p. 23).
Branford (1945) and Norfolk (1948).

CLADONIA OCHROCHLORA Floerke (1935, p. 55). Cheshire
(Mrs. Upson, 1944), Ellington (1944), Redding (1949), and
Southington (Bunn, 1944). A relatively rare species now known
from eleven towns in the state.

CLADONIA CONIOCRAEA (Floerke) Spreng. f. CERATODES
(Floerke) Dalla Torre & Sarnth. (1930, p. 479). Andover (1948),
Avon (1949), Branford (1926, listed, 1930, p. 482, as C. borbonica
f. cylindrica, earliest Branford record for the species), Bolton
(1944), East Lyme (1944), Ellington (1944), Enfield (1945),
Groton (1949), Hampton (1948), Killingworth (1932, earliest
record for town), Lebanon (1947), Lisbon (1947), Manchester
(1945), Montville (1946), New Fairfield (1947), Norfolk (Evans,
1945; Hale, 1949), Norwalk (1946), Old Saybrook (1931, listed,
1932, p. 161, as C. borbonica f. cylindrica), Redding (1947),
Saybrook (1945), Somers (1949), Southington (Bunn, 1944),
Stratford (Mrs. Miner, 1945), Tolland (1944), Vernon (1948),
Waterbury (1945), Watertown (1949), West Haven (1945),
Woodbridge (1944), and Woodstock (Neale, 1946).

CLADONIA CONIOCRAEA f. EXPANSA (Floerke) Sandst. (1932, p.
160). Norfolk (1948).

1950] X Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 115

CLADONIA CONIOCRAEA f. PHYLLOSTROTA (Floerke) Vainio
(1930, p. 481). Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1944), Cornwall (John-
son, 1946), Norfolk (Hale, 1949), and Saybrook (1945).

CLADONIA CONIOCRAEA f. PYCNOTHELIZA (Nyl.) Vainio (1932,

161). Ellington (1944), Norfolk (Hale, 1949), Seymour
(1948), and Southington (Bunn, 1945).

CLADONIA CONIOCRAEA f. ROBUSTIOR (Harm.) Sandst. (1932, p.
161). Southington (Bunn, 1945) and Tolland (1944).

CLADONIA CONIOCRAEA f. STENOSCYPHA (Stuckenberg) Sandst.
(1938, p. 24). Bethlehem (1949), Branford (1945), Goshen
(1949), Norfolk (Hale, 1949), and Southington (Bunn, 1947).

CLADONIA CONIOCRAEA f. SUBPELLUCIDA (Aigr.) Anders (1944,
p. 607). Washington (1949).

CLADONIA CONIOCRAEA f. TRUNCATA (Floerke) Dalla Torre &
Sarnth. (1930, p. 480). Andover (1948), Avon (1949), Ellington
(1944), Groton (1949), Manchester (1945), Norfolk (Hale, 1949),
Saybrook (1945), Somers (1949), Southington (Bunn, 1944),
Tolland (1944), and Vernon (1949).

CLADONIA BORBONICA (Del.) Nyl. (1930, p. 481).

The material of Cenomyce borbonica Del., upon which this
species was based, was collected on the island of Réunion and is
preserved in the Paris Museum. Vainio included the species
(1894, p. 343) among the varieties of C. fimbriata, under the
name 7. borbonica (Del.) Vainio, and assigned to it an extensive
geographical distribution, citing stations in Madagascar and
other African islands, in Asia, in Australasia, and in North and
South America. The North American stations, however, were
confined to Mexico and the West Indies.

Apparently Allen (1930, p. 93) was the first to report C. bor-
bonica from Canada and the United States. He listed specimens
from the Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec, and noted the occurrence of
the species also in Vermont, Alabama, and Florida. Later in the
same year (1930, p. 481) the writer included C. borbonica among
the Cladoniae found in Connecticut and proposed f. cylindrica
Evans and f. squamulosa Robbins as new forms. At that time
the species was recorded from only 18 towns in the state. Sub-
sequent explorations, however, have increased the number of
towns to 74 (1932, p. 161; 1935, p. 56; 1935, p. 24, 1944, p. 607).
The species has been reported also from numerous other localities
in eastern North America.

In 1940 (p. 717) Asahina showed that a series of specimens of
C. borbonica f. cylindrica from Connecticut and New Jersey con-

116 Rhodora [May

tained grayanic acid, as well as fumarprotocetraric acid, and that
the closely related C. Balfourii contained fumarprotocetraric
acid only.

In 1946 (p. 250) Des Abbayes reported C. borbonica from
Fayal, Flores, and Pico, three islands of the Azores group, and in
1947 (p. 108) referred his specimens more definitely to C. bor-
bonica f. cylindrica. In doing so he noted that they agreed with
specimens of this form from the United States determined by the
writer. At the same time he pointed out that the material from
the Azores and from the United States differed in certain im-
portant respects from the original specimens of C. borbonica in
the Paris Museum. In these, according to his account, the
podetia are branched slender structures, abruptly dilated to form
small but distinct cups. In the specimens of f. cylindrica, on the
contrary, the podetia are not dilated and form indistinct cups.
In view of these differences Des Abbayes questions the advisa-
bility of retaining the North American and Azorean plants in C.
borbonica and suggests that they may represent an undescribed
species. Asahina has since reported to the writer, in a letter
dated March 15, 1949, that he could find no grayanic acid in a
specimen of C. borbonica from Réunion. This specimen, which
he had received from Des Abbayes, had been determined by
Nylander.

It thus appears that the specimens referred by American stu-
dents to C. borbonica differ both morphologically and chemically
from the specimens of C. borbonica collected on the island of
Réunion. The writer feels convinced, therefore, that these
should be separated out as a distinct species, as suggested by
Des Abbayes. Since the epithet cylindrica has not been used as
the name of a species in the genus Cladonia, the simplest pro-
cedure would be to elevate C. borbonica f. cylindrica to specific
rank, as follows:—

*CLADONIA cylindrica (Evans) comb. nov. C. borbonica f.
cylindrica Evans, Trans. Connecticut Acad. 30: 482. 1930. In
addition to the stations already listed under C. borbonica f.
cylindrica the following new stations for the species may be
reported: Andover (1948), Avon (Miner, 1944), Bethel (1947),
Branford (1941), East Lyme (1944), Ellington (1944), Granby
(1949), Meriden (Johnson, 1943, 1944), Milford (1944), Montville
(1946), Norfolk (Hale, 1949), Orange (Evans, 1926, listed, 1930,

1950) Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 117

p. 396, as C. bacillaris), Saybrook (1945), Somers (1949), Wash-
ington (1949), and Windsor Locks (1947).

'The primary squamules of C. cylindrica grow in loose mats and
tend to disappear from old colonies. "They are of small size, and
even the best-developed examples rarely exceed 1 mm. in length
and in width. Many of the squamules are irregularly crenulate
along the broad apical margins; otherwise they are undivided or
vaguely incised.

The podetia in characteristic specimens are rarely more than
10 mm. in height and 1 mm. in diameter; many, in fact, are
distinctly shorter and narrower. In colonies growing on a sub-
vertical substratum the podetia in many cases, as shown in Fig.
3, curve into a suberect position and form loose clusters, in which
the elements are parallel with one another. The majority of the
podetia are sterile, unbranched cylinders, which contract abruptly
at the rounded, obtuse, or subacute apices, or else form narrow
and indistinct cups, which may or may not give off short mar-
ginal spines. Fertile podetia, which are usually sparingly pro-
duced, are tipped with large apothecia or with irregular rings of
smaller apothecia. The podetia are destitute of a cortex, except
perhaps at the very base, and are characterized by the presence of
farinose soredia, replaced toward the base by larger bodies in the
form of coarse granules or minute squamules. Larger squamules,
however, are normally lacking. In areas where neither soredia
nor larger bodies are present the podetial surface appears whitish
and opaque, since the cartilaginous layer is rarely exposed.

Perhaps the closest relative of C. cylindrica in the Connecticut
flora is the common and variable C. coniocraea. This species in
its usual development 1s more robust than C. cylindrica, its pri-
mary squamules are larger and more complex, and its podetia
are considerably taller. These podetia, in f. ceratodes at least,
taper more gradually and to sharper points than in C. cylindrica,
and the soredia, which are produced in abundance, are uniformly
farinose and not intermingled with larger bodies. Although both
species turn a vivid red when treated with P, the presence of
grayanic acid will distinguish C. cylindrica chemically from C.
coniocraea, in which this substance 1s lacking.

In a general way the podetia of C. cylindrica resemble those
of the red-fruited C. bacillaris in certain of its forms, and sterile

118 Rhodora [May

specimens of the two have been confused. The application of P
will at once distinguish them. In C. cylindrica a red color at once
appears; in C. bacillaris there is no color-change whatever. The
following forms of C. cylindrica may be distinguished:

*CLADONIA CYLINDRICA f. ramosa (Evans) comb. nov. C.
borbonica f. ramosa Evans, Trans. Connecticut Acad. 35: 607.
1944.

*CLADONIA CYLINDRICA f. scyphifera f. nova, podetia simplicia,
scyphifera, a stipite-cylindrico sensim dilatata, scyphis angustis,
margine integro aut irregulariter dentato.—On a stump in damp
woods. Andover (Evans, 1948, No. 6830).

In f. scyphifera the podetia are more robust than in the typical
form and increase gradually in diameter from about 1 mm. at the
base to about 2 mm. at the apex, where shallow but more or less
distinct cups can be distinguished. The margins of the cups are
entire or irregularly dentate, and some of the teeth are tipped
with rudimentary apothecia. |

*CLADONIA CYLINDRICA f. squamulosa (Robbins) comb. nov.
C. borbonica f. squamulosa Robbins in Evans, Trans. Connecticut
Acad. 30: 482. 1930.—Southington (Bunn, 1945, 1947), the
tenth town in Connecticut where this form has been collected.
It is characterized by the presence of distinct podetial squamules
in greater or less abundance.

*CLADONIA PITYREA (Floerke) Fr. var. ZwaAckurn Vainio f.
PHYLLOPHORA (Mudd) Vainio, Acta Soc. F. et Fl. Fennica 10:
355. 1894. C. pyxidata u. pityrea g. phyllophora Mudd, Mon.
Brit. Clad. 16. 1865. Tolland (1944). The podetia in this
form are squamulose and lack both cups and soredia.

CLADONIA PITYREA var. ZWACKHII f. SQUAMULIFERA Vainio
(1930, p. 485). Cheshire (Mrs. Upson, 1946) and Voluntown
(1948).

CLADONIA PITYREA var. ZWACKHII f. SUBACUTA Vainio (1930,
p.485) Andover (1948), Bolton (1944), Bristol (1934), Canaan
(1945), East Lyme (1944), Hampton (1948), Norfolk (Hale,
1949), Union (1947), Warren (1947), and West Haven (1945).

Group ForrosAE

CLADONIA RosBBiNsII Evans (1944, p. 611). Andover (1944),
Bethany (1945), Cheshire (1948), Chester (1945), Colchester
(1947), East Granby (1949), East Lyme (1944), Glastonbury
(1944), Groton (Mrs. Upson, 1944), Lisbon (1936), Meriden
(Burkholder, 1944), Newington (1944), New London (1936),
Plymouth (1949), Preston (1946), Redding (1949), Saybrook
(1945), Stonington (1949), Thompson (1945), Wethersfield
(1944), Woodbridge (1944), and Woodbury (Sinnott, 1944).

1950} Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 119

The characteristic lichen-substances of C. Robbinsii, as pointed
out in the original description (1944, p. 610), are usnic acid,
barbatie acid, and the unknown substance F. The species in
consequence is P—. In the related C. foliacea (Huds.) Willd.
usnic acid is likewise present, but the barbatic acid is replaced by
fumarprotocetraric acid. This species in consequence is P+ red.
Asahina, in a letter dated November 4, 1948, has confirmed the
presence of barbatic acid in C. Robbinsii.

CLapoNIA RomBBiNsI f. SQUAMULOSA Evans (1944, p. 613).
Meriden (Burkholder, 1944), the second known station for this
unusual form.

CLpONIA STREPSILIS (Ach.) Vainio (1930, p. 487). Bozrah
(1945), Bridgeport (1945), Farmington (1944), Groton (1949),
Hebron (1944), Milford (1944), Monroe (1946), Newtown (1944),
Norfolk (1945), Norwalk (1946), Redding (1949), Somers (1949),
Sprague (1945), Stonington (1949), Trumbull (1945), Water-
bury (1945), and Wethersfield (1944).

The specimens upon which these records are based are indefi-
nite as to form and mostly sterile. All have been tested for
strepsiline with positive results and the same thing is true of the
specimens listed under the following forms:

CLADONIA STREPSILIS f. compacta Anders (1932, p. 163).
Avon (1949), Beacon Falls (1928), Bethany (1945), Norfolk
(Hale, 1949), Prospect (1949), and Southington (Bunn, 1945).

CLADONIA STREPSILIS f. CORALLOIDEA (Ach.) Vainio (1930, p.
489). Manchester (1945), Meriden (Johnson, 1944), Norfolk
(1945), Southington (Bunn, 1944), and South Windsor (1945).

CLADONIA STREPSILIS f. GLABRATA Vainio (1930, p. 488).
East Lyme (1944).

CLADONIA STREPSILIS f. SUBSESSILIS Vainio (1930, p. 489).
Brookfield (1944), Killingly (1945), Meriden (Johnson, 1945),
Southington (Bunn, 1945), South Windsor (1945) and Tolland
(1944).

Group OCHROLEUCAE

CLADONIA PIEDMONTENSIS Merrill (1930, p. 490).

Usnic acid is the only lichen-substance that has been demon-
strated in this species (see Asahina, 1943, p. 244, and Evans,
1944, p. 616). The following records are based on sterile speci-
mens: Bozrah (1945), Meriden (Johnson, 1943), and Vernon
(1946). "These, as well as the specimens listed under the following
forms, have been tested for usnie acid and have yielded the
characteristic crystals of this substance.

120 Rhodora [May

CLADONIA PIEDMONTENSIS f. EPIPHYLLA Robbins (1935, p. 57).
Groton (Mrs. Upson, 1944).

CLADONIA PIEDMONTENSIS f. LEPIDIFERA (Vainio) Robbins
(1930, p. 491). Bethany (1944), Glastonbury (1944), Meriden
(Johnson, 1945), Newington (1944), Southbury (Johnson, 1944),
Southington (Bunn, 1944), Torrington (1944), and Wethers-
field (1944).

CLADONIA PIEDMONTENSIS f. OBCONICA Robbins (1930, p. 491).
East Granby (1949) and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

CLADONIA PIEDMONTENSIS f. SQUAMOSISSIMA Robbins (1932,
p. 164). Southington (Bunn, 1949).

CLADONIA PIEDMONTENSIS f. SQUAMULOSA Robbins (1930, p.
491). Bethany (1944), East Granby (1949), Montville (1947),
and Southington (Bunn, 1944).

At the close of 1943 there were 9 towns in Connecticut from
which no Cladoniae had been reported. This gap has now been
filled, and specimens of the genus from each of the 169 towns in
the state are now preserved in the herbarium of Yale University.
Owing to the careful exploration of Mr. James M. Bunn, the
town of Southington, with 45 species to its credit, stands at the
head of the list. In this single town, therefore, all but 15 of the
60 species known from the entire state have been found. In the
town of Meriden, which follows closely with 41 species to its
credit, Mr. Harry L. Johnson has been especially active and has
discovered a number of unusual species and forms. North
Branford, with 40 species, comes next in order, followed by Madi-
son (39 species), Salisbury (38), Branford (35), North Haven
(34), Cheshire and Killingworth (33 each), Norfolk and Walling-
ford (32 each), Goshen and Guilford (31 each), and Glastonbury
and Old Saybrook (30 each).

At the close of 1943 C. cristatella, which at that time had been
reported from 134 towns, was apparently the most abundant
species in the state, although C. subtenuis, listed from 133 towns,
was a close second. The latter species, since reported from 15
additional towns, now heads the list with 158 towns to its credit.
In other words C. subtenuis has been collected in all but 11 towns
in the state. "The following species are not far behind in order of
abundance: C. Grayi (reported from 157 towns), C. bacillaris
(from 151), and C. cristatella (from 150), The following come
next in order: C. pleurota (148 towns), C. furcata (134), C. sub-
cariosa (127), C. coniocraea (119), C. apodocarpa (106), C. ne-

1950} Evans,—Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut 121

mozyna (102), C. caespiticia (101), C. submitis (98), C. uncialis
(95), C. capitata (91), and C. verticillata (88).

The rarities of the Connecticut flora, each known from fewer
than 10 towns apiece, are essentially the same as at the close of
1943. A list of these rarities follows: C. alpestris (reported from 3
towns), C. Beaumontii (from 1), C. carassensis (1), C. cariosa
(3), C. cenotea (4), C. cornutoradiata (2), C. decorticata (2), C.
deformis (2), C. didyma (6), C. digitata (1), C. glauca (3), C. major
(4), C. merochlorophaea (1), C. mitis (1), C. Norrlini (3), C. scab-
riuscula (2), and C. turgida (6).

Several species of Cladonia belonging to the flora of the north-
eastern United States have not yet been found in Connecticut.
Some of these, such as C. alpicola (Flot.) Vainio, C. amaurocraea
(Floerke) Schaer., C. cornuta (L.) Hoffm., C. cyanipes (Sommerf.)
Nyl., and C. gonecha (Ach.) Asahina, are distinctly northern and
are hardly to be expected south of the mountains of Maine, New
Hampshire and Vermont. Others, such as C. leporina Fr., C.
polycarpia Merrill, and C. Raveneli? Tuck., are southern and have
not been found north of New Jersey; C. polycarpia, in fact, is not
definitely known north of Virginia. It would not be surprising,
however, if one or more of the following species should be dis-
covered within the state: C. acuminata (Ach.) Arn., C. calycantha
Del., C. crispata (Ach.) Flot., C. degenerans (Floerke) Spreng.,
C. floridana Vainio, and C. impera Harm. The first of these is
already known from Vermont and Pennyslvania; the second from
the Cape Cod region, eastern Long Island, New Jersey, and
Pennsylvania; the third from Vermont, New York, and Pennsyl-
vania; the fourth from Vermont, New York, and Pennsylvania;
the fifth from the Cape Cod region, eastern Long Island, New
Jersey, and Pennsylvania; and the sixth from the Cape Cod
region and New Jersey. Two of these species, C. crispata and C.
impera, have already been reported from Connecticut (1930, pp.
386 and 430), but the records were based on incorrect determina-
tions (1938, p. 9, and 1944, p. 569).

)*BORN BOTANICAL LABORATORY,
YALE UNIVERSITY.

122 Rhodora [Max

LITERATURE CITED

ALLEN, A. F. 1930. Some Cladoniae from the Cap Chat River and vicinity,
Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec. Rhodora 32: 91-94.

ASAHINA, Y. 1938. Mikrochemischer Nachweis der Flechtenstoffe. IX.
Mitteilung. Jour. Jap. Bot. 14: 767-773.

—. 1940. Chemismus der Cladonien unter besonderer Berück-

sichtigung der japanischen Arten. I. Cladonia chlorophaea und ver-

wandte Arten. Jour. Jap. Bot. 16: 709-727.

. 1941. Chemismus der Cladonien unter besonderer Berück-
sichtigung der japanischen Arten [Fortsetzung]. Jour. Jap. Bot. 17:
620—630.

— —————. 1942. Chemismus der Cladonien unter besonderer Berück-
sichtigung der japanischen Arten (Fortsetzung). Jour. Jap. Bot. 18:
489-502, 663-683.

=- . 1942a. Lichenologische Notizen (XIX). Jour. Jap. Bot. 18:

—. 1943. Chemismus der Cladonien unter besonderer Berück-
sichtigung der japanischen Arten (Fortsetzung). Jour. Jap. Bot. 19:
47-56, 227-244.

BRAEDEN, T. W., J. Keane, and T. J. Nona. 1944. The chemical con-
stituents of lichens found in Ireland. Cladonia sylvatica (L.) Harm.
emend. Sandst. Sci. Proc. Roy .Dublin Soc. 23: 197-200.

Deceuius, G. 1940. Contributions to the lichen flora of North America.
I. Lichens from Maine. Arkiv för Bot. 30A!: 1-62.

Des AnBBAYvES, H. 1937. Contributions nouvelles à la connaissance des
Lichens armoricains—III. Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne 14: 154-164.

—— ————. 1939. Revision monographique des Cladonia du sous-genre
Cladina (Lichens). Bull. Soc. Sci. Bretagne 16?: 1-156.

— —— ——-. 1946. Les Cladonia (Lichens) des Iles Acores. Portugal.
Acta Biol. 1: 243-254.

—— — ————. 1947. Lichens des iles Açores récoltés en 1937 par V. et P.
Allorge. Rev. Bryol. et Lichénol. 16: 105-112.

Evans, A. W. 1930. The Cladoniae of Connecticut. Trans. Connecticut
Acad. 30: 357-510.

. 1932. Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut. Rhodora 34:
121-142, 153-164.

————— . 1935. Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut—II. Rhodora

-- =, 1938. Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut—III. Rhodora

—————— . 1943. Microchemical studies on the genus Cladonia subgenus
Cladina. Rhodora 45: 417-438.

— —————. 1944. Supplementary report on the Cladoniae of Connecticut.
Trans. Connecticut Acad. 35: 519-626.

Fink, F. 1935. The Lichen Flora of the United States, i-x, 1-426. Ann
Arbor.

Lams, I. M. 1938. Lichenological Notes from the British Museum Her-
barium.—II. Jour. Bot. 76: 153-165.

RonnBiNs, C. A. 1924. Some new Cladonias. Rhodora 26: 145-148.

~ ——— . 1927. The identity of Cladonia Beaumontii. Rhodora 29:
133-138.

SANDSTEDE, H. 1922. Die Cladonien des nordwestdeutschen Tieflandes und
der deutschen Nordseeinseln. III. Abhandl. Naturw. Ver. Bremen 25:
89-243.

—————. 1930. Cladoniae exsiccatae. Berichtigte Uebersicht, 1-63.
Westerstede.

1931. Die Gattung Cladonia. Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-

Flora von Deutschland, Oesterreich und der Schweiz 9, Abt. 42: 1-531.

1950] Moore,—Substitute for Formaldehyde and Alcohol — 123

—. 1938. Ergänzungen zur Wainio's *Monographia Cladoniarum
universalis" unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Verhaltens der
Cladonien zur Asahina's Diaminprobe. Fedde’s Repert. Spec. Nov.
Regn. Veg. 103 (Beih.): 1-103.

———————. 938a. Cladoniaceae A. Zahlbr. II. Die Pflanzenareale IV,
Heft 7: 83-92.
Vainio, E. 1887. Monographia Cladoniarum universalis. Pars Prima,
Acta Soc. F. et Fl. Fennica 4: 1—560.
. 1894. Monographia Cladoniarum universalis. Pars Secunda.
Acta Soc. F. et Fl. Fennica 10: 1—498.
. 1930. Cladoniae Hungaricae a G. Timkó lectae. Magyar
Bot. Lapok 1930: 1-22.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1161
Fig. 1. C. FARINACEA, Southington, Connecticut, J. M. Bunn, 1945, No.
6447. Fig. 2. C. FARINACEA, Punta Arenas, Patagonia, P. Hariot, 1882 (?),
No. 15667, type of C. furcata y. scabriuscula f. farinacea Vainio. Fig. 3. C.
CYLINDRICA, Southington, J. M. Bunn, 1945, No. 6450. All X 1%. The
writer wishes to thank Dr. John R. Reeder for the photographs used in the
preparation of this plate.

A SUBSTITUTE FOR FORMALDEHYDE AND
ALCOHOL IN PLANT COLLECTING
H. E. Moore, Jn.

WHILE preparing for three months of field work in Mexico
during the fall of 1949, I was referred by Dr. George H. M.
Lawrence of the Bailey Hortorium to a note by Swingle (Bot. Gaz.
90: 333-34, 1930) concerning the use of water soluble oxyquino-
line sulphate (now sold as hydroxyquinoline sulphate) as a field
preservative for plants on the Humbert-Swingle Madagascar
plant exploration trip of 1928. The agent was described as a
practically non-poisonous, non-corrosive disinfectant with high
antiseptic and preservative properties but low germicidal action.
It lacks the disagreeable pungent odor and the drying action on
the skin of formaldehyde and is transportable in powder form,
thereby eliminating the bulk of either alcohol or formaldehyde.

Schultes has discussed the use of formaldehyde (RHopora 49:
54-60, 1947) and Hodge of alcohol (op. cit. 207-210) by the plant
collector in the field but apparently the suitability of hydroxy-
quinoline sulphate has been overlooked. Previous struggles with
the discomfort of acrid fumes and rough dry hands and the incon-
venience of transport attendant on the use of formaldehyde in the
technique described made the substitution of a convenient and
satisfactory chemical in powder form seem worth further trial.
Consequently a stock of packets was made, each containing 10
grams of the material or sufficient to make a quart or liter of

124 Rhodora [May

approximately 1 per cent solution upon addition to water.
Swingle noted that as low as a 0.1 per cent solution is satisfactory
for stopping bacterial action with ordinary plant material and
0.5 per cent solutions have been used for preserving study ma-
terial in liquid at the Bailey Hortorium but the stronger concen-
tration was thought safer for field trial.

Unfortunately for a general testing, most collecting was done
in areas where presses could be placed over heat at night but a
sample bundle of one day’s collecting was treated with a 1 per
cent aqueous solution of hydroxyquinoline sulphate, sealed and
carried for a week before putting into press. The method used
was essentially that described by Schultes, substituting the pres-
ent agent for formaldehyde, and the results were most satis-
factory. The solution has a slight but not unpleasant odor and
had little effect on the skin during trial so that working with bare
hands is feasible.

In addition to the treating of specimens, palm fruits and flowers
were preserved in vials or jars using the same concentration and
after three months have shown no sign of deterioration. Study
material previously mentioned, consisting of flowers and fruits
collected fresh and placed in solution during the summer months
of 1949, was in satisfactory condition for laboratory work in the
winter months, suggesting a broad applicability. However,
Swingle's warning that a precipitate is formed when the solution
comes in contact with ferrous metals must be repeated. A
plastic, cork or other non-metallic capping for jar or vial elimi-
nates such difficulty.

It is suggested that hydroxyquinoline sulphate be given further
consideration and trial for it thus far upholds Swingle’s recom-
mendation of it as a most acceptable general preservative for use
of the plant collector. Because of the low cost, ease of transport
as a dry powder, rapidity of preparation with water and apparent
lasting quality as a preservative it appears to be an ideal substi-
tute for formaldehyde and alcohol where these are now used by
the collector and its use eliminates obnoxious fumes, drying
and cracking skin and wasteful disposal of potable alcohol.
BAILEY Horrorivum,

CORNELL UNIVERSITY,

IrHACA, New York.

1950] Jones and Fassett,—Sporobolus cryptandrus 125

v

SUBSPECIFIC VARIATION IN SPOROBOLUS
CRYPTANDRUS

ELIZABETH KIRK JONES AND NORMAN C. FASSETT

A. Spikelets 1.4-2.0 mm. long; grains 0.6-0.9 mm. long.......
Nor Men ihe uc T ees tes M S. cryptandrus ssp. typicus.

B. Spikelets densely clustered (11-20 spikelet bases occur
in a 3 x 4 mm. rectangle laid on the panicle branch). . var. typicus.

B. Spikelets loosely arranged (5-12 spikelet bases occur in
a 3 x 4 mm. rectangle laid on the panicle branch). . var. occidentalis.

A. Spikelets 2.0-3.0 mm. long; grains 1.0-1.2 mm. long......
PR DNE IM FTD METNIES S. cryptandrus ssp. fuscicolus.

SPOROBOLUS CRYPTANDRUS (Torr.) Gray, ssp. typicus var.
typicus. Based on Agrostis cryptandra 'Torr. Ann. Lyceum Nat.
Hist. N. Y. vol. 1: 151. 1824.

The type specimen of S. cryptandrus from the Canadian River
in Texas or Oklahoma has been examined by Mr. Jason Swallen
of the Smithsonian Institute who reports that it belongs to this
phase of the species in which the spikelets are small, 1.4-2.0 mm.
long, and densely crowded in the panicle (a rectangle 3 x 4 mm.
placed on a branch of a pressed specimen covers the bases of 10-
20 spikelets); the second glume is shorter than the lemma; the
grains are 0.6-0.7 mm. long and 0.3-0.4 mm. wide, reddish brown
at maturity. The mature light-green inflorescences, stems,
sheaths are steaked with purple to red.

This is the more southwestern phase of the species occurring
from Washington to Arizona; Montana, Wyoming, Colorado;
South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas; southern
Minnesota, Iowa, Missouri; southern Wisconsin, Illinois and
extreme northwestern Indiana.

SPOROBOLUS CRYPTANDRUS (Torr.) Gray, ssp. TYPICUS var.
occidentalis var. nov., spiculis 1.4-2.0 mm. longis, laxius dispo-
sitis in ramulis paniculae. Type: Bars of Snake River, Ballard’s
Landing (about three miles northeast of Homestead, Baker Co.),
Oregon, July 8, 1899, Cusick 2222 (in the United States National
Herbarium). IsorPvEes are in Washington State College and
Missouri Botanical Garden.

This is the northwestern phase of the species occurring in
British Columbia, Saskatchewan; Washington, Oregon, Idaho;
Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado.

126 Rhodora [May

The spikelets are 1.4-2.0 mm. long, loosely arranged in the
panicle (5-12 spikelet bases occur in a 3 x 4 mm. rectangle); the
second glume is shorter than, rarely equalling the lemma; the
grains are 0.8-0.9 mm., rarely 0.6 mm. long, and 0.3-0.5 mm.
wide, reddish-brown at maturity. The inflorescences, stems,
sheaths may be tinged with purple to red or wholly light-green.

SpoROBOLUS cRYPTANDRUS (Torr.) Gray, ssp. fuscicolus
(Hook.) comb. nov. Vilfa tenacissima var. fuscicola Hook. Fl.
Bor.-Am. 2: 239. 1939.

This is the northern and northeastern phase of the species
occurring locally along the Great Lakes and eastward to western
Quebec and Massachusetts; westward through Wisconsin, Min-
nesota, North Dakota, Montana to Puget Sound; southward to
Iowa and Missouri, South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Wyoming
and northern Colorado.

The spikelets are large, 2.0-3.0 mm. long, rather loosely ar-
ranged in the panicle (a rectangle 3 x 4 mm. placed on a branch
of a pressed specimen covers the bases of 3-10 spikelets); the
second glume usually equals or exceeds the lemma; the grains are
1.0-1.2 mm., rarely longer, 0.6-0.8 mm. wide, and commonly
yellowish-brown at maturity. The fertile inflorescences are deep
lead-green at maturity; the staminate panicles are olive-green.

The ranges of ssp. fuscicolus and var. typicus overlap consider-
ably. In such cases where the two occur in the same site, the
two entities may remain distinct or intermediates of various types
may occur. A study of the recombinations in the region of over-
lap is now in process.

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN.

Two NEW STATES FOR TRIDENS strictus.—In 1940 this grass,
Tridens strictus (Nutt.) Nash [Syn.: Triodia stricta (Nutt.)
Benth.} was collected in southwestern Georgia (DOUGHERTY
County, Duncan 3091, 19 Sept., 1940. Flat, open, compact,
sandy loam soil); but the fact that this was a new state-record
escaped my notice. Exactly nine years later the species was
collected in South Carolina (McCormick County, Duncan 10418,
19 Sept., 1949. Upland, pine-oak woods; gray, sandy loam soil;
3.1 miles S. W. of McCormick). I discovered that this T'ridens

1950] Shinners,— Brassica Kaber, var stricta 127

had not been reported for either South Carolina or Georgia.
About a month later the grass was collected in northeastern
Georgia (LincoLN County, Duncan 10621, 9 October, 1949.
Edge of field, 2.2 miles N. E. of Lincolnton) and again in
McCormick Co., 8. C. (Duncan 10622) about eight miles east of
the previous station.

A search was made in several eastern herbaria for other collec-
tions of this grass from Georgia and South Carolina but no addi-
tional records were found. More Georgia records, however, were
discovered from other sources. Venard and McDowell of Atlanta,
Georgia, collected it in Futton County (No. V-458. 7 Sept.
1947. Banks of Peachtree Creek opposite 435 Woodward Way).
Dr. Robert F. Thorne, State University of Iowa, also provided
some county records from his abundant collections of the last
few years from southwestern Georgia. They are: SEMINOLE
County, Thorne and Muenscher 8756, Sealy Plantation. BAKER
County, Thorne 7051, 1 mile northeast of Newton.

The localities reported here, 5 counties in Georgia and one in
South Carolina, constitute a considerable addition to the known
distribution of Tridens strictus. The known distribution now
includes Kansas, Missouri, Tennessee, North Carolina, and all
states to the south except Florida. It is most abundant in the
western part of this range and is probably a recent adventive in
several localities in Georgia and eastward.— WinLBuR H. Duncan,
University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.

BnassicA Kasper (DC.) Wheeler, var. stricta (Celakovsky)
Shinners, comb. nov. Sinapis arvensis var. stricta Celakovsky,
Prodr. Fl. Bóhm. 3: 470. 1874 (according to O. E. Schulz,
Pflanzenreich 70. Heft, Fam. IV. 105: 123. 1919).

Pods appressed as in B. nigra (L.) Koch, but with long, tet-
ragonally subulate beak (6-12 mm. in the specimens cited below,
mostly without fully mature fruit) and 3-ribbed valves (often
obscurely so) as in B. kaber (DC.) Wheeler, Rhodora 40: 306.
1938. Five Texas collections are in the Herbarium of Southern
Methodist University. Epwarps Co.: Substation No. 14, V. L.
Cory 44304, May 19, 1944. HawiLTON Co.: about 10 miles
south of Hamilton, Hula Whitehouse 15389, April 20, 1946.
KAUFMAN Co.: 2.8 miles east of Elmo, Cory 55610, April 8, 1949.
Kerr Co.: 8 miles northeast of Kerrville, Cory 51830, April 28,

128 Rhodora [Max

1946. Van ZaANDT Co.: 14% miles west of Wills Point, Lloyd H.
Shinners 10830, April 3, 1949.

Doubtless the plant occurs elsewhere in the United States, but
has been mistaken for P. nigra because of its appressed pods.
The above transfer is made with some hesitation, following the
lead of Wheeler. Dr. Wheeler admits that his adoption of the
name Brassica kaber in place of B. arvensis (L.) Rabenhorst (not
P. arvensis L.) is not the result of taxonomic study, but merely of
examination of the synonymy given by Schulz in Das Pflanzen-
reich—not necessarily an unimpeachably complete account of all
possibly pertinent nomenclatorial data.—Lrovp H. SHINNERs,
Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas.

PoTAMOGETON OBLONGUS, NOT P. POLYGONIFOLIUS.—

POTAMOGETON OBLONGUS Viv. in Ann. Bot. i. 62 (1804). P.
polygonifolius sensu Reichenbach, Ic. Fl. Germ. vii. 37 (1845) and
later authors, not Pourret in Mém. Acad. Toul. iii. 325 (1788).

Mansfeld in Fedde, Repert. xlv. 209 (1938), summarizing the
situation, concludes that Potamogeton polygonifolius belongs to
P. alpinus Balbis (1804) and that the name P. oblongus must be
used for the plant which has erroneously passed as P. polygoni-
folius.—M. L. FERNALD.

Vol. 52, no. 616, including pages 61-76 and plates 1157-1160, was issued
12 April, 1950.

Hodova

JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52. June, 1950. No. 618.

CONTENTS:

An Electrical Drier for Herbarium Specimens. Burton N.Gates. 129

Desmodium: Preliminary Studies—III. Bernice G. Schubert.... 135

Sidelights from Zoology on Botanical Nomenclature.
Ee, Sire eo) SS es

Range-Extensions and -Clarifications in New Hampshire.
A. R. Hodgdon and Stanley Krochmal......... cesses.

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the

flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. [Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

No.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

. XXXIV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 77-269. 1902.
Flora of the Galapagos Islands. With 3 plates.
By B. L. Robinson. .......sssesessesseresssesereresesereseseseee $1.75

. XXXV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 69-120. 1903. New and
otherwise Noteworthy Angiosperms from Mexico and Central
America. By J. M. Greenman. .......... een

. XXXI. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 235-278. 1905.
1. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. Greenman.
2. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae.
By B. L. Robinson. .......e.sssesesesesseseesessseeesesesesceesene $ .40

XXXII. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 3-48. 1906.
1. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
2. Revision of the Genus Ophryosporus.
3. The Genus Helogyne and its Synonyms.
4. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Compositae which have been classed with them.
By B. L. Robinson. ........ esee $ .00

GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rhodora Plate 1162

AN ELECTRICAL DRIER FOR HERBARIUM SPECIMENS

(D Heating Compartment
(2) Wooden Rack

(3 Sheet-Iron Baffle
(4) Pilot Light

(5) Electric Switch 1/2" asbestos lining
(6) Mercury Thermostat () Ventilation holes

(7) Outlet Box and Cord

Box to Heating Unit

(9) Firomatic Thermal Switch (connects with (7))

Element (connects with (6))

Full-size doors are required for top, drying- compartment, and heating com-
partment ; walls are 1/2" plywood, 5 ply.

Drawn by Jameson MacFarland
Clark University, 1949

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. June, 1950 No. 618

AN ELECTRICAL DRIER FOR
HERBARIUM SPECIMENS

Burton N. GATES

CONTRIVANCES of field botanists, with lanterns and oil stoves to
supply heat to dry their specimens have been many and various.
These devices could not be used safely in a wooden laboratory.
Moreover, circumstances at Clark University made it inconven-
ient to dry specimens out-of-doors, in the presence of sunlight
and an abundance of circulating air, which readily carries off the
evaporating water from the plants. Drying indoors has been
accompanied by discoloration and mildew, most difficult to com-
bat during humid, stagnant periods and at times tediously slow.
Working under these conditions, it became increasingly clear
that there must be a better and quicker laboratory means for
preparing herbarium specimens. Quite naturally it was reasoned,
electricity for heat should be adaptable and without a fire hazard.

After consideration with the University electrician and car-
penter, of the difficulties to overcome and the results desired to
accomplish, they produced an electrical drier. It is essentially
a large wooden box (it might well be of insulated metal) with two
full-width doors (no hinges) in front and one forming the top.
There are two compartments: the one below for the heat-unit
(called in the trade a “space-heater”); that above (the larger) for
drying two piles of specimens. Between these compartments,
the floor is constructed to support at least 250 pounds, allowing
for ample pressing weights sometimes amounting to approxi-
mately 100 pounds on each pile of specimens. The piles of
pressing specimens are elevated on a rack of 7$ inch strips, in
order to prevent direct conduction of heat into the piles.

130 Rhodora [JUNE

The electrical equipment used for heat is simple, consisting of
a space-heating unit with thermostatic control. In addition is
a Firomatie Thermal Switch, “T.S.100”, which will cut out the
current completely in case of overheating due to the failure of the
thermostat and in case of fire.

The heating compartment, as a safety measure is insulated
with asbestos board. As a further precaution against fire, and
also to diffuse the heat generated by the unit, a sheet-iron baffle
is suspended above the space-heater. This was found necessary
to minimize direct heat-conduction, forming an especially hot-
spot in the floor beneath the pressing piles.

Mention of measurements is unnecessary inasmuch as details
are shown on the accompanying drawing. The construction may
be as simple or as varied as the available materials and the inge-
nuity of the botanist suggest. Two prime requisites are: abso-
lute safety from fire and reasonable control of the ventilation and
the temperature. Also, it is desirable to have ample capacity,
with space for at least two pressing-piles, each of at least seventy-
five specimens, which should accommodate material of more than
one collector.

The circulation of heat is by convection only?. Entering the
heating chamber from below, the air passes upward through a
series of 34 in. auger holes, together with a few slots of the same
diameter. The passages, to allow for the expanding air, in-
crease progressively from the intake to the outlet at the top of
the drier. Freedon of convection of air into and from the drying
compartment appears particularly important. To increase and
facilitate this freedom of passage, it has been suggested that a
grating beneath the pressing piles would be preferable to the floor
with its ventilating holes and slots as now used. Surely there
appears no objection to it, except perhaps that it might be a more
costly construction. The efficiency of the apparatus appears to
be best, if it is installed in a well ventilated room, relatively free
from dampness.

1 Since there are various temperature-control mechanisms designed to accomplish
different results, it is advisable to consult an electrician before purchasing. The con-
troller installed is Minneapolis-Honey well T415A, with a differential. Set to maintain
110? F., this degree is not exceeded. The differential allows this temperature to drop
a few degrees before the current is again cut in and the temperature raised to 110? F

? An electric fan might be installed to advantage, it has been suggested, in order to
obtain speedier movement of the vapor-laden air.

1950] Gates,—Drier for Herbarium Specimens 131

For two years since the initial pressing, the apparatus has
given outstanding satisfaction. Colors of both chlorophyll-
bearing parts and of inflorescences have been retained, drying
surprisingly natural and in many instances superb. Aquatics,
most ferns, Cariceae and some grasses, among other plants low
in water content, have usually dried overnight; material with
more water content has required only twenty-four to approxi-
mately forty-eight hours. The drying-time is apparently di-
rectly related to the water content of specimens, to the texture,
to the atmospheric moisture (humidity) and to the temperature
and ventilation within the drier.

It is becoming more apparent why some specimens consume
more time to dry than others. Recently, it has been observed
that fleshy specimens with glaucum appear to be retarded in
drying; in growth, glaucum is said to conserve the plant-moisture.
In drying Arisaema atrorubens (glaucus) and Arisaema Steward-
sonii (lacking glaucum) in the same pressing, the A. Stewardsonii
dried promptly and well, while A. atrorubens was slow to dry,
requiring more attention to prevent discoloration and crinkling.
It is pleasing to find that this genus, ordinarily difficult to press
without loss of color, may be preserved with nearly complete
natural color, together with much of the glaucum of A. atro-
rubens. Success has also been attained in preserving to some
extent, the corrugation of the tube of the spadix of A. steward-
soni.

Experience has demonstrated the necessity for efficient pressing
materials (pads and corrugated pressing-boards or ventilators).
Amelanchier laevis should press easily and dry quickly with clear
white petals and slightly rose-tinted leaves. Difficulty was en-
countered with a specimen recently taken from the drier; it was
of good color and quite satisfactory for about two inches from the
margins of the pressing-folder. Inside this area, discoloration
increased progressively to the center where there was mold. The
pressing-boards or ventilators were old and flattened. Their
centers probably trapped and retarded the evaporation of the
moisture of the plant juices, encouraging growth of molds.
Chemical changes within the plant doubtless took place resulting
in discoloration of both leaves and flowers. "This experience has
demonstrated that a pressing-board uncrushed and in good con-

132 Rhodora [JUNE

dition would have successfully liberated the moisture, and
permitted even drying.

It is no slight satisfaction to find that it is usually unnecessary
to change wet pressing-pads and ventilators. Furthermore, as
they come from the drier, they are usually ready for re-use with-
out resorting to prolonged spreading in the sun, airing and drying.

After obtaining conspicuously good results with the thermo-
static control set at 110? F. without first having known what the
optimum conditions for the job might be, an attempt was made
to analyze results, in order to determine whether the methods
could be improved. Very little information was discovered in
print?. Practical collectors, however, were quick to warn against
too rapid drying, at too high temperature; no one seemed to know
the optimum or the maximum safe temperature. High temper-
ature is said to damage tissues and to shorten the life in the her-
barium. It has been stated as the cause of the embrittlement of
specimens. Professor Fernald! refers to the injury done, in his
experience, by drying with extreme heat supplied from an en-
gineroom® on shipboard during a collecting excursion. Dr.
Karl M. Wiegand, explains Professor Fernald, also devised a
drying means above the motor of an automobile* which he used
while collecting. Each method, it is alleged, resulted in fragile
specimens; that is embrittlement. Graphically, Professor Fern-
ald continues to explain that the waxy coating (glaucum) of Dr.
Wiegand’s Magnolia virginiana was melted, completely altering
the appearance and obliterating a diagnostic character of the
species. Professor Fernald does not indicate the degree of heat
utilized, but doubtless it was much higher than he customarily
used in pressing.

In an effort to arrive at the normal or perhaps an optimum
temperature, the established custom at the Gray Herbarium may

3 Quite similar in many respects to the electric drier, is the cabinet, seemingly
adaptable also to drying specimens, described by Hugh O'Neill, Rhodora, 1938, vol.
70, pp. 1-4, illus., titled, “Heat as an Insecticide in the Herbarium” which utilized a
temperature of 170? F. with alleged safety. It resulted after 4—6 hours, in a tem-
perature of 140? F. in the center of the bundles being processed.

1 M. L. Fernald. Injury to Herbarium Specimens by Extreme Heat. Rhodora,
vol. 47, pp. 258-200.

5Engineroom temperatures have been estimated by experienced observers as
around 120° F. with a probable reduction of the temperature as the air escapes.

$ Temperatures over an automobile engine would not normally exceed 140? F. and
might be less, depending somewhat on driving conditions and variation of the atmos-
pheric temperature.

1950] Gates,—Drier for Herbarium Specimens 133

be considered. "There, as with other collectors, it is accepted
practice, to place on end, on the cement sidewalk, in full sun,
strapped bundles of specimens prepared between corrugated board
ventilators. It has been ascertained? that the possible range of
temperature in Cambridge, on the cement or stone work in front
of the entrance to the Gray Herbarium, on favorable drying days,
in full sunlight, may range approximately between 120? and
140° F. This most satisfactory estimate is supported by an ob-
servation by the present writer, of surface soil temperature about
the crowns of Sempervivum growing in a similar situation in
Worcester, Massachusetts. In the top half inch of sand, the
surface temperature was read at 120? F.

In the drying of plant specimens, a physicist has interpreted a
factor, probably quite generally overlooked, but which in reality
is the key to the process. Varying with the nature and the bulk
of the plant specimens to be dried, is an appreciable amount of
water within the tissues. As the water vaporizes, it is picked up
and carried off by the air. Almost unbelievable is the physical
fact, that one gram of water removed from the specimens, vapor-
ized and expanded, increases in volume one thousand, six hundred
times, approximately; that is, a gram of water expands as vapor
to about 1.6 liters. The removal of this vast bulk of vaporized
water by means of the air is the drying process. Varying with
the nature of the material in a given pressing, there may be sev-
eral grams of water to be picked up and carried off. Obviously,
in order to accomplish this readily, the drier should provide free,
constant and voluminous passage of air. Conversely, stagnation
of the moist, warm air about the succulent plant specimens, in
effect slowly cooks them in their own juices and with the ac-
companying chemical changes, presumably causes discoloration
and fading. Such a condition induces and promotes growth of
molds, a condition decidedly detrimental to the appearance and
life of herbarium specimens. Molds appear to break down the

7 An appreciated letter, December 30, 1948, from P. H. Kutschenreuter, Meteor-
ologist in Charge, U. S. Weather Station, Logan International Air Field, East Boston,
Mass., who interviewed in regard to the problem, Dr. Charles F. Brooks of Harvard
University. From his experiments along this line, Dr. Brooks concluded that ‘‘under
light wind conditions in full sunlight, maximum temperatures on the order of 140? F.
were observed; under moderate wind conditions, 120? F." "These approximations are
of course subject to numerous physical and meteorological phenomena.

8 Air temperature involves another meteorological axiom. The higher the tem-
perature of the air the greater may be the volume of water-vapor absorbed by it.

134 Rhodora [JUNE

plant tissues, being the agent responsible for embrittlement.
The sooner, therefore, that the moisture is eliminated, the
quicker the drying and the better the resulting specimens. In
the construction of the drier, this physical principle of the extra-
ordinary expansion of water, as vapor, should be utilized, with
ample provision for the escape of the vapor-laden air.

From the detached data available, as well as by the use of the
drier, an approach has been made toward understanding how
herbarium specimens may be dried advantageously. An over-
high temperature with the consequent over-quick drying and the
possible resultant embrittlement of specimens is to be avoided;
the over-high temperature it is thought may begin at about 140°
F. The electric drier has been operated thus far with much
satisfaction at a presumed safe, maximum temperature of 110°
F., thermostatically controlled. "This may be below the ultimate
optimum temperature; near 120? F. is suggested as doubtless safe
and very likely efficient. Physical factors point directly to the
utilization of as high a temperature as possible. Ideal conditions
seem to be temperature and abundant air-circulation as observed
out-of-doors in the sun. Outdoor conditions, however, are fluc-
tuating; there are days and circumstances when favorable condi-
tions cannot be available. The electric drier can supplement, if
not replace, outdoor drying.

BroLoGy DEPARTMENT, CLARK University, Worcester, Massa-
chusetts.

1950] Schubert, —Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 135
DESMODIUM: PRELIMINARY STUDIES—III:
BERNICE G. SCHUBERT?

In the preparation of a treatment of the genus Desmodium for
the eighth edition of Gray’s Manual it has been necessary to
make certain nomenclatural changes, describe a few previously
unrecognized members of the genus and realign some relation-
ships among the North American species. I had hoped by this
time to present a comprehensive study of the species of Des-
modium of the United States and Mexico, but other duties pre-
clude its completion now. This shorter paper, however, the
third of the series of Preliminary Studies, will precede by only a
brief interval, I trust, the first of the new series of Monographic
Studies in Desmodium.

Although Desmodium was conserved over the name Meibomia
by the International Botanical Congress of Vienna in 1905,
Schindler, in 1934, proposed in his paper “Desmodium und
Meibomia’’* to maintain both names, assigning to the genus
M eibomia all the species in the Manual range except D. nudi-
florum, D. glutinosum and D. pauciflorum. I shall discuss
Schindler's thesis in a later paper, but I do not propose to main-
tain Meibomia as a distinct genus. |

For the purpose of seeing more clearly the relationships be-
tween species I have arranged them in Series which seem from all
observations to be perfectly natural species-groups. The series
are described here, but are not in this paper assigned to their
respective sections.

A. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES
DESMODIUM,

Ser. Americana, ser. nov., herbae, ascendentes vel erectae;
staminibus monadelphis; lomentorum suturo superiori plus

1 Desmodium: Preliminary Studies—I, in Contrib. Gray Herb. cxxix. 3-31 (1940);
Desmodium: Preliminary Studies—II, op. cit. cxxxv. 78-115 (1941).

2 I am very grateful to those in charge of the following herbaria for their kindness
in making available materials for my study: Chicago Natural History Museum (C);
Florida Agricultural Experiment Station, Gainesville (Fla); Missouri Botanical
Garden (Mo); New York Botanic Garden (NY); Academy of Natural Sciences,
Philadelphia (Phila); U. S. National Herbarium (US). Specimens Icited without in-
dication of the herbarium in which they are found are all in the Gray Herbarium.

3 Int. Rules of Bot. Nomencl. 82 (1906).

* Schindler in Rep. Spec. Nov. xx. 136 (1924).

136 Rhodora [JUNE

minusve recto, isthmis angustis, sinibus altis, articulis magnis
asymmetricisque.

Ascending or erect herbs; the loments with an essentially
straight upper suture, narrow isthmi, deep sinuses and large
somewhat asymmetrical articles.

D. glutinosum (Muhl. ex Willd.) Wood is a representative
species and may be taken as the TYPE of the series; the other
members are D. nudiflorum (L.) DC. and D. pauciflorum (Nutt.)
DC." In all other series considered in this paper the stamens are
diadelphous (9 and 1). This is a very interesting group with its
closest relatives in Asia. Our members have always been thought
to be confined to the eastern United States (two of them with a
few stations in Canada). A single collection by C. G. Pringle
from the state of Nuevo Leon in Mexico and recent collections
of C. H. Muller, F. G. Meyer & D. J. Rogers, E. Hernandez X.
& A. J. Sharp, and Kenoyer & Crum from Nuevo Leon, Puebla
and San Luis Potosi, however, add D. glutinosum to that
already long list of species known in the eastern United States
which are found also in Mexico and, in many cases, in Central
America.

Ser. Stipulata, ser. nov., prostratae vel erectae; stipulis con-
spieuis, ovato-attenuatis et in basi cordatis vel semicordatis.

These are prostrate or erect herbs with conspicuous ovate-
attenuate stipules, cordate or semicordate at the base. D.
canescens (L.) DC. may be taken as the TYPE-SPECIES.

The related species in the series are D. illinoense Gray, D.
rotundifolium DC. and D. ochroleucum M. A. Curtis. The first
two species are upright and coarse and rather common in their
areas; the latter two are prostrate plants, D. rotundifolium more
or less widespread, but not abundant and D. ochroleucum one of
our rarer species of the southeast.

Ser. Pauciarticulata, ser. nov., herbae, bracteis floribusque par-
vis, lomentibus 1-3(-4)-articeulatis, articulis parvis vel medi-
ocribus.

More or less spreading herbs with small bracts and flowers
and few-articulate loments with small or medium-sized articles.
D. ciliare (Muhl. ex Willd.) DC. may be taken as the TYPE-
SPECIES.

Other members of the series in our flora are D. sessilifolium

1 This series was defined by Schindler in Rep. Spec. Nov. xxii. 260 (1926). Although
he there listed the three American species constituting the group he did not name it.

1950] Schubert,— Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 137

(Torr.) T. & G., D. tenuifolium T. & G., D. strictum (Pursh) DC.,
D. rigidum (Ell.) DC., D. marilandicum (L.) DC. and D. lineatum
DC.

Ser. Longibracteata, ser. nov., herbae robustae, bracteis
primariis magnis conspicuisque, floribus magnis et lomentis
brevi-stipitatis.

Stout herbs with long stipules, large conspicuous, but early-
deciduous, primary bracts, large flowers and short-stipitate
loments. D. canadense (L. DC. is a representative species
which may be considered the TYPE of the series.

The other member in our flora is D. cuspidatum (Muhl. ex
Willd.) Loud.

Ser. Stipitata, ser. nov., herbae robustae cum bracteis pri-
mariis floribusque minoribus et lomentis longiore stipitatis quam
in serie precedente.

Usually stout herbs with the primary bracts and the flowers
smaller than in the Longibracteata, but the loments much longer-
stipitate.

The series includes some of the most confusing species-com-
plexes in our flora, which are not yet worked out to the author’s
satisfaction, although in the case of D. viridiflorum and its nearest
allies the problem seems to be much clarified. D. viridzflorum
(L. DC. may be considered the Tyre of the series which also
includes from the Manual-range D. Nuttallii (Schindl.) Schub.,
D. Fernaldii Schub., D. glabellum (Michx.) DC., D. paniculatum
(L.) DC., D. perplecum Schub., D. humifusum (Muhl.) Beck
and D. laevigatum (Nutt.) DC.

The following new applications and nomenclatural changes are
necessary but seem to need little discussion beyond their biblio-
graphic records. Since D. cuspidatum is being taken up for D.
bracteosum of ed. 7 rather complete synonymy is given for it as
well as for its variety, where an actual nomenclatural change is
involved.

D. anvTINOsUM (Muhl. ex Willd.) Wood. The use of this
name rather than D. acuminatum (Michx.) DC. was discussed by
me in RHopora xliv. 279 (1942). D. glutinosum is used rather

than D. grandiflorum of ed. 7 since the latter was a misapplica-
tion. See references to the latter name under D. cuspidatum in

this paper.

138 Rhodora [JUNE

Forma Chandonnetii (Lunell) Schub., stat. nov. Mezbomia
grandiflora (Walt.) Ktze., var. Chandonnetii Lunell in Am. Midl.
Nat. i. 128 (1911). D. acuminatum (Michx. DC., forma
Chandonnetii Fassett in RHopoRA, xxxviii. 189 (1936).

Forma unifoliolatum (Schub.) Schub., comb. nov. D. acumina-
tum (Michx.) DC., forma unifoliolatum Schub. in RHODORA,
xxxix. 98 (1937).

D. rorunpiroLium DC., forma glabratum (Gray) Schub.,
stat. nov. Var. glabratum Gray, Man. ed. 5, 135 (1867).

D. cusprpatum (Muhl. ex Willd.) Loud., Hort. Brit. 309 (1830)
(incorrectly attributed to DC.]; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 360
(1838); Fernald & Schubert in Ruopona 1. 203 (1948) [discussion].
Hedysarum cuspidatum Muhl. ex Willd., Sp. Pl. iii?. 1198 (1802).
D. bracteosum (Michx.) DC., 8. cuspidatum (Muhl. ex Willd.)
DC., Prod. ii. 329 (1825). Meibomia cuspidata (Muhl. ex Willd.)
Schindl. in Rep. Spec. Nov. xx. 140 (1924). Hedys. bracteosum
Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 73 (1803). D. bracteosum (Michx.) DC.,
Prod. ii. 329 (1825); Robinson & Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7,
520 (1908); Fassett in RHoponaA xxxviii. 96, 97 (1936) et in
Legum. Pls. of Wisc. 96 (1939). M. bracteosa (Michx.) Ktze.,
Rev. Gen. i. 195 (1891). D. bracteatum Loud., Hort. Brit. 309
(1830) [incorrectly attributed to DC. and undoubtedly referable
here]. Hedys. grandiflorum Walt. Fl. Carol. 185 (1788) non
Pall. 1773. D. grandiflorum (Walt.) DC., Prod. ii. 338 (1825).
M. grandiflora (Walt.) Ktze., Rev. Gen. i. 196 (1891); Blake in
Bot. Gaz. Ixxviii. 277 (1924) [discussion]; Schindl. in Rep. Spec.
Nov. xxii. 276 (1926) [discussion].

'There has been considerable changing about of names for this
plant but, as shown in the discussion of Walter's plant, D. cuspi-
datum is the name which must be taken up.

Var. longifolium (Torr. & Gray) Schub., comb. nov. D. cana-
dense (L.) DC., 8. longifolium 'Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 365
(1840). D. longifolium Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray, l. c., nomen
nudum in synon.; Smyth in Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. xvi. 159
(1899). M. longifolia (Torr. & Gray) Vail in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl.
xxiii. 140 (1896). D. bracteosum (Michx.) DC., var. longifolium
(Torr. & Gray) Robinson in RHODORA x. 34 (1908); Robinson &
Fernald in Gray, Man. ed. 7, 520 (1908); Fassett, Legum. Pls. of
Wisc., 96, fig. 49, pl. xii, figs. 62 a-e (1939).

B. DESMODIUM VIRIDIFLORUM AND ITS CLOSEST ALLIES
There has been in the past considerable uncertainty concerning
some species of Desmodium in the southern part of the Manual-

range and extending beyond it. Chiefly the misunderstanding
has centered on D. viridiflorum, a rather close relative described

1950] Schubert,—Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 139

by Schindler in 1927 as Meibomia Nuttallii, D. rhombifolium
and D. floridanum (not yet recorded from the Manual-range).
Some of the difficulties were recognized by Torrey and Gray
who, however, did not clarify the situation.

In the treatment of the genus prepared for the forthcoming
edition of Gray's Manual I am maintaining D. viridiflorum, D.
Nuttallii and D. laevigatum, as well as a new species, D. Fernaldii,
and am treating D. rhombifolium as a nomen confusum. I have,
fortunately, been able to see type-material or -photographs, or
authentic material for all the species involved in this complex.
Inasmuch as it has been concerned in questions of identity with
species of the Manual-range I am also including D. floridanum
in this detailed treatment and discussion.

a. Pedicels mostly short, 3-8.5 mm. long, stout; leaflets densely
tomentose to glabrescent beneath (except on veins) but not
glaucous.
b. Leaflets moderately to densely tomentose beneath, soft-
velvety to touch; upper surface moderately soft-pilose,
not prominently reticulate.
c. Terminal leaflet usually rhombic to deltoid, acute to
cuneate or truncate at base, width generally at least
two-thirds the length; articles chiefly rhomboidal (or
the upper suture at least somewhat angled)...... D. viridiflorum.
c. Terminal leaflet (except the uppermost) elliptic-ovate,
mostly rounded at base, width about one-half the
length; articles becoming rounded above (i. e. the
upper suture curved rather than angled)............. D. N uttallii.
b. Leaflets glabrescent to moderately pilose and very strongly
reticulate beneath.
d. Leaves often unifoliolate, at least the terminal leaflet
often truncate at base, moderately to abundantly
pilose beneath; stipules mostly long-persistent, up to 10
mm. long, stipels up to 5 mm. long; articles large and
with the upper suture mostly rounded. ............ D. floridanum.
d. Leaves trifoliolate, narrowly ovate to rhombie, thick,
uncinulate-pubescent along midrib and veins, other-
wise essentially glabrous beneath; stipules early de-
ciduous, 2-4 mm. long, stipels to 3 mm. long; articles

with the upper suture chiefly angled............. D. Fernaldii.
a. Pedicels longer, 10-19 mm. long, slender; leaflets essentially
glabrous to puberulent, glaucous beneath.............. D. laevigatum.

D. VIRIDIFLORUM (L.) DC. Suffrutescent; stem erect, chiefly
simple, up to 3 m. high, somewhat ridged and grooved, moder-
ately to sparsely pilose (usually becoming less so in age) and
uncinulate-pubescent with downwardly directed trichomes;
leaves (rarely uni- to) trifoliolate, stipulate, petiolate; the striate
ovate- to lance-acuminate stipules truncate at base, long-
attenuate at apex, with the inner surface essentially glabrous to

140 Rhodora [JUNE

puberulent and the outer appressed-pilose, 3-7 mm. long; the
chiefly linear- to lance-attenuate ciliate stipels puberulent on
inner surface, puberulent and somewhat pilose on outer surface,
0.5-4 mm. long; petioles ridged and grooved, spreading-pilose
and uncinulate-pubescent, 0.5-6.5 em. long; leaf-rachis similar,
1.1-2.8 em. long; the stout petiolules very densely pilose, 3-5 mm.
long; leaflets mostly rhombic (the terminal one sometimes deltoid,
with truncate base), acute to acuminate or obtuse, width about
two-thirds the length, moderately to abundantly spreading-pilose
with short straight or hooked hairs (or with both types) and the
veins somewhat impressed above, rather densely tomentose
with the soft spreading white trichomes denser along midrib and
veins beneath; terminal leaflet 5.2-11.8 em. long, 3.6-8.8 em.
wide; lateral leaflets 4—10.2 cm. long, 2-6.5 em. wide; inflorescence
racemose-paniculate, its rachis prominently ridged and grooved,
uncinulate-pubescent; primary bracts ovate-acuminate, striate,
pilose on dorsal surface, ciliate, 2-4 mm. long; secondary bracts
linear, ciliate, puberulent, not long-persistent, 0.5-1.5 mm. long;
pedicels spreading uncinulate-puberulent and somewhat pilose,
3-8 mm. long; calyx patent-pilose throughout, upper bifid lobe
2-3 mm. long, central tooth of lower lobe 2.5-4.5 mm. long, the
lateral lobes 2-4 mm. long; corolla said to turn green after
anthesis, standard obovate, mostly retuse, cuneate at base,
5-8.5 mm. long, 3.5-8 mm. wide; wings more or less oblong (often
somewhat obliquely so), short-clawed, 4.5-8.5 mm. long, 1.5-3
mm. wide; keel-petals falcate, truncate at apex, narrowed to very
slender claw, 7-9 mm. long, 1-3 mm. wide above; loment stipi-
tate, mostly (2-)4—5(-6)-articulate; stipe scarcely to moderately
uncinulate-puberulent, 3-6 mm. long; articles more or less
rhomboidal, moderately to densely uncinulate-pubescent on
surfaces and sutures, 5-9 mm. long, 3.5-5 mm. wide.— Prod. ii.
329 (1835), as to name, not as to plant; Beck, Bot. N. and Middle
States, 84 (1823) as to plant. Hedysarum viridiflorum L., Sp.
Pl. 748 (1753). Meibomia viridiflora (L.) Ktze., Rev. Gen. i. 197
(1891); emend. Schindl., Rep. Spec. Nov. xxiii. 356 (1927).
Desmodium Torreyanum Schindl. 1. ¢., nomen nudum in obs.—
Chiefly in dry woods and clearings, n. Fla., to e. Tex., n. to Del.
and inland only to Ark. and Tenn.

DELAWARE: NEWCASTLE CO.: dry woods, Townsend, Aug. 17,
1911, J. R. Churchill.

MARYLAND: NO FURTHER LOCALITY: 1865, W. M. Canby ex
hb. Boott. KENT CO.: near Chestertown, Aug. 30, 1920. Will
Wallis (US).

District oF CoLumpsra: in vicinis Washington, D. C., Oct. 1,
1882, L. F. Ward.

VIRGINIA: NO FURTHER LOCALITY: Clayton (hb. Gron. in BM,
TYPE; G, phot.). PRINCESS ANNE CO.: dry argillaceous fields and

1950] Schubert,—Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 141

bushy clearings, Rosemont, Sept. 7, 1935, Fernald & Long, no.
4899. NORFOLK CO.: dry open thicket in clay, west of Gertie,
June 18, 1935, Fernald, Griscom & Long, no. 4660. JAMES CITY
co.: on white oak slopes, n. e. Jones Mill Pond, Williamsburg,
Sept. 18, 1920, E. J. Grimes, no. 3020. ISLE OF WIGHT CO.: dry
woods, James River, northeast of Bartlett, Sept. 18, 1937,
Fernald & Long, no. 7465; white sand of dry pine barrens,
south of Lee's Mill, Aug. 23 & Sept. 2, 1940, Fernald & Long, no.
12676. HENRICO CO.: dry oak woods and clearings bordering
Whiteoak Swamp, west of Elko Station, Sept. 21, 1938, Fernald
& Long, no. 9347; dry sandy woods, Elko, Aug. 30, 1925, Wherry
& Pennell, no. 12497 (Phila.). SOUTHAMPTON CO.: dry sand, pine
barrens about 7 mi. south of Franklin, Sept. 7 & 8, 1937, Fernald
& Long, no. 7464.

NonTH CAROLINA: DURHAM CO.: pine woodland near Durham,
Oct. 10, 1938, R. K. Godfrey, no. 6703.

SourTH CAROLINA: NO FURTHER LOCALITY: M. A. Curtis
(a unifoliolate form, annotated as D. rhombifolium by A. M.
Vail). BERKELEY CO.: extensive burned-over pineland clearing,
near Santee-Cooper Diversion Dam, west of Pineville, Sept. 13,
1939, Godfrey, no. 8224.

FLORIDA: DUVAL CO.: (probably from Jacksonville, cf. Hooker,
Comp. to Bot. Mag. i. 23 (1835)), Drummond; dry pine or oak
lands near Jacksonville, fl. Aug. 6, fr. Sept. 15, 1894, A. H.
Curtiss, no. 4902.

TENNESSEE: COUNTY INDEFINITE: along the French Broad
River between Paint Rock and Del Rio, Sept. 1, 1897, Kearney,
no. 653 (Mo.). MADISON co.: rich thickets, Jackson, Sept., 1892,
S. M. Bain, no. 304 (NY).

ALABAMA: NO FURTHER LOCALITY: Dr. Gates (NY).

MISSISSIPPI: HANCOCK co.: in cemetery of Bay St. Louis,
Sept. 13, 1883, Langlois (NY). WILKINSON co.: Sept. 9, 1864,
D. L. Phares, no. 1725 (US, annotated by Schindler as Meibomia
viridiflora).

ARKANSAS: ST. FRANCIS CO.: Crowley's Ridge, Madison, ca. 65
m. alt., Sept. 3, 1940, Demaree, no. 21579. LINCOLN co.: York-
town, Bayou Bartholomew, ca. 60 m. alt., Sept. 20, 1936, Dema-
ree, no. 13715A. Howanp co.: Baker Springs, Oct. 7 and 8, 1909,
J. H. Kellogg (Mo, 2 sheets).

LOUISIANA: NO FURTHER LOCALITY: M. A. Curtis (Mo).
CADDO PARISH: Shreveport, Aug. 5, 1847, Dr. Gregg, s. n., p. p.
(Mo). CALCASIEU PARISH: Sulphur Spring, Oct., 1919, Arsène,
no. 11343 (US, annotated by Schindler as Meibomia viridiflora).

TEXAS: HARRIS CO.: Houston, Sept., 1842, Lindheimer. BRAZOS
co.: 2-3 miles east of Koppe Bridge in deep sand in woods,
Sept. 13, 1941, R. G. Reeves, no. 1095.

142 Rhodora [JUNE

The combination Desmodium viridiflorum has been generally
attributed in manuals and lists to Beck (1833). However, De-
Candolle made the same combination in the Prodromus (1825)
and, although the plant on which he based his combination was
not true H. viridiflorum L., according to the International Rules
of Botanical Nomenclature his combination must be retained.!
Discussion of the relationship of D. viridiflorum and D. Nuttallii
will follow the latter species.

D. Nuttallii (Schindl.), comb. nov. Herbaceous to suffrutes-
cent; stems striate, stout, up to 1.5 m. (Indiana, Kriebel), erect or
ascending, simple or branched from base, densely to moderately
uncinulate-pubescent and somewhat spreading-pilose; leaves
chiefly trifoliolate (sometimes unifoliolate at base), stipulate,
petiolate; the striate lance- to ovate-acuminate ciliate stipules
with truncate base essentially glabrous on inner surface and
rather densely appressed-pilose on dorsal surface, not very long-
persistent, 3—5.5(-6.5) mm. long; the subulate stipels ciliate and
densely white-pilose on outer surface, 1.5-3.5(-4) mm. long;
petioles striate, rather densely uncinulate-pubescent and sparsely
to densely patent-pilose with long straight trichomes, 0.5-2.5
(-3.3) em. long; the sulcate leaf-rachis exceeding the petiole in
length in the upper leaves, 0.4—1.6(-2.3) em. long; petiolules
very densely long-pilose, 1.5-4 mm. long; terminal leaflets ovate to
rhombie on upper portions of plant, mostly elliptic-ovate below,
with apex acute to obtuse and base mostly rounded (rarely
cuneate to truncate), 5.2-10 em. long, 2.8-5.6 em. wide; the
elliptie to ovate lateral leaflets becoming revolute, moderately
appressed pilose above and slightly uncinulate-pubescent near
base, rather densely and very softly tomentulose beneath, 3.4-8
(710) em. long, 2.1-5.1 cm. wide; inflorescence racemose-panicu-
late, chiefly terminal, rachis uncinulate-pubescent and with
occasional spreading pilosity; the mostly ovate-acute striate and
ciliate primary bracts puberulent and pilose over dorsal surface,
2-4 mm. long; the lance-ovate secondary bracts ciliate and pilose,
0.5-1.5 mm. long; pedicels uncinulate-pubescent and very finely
puberulent, (2.5-)3.5-6.5 mm. long; calyx somewhat pilose
throughout but chiefly so along the central portions of the lobes,
upper bifid lobe 1.5-2 mm. long, central tooth of lower lobe
2-3.5 mm. long, lateral lobes 1.5-2.5 mm. long; corolla about
twice length of calyx; standard obovate, with more or less cuneate

! Cf. Art. 54, paragraph 2, emended in Journ. Bot. Ixxiv. 76 (1936): "When, on
transference to another genus, the speciflc epithet has been applied erroneously in its
new position to a different plant, the new combination must be retained for the plant
on which the epithet was originally based, and must be attributed to the author who
first published it’ '’.

1950] Schubert,— Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 143

base, (4—)4.5-6.5 mm. long, 4—5 mm. wide; wings oblong-elliptic
or faleate with rounded apex, 4-6 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. wide;
keel-petals faleate with truncate apex, abruptly narrowed to
a claw one-third the length, (4.5-)5-7 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide
above; loment stipitate, 1—4-articulate; stipe 2.5-4 mm. long;
articles with rounded upper suture and more or less cuneate
lower suture, uncinulate-pubescent throughout, 4-7 mm. long,
3-4.5 mm. wide.—M eibomia Nuttallii Schindl., Rep. Spec. Nov.
xxiii. 354 (1927). Desmodium viridiflorum of many authors, p. p.
—Chiefly in dry sandy open woods, N. Y. to Ind., s. to n. Fla.,
Ala. and Ark.

New York: KINGS co.: copse, Brooklyn, Sept. 1, 1842, ex hb.
John Carey.

New JERSEY: CUMBERLAND CO.: dry sandy open pine and oak
woods about 1 mi. w. of Hoffmans Mill, Sept. 1, 1933, Fogg, no.
5980.

PENNSYLVANIA: NORTHAMPTON CO.: Chestnut Hill, Easton,
Sept. 5, 1894, T. C. Porter. DELAWARE co.: dry field, Wayne.
Sept. 10, 1910, Bartram, nos. 1158 and 1167.

MARYLAND: BALTIMORE CO.: railroad embankment, Bare Hills,
Sept. 15 and 16, 1908, J. R. Churchill (G, 3 sheets).

VIRGINIA: SOUTHAMPTON CO.: dry pine woods west of Adams
Grove, Sept. 14, 1937, Fernald & Long, no. 7469; woods, South-
ampton, Pursh (Phila; G; phot.). FAUQUIER CO.: woods near
High Point, above Broad Run Station, western slope of Bull Run
Mountains, Sept. 29, 1935, Allard, no. 1027. DINWIDDIE CO.:
dry pine and oak woods south of Carson, Sept. 14, 1937, Fernald
& Long, no. 7468. BEDFORD CO.: Sept. 1871, A. H. Curtiss.
CRAIG CO.: Craig's, 600 m. alt., Aug. 22, 1903, E. S. & Mrs.
Steele, no. 72 (US (490070) nEcroTvrz; G, duplicate).

NORTH CAROLINA: NASH CO.: pineland at Middlesex, Oct. 9,
1938, Godfrey & Kerr, no. 6667. wILsoN co.: moist humus soil,
recently cleared woodland, 4 mi. se. of Wilson, July 7, 1922,
L. F. & F. R. Randolph, no. 718. SAMPSON co.: pineland near
Rosebarn, June 11, 1938, Godfrey, no. 4531. STOKES CO.: Salem,
Schweinitz, s. n., p. p. (Phila). BUNCOMBE co.: dry, open wood-
lands, Biltmore, Sept. 10, 1898, Biltmore Herb., no. 3788a.
SWAIN CO.: woods, ca. 560 m. alt., Aug., 1891, Beardslee & Kofoid.

SOUTH CAROLINA: AIKEN CO.: Aiken, Sept. 24, 1866, Ravenel
(G, Mo).

FLORIDA: ALACHUA CO.: on dry cleared serub-oak land near
Hogtown Creek and Newberry Road west of Gainesville, Oct. 17,
1945, West & Arnold, no. 4 (Fla).

INDIANA: BROWN CO.: in partial shade on old field, Cornus
Ridge, 5.5 mi. ne. of Nashville, Sept. 18, 1941, Friesner, no.
16419. LAWRENCE CO.: open woods, above Gardner Kaolin
Mines, 3.4 mi. sw. of Bryantsville, Sept. 12, 1934, Kriebel, no.

144 Rhodora [JUNE

2042. PosEY CO.: in sandy soil on the high bank of Rush Creek
in the Dransfield woods about 3 mi. s. of New Harmony, Sept.
22, 1934, Deam, no. 55697.

TENNESSEE: KNOX CO.: dry woods along Tennessee Hiver,
Knoxville, Oct. 2, 1904, Ruth, no. 293.

ALABAMA: LEE CO.: Auburn, Earle & Baker.

MISSOURI: MC DONALD CO.: dry ground, Sept. 1, 1893, Bush,
no. 62 (C, G).

ARKANSAS: woods, nw. Arkansas, F. L. Harvey, no. 1. HOWARD
co.: Baker Springs, Oct. 5 and 7, 1909, J. H. Kellogg (Mo (1 full
sheet and portions of two others)).

D. Nultallii is very closely related to D. viridiflorum, but,
except for the specimens annotated by Schindler in the United
States National Herbarium, seems not to have been taken up,
despite the fact that many students have recognized the exis-
tence of another element in the material often identified as D.
viridiflorum. The most outstanding character by which D.
Nuttallii may be distinguished from D. viridiflorum is the curved
upper suture which gives the loment-articles a rounded appear-
ance while those of D. viridiflorum are more nearly rhombic in
outline. In general, the shape of the terminal leaflets as well as
the somewhat smaller size of all its parts and its more inland
range serve to separate D. Nuttallii from its nearest relative.

Since Schindler cited no type (nor, in fact, any specimens)
when he described this species I am citing as the LECTOTYPE a
specimen from Craig’s, Craig County, Virginia, collected by Mr.
and Mrs. E. S. Steele, no. 72 (US), which was annotated by
Schindler in the course of his studies.

Desmodium rhombifolium (Ell. DC. has been considered an
integral part of our more southerly flora for a long period, in
spite of the fact that its identity has not ever been completely
clear. Torrey & Gray in the Flora of North America considered
it identical with D. laevigatum and it has more recently been
treated as synonymous with D. floridanum. Part of the diffi-
culty has arisen through mixed collections, Elliott apparently
having distributed specimens as identical, which were unlike
that in his own herbarium; and part through some confusion in
Elliott’s own treatment. The specimen which had been labeled
by Elliott as H. rhombifolium was photographed for the Gray
Herbarium by Mrs. C. A. Weatherby and has recently, through

1950] Schubert,— Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 145

the kindness of the director, Dr. E. Milby Burton, been lent me
for study. At the bottom of the sheet is Elliott’s label with the
inscription “H. rhombifolium mihi" and below it “oblongifolium
Muhl.” In his Flora Elliott describes as new under Hedysarum
ciliare, a variety—oblongifolium, to which I think the second
inscription as well as the plant may be referred. Of the identity
of Muhlenberg’s plant I am not certain but Elliott may well have
considered it the same as his new variety. At any rate the
specimen, in flower and fruit, though not in good condition,
belongs definitely to our series Pauciarticulata, which includes also
D. ciliare, and not to the series Stipitata of which D. floridanum
and the material up to now treated as D. rhombifolium are
members.

In view of the long period of confusion it seems best to me to
place D. rhombifolium in the category of a nomen confusum and to
deal separately with the material identified as that species which
is, however, not related to Elliott’s plant. The more southern
material with persistent stipules and strongly reticulate often
unifoliolate leaflets is D. floridanum Chapm. The other element
with early-deciduous stipules and smoother trifoliolate leaves
I am describing as new and calling D. Fernaldit.

D. FLORIDANUM Chapm. Herbaceous; the stout, lineate to
somewhat ridged and grooved simple (only rarely branched at
base) stem, up to 4.5 dm. high excluding inflorescence, mostly
uncinate-pubescent, occasionally also with some long, straight
white spreading trichomes interspersed; leaves mostly unifolio-
late below, trifoliolate above, stipulate, petiolate; the lance- to
narrowly ovate-attenuate truncate stipules glabrous within,
ciliate, puberulent and somewhat pilose on dorsal surface, per-
sistent, 4-10 mm. long; the linear-attenuate to lanceolate stipels
finely puberulent with some scattered longer pilosity, persistent,
1.5-5.5 mm. long; the finely ridged and grooved petioles densely
to moderately uncinulate-pubescent, with straight white pilosity
sparse to moderate, 1.4-3.5 cm. long; leaf-rachis similar or deeply
sulcate, usually with less pubescence, 0.6-2 cm. long; the stout
petiolules white with spreading pilosity, uncinulate-puberulent,
1-4 mm. long; the leaflets uncinulate-puberulent and soft-pilose
with scattered fine straight trichomes beneath and with the
venation prominently reticulate; the rhombic to deltoid or ovate
terminal leaflet cuneate to truncate or rounded at base, obtuse to
acute at apex, 4-9 em. long, 2-5.4 cm. wide; lateral leaflets mostly
similar but smaller, 3-6 cm. long, 1.5-2.7 em. wide; inflorescence

146 Rhodora [JUNE

leafless, racemose-paniculate or frequently unbranched, its
rachis finely ridged and grooved, uncinulate-pubescent with
finer shorter hairs than on stem; the ovate-acuminate primary
bracts truncate to cordate, glabrous within, ciliate, sparsely to
moderately straight-pilose and very finely puberulent on the dorsal
surface, 2.5-4.5 mm. long; the lanceolate to lingulate secondary
bracts ciliate, puberulent and somewhat straight-pilose on dorsal
surface, 1-2 mm. long; pedicels very finely uncinulate-puberulent,
(4.5-)6-8 mm. long; calyx very finely uncinulate-puberulent
with some long, white, straight trichomes chiefly on the teeth of
both lobes; upper bifid lobe ca. 2.5 mm. long, central tooth of
lower lobe 3-4 mm. long, lateral teeth 2.5-3 mm. long; corolla
about twice as long as calyx; standard obovate, 6.5-7 mm. long,
5 mm. wide, wings elliptical to somewhat oblong, short-clawed,
6.5-7 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. wide; keel-petals falcate, long-
clawed, 7-7.5 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. wide; loment stipitate, 3—5-
articulate; stipe 1.5-4 mm. long; articles more or less deltoid,
curved on dorsal suture, broadly obtuse on ventral suture,
uncinulate-pubescent throughout, 6—7 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide.
—Fl. So. U. S. 102 (1860). Meibomia floridana (Chapm.) O.
Ktze., Rev. Gen. i. 198 (1891). Meibomia rhombifolia sensu
Vail in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xix. 113 (1892) as to syn. cit. D.
floridanum. M. rhombifolia sensu Schindl. in Rep. Spec. Nov.
xxiii. 356 (1927) in obs. p. p.— Dry, sandy pinelands, southern
South Carolina, Georgia and Florida.

SOUTH CAROLINA: BEAUFORT CO.: sandy soil, Beaufort, Sept.
5, 1904, Biltmore Herb., no. 3796a (NY). JASPER CO.: sandy
open space under pines, 2 miles northeast of Coosawhatchie,
July 19, 1927, W?egand & Manning, no. 1597.

GEORGIA: LOWNDES CO.: along the Withlocooche River, near
Valdosta, June 6-12, 1895, Small (C).

FLORIDA: WITHOUT FURTHER LOCALITY: G. H. Bates, 1889
(NY); middle Florida, Chapman, no. 122 (NY); no data, “Herb.
Chapman, Desmodium floridanum §., fl!’ (US (55092), annotated
by Schindler as Meibomia rhombifolia). DUVAL co.: dry open
sandy oak woods, Tisonia, July 27, 1927, Wiegand & Manning,
no. 1598; dry pine barren, May 28, 1902, Fredholm, no. 5254; dry,
fertile, pine woods near Jacksonville, Aug. 12, 1896, A. H.
Curtiss, no. 5717A; dry pine or oak lands near Jacksonville, fl.
Aug. 6, fr. Sept. 15, 1894, A. H. Curtiss, no. 4902 (G; NY; US,
p. p.. ORANGE CO.: Killarney, Aug., 1889, 0. Vesterlund, no. 26
(US, annotated by Schindler as M eibomia rhombifolia). BREVARD
co.: scrub oak land, Okeechobee region, Apr. 6, 1903, Fredholm,
no. 5765; dry pine lands, Eau Gallie, July 22, 1896, A. H. Curtiss,
no. 5717 (G; NY). DADE CcoO.: in pinelands, Ft. Lauderdale,
Nov. 19 and 25, 1903, Small & Carter, no. 1165 (NY); pinelands
south of Miami River, Nov. 26-Dec. 20, 1913, J. K. & G. K.

1950] Schubert,— Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 147

Small, no. 4747 (NY). LAKE co.: high pineland in vicinity of
Eustis, May 1-15, 1894, G. V. Nash, no. 698 (NY). LEE co.:
along ditches, Myers, July-Aug., 1900, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 67.
PASCO CO.: in dry pinelands, Lake Jovita, May 15, 1927, H.
O'Neill (Mo). HILLSBORO co.: Tampa, Aug., 1898, A. M.
Ferguson (Mo). FRANKLIN CO.: Apalachicola, ex hb. ‘‘Flora of
the Southern United States, and Supplement, A. W. Chapman,
M.D.” (US (943841), LECTOTYPE; G, duplicate).

Although Schindler, in his treatment, said that without fruit
it was difficult to distinguish D. viridiflorum, D. Nuttallii and D.
rhombifolium (including D. floridanum), the following characters,
in addition to strong differences in habit and shape and pubes-
cence of leaflets, will serve to separate D. floridanum from D.
viridiflorum:

D. FLORIDANUM D. VIRIDIFLORUM

Bracts Only sparsely to moder- Abundantly pilose on outer sur-
ately pilose on outer surface. face at least when young.

Pepicets Finely uncinulate- Uncinulate-puberulent and
puberulent. abundantly pilose.

CALYX Puberulent with only mod- Abundantly long-pilose
erate pilosity on lobes. throughout.

As LECTOTYPE of Desmodium floridanum I have chosen a speci-
men from Apalachicola, Florida which bears a label indicating
that it was part of the collection used by Chapman in the prepara-
tion of his Flora. As noted earlier, Desmodium floridanum has
been placed in the synonymy of D. rhombifolium by authors
generally. It seems, however, to be a perfectly distinct species.
The particular characters which separate it from D. Fernaldii
(D. rhombifolium of authors generally) will be discussed under
that species.

D. Fernaldii sp. nov., herbacea robusta; caule ad 1.3 m. alto
de radice tenui ramosoque 4 dm. longo; caule ramisque teretis
vel paullum angulatis, subtiliter puberulentibus et sparse vel
dense uncinulato-pubescentibus; foliolis moderate uncinulato-
pubescentibus et breviter pilosis, subtus pallidioribus et uncinu-
lato-pubescentibus in nervo medio et venis, superficie plus
minusve glabra, apice obtuso vel acuto, basi cuneato vel rotun-
dato, (4.5—)6-8(—9.3) em. longis, 2.5-5 em. latis; foliolis lateralibus
ellipticis vel ovato-ellipticis, saepe in apice acutis et in basi
truncatis, 4-6 cm. longis et 1.8-3.5 cm. latis; stipulis lanceolato-
attenuatis, striatis, pilosis, mox deciduis, 2-4 mm. longis;
stipite lomenti 2.5-4 mm. longo; lomento 1—5-articulato, articu-
lis uncinulato-pubescentibus omnino, plus minusve deltoideis,

148 Rhodora [JUNE

suturo superiori leviter anguloso, inferiori obtuso, 5.5-8 mm.
longo, 3.3-5 mm. lato.—Desmodium rhombifolium sensu auth.
generally, not Ell. Mezbomia rhombifolia sensu Vail in Bull.
Torr. Bot. Cl. xix. 113 (1892) excl. syn. cit. D. floridanum Chapm.
D. laevigatum sensu Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. Suppl. to vol. i.
695 (1840), not Nutt.—Sandy woods, se. Va. to S. C., La., and
Newton Co., Tex.

VIRGINIA: NO FURTHER LOCALITY: Rugel (G, annotated by
Gray as D. laevigatum B. rhombifolium). NORFOLK co.: North-
west, Sept. 6, 1893, A. A. Heller, no. 1348. NANSEMOND CO.:
dry sandy pine woods near Baines Hill School southwest of
Cypress Chapel, Sept. 17, 1937, Fernald & Long, no. 7470; dry
white sand of pine-barrens, east of Cox Landing, south of South
Quay, Aug. 27, 1939, Fernald & Long, no. 11055 (G, TYPE); rich
sandy oak and hickory woods above Nansemond River, east of
Cahoon Pond, northwest of Suffolk, Sept. 12, 1941, Fernald &
Long, no. 13626. ISLE OF WIGHT CO.: sandy pine and oak woods
south of Zuni, Aug. 24, 1936, Fernald & Long, no. 6613. KING
WILLIAM CO.: sandy oak woods southwest of Aylett, July 31,
1941, Fernald & Long, no. 13361. SOUTHAMPTON CO.: dry sandy
open pine and oak woods 6 to 7 miles south of Franklin, July 19,
1938, Fernald & Long, no. 8728; border of dry sandy woods,
Mars Hill Church, Aug. 21, 1938, Fernald & Long, no. 9067.

SourH CAROLINA: BERKELEY CO.: dry soils, Santee Canal,
Sept., H. W. Ravenel (G, a unifoliolate form).

FLORIDA: WITHOUT FURTHER LOCALITY: Chapman, no. 188
(NY). ALACHUA co.: dry knoll under Quercus falcata at Planera
Hammock, Gainesville, Sept. 27, 1945, West & Arnold (Fla).

LOUISIANA: WITHOUT FURTHER LOCALITY: Hale (G, annotated
as D. laevigatum B. rhombifolium by Gray; NY).

I am happy to name this species, abundant in southeastern
Virginia, for Professor Merritt Lyndon Fernald whose intensive
work on the flora of that state has clarified many floristic problems
of long standing.

The distinguishing characters between D. floridanum and D.
Fernaldii are here summarized:

D. FLORIDANUM D. FERNALDII
INFLORESCENCE Little or not at all branched, Much branched.
naked.
LEAFLETS Under surface mostly soft- Under surface essentially
pilose between lateral veins. glabrous between chief
lateral veins.
STIPULES AND Long-persistent. Early deciduous.
STIPELS
ARTICLES OF Curved on upper suture. Mostly angled on upper

THE LOMENT suture.

1950] Schubert,—Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 149

D. LAEVIGATUM (Nutt.) DC. Suffruticose; the mostly terete
stem lineate, (glabrous to) finely and minutely puberulent; leaves
trifoliolate, stipulate, petiolate; stipules apparently very early-
deciduous, only scars seen; stipels linear-lanceolate, puberulent
on both surfaces, 1-3 mm. long; the glabrous to uncinulate-
puberulent petioles angular or sulcate on adaxial surface, 1.8—6.6
em. long; rachis similar, 1.1-2.8 cm. long; petiolules usually
rugose, (glabrescent to) densely uncinulate-puberulent, 2.5-3
mm. long; the ovate-acute to more or less acuminate terminal
leaflets mucronulate, rounded to acute at base, 4.3-8.4 cm. long,
2.8-5.2 em. wide; the elliptic-oblong or -ovate lateral leaflets
obtuse at apex, truncate or rounded at base, 3.2-7.4 cm. long,
2.5-4 cm. wide; upper surface of leaflets glabrous to sparsely
puberulent, venation distinct because lighter in color than leaf-
tissue, lower surface glabrous to sparsely puberulent or short-
pilose, mostly on the midrib and chief lateral veins, margins
becoming revolute, somewhat ciliate at base; inflorescence
axillary and terminal, its rachis terete to angled, finely lineate,
uncinulate-puberulent; primary bracts ovate-acuminate, striate,
puberulent on both surfaces, 3-3.5 mm. long; secondary bracts
slenderly ovate-acuminate, puberulent, ciliate, 1-2 mm. long;
pedicels slender, lax, uncinulate-puberulent, 10-19 mm. long;
calyx puberulent throughout, appressed pilose on the lobes and
with finely ciliate teeth, the central tooth of lower lobe 3.5-4.5
mm. long, lateral teeth 2.5-3.5 mm. long, the upper bifid lobe
2.5-3.5 mm. long; corolla about twice as long as calyx; standard
obovate, retuse to entire, cuneate at base, 7-9.5 mm. long, 4.5-7
mm. wide; wings semielliptic to oblong, short-unguiculate, some-
what to scarcely auriculate, 6.5-10 mm. long, 2-3.5 mm. wide;
keel-petals more or less falcate, narrowed to a slender claw, apex
truncate, 7.5-9 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide; loment stipitate, 2—5-
articulate; stipe mostly glabrous, 6-6.5 mm. long; articles more
or less rhomboidal, reticulate, uncinulate-puberulent, 5-7 mm.
long, 3.5-4 mm. wide.—Prod. ii. 329 (1825). Hedysarum laevi-
gatum Nutt., Gen. ii. 109 (1818). Meibomia laevigata (Nutt.)
O. Ktze., Rev. Gen. i. 198 (1891). D. rhombifolium (Ell.) DC.,
var. 8. Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 361 (1840). D. laevigatum
(Nutt.) DC., var. 8. monophyllum Wood, Cl.-Bk. Bot. 308 (1861).
Meibomia laevigata (Nutt.) O. Ktze., var. monophylla (Wood)
Vail in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xix. 112 (1892) in synon. The
combination actually made by Vail is incorrectly attributed by
her to Wood (who described the variety under Desmodium) and
the reference given to Wood's place of publication (Bot. & FI.
1870) is not the earliest one.—Dry sandy woods and clearings,
N. Y. to Ind. and Mo., s. to n. Fla., Tenn., La. and e. Tex.

New YORK: SUFFOLK co.: Manorville, L. I., Sept. 5, 1878, H.
W. Young (US); Manor[ville?], Aug. 26, 1872, E. S. Miller.

150 Rhodora [JUNE

New JERSEY: NO FURTHER LOCALITY: Nuttall (Phila, ISOTYPE;
G, photo). ATLANTIC CO.: sandy clearing in pine barren woods,
Hammonton, Sept. 4, 1917, A. Gershoy, no. 362. GLOUCESTER
co.: Swedesboro, Aug. 20, 1895, C. D. Lippincott, s. n.

PENNSYLVANIA: NORTHAMPTON CO.: Chestnut Hill, Easton,
Sept. 5, 1894, T. C. Porter. PHILADELPHIA CO.: woods, East
Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, Sept. 24, 1875, Redfield, no. 4246
(Mo). BERKS CO.: unused trolley line 144 mile sw. Klapperthal,
ca. 100 m. alt., Oct. 4, 1940, Berkheimer, no. 2358.

MARYLAND: WICOMICO CO.: common in Pinus Taeda forests
near Salisbury, Sept. 20, 1914, Tidestrom, no. 7438; Salisbury,
July, 1887, ex hb. Canby. | BALTIMORE CO.: sandy soil in clearing,
Sept. 17, 1908, J. R. Churchill.

VIRGINIA: NORTHAMPTON CO.: dry pine woods east of Eastville,
Oct. 12, 1935, Fernald & Long, no. 5325. PRINCESS ANNE CO.:
dry pine woods, Macon's Corner, Sept. 21, 1933, Fernald &
Long, no. 2829 and Sept. 8, 1935, no. 4898. NANSEMOND CO.: dry
white sand of pine barrens, east of Cox Landing, south of South
Quay, Aug. 27, 1939, Fernald & Long, no. 11056. SUSSEX CO.:
dry white sand of woods and clearings near Chub, Sept. 20, 1940,
Fernald & Long, no. 12677. GREENSVILLE CO.: low clearing
along Quarrel's Creek, below Pair's Store, Sept. 14, 1944, Fernald
(& J. B. Lewis), no. 14714. FAUQUIER co.: woods near High
Point north of Beverly, western slope of Bull Run Mountains,
Sept. 29, 1935, Allard, no. 981. BEDFORD CO.: ept., 1871, A. H.
Curtiss.

NortH CAROLINA: MOORE CO.: piney woods, Pinehurst, Aug.
21, 1897, O. Katzenstein. BUNCOMBE CO.: dry woodlands, Bilt-
more, Sept. 10, 1898, Biltmore Herb., no. 1170a (G; Mo).

SovurH CAROLINA: GEORGETOWN CO.: pine-barren clearing, 5
miles south of Georgetown, Sept. 9, 1939, Godfrey, no. 8120.

GEORGIA: CLARKE CO.: dry woods, Athens, 210 m. alt., June 20,
1900, R. M. Harper, no. 12. Jasper co.: Monticello, Jasperly,
1848, T. C. Porter.

FLORIDA: DUVAL CO.: Jacksonville, 1833, Drummond. ALA-
CHUA CO.: dry knoll under Quercus falcata at Planera Hammock,
Gainesville, Oct. 7, 1945, Arnold (Fla); on dry cleared scrub-oak
land near Hogtown Creek and Newberry Road, west of Gaines-
ville, Oct. 17, 1945, West & Arnold, no. 1 (Fla).

INDIANA: BROWN CO.: old hilltop field, Cornus Ridge 5.5 mi.
ne. Nashville, Sept. 11, 1941, Friesner, no. 16353. LAWRENCE
co.: open black-white oak ridge, 2 miles sw. Bryantsville, Aug.
16, 1934, R. M. Kriebel, no. 2643.

TENNESSEE: rocky woods, Chilhowee Mts., ca. 660 m. alt.,
Sept., A. H. Curtiss, no. 620. DAVIDSON co.: vicinity of Nash-
ville, Gattinger.

1950] Schubert,—Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 151

MISSOURI: REYNOLDS CO.: head of ravine above Kelley (Cook)
Spring, 2 mi. south of Oates, between West Fork and Center-
ville, Sept. 22, 1935, Steyermark, no. 19770 (Mo).

ARKANSAS: DREW CO.: ridge woods, Monticello, 80 m. alt.,
Sept. 12, 1937, Demaree, no. 16220 (G, this collection should be
checked in other herbaria, there seems to be a mixture). BRAD-
LEY CO.: low wooded ridges, Jersey, ca. 33 m. alt., Sept. 18, 1938,
Demaree, no. 18333. GARLAND CO.: low rocky hills above pro-
posed dam across Ouachita River, Cedar Glades, ca. 140 m. alt.,
Aug. 28, 1939, Demaree, no. 20454. POLK co.: low rocky hills,
Shady Lake, Shady, 400 m. alt., Aug. 12, 1937, Demaree, no.
15697, p. p.

LOUISIANA: NO FURTHER LOCALITY: Hale.

TEXAS: NO FURTHER LOCALITY: Wright. HARRIS co.: Houston,
Aug., 184-, Lindheimer. DALLAS co.: sandy woods, rare, Sept.,
1874, Reverchon.

In their Flora of North America (p. 361) Torrey & Gray quote
Nuttall's description of D. laevigatum in its entirety and state
that they have not seen specimens. In the Supplement (p. 695)
however, the authors say:

10. D.laevigatum (Nutt.) proves, from the examin-
ation of an original specimen, to be the same with
D. rhombifolium. Our notice of D. laevigatum should
therefore be erased and the name adopted i in place of
D. rhombifolium.

There is in the Gray Herbarium a specimen (Louisiana, Hale)
annotated by Dr. Gray: *D. rhombifolium 8. Fl. p. 361 D.
laevigatum, suppl."; this specimen is good D. laevigatum, a little
larger in all its parts than the isotypic material of Nuttall’s
species which is at hand, but otherwise perfectly comparable.
Elliott’s type of H. rhombifolium is, on the other hand, not at all
identifiable with D. laevigatum.

C. THE DESMODIUM PANICULATUM COMPLEX

In most recent treatments there has been no question at all
concerning the identity of D. paniculatum. The two varieties
of it described by Torrey & Gray have either been applied to the
extremes or ignored. An earlier variety described by Desvaux
(under Hedysarum paniculatum) and transferred to Mezbomia
paniculata by Schindler, included (in his sense) a large portion
of the material previously treated as D. Dillenii as well as D.

152 Rhodora [JUNE

glabellum. I shall consider first D. paniculatum and then the
other members of the group.

DESMODIUM PANICULATUM (L.) DC. Prod. ii. 329 (1825), var.
typicum. Hedysarum paniculatum L. Sp. Pl. 749 (1753). Mei-
bomia paniculata (L.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. 198 (1891). D. paniculatum,
[var.] 8. angustifolium Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 364 (1840). M.
paniculata, var. angustifolia (Torr. & Gray) Vail, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Cl., xix. 112 (1892). M. angustifolia (Torr. & Gray) Kearney,
Bull. Torr. Bot. C1., xx. 481 (1893), not (HBK.) Ktze. M. panic-
ulata, var. Chapmani Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 204 (1894).

Linnaeus's Hedysarum paniculatum was based on a Clayton
plant in the Gronovian Herbarium (British Museum, Nat.
Hist.). From the photograph in the Gray Herbarium it is clear
that the leaflets are of the narrower type (at least on upper
portions of the plant), a terminal leaflet being only 7 mm. broad
at base. In other characters there is no difference between the
broad- and narrow-leaved plants. There is, on the other hand,
such complete gradation from one extreme to the other that they
are best kept together as the somewhat polymorphic var. typicum.

Torrey & Gray's variety “8. angustifolium: leaves all narrower"
from “Southern and Western States"' has no more validity, so
far as I can see, than their var. pubens discussed below. It is
typical D. paniculatum.

There are a few other individual specimens which differ in
loment-characters from typical D. paniculatum, but lack of
sufficient material or adequate information about the material
at hand makes me hesitate to treat them as an entity of real
taxonomic significance.

In the hope, however, that collectors will watch for such
peculiar specimens I cite here the most outstanding. Two
specimens with elliptic to only obtusely angled loment-articles
and very broad isthmi: INDIANA: KNOX CO.: sandy soil along
railroad, 4% mi. south Oaktown, Sept. 11, 1934, Friesner, no.
7922. NEBRASKA: THURSTON cCOo.: Missouri River bottoms,
Winnebago Indian Reservation, Aug. 9, 1941, W. B. Fox, s. n.

Two specimens with fruit approaching that of D. ciliare, but
with habit- and pubescence-characters of one of the phases of
D. paniculatum: RHODE ISLAND: PROVIDENCE CO.: Providence,
S. T. Olney. TENNESSEE: COCKE co.: within three miles of Wolf
Creek Station, Aug. 31, 1937, Kearney, no. 659 (US).

1950] Schubert,—Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 153

Var. epetiolatum, var. nov. A var. typica differt foliis sessili-
bus vel brevipetiolatis; articulis lomentorum rotundatis.—D.
paniculatum, var. pubens sensu most authors.—Sphagnous bogs,
damp clearings and sandy pine- and oak-woods, Coastal Plain of
se. Va. and e. N. C.; Colorado Co., Tex.

VIRGINIA: ISLE OF WIGHT CO.: sandy pine- and oak-woods
south of Zuni, Aug. 24, 1936, Fernald & Long, no. 6615. NANSE-
MOND CO.: dry sandy pine-woods near Baines Hill School, south-
west of Cypress Chapel, Sept. 17, 1937, Fernald & Long, no. 7471
(G, TYPE); white sand of pine- and oak-woods and clearings near
Cathole Landing, west of Factory Hill, Aug. 23, 1940, Fernald &
Long, no. 12678165. NORFOLK co.: Northwest, Sept. 6, 1893,
A. A. Heller, no. 1255; damp old clearings and thickets, eastern
side of Great Dismal Swamp, north of Wallaceton, Sept. 4, 1941,
Fernald & Long, nos. 13630 and 13631. PRINCESS ANNE CO.:
open sands back of dunes, Rifle Range, south of Rudy Inlet,
Sept. 6, 1935, Fernald & Long, no. 4901. GREENSVILLE CO.:
sphagnous bog about 1 mile northwest of Dahlia, Aug. 20, 1938,
Fernald & Long, no. 9072.

NORTH CAROLINA: BEAUFORT CO.: pineland near Chocominty,
July 20, 1938, Godfrey, no. 5408. COLUMBUS CO.: pine-woodland
near Nokina, Aug. 29, 1938, Godfrey, no. 6354. ROBESON CO.:
dry open sand-barrens, 14 miles southeast of Lumberton, July
4, 1927, Wiegand & Manning, no. 1591.

TEXAS: COLORADO CO.: 1 mile east of Weimar, Oct. 4, 1937,
Cory, no. 25086.

Most of the material here designated as the new var. epetiola-
tum had previously been named, with more or less doubt, var.
pubens Gray. Var. pubens, however, does not seem to me to be
a tenable variety. Gray described it in the following manner:

“y. pubens: stem puberulent; leaves oblong-

lanceolate, rather rigid, pubescent, especially
beneath."

with the citation:

“+. Tampa Bay, Florida, Dr. Burrows!
Western Louisiana, Dr. Hale!

The two cited specimens are before me and they are not the
plants with short-petiolate leaves and more or less broadly
obtuse leaflets which have been quite generally called var.
pubens, but rather the more pubescent extreme of D. paniculatum,
var. typicum which is scarcely worthy of a name. The specimens
which Gray cited are not whole plants, simply the uppermost

154 Rhodora [JUNE

portion of stem with inflorescence. This accounts for the some-
what shorter petioles but these are no shorter than those simi-
larly placed in plants of var. typicum.

Another group of plants which has been called var. pubens
has the general aspect and superficial characters of var. epetio-
latum, but with angular loment-articles as in var. typicum. It
forms, in general, a group of somewhat more inland range than
var. epetiolatum, but at present does not seem to constitute a
unit sufficiently distinct morphologically or geographically from
the typical state to be specially designated. Further field-
studies may bring to light critical characters which will warrant
segregation of these plants.

Desmodium Dillenii Darlington has been perhaps the least
clearly understood species of the genus in our flora. It was
based by Darlington on a series of specimens representing two
different elements, both of which were incorporated by him in
his description. Two of the specimens from Darlington’s her-
barium have short petioles (to 3.3 cm.) and obtuse leaflets, two
others have long petioles (up to 7 cm.) and leaflets nearly acute.
The Dillenian plate to which Darlington refers is a very crude
drawing which could not with certainty be referred to any of
our species, the only significant character which may be observed
in it being short-petiolate leaves. In view of Darlington’s own
confusion and the perplexity of botanists ever since concerning
his species I propose to reduce the name (as I have D. rhombi-
folium) to the status of nomen confusum and divide the composite
into its distinct elements. The first of these, that with obtuse
leaflets and shorter petioles, is D. glabellum (Michx.) DC., while
the second, with acute leaflets and long petioles I am calling D.
perplexum sp. nov.

Schindler reduced D. glabellum to Meibomia paniculata, var.
obtusa (Desv.) Schindl. but D. glabellum seems to me too well
defined for that disposition. In addition to the characters
already mentioned the usually retuse leaflets with prominently
reticulate venation are very characteristic. D. perplexum, on
the other hand, has thinner leaflets usually more abundantly
pilose and with little or only obscure reticulation.

D. perplexum sp. nov., herbacea; caule tenui vel robusto,
uncinulato-puberulenti, fere piloso, 6 dm. longo de radice crasso

1950] Schubert,—Desmodium: Preliminary Studies 155

1 dm. longo; stipulis tenuis longo-attenuatis, persistentibus;
petiolis et rhachibus foliorum pilosis; foliolis elliptico-ovatis vel
ovatis praecipue acutis, undique pilosis; rhachibus inflorescentiae
uncinulato-puberulentibus et moderate pilosis; pedicellis 1 em.
vel minus longis; lomentis stipitatis, 2-5-articulatis; articulis plus
minusve rhomboideis, uncinulato-puberulentibus.— JD. Dillenii
Ell. in part (excl. plants with obtuse reticulate leaflets).—Sandy
woods, centr. Me. to Wisc. and s. rather generally throughout our
range and beyond.

Because of its wide distribution and the enormous number of
collections in all herbaria I shall not now, except for the type,
cite specimens of D. perplexum. This will be done, however, in
the monographie treatment, where a map of the distribution of
the species will also be presented.

TYPE: VIRGINIA: sussex co.: thicket bordering Bryant
Pond, about 14 mile ne. of Waverly, Sept. 13, 1945, Fernald &
Long, no. 14937 (G).

D. numirusum (Muhl.) Beck, the remaining member of this
group has not been much recognized since its description.
Specimens of it have at various times been identified as D.
ochroleucum, D. glabellum and various other species. It is a
spreading (though stiff) plant with often broad, abruptly at-
tenuate stipules and broad leaflets. Its leaflets are much thinner,
less coriaceous and usually narrower, however, than those of D.
ochroleucum, its flowers very much smaller, pedicels shorter and
its loments with more numerous, smaller articles uncinulate-
puberulent throughout (rather than glabrous except on sutures)
and with margins not folded. From D. glabellum D. humifusum
differs in its prostrate habit, thinner leaflets and broader and longer
persistent stipules among other characters. Its distribution is
much more local than that of D. glabellum.

156 Rhodora [JUNE

SIDELIGHTS FROM ZOOLOGY ON BOTANICAL
NOMENCLATURE!

Lrovp H. SHINNERS

IN a recent article (“Official Plant Names?” in Ruopora 52:
1-7, 1950), Dr. F. R. Fosberg has discussed some of the implica-
tions in efforts to add a list of conserved names of species to the
rules of botanical nomenclature. His discussion is in accord
with an earlier one by Dr. Albert C. Smith (*A Legislated No-
menclature for Species of Plants?” in Amer. Journ. Bot. 36:
624-626, 1949). Dr. Fosberg remarks, “One of the most
inevitable evils that would arise under such a scheme would be
an attempt to substitute decision by authority for taxonomic
research. . . . Under even the best-informed authority this
would be an intolerable infringement of freedom of research."
He adds further, ‘‘In repeated conversations with non-taxonomic
users of botanical names it has become very evident that the
annoyance with name changes is an indiscriminate one... .
There is sometimes resentment even of cases resulting from
increased taxonomic knowledge. . . . There are matters that
cannot be settled by legislation any more than the principles of ge-
netics can be regulated by the decisions of political commissars."

Systematic botanists are generally unaware of how far their
zoological brethern have gone toward the acceptance of authori-
tative (in the sense of dictatorial, not of specially competent) and
arbitrary decisions by a handful of individuals. It may seem
strange to botanists that an 18-man Commission (the number
now to be increased) is empowered to abrogate (‘‘suspend’’) the
zoological rules altogether at any time for any specific item, to
exclude certain publications from consideration, or to designate
types of genera and higher groups without simultaneous taxo-
nomic study. Those who have a nodding acquaintance with
such small and taxonomically rather simple groups as the birds
or mammals are likely to have an illusory impression that syste-
matic zoology is stabilized and orderly, in very favorable con-
trast with the condition of systematic botany, and are apt to
attribute this to the rules of nomenclature rather than to the

1 Space subsidized by the author to insure immediate publication.

1950] Shinners,—Sidelights on Botanical Nomenclature 157

subject matter. It is worth citing an example from the inverte-
brates, in which complications equal to any in botany have
arisen, and have been aggravated by an authoritative ruling.
V. S. L. Pate, in “The Generic Names of the Sphecoid Wasps and
Their Type Species (Hymenoptera: Aculeata)” (Memoirs of the
American Entomological Society No. 9, 1937), has the following
discussion of the typification of Sphex Linnaeus (l. c., pp. 83-85):

“As type of the Linnaean genus Sphex, Latreille in 1810 proposed Sphex
flavipennis Fabricius, 1793, a species not described until five years after
Linnaeus’ death. Nevertheless, in spite of this, the name Sphex was used
almost uniformly in the sense of Latreille for nearly a hundred years until
[Henry Torsey] Fernald in 1905 called attention to this error, discussed it
at some length, [and] designated Sphex sabulosa Linnaeus, 1758 as type of
Sphex Linnaeus, 1758, a decision with which the International Commis-
sion on Zoological Nomenclature concurred in rendering Opinion 32... .
Sphex Linnaeus, 1758 thereby became isogenotypic with Ammophila
Kirby, 1798, which fell as an absolute synonym and Chlorion Latreille,
1802, as the next oldest name in the group, was resurrected to be used for
Sphex Auctt. nec Linnaeus. Recently the Commission while still of the
opinion that Sphex sabulosa Linnaeus is the type of Sphex Linnaeus, 1758,
but likewise, as a result of representations brought before them, presum-
ably convinced that strict application of the rules in this case might
apparently cause greater confusion than uniformity, proposed to suspend
the rules and recognize as valid Latreille’s designation of Sphex flavipennis
Fabricius, 1793 as the type of Sphex Linnaeus, 1758. If this course is
followed, the name Sphex reverts to the group . . . which has laterly been
known as Ammobia Bilberg, 1820. Ammophila Kirby, 1798, is then
resurrected for Sphex in the sense of Linnaeus and Fernald. However,
as an immediate corollary of this proposed action, Sphex, as the Commis-
sion now advocates that it should be used, must be accredited to Latreille,
presumably 1810, for only by the most specious sophistry may the name
still continue to be attributed to Linnaeus. Moreover, Sphex Latreille
nec Linnaeus, 1758, is a homonym, no matter how the case is reviewed,
and as such, is invalid. Its validity is entirely dependent upon the
dubious authority of a commission whose personnel must inevitably
change from time to time. There is no guarantee that future commis-
sions will not abrogate the proposed decision as readily as the present body
now proposes in effect to annul that of its predecessor. It is needless to
point out further the absurdity of following the procedure which the
commission now proposes to advocate, that by this action they tend to
vitiate such powers as they have, that in effect they nullify all preceding
opinions and tend to destroy the foundations upon which the Zoological
Code is founded. Their abject capitulation to the plea of temporal
expediency in this instance is most certainly ill advised. Four or five
decades ago the vertebrate zoologist underwent the same nomenclatorial
travail that the entomologist is now undergoing. The mammalogist, the
ornithologist, and the remaining vertebrate confraternity have apparently
survived this period of labour. The entomologist, however, is fast ap-
proaching that condition which will soon permit him to be classed as one
of those animals which are his chief concern.”

158 Rhodora [JUNE

Surprising though it may seem to many, botanists have
grounds for pride in the history of the development of their rules
of nomenclature, which have been more extensively worked out
and more universally accepted for a longer time than those of the
zoologists. Not until 1905 were the zoologists able to publish
an international set of tules of nomenclature, and the present
Code, which must serve the vast fields of entomology and proto-
zoology as well as vertebrate zoology, amounts to only 35
articles. Contrast this with the botanical rules, whose adoption
in 1905 in more or less their present form had been preceded by
nearly forty years of publication and wide acceptance of two
major sets of rules, and which at present include 74 articles,
together with numerous recommendations, examples, and ap-
pendixes. The interested reader is referred to “A Discussion on
the Differences in Observance Between Zoological and Botanical
Nomenclature. 2. The Case for the Zoologists," by Francis
Hemming (Secretary of the International Zoological Commission),
Proe. Linn. Soc. London 156: 134-137, 1944. "The zoological
Code is reprinted in “Procedure in Taxonomy," by Edward T.
Schenk and John H. MeMasters, revised edition, published in
1948 by Stanford University Press. (This book deals only with
systematic zoology, primarily the field of paleontology, and not
with the broad subject of taxonomy as the title implies.)

Botanists have perhaps some grounds for comfort in knowing
that the zoological rules are now in process of more drastic
revision than the botanical ones have seen in more than a third
of a century. (See “Important Advances in Zoological Nomen-
clature Achieved at 13th International Congress of Zoology,"
by Francis Hemming, Science n. s. 108: 156—157, Aug. 13, 1948.)

Botanists may be surprised by certain of the autocratic re-
quirements in the zoological code regarding orthography. Arti-
cle 3 states, “The scientific names of animals must be words
which are either Latin or Latinized, or considered and treated as
such in case they are not of classic origin." Nevertheless,
Article 20 states, “In forming names derived from languages in
which the Latin alphabet is used, the exact original spelling,
including diacritic marks, is to be retained. Examples: . . .
móbiusi, . . . czjzeki,. . . färöensis.” In partial contradiction,
a recommendation under this same article reads, “In proposing

1950] Shinners,—Sidelights on Botanical Nomenclature 159

new names based upon personal names which are written some-
times with à, ó, or ü, at other times with ae, oe, and ue, it is
recommended that authors adopt ae, oe, and ue." A lengthy
Appendix F to the Code "indicates the manner in which Greek
words should be transliterated." But this legislative gesture of
acquiescence in good scholarship is counteracted by Article 14c,
paragraph 3: “If the name is a modern patronymic, the genitive
is always formed by adding, to the exact and complete name, an
i if the person is a man, or an ae if the person is a woman, even
if the name has a Latin form. . . . Examples:. . . móbtust, . . .
bosi (not bovis), salmoni (not salmonis)." To a botanist with
even a smattering of Latin, it would appear that zoologists are
compelled to illiteracy by legislative fiat—and by quite incon-
sistent regulations at that.

Botanists may find it strange also that names of subgenera
are treated as of equal value (and are frequently used inter-
changeably) with those of genera, and of subspecies with those
of species—going beyond a peculiarity of the American Code long
since abandoned by botanists. Up to the present, there has been
no provision in the zoological rules for names of groups below the
rank of subspecies—a fact often overlooked by botanists who
desire to substitute the term subspecies for variety in botanical
nomenclature. (Provision for subspecific groups is to be added
to the next edition of the zoological rules.) Those who believe
that zoologists never capitalize specific names may be surprised
by Article 13: “While specific substantive names derived from
names of persons may be written with a capital initial letter, all
other specific names are to be written with a small initial letter.
Examples: Rhizostoma Cuvieri or Rh. cuvieri, Francolinus Lucani
or F. lucani

I hope that the above example and quotations will suggest to
botanists the unwisdom of pinning hopes for progress upon
dictatorial regulations, or of attempting to modify the botanical
rules after the model of the zoological ones, without understand-
ing the history of and present practice under the latter. The
zoologists long ago adopted an official list of generic names, to
which names of species are now to be added. ‘The present state
of systematie entomology is far behind that of systematic botany,
as might be expected from the enormously large number of species

160 Rhodora [JUNE

of insects, and the relatively small number of monographers
working on them. The troubles which led to Pate’s angry
protests, quoted above, are very possibly a forerunner of many
more likely to confront the entomologists because of the Official
List and other features of the zoological rules. Surely there is
much food for thought in Dr. Fosberg’s remark that in the
botanical rules the principle of priority and the type method
“are the only fundamentally objective features in the rules of
nomenclature, and are the bulwarks standing between an orderly
and understandable system and nomenclatural anarchy.”
Botanists will do well to drop their legendary inferiority complex
(wholly unjustified by their accomplishments in systematics),
and follow closely the spirit of Article 6 of their rules (quoted
almost word for word in Article 1 of the zoological code): “Bo-
tanical nomenclature is independent of zoological nomenclature."
The zoologists have adopted arbitrary rules, then permitted a
group of individuals to suspend them as occasion arises. The
results have not been altogether happy. Botanists may well
heed Dr. Smith's admonitions against what is likely to be ‘‘an
impractical solution of a problem which is approaching clarifica-
tion by the normal procedures of careful monographie and
bibliographie work in plant taxonomy."

SOUTHERN METHODIST UNIVERSITY
Dallas 5, Texas

RANGE-EXTENSIONS AND -CLARIFICATIONS IN
NEW HAMPSHIRE

A. R. HODGDON AND STANLEY KROCHMAL

Ir seems advisable to record range data for a miscellaneous
assemblage of New Hampshire species of vascular plants collected
by the authors or brought to their attention during recent years.

1. RANUNCULUS FASCICULARIS Muhl.

On May 15, 1948, the senior author and K. W. Woodward
collected this buttercup near the summit of the middle member
of the Pawtuckaway Mountains in the township of Nottingham.
The habitat was a warm southern slope dominated by Carya
ovata and Ostrya virginiana—the elevation somewhat more than

1950] Hodgdon and Krochmal,—Range-Extensions 161

700 feet. The species has been reported previously from New
Hampshire but specimens of it are difficult to locate. F. W.
Batchelder! listed it with the accompanying notation “rare” and
H. G. Jesup? reported it from “North Charlestown—Dr. Graves".
The Reverend H. J. Sheehan O.S.B. of St. Anselm’s College who
has made an exhaustive study of the Batchelder Herbarium
reports that he has failed to find there a specimen of Ranunculus
fascicularis. However, the earlier collections of Batchelder
were destroyed by fire in 1902 and apparently he did not succeed
in replacing all of these before his death in 1911. As the species
has not been reported from Maine’ or farther to the Northeast’,
the new station would seem to have particular significance as a
northeastern extension of range.

2. CHIMAPHILA MACULATA (L.) Pursh.

On October 20, 1948, a class in Botany from the University of
New Hampshire, while exploring a deciduously wooded southern
slope in Lee, near Turtle Pond, found a few scattered plants of
the attractive spotted wintergreen. ‘The member of the group
to have first noticed its variegated foliage among the fallen
hickory leaves was Mr. Francis Fay.

In the second edition of Jesup’s Flora, 1891, there appears
the following note relating to C. maculata “growing with C.
umbellata.” This may refer to Vermont for which there are
several accepted printed records. A more definite N. H. report
is that of Walter Deane? who states that an herbarium specimen
had been seen from New Hampshire. On August 31, 1929, the
Reverend H. J. Sheehan collected Chimaphila maculata in a pine-
grove in Goffstown, Hillsboro Co., along the Piscataquog River.
In 1948 this station was revisited but camps had been erected
and according to Sheehan’s report “the search was fruitless”.
Recently the senior author located a specimen of C. maculata in
the Windham collection of Wm. Samuel Harris. It is possible

1 Plants of Manchester, N. H. Proc. Manchester Institute of Arts and Sciences,
Vol. IV, Part 2, 1909.

2 A Preliminary Catalogue of Flowering Plants and Higher Cryptogams Growing
without Cultivation within 30 Miles of Hanover, 1882.

3 Ogden, E. C. et al. Check-List of the Vascular Plants of Maine. Bull. of the
Josselyn Bot. Soc., No. 8, Aug. 1948.

1 Benson, L. A Treatise on the North American Ranunculi, Am. Midl. Nat. 40, 1,
July 1948.

5 Rhodora: 1, 93, 1899.

162 Rhodora [JUNE

that this collection is the one referred to above by Walter Deane.
It is apparent, therefore, that the spotted wintergreen is exceed-
ingly rare in New Hampshire. Inasmuch as there are no reports
of it from Maine? loc. cit. or specimens in our herbaria from areas
farther to the north and east, we may assume that it reaches the
northeastern limits of its known range in Lee, New Hampshire.

3. PoDOSTEMUM CERATOPHYLLUM Michx.

During the past season the junior author and his co-workers
of the N. H. Fish and Game Department Waterfowl Habitat
Study discovered three new stations for this species to add to
those previously reported by Hodgdon and Krochmal.5 "These
stations are as follows: Warner River, Warner, Merrimack
County—where abundant; Merrimack River near entrance of
brook from Pine Island Pond, Manchester, Hillsboro Co.—
scattered; and Suncook River, below bridge on route 28, Barn-
stead, Belknap Co.—rare. In addition to the above, Prof. N. C.
Fassett, in the summer of 1948, sent to the senior author speci-
mens of Podostemum collected in Hillsboro on rocks exposed by
low water along highway 9 near junction with 31. This is at
or near the Hillsboro station reported in Rhodora? loc. cit.

4. IVA FRUTESCENS L. var. ORARIA (Bartlett) Fernald & Griscom.

This species several years ago was reported’ by the senior
author as new to New Hampshire. Recent field studies along
the shore of Great Bay and near Portsmouth demonstrate the
plant to be locally abundant. In October 1947 specimens were
collected by A. R. Hodgdon and D. P. Gangi on Footman's
Island in Great Bay in the township of Durham. "Three new
townships, all in Rockingham Co., have been added to its range
by the late 1948 and early 1949 botanizings of the junior author.
The specific localities are as follows: Newmarket—shore of
Great Bay and Vol’s Island; Newcastle—route 1, near Ports-
mouth; and Portsmouth—near the Newcastle Station. While
it might have been expected on the eastern side of the Piscataqua
River in Maine, a hasty search of the Elliot and Kittery shores in
December 1948 by the junior author proved fruitless. We are
finding an increasing number of localized species in southeastern

* Rhodora: 50, Aug. 1948.
7 Rhodora: 46, 22, 1944.

1950] Hodgdon and Krochmal,—Range-Extensions 163

New Hampshire which fail to “bridge the gap" between it and
Maine. For some, the river itself would seem to be the barrier.

5. RHAMNUS FRANGULA L.

In view of the abundance and weedy character in Durham of
this otherwise infrequent shrub, it seems entirely appropriate to
discuss its occurrence in New Hampshire. While it is not listed
in the recent check list of the Vascular Plants of Maine’, several
herbarium specimens and a number of published reports attest
to its occurrence in Nova Scotia, Quebec, Massachusetts, and
Connecticut. A specimen in the Herbarium of the New England
Botanical Club from Dublin has been the sole record for New
Hampshire.

The senior author has collected this species a number of times
in wooded situations or waste-areas in Durham as well as on a
partially wooded pasture slope in the township of Northumber-
land in Coos Co., above the Connecticut River at some distance
from a habitation.

In Durham, the presence of ornamental Rhamnus Frangula of
nearly tree-like proportions in the shrubby border of the Presi-
dent’s house in the center of Durham village perhaps explains the
source of the fruits and seeds which apparently are carried by
birds to wild areas in the general vicinity. This may or may not
be a weed of future importance. However, at present it is well
established in Durham and is showing signs of rapid spread.
Collections have been made in Durham from vigorous plants in
three fairly widely separated wooded areas and in addition the
species has been observed in some abundance along a Durham
road in an open situation.

6. CENTAUREA SOLSTITIALIS L.

It is always something of a problem to know how to treat the
erratic members of the flora. Barnaby’s thistle, while not an
abundant weed, has been taken on two separate occasions in
widely separated parts of New Hampshire and sent to the Uni-
versity of New Hampshire for identification, once from Clare-
mont in Sullivan County in 1945 and again by Andrew 8. Abbott
in Bristol in Grafton Co., Aug. 1948. The fragments sent have
been put into the University Herbarium and readily serve to
permit identification. It is not known whether this species is

164 Rhodora [JUNE

persisting or spreading in the state. "The Bristol specimens were
reported as appearing in a garden following applications of sheep
manure. Apparently this species may be expected as a casual
adventive in New Hampshire, as it is farther south.

7. SILYBUM MARIANUM (L.) Gaertn.

Ella T. Pearson of Epping, in Rockingham County sent in on
October 15, 1946, a large specimen of the Lady's Thistle which
had appeared as an adventive in her garden.

8. DIGITALIS LANATA Ehrh.

Mrs. Norma Roberts of Bristol, Grafton County, sent a
specimen with the notation “two plants that came up a few feet
apart in an old garden—. I have no idea where they could have
come from."

Herbarium specimens of the species discussed above are
variously distributed in the collections of the New England
Botanical Club, the University of New Hampshire, and St.
Anselm's College.

UNIVERSITY OF New HAMPSHIRE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT
STATION (A. R. H.) AND
New HAMPSHIRE STATE FisH AND GAME DEPARTMENT (S. K.)

Vol. 52, no. 617, including pages 77-128 and plate 1161, was issued 10
May, 1950.

odora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52. July, 1950. No. 619.

CONTENTS:

Some Results of a third Summer's Botanizing in Oklahoma.
U. T. Waterfall. ........ xd S.L eee ce 165
Need for Caution regarding certain Collections. M. L. Fernald. 175

Synonymy in Viburnum obovatum and V. cassinoides.

Wilbur H. Duncan... VELA ODER. DA dd kiss esmabn pe 179
A New Variety in Saxifraga. George J. Goodman. ......... 183

Notes on two adventive Plants of the Washington, D. C., Area.
Frank. C. Cross. occ ces dv vein Oe ett Ba eso. Re ees 183

The New England Botanical Club, Ince.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the
flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver’s
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

No. XXXIV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 77-269, 1902.
Flora of the Galapagos Islands. With 3 plates.
Bs BL. PL soc nn Gab 4 we hobs) adebaenéketosuduesiaseseevse $1.75

No. XXXV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 69-120. 1903. New and
otherwise ov^ Angiosperms from Mexico and Central
Am NP TOL CATO ns 0's ss A A AESA $ .50

No. XXXI. M go from Proc. Ed Acad. xli. 235-278. 1905.
1. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. Greenman.
2. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae.
BER L PS. ..ececopdat)preeppeerrs «unido errata TTA $ .40

No. XXXII. a from Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 3-48. 1906.
. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
5 Revision of the Genus Ophryosporus.
3. The Genus Helogyne and its Synonyms.
4. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Bí WE which have been classed with them.
TP X IL HORN .ruasadadasssskeveeextanitiiilbusectooesuna $ .60

GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. July, 1950 No. 619

SOME RESULTS OF A THIRD SUMMERS
BOTANIZING IN OKLAHOMA

U. T. WATERFALL

DurinG the summer of 1949 the author continued his investi-
gations of the Oklahoma Flora as Botanist with the Oklahoma
Biological Survey, University of Oklahoma. As in the past, the
most interesting and taxonomically productive regions have been
the Black Mesa area of the Oklahoma panhandle, extreme south-
western and extreme southeastern Oklahoma. The author has
listed some of the characteristic species of these areas (RHODORA:
51: 19-21, 1949 and RHopona 51), so it seems needless to repeat
them here.

The following enumeration is concerned principally with species
which the author has not found recorded from the state, and with
distribution notes concerning species rarely collected in Okla-
homa. The species believed to be newly reported for the state
are prefixed with an asterisk. This assumption is based on
checking the plants listed in Jeffs and Little, A Preliminary List
of the Ferns and Seed Plants of Oklahoma (1930), Stemen and
Myers, Oklahoma Flora (1937), Featherly, Manual of the Grasses
of Oklahoma (1946), Hitchcock, Manual of the Grasses of the
United States (1935), and on available monographs and other
publications hereinafter cited. There are 36 such additions re-
corded. Specimens are usually cited so anyone in the future
may know upon what basis these reports rest. The cited material
is in the Bebb Herbarium of the University of Oklahoma, unless
otherwise stated. Duplicates of the author’s collections, when
available, will be sent later to a few other herbaria.

166 Rhodora [JULY

ENUMERATION OF SPECIES

*AGROSTIS EXARATA Trin. was collected as Waterfall 9105, bed
of North Carrizo Creek, 4 miles north of Kenton, Cimarron
County, June 27, 1949.

It is not listed from Oklahoma by Featherly (op. cit.). Hitch-
cock (op. cit: 336) shows its occurrence in the adjoining states of
Colorado and New Mexico. The cited collection has rather
dense panicles and unawned lemmas.

*CENCHRUS PAUCIFLORUS Benth. Of 37 sheets of Cenchrus in
our herbarium, all previously referred to C. paucifloris, 36 are
representative of C. longispinus (Hackel) Fern. One is repre-
sentative of C. pauciflorus Benth. as circumscribed by Fernald.!
It is Hopkins 1004, wet sandy dunes along the Salt Fork of the
Red River, 3 mi. west of Altus, Jackson County, October 24, 1936.

*ORYZOPSIS MICRANTHA (Trin. and Rupr.) Thurb. This
species was taken as Waterfall 9090 in a canyon on the northern
slopes of Black Mesa, 3 miles north of Kenton, Cimarron County,
June 27, 1949.

Hitchcock (op. cit: 416) says it is found “from Saskatchewan
to Montana, south to New Mexico and Arizona." The awn is
early deciduous.

*PANICUM RAMISETUM Scribn. This species was collected as
Waterfall 8990, mixed gypsum and dolomite, low hill south of
Buck Creek, 4 miles west and 61% miles south of Hollis, Harmon
County, June 14, 1949.

Hitchcock (Manual of Grasses of the United States: 612. 1935)
states that the range of the species is southern Texas and North-
ern Mexico. In the Bebb Herbarium of the University of Okla-
homa the nearest collection is Charles Smith 131, 12 miles north-
west of San Angelo, Tom Green County, Texas.

SPOROBOLUS GIGANTEUS Nash was taken as Waterfall 9039
from the Waynoka sand dunes, north of the Cimarron River
south of Waynoka, Woods County, June 24, 1949.

According to Hitchcock (op. cit.: 406) the then known range of
S. giganteus was “western Texas to Arizona". Featherly (op.
cit.: 59) says that it has been collected in Woodward County.

TRISETUM INTERRUPTUM Buckl. In Hitchcock (op. cit.: 287)

the range is given as being from Texas to Colorado and Arizona.
Featherly (op. cit.: 61) says it is found in Payne County, Okla-

! Fernald, M. L. Virginia Botanizing Under Restrictions, RHODORA 45: 387-388.
1943.

1950] Waterfall,—Some Results of Botanizing in Oklahoma 167

homa. We have this species as Jack Engleman 166, Blaine
County, April. 26, 1937, and as Waterfall 8926, overgrazed
pasture on red sandstone of the Quartermaster Formation, 1l
miles south of Cheyenne, Roger Mills County, June 13, 1949.
*ELEOCHARIS GENICULATA (L.) R. and S. (E. caribaea (Rottb.)
Blake). So referred is Waterfall 3102, bank of pond south of
fairgrounds, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma County, July 26, 1941.

This is not in the list of Jeffs and Little (op. cit.), and I do not
find it elsewhere recorded from the state.

*ELEOCHARIS PARVULA (R. & S.) Link, var. ANACHAETA (Torr.)
Svens. So determined is Waterfall 3102 (a), bank of pond
south of fairgrounds, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma County, July
26, 1941.

In his distribution map of var. anachaeta Svenson (RHODORA:
36: 387. 1934) maps an ellipse which includes Oklahoma, but
shows no dots representing collections from the state.

*ScIRPUS SAXIMONTANUS Fernald. We have this species as
Penfound 381, in shallow water, upper burhead zone, Gate Playa,
near Gate, Beaver County, August 16, 1949.

When describing S. saximontanus Fernald (Ruopora: 3: 251.
1901) cited specimens from Colorado, Texas and San Luis Potosi.

POLYGONUM DUMETORUM L., forma CRISTATUM (Engelm. and
Gray) Robinson. At the University of Oklahoma there is one
sheet so referred. It is Waterfall 1770, open woods, 534 miles
west of Oklahoma City, Oklahoma County, September 11, 1939.

RUMEX PULCHER L., ssp. DIVARICATUS (L.) Murb. The
material of R. pulcher so far collected in southeastern Oklahoma
appears referrable to ssp. divaricatus as described by Rechinger.!
The leaves are not panduriform, and the toothed valves of the
fruit are about as long as broad, as is described for ssp. d?varicatus.

*EUuUROTIA LANATA (Pursh) Moq. This species was collected
as Waterfall 9230, top of Black Mesa, 3 miles north and 1 mile
east of Kenton, Cimarron County, August 9, 1949.

*ALTERNANTHERA REPENS (L.) Kuntze. Referred to this
species are plants collected as Waterfall 9159, roadside, Marietta,
Love County, July 15, 1949.

Cory (op. cit.) lists it from the adjacent Blackland Prairie area
of Texas.

*AMARANTHUS ALBUS L., var. PUBESCENS (Uline & Bray)
Fern. So assigned are several sheets of A. albus (A. graecizans

1 Rechinger, K. H., The North American Species of Rumez, Field Mus. Nat. Hist.—
Bot. 17: 130. 1937.

168 Rhodora [JuLy

of auths.) which are viscid-puberulent, but not densely so.
Representative are: Rotha Bull 299, 3 miles northwest of Granite,
Greer County, August 9, 1931, and McMurry 538, Wichita
Mountains, Comanche County, August 22, 1938.

Var. pubescens (‘‘densely viscid-puberulent’’) is said to occur
from “Nevada to southern Colorado and New Mexico.” (N.
Am. Fl. 21 (2): 116. 1917).

*AMARANTHUS SCLEROPOIDES Uline and Bray. So referred is
material collected as Waterfall 8596, 3 miles west of Orienta,
Major County, August 20, 1948.

In the North American Flora (21 (2): 104. 1917) this species
is said to occur in central and western Texas.

*PORTULACA LANCEOLATA Engelm. This species is easily
recognized by the winged capsule-rim. We have at the Bebb
Herbarium of the University of Oklahoma Demaree 13013,
North Cache Creek, Medicine Park, June 19, 1936.

In the North American Flora (21 (4): 330. 1932) the distribu-
tion is stated as being ‘‘western Texas to Arizona and Lower
California; Georgia; Cuba and Jamaica". It is interesting to
note that the type locality is “Granite region of western Texas",
and that the Wichita Mountains are predominantly granite.

DELPHINIUM VIRESCENS Nutt. (TYPICAL).

In Jeffs and Little's Preliminary List . . . D. Penardi Huth
is found in the synonymy of D. virescens Nutt. The material in
our herbarium that was available for study prior to the time of
that publication has all been assigned to typical D. virescens by
Ewan.

D. VIRESCENS, ssp. PENARDI (Huth.) Ewan. The monogra-
pher of the genus when studying our material in 1944 annotated
two sheets as ssp. Penardi. They are: Goodman 2569, sides of
butte, 8 miles south of Watonga, Blaine County, May 25, 1935,
and Goodman 2619a, Antelope Hills, Roger Mills County, May
26, 1935.

*D. VIRESCENS, ssp. WooroNri (Rydb.) Ewan. So annotated
by Ewan is Demaree 12362, low hills, Carmen, Alfalfa County,
May 1, 1936.

LinpeRA BeEnzoin (L.) Blume, var. PUBESCENS (Palm. and
Steyerm.) Rehder, (Benzoin aestivale (L.) Nees, var. pubescens
Palm. and Steyerm. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gar. 22: 545. 1935.)

The range given by Palmer and Steyermark when they de-
scribed the pubescent vaiety (loc. cit.) included Oklahoma. Of

1950] Waterfall, —Some Results of Botanizing in Oklahoma 169

the 16 sheets we have in our herbarium from the eastern part of
the state, 10 are var. pubescens, and 6 are of the glabrous var.
typica.

*DRABA REPTANS (Lam.) Fern., var. MICRANTHA (Nutt.) Fern.
Of 59 sheets of D. reptans from Oklahoma in our herbarium, 57
sheets are the typical glabrous-fruited var. typica. Two are
referrable to the hispid-fruited var. micrantha. They are:
Couch C-3, Arbuckle Mountains, Murray County, March 6, 1938,
and Stevens A3055.2, without data.

Fernald! states that the range of var. micrantha is from
“Louisiana to southern California, north to Illinois, Minnesota,
South Dakota, Montana and Washington”.

*SISYMBRIUM OFFICINALE (L.) Scop., var. LEIOCARPUM DC.
Of the 6 sheets of S. officinale in our herbarium 5 have glabrous
fruits, the other one has the pubescent fruits of the typical
variety.

*PHYSOCARPUS OPULIFOLIUS (L.) Maxim., var. INTERMEDIUS
(Rydb.) Robins. This species was collected as Waterfall 9198,
wooded calcareous slopes, 3 miles west and 215 north of the state
line west of Siloam Springs, Delaware County, July 27, 1949.

It has been collected previously in Arkansas (Gray’s Manual,
ed. 7: 456).
*ASTRAGALUS AUSTRINUS (Small) E. D. Schultz. So referred

is Waterfall 7800, shallow sand on gypsum, 4 miles east and 4
south of El Dorado, Jackson County, June 5, 1948.

Cory (op. cit.) lists this species from the adjacent Plains area
of Texas. Rydberg (N. Am. Fl. 24 (7): 431. 1924.) says that it
ranges from “Texas to Colorado, Utah, Lower California and
Durango."

*ASTRAGALUS HUMISTRATUS Gray. So referred is Waterfall
9077, top of Black Mesa, 2 miles north of Kenton, Cimarron
County, June 27, 1949.

In the North American Flora (24 (6): 315. 1929.) this species
is said to occur from southern Colorado to Chihuahua and
Arizona.

ASTRAGALUS LINDHEIMERI Gray. At the Bebb Herbarium of

the University of Oklahoma this species is represented by Water-
fall 7819, saline plain, 44% miles south of Hollister, Tillman

! Fernald, M. L., Draba in temperate Northeastern America. Ruopvora 36: 368.
1934.

170 Rhodora [Jury

County, June 5, 1948. In the herbarium of Oklahoma A. & M.
College there is a sheet, Louise Perrin 40, one mile north of
Altus, Jackson County, April 18, 1937.

Rydberg (N. Am. Fl. 24 (7): 428. 1929.) restricts its distribu-
tion to Texas.

DALEA NANA Torr. The only location from which the author
has found this species in Oklahoma is in the stabilized sand-dunes
west of Boise City, Cimarron County, where it was collected as
Waterfall 9052.

*MODIOLA CAROLINIANA (L.) G. Don. was collected as Water-
fall, 8888, edge of woods along road, 4 miles south and 2 miles
east of Tom, McCurtain County, June 6, 1949.

In our country this monotypic genushas been known previously!
from Florida to Texas and Virginia.

OENOTHERA CANESCENS Torr. and Frem.

This species had been collected in Texas, near Amarillo, and
in Kansas, including the type (Am. Journ. Bot. 19: 767. 1932).
Therefore it should be expected in the Oklahoma panhandle.
Penfound has collected it in Hitchland Playa, near Hitchland,
Texas County (Penfound 351), but the map shows the playa to be
just over the state line in Texas. He states that he has seen it
in Griggs Playa, Cimarron County, but we have no confirmatory
herbarium specimen. Since the species is so distinct from other
Oklahoma Oenotheras we may be fairly certain that it occurs in
the state, but confirmation, by way of herbarium material, is
still needed.

*ASCLEPIAS MACROTIS Torr. Although the present author
mentioned A. macrotis as an associate of Sarcostemma lobatum
when he described the latter (RHoporA 51: 59. 1949), it appar-
ently has not been otherwise reported as a part of the state flora.
We have several collections of A. macrotis, all from the mesa area
of northwestern Cimarron County.

*ASCLEPIAS OBOVATA Ell. This species has been collected as
Waterfall 8102, prairie 2 miles southeast of Talihina, Le Flore
County, June 24, 1948, and as Waterfall 8405, silty soil 20 miles
southeast of Atoka, Atoka County.

Cory (op. cit.) records A. obovata from adjacent areas in eastern
Texas.

1 Small, J. K., Manual of the Southeastern Flora. 1933.

1950] Waterfall,—Some Results of Botanizing in Oklahoma 171

* ASCLEPIAS VIRIDIFLORA Raf., var. LINEARIS Gray. We have
this variety as Eskew 531, 1 mile southwest of Blanchard, Grady
County, July 29, 1936, and Waterfall 7903, slopes of Black Mesa,
3 miles north and 1 mile west of Kenton, Cimarron County,
June 13, 1948.

The lateral veins in the leaves of var. linearis seem to be much
less prominent and are more ascending than in the typical variety.

GILIA RIGIDULA Benth., var. acerosa Gray. In Oklahoma
the author has found this plant only from the caliche ridges east
of Guymon in Texas County. It is represented by Waterfall
9056.

*MYOSOTIS MACROSPERMA Engelm. In the folders of M. verna
I find 3 sheets referrable to M. macrosperma as the two are
differentiated by Fernald.! They are: Hopkins and Cross 1764,
swampy woods 2 miles south of Talihina, LeFlore County, May
6, 1937; M. Hopkins, Aven and Ruth Nelson 1056, low woods near
creek, 3 miles south of Lehigh, Coal County; Aven and Ruth
Nelson and George Goodman 5601, shaded rocky stream bank, 15
miles north of Broken Bow, MeCurtain County, April 21, 1946.

*PHYSALIS FENDLERI Gray. This species has been collected
as Demaree 13388, top of bluff, John Regnier Ranch, Kenton,
Cimarron County, July 28, 1936. We also have Waterfall 3155,
7891 and 7915, all so referrable, and all collected from the mesa
area of northwestern Cimarron County.

PHYSALIS HEDERAEFOLIA Gray, var. comata (Rydb.), stat.
nov. (P.comata Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 22: 306. 1895). In the
western part of the Oklahoma panhandle we have a Physalis that
looks like P. hederaefolia, but has long (1-2 mm.) flat jointed
hairs scattered on the stem, leaves and calyces among the abund-
ant viscid capitate hairs. These plants the author is referring to
var. comata. Typical P. hederaefolia may have a villous pubes-
cence, of somewhat jointed hairs (up to half as long as in var.
comata) mixed with the short capitate glandular hairs, but the
pubescence seems to be denser and shorter. Referred to var.
comata are: Waterfall 7867, 14 miles east of Hooker, Texas
County, June 11, 1948; Waterfall 7445, plains north of the Black
Mesa, north of Kenton, Cimarron County, July 9, 1947; Water-
fall 9240, northeast slopes of the Black Mesa, 3 miles north and 1
east of Kenton, Cimarron County, August 10, 1949.

PHYSALIS MOLLIS Nutt., var. CINERASCENS (Dunal) Gray.
Although our current manuals and check-list do not mention this
variety, it is recorded by Rydberg? from both “Indian Territory”

1 Fernald, M. L., Another Century of Additions to the Flora of Virginia. RHODORA

43: 637. 1941.
2 Rydberg. P. A. The North American Species of Physalis and related Genera.

Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. 4 (5): 355. 1896.

172 Rhodora [Jury

and “Oklahoma Territory,” roughly, eastern and western Okla-
homa. We have several sheets in our herbarium.

*SOLANUM ELEAEGNIFOLIUM Cav., f. ALBIFLORUM Cockrell.
The white-flowered form was collected as Waterfall 7748, plains
5 miles north of Mangum, Greer County, June 2, 1948.

*DYSCHORISTE LINEARIS (T. and G. apud Engelm. and Gray)
Ktze. This species was collected in 1949 as follows: Waterfall
9020, short grass pasture, 414 miles east of Grandfield in Cotton
County, June 16; Waterfall 9164, on limestone hill 7 miles west
and 1 south of Marietta, Love County, July 15; Waterfall 9167,
"breaks" along Red River 6 miles south and 2% west of Rand-
lette, Cotton County, July 15. Here it was very abundant.

Kobuski! cites specimens from Texas, New Mexico and Mexico.
In the Herbarium of Southern Methodist University there are
two specimens from Cooke County, Texas, which is adjacent to
Love County, Oklahoma. They are: Whitehouse 15831, 10 miles
south of Gainesville, May 24, 1946; D. S. Correll and H. B. Correll
12970, rocky soil, western end of county.

VIBURNUM DENTATUM L., sensu Svenson in Ruopora 42: 5.
1940, and Fernald, Ruopora 43: 647. 1941. Iam referring to

this species Waterfall 8826, wooded hill, 11 miles south of Bethel,
MeCurtain County, June 4, 1949.

The fruits are glandular, as are the pedicels, peduncles and
upper stem parts; the petioles are hirsute and glandular. Most
of the leaf blades are about 8 em. long and 8 em. wide, or 8 long
and 7 wide, or 9 long and 8 wide; the veins are sparingly pubescent
beneath with simple hairs, or with a few capitate-glandular ones;
the axils of the veins are quite pubescent. "There are a few scat-
tered hairs elsewhere on the lower and also on the upper leaf
surfaces. The margins are coarsely dentate to sinuately dentate.
We also have Little and Olmstead 466, as Viburnum affine, var.
“hypoleucum” (hypomalacum Blake), gravel flood plain, Highway
21, north of Cedar Creek, McCurtain County, June 30, 1930.
The leaves are smaller, and the blades being mostly about 5 em.
long and 3 to 414 cm. wide with margins varying from coarsely
dentate, through crenately undulate, to almost entire. They are
not “subtus dense pilosa as Blake described var. hypomalacum
(Ruopora 20: 14. 1918), but have only a few scattered hairs be-
tween the veins of the under leaf surfaces. These data appear

! Kobuski, Clarence Emmeren. A Monograph of the American Species of the
Genus Dyschoriste. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gar. 15: 36-39. 1928.

1950] Waterfall,——Some Results of Botanizing in Oklahoma 173

to offer further evidence in accordance with Fernald's statement
(Ruopona 43: 647-562. 1941) that leaf size, shape, outline and
degree of pubescence seem not to be sufficiently constant, or
geographically correlated, to use as a basis for the recognition of
species or, possibly, of varieties in this species-concept.

*AMBROSIA ARTEMISIAEFOLIA L., var. ELATIOR (L.) Des-
courtils, forma viLLosA Fern. and Grise. Of 20 sheets of A.
artemisaefolia var. elatior in our herbarium 3 are referrable to
forma villosa.

*AsTER HEMAESPHERICUS Alexander. So referred are plants
collected as Waterfall 8537, prairie 12 miles east of Haleyville,
Latimer County, August 9, 1948.

They have the long rootstocks which the author of the species
describes as characteristic. I am not familiar enough with A.
pedionomus to satisfy myself concerning the specific distinctness
of the two. The range of the two species is said' to include
Kansas and Texas, therefore, by inference, Oklahoma.

*BRICKELLIA BRACHYPHYLLA Gray. So referred are: Waterfall
8657, north slopes of Black Mesa, 214 miles north and 1 west of
Kenton, Cimarron County, August 23, 1948; Waterfall 9244,
northeast slopes of Black Mesa, 3 miles north and 1 east of
Kenton, Cimarron County, August 10, 1949; Waterfall 9223, low
stony slopes, 8 miles east of Kenton, Cimarron County, August
9, 1949.

This material has the subplumose pappus, few involucre-bracts,
and ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, sessile or subsessile leaves of
B. brachyphylla. Robinson (Mem. Gray Herb. 1: 46. 1917) states
that this species occurs in Texas, Colorado, New Mexico and
Arizona, with most of the cited specimens being from New
Mexico.

*BRICKELLIA CALIFORNICA (T. and G.) Gray. We have this
species as Waterfall 8639, sandstone buttes, 844 miles east and 1
mile south of Kenton, Cimarron County, August 22, 1948, and
as Waterfall 8692, sandstone buttes south of Tesequite Creek,
1 mile west and 4 south of Kenton, Cimarron County, August 24,
1948.

*CHRYSOTHAMNUS NAUSEOSUS (Pall.) Britt., near ssp. TYPICUS
Hall and Clements. So referred is Waterfall 9226, plains 4 mile
north of Kenton, Cimarron County, August 9, 1949, and Wm.
E. Baker, Cimarron County, summer 1935.

ı Small, J. K. Manual of the Southeastern Flora: 1391. 1933.

174 Rhodora [JULY

Hall and Clements! say that it is “especially common in Wyo-
ming and eastern Colorado".
*CIRSIUM HORRIDULUM Mich. This species was collected as

Waterfall 8887, in pasture along small creek south of Tom,
McCurtain County, June 6, 1949.

According to Cory (op. cit.) it is known from adjacent areas in
Texas.

*EuPATORIUM RUGOSUM Houtt., var. ANGUSTATUM (Gray)
Blake. Hopkins and Van Valkenburgh 6167, deep rich swampy
woods in flood plain of the Little River, 6 miles north of Idabel,
McCurtain County, October 12, 1941, has the acuminate, coarsely
serrate leaves with cuneate bases as described for var. angusta-
tum™? of western Louisiana and Texas.

*FRANSERIA ACANTHICARPA (Hook.) Coville. The genus
Franseria is recorded by neither Jeffs and Little (op. cit.) nor
Stemen and Myers (op. cit.). The range of F. acanthicarpa as
stated in the North American Flora, (33 (1): 25. 1922.), *'Sas-
katchewan and Alberta to Missouri, Texas and southern Cali-
fornia,” might be taken as inclusive of Oklahoma. We have the
species as Waterfall 9257, valley of Carrizo Creek, 6 miles north
of Kenton, Cimarron County, August 11, 1949.

In the fall of 1948, Mr. Stemen, who now collects pollen and
other allergens on a commercial basis, brought to the author some
young material of a Franseria which he believed, apparently
correctly, as referrable to F. acanthicarpa.

FRANSERIA CONFERTIFLORA (D. C.) Rydb. We have several
collections of this species from the western part of the Oklahoma
panhandle. Rydberg included Oklahoma in his statement of the
species distribution (N. Am. Fl. 33 (1): 28. 1922.). It is to be
noted that 3 species of Franseria are now known from Oklahoma,
the above two and F. tomentosa reported in Ruopora 45: 116.
1943.

*GNAPHALIUM CHILENSE Spreng. So referred is Glassman
1286, top of Mt. Scott, Wichita Mountains, October 26, 1947.

*GNAPHALIUM WRIGHT Gray. This species was collected as
Waterfall 8691, sandstone buttes south of Tesequite Creek, 1 mile
west and 4 south of Kenton, Cimarron County, August 24, 1948.

Growing in the same vicinity were Pinus ponderosa, P. edulis,
Juniperus monosperma, Muhlenbergia Porteri, Asclepias macrotis,

1 Hall, Harvey M. and Frederic E. Clements. The Phylogenetic Method in Taz-
onomy. Carneg. Inst. Wash. Publ. 326. 1923.

2 Gray, Asa. Synoptical Flora 1 (2): 101. 1884,

3 Fernald, M. L. Seventh Century of Additions to the Flora of Virginia. RHODORA,
44: 463. 1942,

1950] Fernald,—Need for Caution regarding Collections — 175

Penstemon Fendleri and Pericome glandulosa. G. Wrightii has
been previously known from the adjoining state of New Mexico.

LiarTRiS PUNCTATA Hook., var. coloradensis (Gaiser), stat.
nov., (L. punctata Hook., var. typica Gaiser, forma coloradensis
Gaiser, RHopona 48: 351. 1946).

In the western part of the Oklahoma Panhandle, where it is
common, L. punctata has the purple, mucronate involucre bracts
as described in Gaiser’s forma coloradensis. 1 have not found
var. typica present in this area. Thus var. coloradensis seems to
be distinct geographically in at least a part of its range from
var. typica.

*VERNONIA BALDWINI Torr., var. INTERIOR (Small) Schub.,
forma alba, f. nov., corrollis albidis. Type: Waterfall 8472, edge
of Clear Lake, 3 miles south and 2 west of Tom, McCurtian
County, August 7, 1948. The type is in the Bebb Herbarium of
the University of Oklahoma.

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY AND PLANT PATHOLOGY,
OKLAHOMA A. & M. COLLEGE,
Stillwater, Oklahoma.

NEED FOR CAUTION REGARDING CERTAIN
COLLECTIONS

M. L. FERNALD

ONE of the greatest sources of confusion regarding the detailed
or the broad ranges of plants is the lack of appreciation in the
past, and sometimes in present times, of the sacredness of original
data and the danger in labels not coming directly from the
collector. The misinformation through which Linnaeus named
plants, indigenous only in eastern North America, Athamanta
chinensis (this becoming Conioselinum chinense (L.) BSP.) and
Hydrocotyle chinense (the coastal Lilaeopsis chinensis (L.) Ktze.)
is repeated for various plants with other wholly inappropriate or
misleading names. Similarly, Michaux too often had on his
labels geographic data strikingly contradicting the published
statement or, as in the case of his Angelica triquinata, evidently
written from memory or through confusion of geographic names.
His Angelica triquinata, ‘‘Hab. in Canada", is a good example.

176 Rhodora [JULY

The photograph of his type cannot be matched with anything
Canadian but, as shown in Ruopona, xlv. 298-300, plates 768
and 769 (1943), it was the plant described fifty years later as
A. Curtisii Buckley, from North Carolina. By clerical error,
apparently, Canada had been written instead of Carolina.

Such errors were too frequent in Linnaean and early post-
Linnaean days and in the organizing of collections from some-
what unfamiliar territory, which were handled by others than
the original collectors or which were loose in sheets and not
mounted and organized until after the collector's death (as in
case of Michaux's material); but an even more confusing practice
was one which prevailed a century or so ago. Field-explorers,
visiting new regions, collected plants new to their experience
from several localities each, giving them field-numbers or other-
wise (by locality, date, etc.) indicating them as seemingly
different. These vast collections, brought or sent back to the
sponsoring institutions, whether in Europe or America, were
“lumped” by those who lacked the field-appreciation of them,
and material from utterly different localities was distributed as
all coming from a single station. Such confusions, with wholly
different collections represented in the older herbaria as if one,
and with the exact localities lost, are tantalizingly numerous and
have led and still lead to many misinterpretations. These are
short-sighted practices of the past, with misinterpretations
which will always continue unless some future enthusiast has the
time and necessary funds to visit all the leading herbaria of the
period and properly to identify the confused elements and the
wholly inconsistent paratypes.

My immediate purpose in this note, however, is not to expand
on that familiar source of confusion, but to call attention to a
large collection of plants of New England and New York which
had similar treatment and which, distributed broadcast as dupli-
cates, is bound to cause confusion. Rev. Joseph Blake (1814—
1888) was an enthusiastic amateur botanist who at various times
had pastorates at different towns in Maine, New Hampshire,
Massachusetts and New York. At all these centers he collected
assiduously and in great duplication. At his death his vast
herbarium went to the Maine State College (now the University
of Maine), where it was organized and overhauled by an instruc-

1950] Fernald,—Need for Caution regarding Collections Lid.

tor of keen enthusiasm. Being a young beginner in botany, I
spent all time out of school-hours watching the process which
was very simple: a specimen of each collection, with Blake’s
label, was set aside for preservation; then all duplicates of any
number of collections supposed to be of one species were dumped
into one cover, some one of the diverse labels copied and even-
tually all the duplicates, whether from Harrison (Maine), Wells
(Maine), Gilmanton (New Hampshire), Willoughby or Smugg-
ler’s Notch (Vermont), Andover (Massachusetts), somewhere in
New York or some other region, were distributed to other
herbaria. The authenticity of data (and identity of plant) on
labels of the duplicates, collected by Blake, is to be mistrusted
and, if accepted, will often lead to error.

Another perpetual source of error is the label which emphasizes
the home-address of the collector rather than the locality for the
plant. George Engelmann had such a label and too often he
forgot to give the locality for the specimen sent out, so that one
has to be on guard. Allied to this source of error are the cases
where two or more names of collectors appear on a label, but in
which the collector’s data has been carelessly forgotten, so that
identical material is distributed by no. 1 as from one region but
by no. 2 as from another (often in a state whence the plant is
really unknown).

Similar sources of error might be enumerated but only two
others, these seriously concerning records from Maine, will be
here noted. Kate Furbish was an enthusuastic painter of the
flowering plants of Maine and her wonderfully accurate illus-
trations (life-size) are invaluable. She kept no organized
herbarium, but had many loosely tied newspaper-packages of
pressed plants massed into a few deep mounds, with scores of
species in one fold of paper. The packages had somewhere a
memorandum “Fort Kent plants, 1880", or “Wells?” or other
locality and often the date. In November, 1908, when she was
approaching her 75th birthday, Miss Furbish shipped to the
New England Botanical Club her vast accumulation of loose
material. As the then functioning Curator, I sorted the material
and, with the aid of students, innocently (and, we supposed,
helpfully) had labels made. One of them on a poor bit of
Rhexia virginica bears the data “Fort Kent, Maine, July, 1880".

178 Rhodora [JULY

Now, so far as we actually know, Rhexia reaches its northern
limit in central Maine in the acid peaty borders of Chimo Pond
in Bradley, Penobscot County, about 150 miles south of the
caleareous region of Fort Kent. At any rate, in 1891, while
spending her summer at Orono, hearing that Rhexia, which she
had “always wanted to see", occurred at Chimo, she was taken
there by the late Fred P. Briggs. Briggs’s account of her
excitement on first seeing it was amusing. Jumping up in the
boat and nearly capsizing it, she delightedly shouted: “Goody!
goody! Rhexia! No wonder they call it the king of the flowers";
but that does not prove that she had unknowingly found it
eleven years earlier at Fort Kent! One other of the products
from Miss Furbish’s packages came from a bundle marked
"West Baldwin, September 10, 1900". This is a bit of Carda-
mine bellidifolia, definitely known in Maine only from alpine
areas of Mt. Katahdin. Nevertheless, there is the label, reading:
“Crevices of granite rocks in bed of mountain stream, West
Baldwin, Sept. 10, 1900". The solution is as follows. Miss
Furbish spent the summer of 1900 at West Baldwin in the Saco
Valley, a region of low forested hills, without anything suggesting
alpine conditions. Coming out from Mt. Katahdin in mid-July,
1900, I carefully packed in wet moss fresh plants, including the
Cardamine, of species which I thought would be new to her, and
sent them to West Baldwin. Cardamine bellidifolia was even-
tually tucked in with other plants collected or received by her at
West Baldwin. Regretting to record such unintentional errors
by one whom everyone admired and greatly respected, the facts
are important as clarifying the situation, for she did not realize
that the notes on her packages would be taken too literally.

One other case which concerns Maine records is that of a collec-
tion of identified plants passed in at the end of the spring-term
at Orono, as collected at Shapleigh, York County, Maine. The
student handing in the series could pray or exhort for half-an-
hour at a stretch at Y. M. C. A. or Christian Endeavor meetings
and during the spring-term had returned home on account of
illness. The collection from ‘‘Shapleigh” was remarkable in
containing several calcicolous species never before known from
Maine. Somewhat later, the Josselyn Botanical Society of
Maine went to the acid region of Shapleigh and hunted in vain

1950] Duncan,—Viburnum obovatum and V. cassinoides — 179

for them. When he was written to and asked to make known
the stations, his reply was, that before transferring to Maine
State he had spent a year at Massachusetts State College at
Amherst, and that it was possible that some of the Amherst
plants had got mixed in. He certainly needed to pray.

The upshot is, obviously, that great care must be exercised in
accepting data from those who do not realize its importance, and
that all of us should see that our own statements on labels are
quite accurate. Gradually we learn that even the complimen-
tary placing of names on the label of non-botanical members of a
party or those who have had no part in the collecting may
become embarrassing. Enough said!

SYNONYMY IN VIBURNUM OBOVATUM AND
V. CASSINOIDES

WILBUR H. DUNCAN

A specimen labeled Viburnum corymbosum (Miller) Rehder
was among a set of exchange plants recently received at the Uni-
versity of Georgia Herbarium. The specimen is obviously V.
obovatum Walter, a species found in the Coastal Plain from Florida
to Virginia, an area containing no closely similar relatives. I
wondered about the status of the former name and attempted to
find it in publications at my immediate disposal. It is neither
listed in the Index Kewensis (including 9 supplements) nor in-
cluded in Rehder (Manual of Cult. Trees & Shrubs: 1940; and
Bibliography of Cult. Trees & Shrubs: 1949), Bailey (Manual of
Cultivated Plants. Rev.: 1949), Robinson and Fernald (Gray’s
New Manual of Botany, Ed. 7.: 1908), Small (Flora of S. E.
States: 1933), and other manuals. Shortly after these prelimi-
nary efforts I visited the Gray Herbarium and continued the
search for published matter connected with the name. The
Gray Card Index includes no reference to the V. corymbosum
above but does cite Viburnum corymbosum Urb. (Fedde. Rep.
Spec. Nov. 18: 121, published 15 August, 1922) which is found
in Cuba and differs considerably from the material in question.

Rehder’s interpretation of the synonymy was eventually found
as a footnote in Journal Arnold Arb. 3: 214. 28 December, 1922.
V. corymbosum (Miller) Rehder is, therefore, a later homonym

180 Rhodora [JULY

and is illegitimate, being published over four months later than
V. corymbosum Urb. Furthermore, in my opinion, Rehder erred
in this application of V. corymbosum to our southeastern V.
obovatum. He states that “Though the figure published by
Miller (Fig. Pl. L. 55, t. 83, fig. 1. [1760]) and cited under his
Cassine corymbosa is not exactly typical for the species in ques-
tion, it cannot be referred to any other species than Viburnum
obovatum Walter, .’ It should be pointed out that Miller's
description of figure 1, “Cassine foliis ovato-lanceolatis serratis
oppositis deciduis, floribus corymbosis", does not match as to
general leaf-shape and -margin any of the collections (including
those at the Gray Herbarium) I have seen of this species. When
the margins of the leaves in the drawing are examined carefully,
it may be seen that they are indicated by faint but definite lines
as being decidedly serrate. The coloring in the drawing follows
a more or less straight line at the leaf margins and might easily
mislead a casual observer. Miller's description and figure are
much more readily referred to material of Viburnum cassinoides
L. (sensu Gray's Manual of Botany, 7 ed. 1908 and Small (1933),
Manual of the Southeastern Flora). In this species the leaves
are occasionally serrate and ovate-lanceolate, whereas those of
V. obovatum are faintly dentate-undulate to entire and are never
ovate-lanceolate.

Miller (Garden Dict. Ed. 8: 1768) undoubtedly had seen
material of V. obovatum, in as much as it was known in cultiva-
tion in England before that time. The description of one of his
listed species should, therefore, be such as would include V. obo-
vatum. If this species can be included only under his Cassine
corymbosum, then the contention that Miller's Cassine corym-
bosum is a synonym of Viburnum cassinoides L. would be greatly
weakened. On the other hand, if V. obovatum should come under
another description of Miller's, then the above contention would
be strengthened. The answer as to how Miller classified this
species is partly tied up in the synonymy of V. cassionoides L. and
sensu Willdenow.

Although Viburnum cassinoides Willd. (Sp. Pl. 1: 1491. 1798)
is listed as a synonym of V. obovatum (Hooker f. & Jackson 1895.
Index Kewensis, p. 1194), I do not know upon what basis this was
done for Willdenow's treatment indicates that he correctly inter-

1950] Duncan,—Viburnum obovatum and V. cassinoides 181

preted and followed Linnaeus (Sp. Pl. ed. 2: 384. 1762). Willde-
now's (Sp. Pl. ed 1. Vol. 1. pars. 2: 149. 1798) description,
"Folia infima obovata; proxima ovata; superiora lanceolata", is
identical with that of Linneaus and he cites specifically “Sp. pl.
384." In addition Willdenow lists Aiton, 1789 (Hortus. Kewen-
sis 1. p. 370), who cites V. cassinoides of Linneaus (Sp. pl. 384.)
as a synonym, although qualifying the citation with *'exclusis
synonymis." Aiton also describes the plant with ‘‘foliis lanceo-
latis laevibus margine revolutis obsolete crenulatis," a descrip-
tion that certainly more nearly matches our present conception
of V. cassinoides L. than that of V. obovatum. Houttuyn, Lin.
Pfl. Syst. 3, p. 357, cited by Willdenow, apparently gives the only
reasonably good connection with the latter species. In this
reference there is cited Miller, Garden Dictionary (presumably
ed 8. 1768), species 9, V. (Cassinoides), under which appears,
“The ninth sort grows naturally in S. C.: this has a shrubby
stalk —; these are garnished with oval leaves about one inch long
and more than half an inch broad, —." The length of leaves
and range for the species strongly suggest V. obovatum. If
Willdenow had in mind this species, then he likely would have
cited specifically Miller's apparent description of it. V. cas-
sinoides sensu Willd. is the same as that of Linnaeus. Cassine
corymbosa (Miller, 1768) is not, therefore, referable to V. obova-
tum as Rehder (1922) contends. It is more likely referable to V.
cassinoides L.

A final consideration seems pertinent. Did Linnaeus recog-
nize V. obovatum as an entity under some other name and thus
give us an earlier name than V. obovatum? A careful check was
made through his descriptions and the photographs of specimens
in the Linnaean Herbarium. Attention was returned to Lin-
naeus' description of V. cassinoides, especially because of his use
of “Folia imfima obovata; —", a character certainly true of V.
obovatum, and not characteristic of the former species. The
photograph (No. 379.12) of the specimen labeled Viburnum
cassinoides in the Linnaean Herbarium, however, indicates that
a dwarfed lower leaf (on a very short lateral spur) is obovate and
small, while the others are occasionally ovate and sometimes
broadly lanceolate. The specimen is obviously of V. cassinoides
(in the present general sense) with an abnormal lower leaf.

182 Rhodora [JULY

No other description by Linnaeus seems to single out or
especially indicate that V. obovatum is included. One possibility
appears, however, when other photographs of specimens in his
herbarium are examined. Photograph number 380.3 is of a
specimen that might be V. obovatum. This sheet, however, is
labeled Cassine Peragua and is pinned to the previous sheet
(Photograph No. 380.2) which is labeled the same but with later
different annotations. The latter specimen is definitely not V.
obovatum. It would seem, therefore, that Linnaeus did not
recognize V. obovatum as an entity under any other name, and
Walter’s name, therefore, stands.

In order to enable others to make easy use of the data presented
here a complete synonymy (in so far as material was covered in
this study) is given of both V. obovatum and V. cassinoides,
including certain references to nomenclatural and taxonomic
treatments.

VIBURNUM CASSINOIDES L., Sp. Pl. Ed. 2: 384. 1762. Aiton,
Hortus Kewensis: 370. 1789. Willdenow, Sp. Pl. I: 1491. 1798.
Pursh, Flora Amer. Sept.: 201. 1814. non V. cassinoides Willd.
sensu Hooker f. & Jackson, Index Kewensis: 1194. 1895. Chap-
man, Flora of Southern States. Ed. 3: 1897. Robinson & Fer-
nald, Gray's New Manual of Botany. Ed. 7.: 1908. Britton
& Brown, Ill. Flora of North. U. S. & Canada: 1913. Small,
Flora of the S. E. States: 1933. Rehder, Manual of Cult. Trees
& Shrubs. Ed. 2. Rev.: 1940. Bailey, Manual of Cultivated
Plants. Rev.: 1949.

Cassine corymbosa Miller, Garden Dictionary. Ed. 8: 1768.
Fig. Pl.: Plat. 83. f. 1. 1760.

Cassine peragua Houttuyn, Lin. Pfl. Syst. Vol. 3: 357. 1773.
non Miller, Garden Dictionary: 1768.

Viburnum pyrifolium Pursh, Flora Amer. Sept.: 201. 1814.

Viburnum nudum var. cassinoides Torrey & Gray, Flora N.
Amer. 2: 16. 1841.

Viburnum corymbosum (Miller) Rehder, Jour. Arnold Arb. 3:
214. Dec. 1922. non V. corymbosum Urb., Fedde. Rep. Spec.
Nov. 18: 121. Aug. 1922.

VIBURNUM OBOVATUM Walter, Flora Caroliniana: 116. 1788.
Pursh, Flora Amer. Sept. 201. 1814. Chapman, Flora of the
Southern States. Ed. 3: 1897. Small, Flora of S. E. States: 1933.

V. cassinoides Miller, Garden Dictionary. Ed. 8: 1768. Hout-
tuyn, Lin. Pfl. Syst. Vol. 3: 357. 1773. Later homonym.

V. cassinoides L. sensu Michx., Flora Bor. Amer. 1: 179. 1803.

V. cassinoides Willd. sensu Hooker f. & Jackson, Index Kewen-
sis: 1194. 1895.

1950] Cross,—Notes on Two Plants 183

Viburnum corymbosum (Miller) sensu Rehder, Jour. Arnold
Arb. 3: 214. Dec. 1922. Later homonym.

The use of facilities at the Gray Herbaium where a portion of
this study was done is greatly appreciated. The visit at Cam-
bridge was made possible by a research grant through Dr.
George H. Boyd, Dean of the Graduate School, University of
Georgia.

UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA,
Athens, Ga.

A NEW VARIETY IN SAXIFRAGA.—The crenate to crenate-
dentate leaves and the glandular-hairy pedicels of Saxifraga
virginiensis from the eastern half of the United States make the
following new variety appear very distinct.

SAXIFRAGA VIRGINIENSIS Michx. var. subintegra Goodman,
var. nov., foliis integris vel repandis; pedicellis glabratis.

Type: Goodman and Waterfall 4748, MecSpadden Falls,
Cherokee Co., Oklahoma, May 1, 1948. (Bebb Herbarium of
the University of Oklahoma).

There are ten other Oklahoma collections of S. virginensis in
the Bebb Herbarium and all belong to the new variety. They
are from Cherokee, Muskogee, and McCurtain counties.—
GEORGE J. GoopMAN, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Okla-
homa.

NOTES ON TWO ADVENTIVE PLANTS OF THE WASHINGTON,
D. C., AREA.—GALANTHUS ELWESII Hook., commonly called the
"Larger Snowdrop”, has been cultivated occasionally as an early
spring garden flower in the United States over a period of many
years since its discovery in Asia Minor in 1854. No record has
been published heretofore, however, of its escaping from cultiva-
tion and maintaining itself successfully in the manner of a native
American plant. In February 1949, I found a patch of snow-
drops growing and flowering without cultivation in deep loam
along the bank of a rivulet in a virgin deciduous woodland, about
three quarters of a mile directly north of the District of Columbia.
In 1950 the same plants were found in flower on March 5, im-
mediately following the coldest period of the winter when the
Weather Bureau reported a temperature of 15 degrees. The

184 Rhodora [JULY

area occupied by the plants approximates 60 or 70 square feet,
and contains several hundred individuals. Obviously, they have
been established in the location for a good many years. There
are no homes or gardens in the immediate vicinity, and appar-
ently nobody was aware of the presence of the plants before my
discovery of them. Specimens deposited in the U. S. National
Herbarium.

RANUNCULUS FICARIA L., a native of Europe, is a plant rather
rare in American botanical collections, though it has long been
listed as occurring occasionally along the eastern seaboard from
Massachusetts to the District of Columbia. Britton and Brown's
Illustrated Flora, 1913, states that it flowers in April and May,
and Hitchcock and Standley's Flora of D. C. and Vicinity, 1919,
reported the same months for its flowering. There are no earlier
dates on any specimens collected in the United States and de-
posited in the National Herbarium, but among the specimens
from Europe is one collected in flower in Spain on January 19,
1894. I have found ficaria flowering in boggy soil near Forest
Glen, in Montgomery County, Maryland, from late January into
March and April, through periods when the temperature, offi-
cially recorded by the Weather Bureau, descended as low as 17
degrees below freezing. My observations cover 1949 and 1950.—
Frank C. Cross, 9413 Second Avenue, Silver Spring, Maryland.

Vol. 52, no. 618, including pages 129-164 and plate 1162, was issued
31 May, 1950.

Hodora -

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52. August, 1950. No. 620.
CONTENTS:
Stamen-Numbers in Cuphea. Wilbur H. Duncan. ............. 185

Key to the Hickories North of Virginia with Notes on the two
Pignuts, Carya glabra and C. ovalis. Wayne E. Manning. .. 188

The Hybrid of Lysimachia terrestris and L. thyrsiflora.
(ol m pol] i nr Fe Sema V 199

Adiantum Capillus-Veneris in the United States. M. L. Fernald. 201

Shrubs of Michigan (Notice) .............ev eee cessed. 208

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the

flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY

Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

. XXXIV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 77-269. 1902.
Flora of the Galapagos Islands. With 3 plates.
By B. L.BEobEEOM. .(eeessecisaescesvevenasSnequddiuaséi krdeunsp $1.75

. XXXV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxix. 69-120. 1903. New and
otherwise Noteworthy Angiosperms from Mexico and Central
America. By J. M. Greenman. .......... eee nnn $ .50

. XXXI. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 235-278. 1905.

1. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. Greenman.

2. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae.
BY B. L. Robi. (uacoeecctniesunéoneneuzeczuaszéososesvuu mua $ .40

. XXXII. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 3-48. 1906.
1. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
2. Revision of the Genus Ophryosporus.
3. The Genus Poco and its Synonyms.
4. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Compositae which have been classed with them.
Hv D, L, Bobimaon. ..... 2 40 0-00005050 0090009855500 QESA TEUER $ .60

GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rbodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. August, 1950 No. 620

STAMEN-NUMBERS IN CUPHEA

WiLBvR H. DUNCAN

WnuiLE studying a collection (W. H. Duncan 10659, 26 October,
1949, Clayton Co., Ga.) of several plants of Cuphea I observed
considerable variation in the number of stamens, even on a single
plant. Literature immediately available to me indicated that in
our United States species there is disagreement as to the number
of stamens and that no detailed studies had been made on this
subject. My studies of plant-material and literature were then
carried farther, including a trip’ to the Gray Herbarium, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts.

Cuphea is a large American genus of over 200 species. Four
species occur in eastern United States, at least one more (C.
wrightii Gray) in southwestern United States, and many species
in Mexico, Central America and South America. Three of those
occurring in the United States [C. procumbens (Cav.) Small, C.
asper Chapm., and C. carthagenensis (Jacq.) MacBride] are con-
fined to the southeastern United States. Only one species, C.
petiolata (L.) Koehne [Parsonsia petiolata (L.) Rusby, Cuphea
viscosissima Jacq., C. viscosissima Willd. sensu Pursh 1816], has
a wide distribution in the United States (Georgia to Louisiana,
Kansas and New Hampshire).

Variation from a few to many stamens occurs in the Lythraceae
of which Cuphea is a member. Stamen-numbers in Cuphea are
mostly 11 but vary from 6 to 14. In our United States species
the stamens are probably 11 except for some variation in C.

1 Supported by a grant through Dr. George H. Boyd, Dean of the Graduate School,
University of Georgia.

186 Rhodora [AvausT

petiolata. Various authors apparently disagree concerning the
number in this species. Other authors do not mention the num-
ber of stamens. For example, Michaux (1803), Elliott (1821),
and Robinson & Fernald (1908) give no stamen-numbers.
Pursh (1816), under C. viscosissima Willd., says “floribus 12-
andris”. ‘Torrey & Gray (1840) say “stamens 12" for this
species, while Torrey (1843) gives no number but lists “Stamens
about 12, unequal" for the genus. Britton (1901) indicates that
there are sometimes 12 stamens in C. petiolata. Britton & Brown
(1913) agree. Small (1933) actually uses “stamens 12" in keying
out this species from the closely related C. procumbens, which he
says has 11 stamens.

A thorough study of the genus was made by Koehne (1903).
On page 85 in the Key to Sections, under Sect. 9. Heterodon
Koehne, which includes C. petiolata, the stamens are listed as
“11, alterne inaequalia". On the basis of a survey of the litera-
ture alone, therefore, it would appear that C. petiolata usually
possesses 11 stamens but in some instances 12.

A brief analysis of herbarium material of C. petiolata yielded
interesting results. Four flowers on one plant, from each of
eight separate collections from seven states, were dissected and
variation in size and number of stamens was recorded. The
collections are from Washington Co., Tennessee; Rabun Co.,
Georgia; Franklin Co., Indiana; Davis Co., Iowa; Upshur and
Cabell Cos., W. Va.; Allegheny Co., Pa., and Chain Bridge,
Virginia. Although the stamens are uneven in size the differ-
ences are not pronounced and there are 11 stamens in each of the
32 flowers. These data certainly do not indicate that there are
sometimes 12 stamens. The possibility that another species is
involved was considered. This possibility is dismissed as being
improbable, since all other characters agree well with those
assigned to C. petiolata by several authors.

Four flowers from each of thirteen unmounted plants from the
Clayton County, Georgia, collection were disseeted and variation
in size and number of stamens was recorded. The resulting data
are given in TABLE l. It may be seen that the number of sta-
mens varies from 5 to 11, sometimes even on the same plant and
that a pronounced reduction in size of some of the stamens is of
frequent occurrence. Out of the 52 flowers dissected on the 13

1950] Duncan,—Stamen-Numbers in Cuphea 187

plants 25 have 11, 10 have 10, 9 have 9, 3 have 8, 3 have 7, 1 has
6, and 1 has 5 stamens. Thus more than half of the flowers have
10 stamens or less. I shall not attempt to bring out the sig-
nificance of this variation. It should, however, be emphasized
that less reliance taxonomically should be placed on the number
of stamens in C. petiolata than has been done by such authors as
Pursh (1816), Torrey & Gray (1840), and Small (1933).

Plant No. No. stamens Notes on size of stamens
1 11-10-10-9 none
pa 11-11-11-9 none
3 11-11-11-10 none
4 11-11-7-5 none
5 11-11a-10-9 (a) 3 much reduced
6 11-11-11b-9 (b) 3 much reduced
7 11-11-11-11c (c) all 11 reduced equally
8 9-8-7-7 none
9 11-11-9-9 none
10 11-10-9d-6 (d) one, no anther; 2 fused
TEE 11-11-10-10 none
12 11-10-9e-8 (e) 6 much reduced
13 11f-10-10-8 (f) 2 reduced

TABLE 1. Numbers of stamens and notes on their sizes in four flowers on
each of thirteen different plants in a collection of Cuphea petiolata from Clayton
Co., Georgia.

Additional studies on stamen-numbers in Cuphea should be
made. Although additional herbarium-material was available to
me, dissections were not made because of the damage to the
specimens that would have resulted from the dissection of a
number of flowers on each plant. Persons collecting Cuphea
might well keep this problem of stamen-numbers in mind and
when possible collect adequate material for study. I would be
happy to accept for study future United States collections that
contain sufficient material for dissection-studies.

LITERATURE CITED

Britton, N. L. 1901. Manual of the Flora of the Northern States and
Canada. Ed. 1. p. 650.

Britton, N. L. & A. Brown. 1918. An illustrated Flora of the Northern
U. S. and Canada. Vol. 2: p. 582.

ELLIOTT, S. 1821. Sketch of Botany of S. Carolina and Georgia.

KoEHNE, E. 1903. Lythraceae in Das Pflanzenreich IV. 216. pp. 82-101.

188 Rhodora [AUGUST

MricHaAUx, A. 1803. Flora Boreali-Americana.

PunsH, F. P. 1816. Flora Americae Septentrionalis. Ed.2. Vol. 1, p. 335.

RoniNsowN, B. L. & M. L. FERNaLp. 1908. Gray's New Manual of Botany.
Ed. 7, p. 593.

SMALL, J. k. 1933. Flora of the Southeastern States. p. 931.

Torrey, JOHN. 1843. Flora of the State of New York. Vol. I, p. 230.

Torrey, Jonn & Asa Gray. 1840. A Flora of North America. Vol. 1,
Part 3, p. 483.

UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA,
Athens, Ga.

A KEY TO THE HICKORIES NORTH OF VIRGINIA
WITH NOTES ON THE TWO PIGNUTS,
CARYA GLABRA AND C. OVALIS

Wayne E. MANNING

THERE are a number of good books which are useful in the
identification of hickories, such as Gray’s Manual, N. L. Britton
and A. Brown (Illustrated Flora of Northern States and Canada),
C. S. Sargent (Manual of the Trees of North America), A. Rehder
(Manual of Cultivated Trees and Shrubs), J. S. Illick (Pennsyl-
vania Trees), C. C. Deam (Trees of Indiana), C. C. Deam (Flora
of Indiana), C. H. Otis (Michigan Trees), W. M. Harlow and
E. S. Harrar (Textbook of Dendrology), W. M. Harlow (Trees of
Eastern U. S. and Canada), A. F. Blakeslee and C. D. Jarvis
(Trees in Winter), R. J. Preston Jr. (North American Trees) and
others, many of them illustrated. The winter buds are best
illustrated in Illick (the enlarged drawings), Blakeslee and Jarvis,
Deam (Trees of Indiana), Harlow and Harrar, Harlow, and A. O.
Huntington (Studies of Trees in Winter). The best characters
for separating the hickories are the mature fruit, winter terminal
buds, mature leaves, and bark of the trunk; these are represented
only on fruiting older trees in the fall. With these features all
present it is possible to name all of the hickories quite definitely.
The books mentioned above rightfully base their separations on
these features, with special emphasis on fruit. The best modern
treatments or keys for Carya, with the latest names for the
species, are in Sargent, Deam, Harlow and Harrar, Harlow, and
Preston. The descriptions and illustrations of C. glabra and C.
microcarpa in Otis both apply to C. ovalis, but the twigs should
not be described as hairy. C. ovalis is not recognized by Illick.
'The names of 3 species of the region covered in this article have

1950] Manning,—Key to the Hickories North of Virginia 189

been changed since the time of Gray's Manual, 7th edition: C.
microcarpa is now C. ovalis; C. alba is now C. tomentosa Nutt.,
and C. glabra var. villosa is now C. pallida (Ashe) Engler and
Graebn. for most of the eastern trees [though in part C. glabra
var. hirsuta (Ashe) Ashe and C. ovalis var. mollis Ashe] and C.
texana Buckl. with its var. villosa (Sarg.) Little for the western
members.

'The writer has found that few of the keys in the books men-
tioned above are of much use for summer identification or for
herbarium specimens. The key given below is intended pri-
marily for this purpose and consequently emphasizes vegetative
features; other features are, however, added, so these may be
used where present. The principal contributions of the key are
the emphasis on bud-scale-scars in Carya cordiformis, and that
on the tufts of hairs on the serrations in C. ovata; an attempt 1s
also made to show the difference in hairiness between different
species. Only a few of the varieties of the species are treated,
these being primarily the ones based on vegetative features. To
simplify the key, the southern and western species of the Gray's
Manual range are not included, namely C. illinoensis, C. aquatica,
and C. texana Buckl. (C. Buckley Durand, the western repre-
sentative of C. glabra var. villosa of Gray's Manual, 7th ed.).
Consequently this key covers primarily the region from Ohio and
Michigan to New Jersey and Maine.

'The range of variation in features in each species of Carya 1s
well known. This applies to the number of leaflets, the stoutness
of the twigs, the hairiness of leaves and twigs, and size of fruit,
so that all of these features must be used with care. "The differ-
ence in stoutness of twigs and in size of terminal buds varies
tremendously in the same tree from strong terminal twigs to
short lateral twigs; unfortunately most herbarium specimens are
made from the latter. In all species treated here individual
trees may be found with seven leaflets. The writer has found of
little value the relative size of the terminal leaflet or upper leaflets
with respect to the lower ones, and the presence or absence of
serrations at the base of terminal leaflet (the latter used in some
books for C. tomentosa).

Certain notes are necessary. The pseudoterminal bud, which
is a lateral one appearing as a terminal one especially on fruiting

190 Rhodora [AvGUsT

shoots, must not be confused with a true terminal bud, as it
differs both in size and in type of outer bud-seales. On these
fruiting twigs, the scar of the fruiting tip of the twig can be found
on the side of the bud opposite the uppermost leaf-scar. In all
of the species of the section Eucarya (all species in the region
covered except C. cordiformis) there are present on the true
terminal bud outer dark brown coriaceous slender-tipped scales
in summer, so during this season the terminal bud is not distinc-
tive for a given species; the terminal bud is, however, elliptical,
more elongate and comparatively slender in C. ovata and C.
laciniosa, and subglobose to oval in the other species; there is
some uncertainty, however, about the shape of the bud in C.
glabra. These outer bud-scales fall off in late autumn or early
winter in all species except C. ovata and C. laciniosa, exposing the
silky inner scales or sometimes the blunt inner coriaceous scales
(C. glabra?). At this time the terminal bud on a strong shoot is
one of the best features in the genus.

The tufts of hairs on the leaflet-serrations, which the writer
finds one of the best characters in C. ovata, varies from spring to
fall in the same tree, and differs in younger trees from that in
older trees, and varies from tree to tree in conspicuousness. The
tufts on a typical tree during the summer are quite striking, there
being a dense tuft of hairs on one or both sides of the apex of the
serration, frequently arising from a slight indentation or pit along
the margin of the serration. In the spring the margin of the
serration is densely ciliate, with fascicled or solitary hairs, so that
the tuft is not distinet as such, but the hairs are much more
crowded near the apex, so it is evident that a tuft is there. The
ciliation below the tuft gradually or rapidly disappears during the
season. By fall many of the tufts themselves have, of course,
worn off; it is, therefore, necessary sometimes to examine a large
number of serrations to locate a characteristic tuft;since, however,
these do not occur in other species, one such tuft is sufficient to
identify the species. In the field the writer has always found
some or all of the leaves of a tree with characteristic tufts; in
herbarium specimens some tufts are usually present, but in ex-
amining a very large number of specimens the writer has found
a few specimens, presumably C. ovata because of typical buds or
fruits, in which tufts were not located; it is probable that some

1950] Manning,— Key to the Hickories North of Virginia 191

other leaves on the tree may have had tufts, but this requires
further study. On a very young tree, or sometimes on weakly
developed short branches from the main trunk, the serrations
may be uniformly ciliate, the hairs scattered as in other species.
There is, thus, some possible source of error under the conditions
indicated, especially in poorly collected specimens.

The term fascicle of hairs (or fascicled hairs), used by Sargent
and others, is adopted in place of the term cluster of hairs or a
stellate hair for the group of four to six hairs arising from one
point, so characteristic of the leaves for many species of Juglans
and Carya; in some books leaves with fascicled hairs are described
as tomentose. The fascicle probably arises from one cell of the
epidermis, so morphologically this might be considered a branched
hair, rather than a cluster of hairs, but the appearance is definite.
These hairs are one-celled and pointed, as are also the paired
ones and most solitary ones in Carya. Gland-tipped solitary
hairs, common in Juglans, are scarce and not characteristic of
mature foliage in Carya, though short ones are sometimes present
on very young foliage; these hairs have cross-walls and are thus
several-celled. In the Juglandaceae the lower surfaces of the
leaflets are glandular-sealy or lepidote because of the few to
numerous sessile flat round glands or scales; leaves with only this
covering are considered glabrous, as these are not true hairs.

Most of the species of Carya in the northeast are fairly constant
and relatively easy to identify with good material, except for the
two pignuts. To be sure, many of the specimens in the principal
herbaria are incorrectly named, and the writer himself had diffi-
culty in separating C. ovata from C. ovalis and C. glabra until he
started using the tufts of hairs on the serrations on the leaflets in
the first species. The teeth of C. ovata are usually dentate-
serrate, those of C. ovalis and C. glabra are usually serrate or even
incurved-serrate; this difference is not too definite, and not al-
ways constant and hence is not given in the key.

The two pignuts, C. ovalis and C. glabra, are the most difficult
of all species in the northeast to separate. The writer has been
unable to separate these except with completely mature fruit
collected in November. Furthermore many trees have fruit
intermediate between the species in various ways. It is possible
that these two constitute but one variable species, an interpreta-

192 Rhodora [AUGUST

tion which was held in the United States about 50 years ago and
which is still held by some good modern botanists; the differences
might then be considered at least in part ecological. But the
extremes are so definite that it seems to the writer best to con-
sider them as two separate species, which are so recently evolved
that hybrids between the two are very common. It is significant
that the hickories of many hillsides and upland pastures are
essentially pure stands of typical C. ovalis, but where one to
several trees of C. glabra are found with C. ovalis, then inter-
mediates (hybrids) are frequent. The writer has seen a number
of both types of localities. In the writer's experience C. ovalis
is more common on dry exposed upland hillsides, C. glabra more
frequent in the valleys along streams or on less exposed hillsides,
but both species may occur in both habitats. It is possible that
if enough typical trees of both species are studied, excluding the
intermediates, other features of bud and leaf may be found.
Herbarium specimens lacking fruit, then, cannot be named defi-
nitely, though the features of leaf and bud given in the key are
sometimes distinctive.

With reference to the hairy-leaved trees of the pignuts the same
relative statements may be made. The pure stands of C. ovalis,
however, seem to have completely glabrous leaves (possibly some
tufts of hairs in the axils of side veins along the midribs of the
leaflets), and hairy-leaved trees seem to appear only where C.
glabra occurs alone (no such location definitely seen by the writer)
or where C. glabra and C. ovalis occur together. This has led the
writer to believe that C. glabra 1s the more commonly hairy of
the two species, and he has now decided to adopt the name C.
glabra var. hirsuta (Ashe) Ashe, not C. ovalis var. hirsuta (Ashe)
Sargent, the latter name based on the same original Hicoria
glabra var. hirsuta Ashe. Ashe, in his description of H. glabra hir-
suta, var. nov., in, Notes on Hickories 1896, described only the leaves,
the full description reading: “Leaflets thicker; petioles and lower
surface of leavestomentose. North Carolinato Alabama." Hedid
not describe the fruit specifically, but his name, combined with the
facts that he recognized C. odorata (now C. ovalis) and its var.
villosa, and that the trees with characteristic fruit of C. glabra
are common in the mountains of North Carolina as illustrated by
collections by Harbison at the Arnold Arboretum, indicate that

1950] Manning,—Key to the Hickories North of Virginia 198

the original name of Ashe should stand. Sargent, in Botanical
Gazette, vol. 66, 1918, p. 247, states that the fruit is pyriform,
usually narrowed below into a short stipitate base, usually
opening only to the middle, but considers this a variety of C.
ovalis because of the scaly bark. Ashe’s original description of
the tree seems not to mention the bark, as his description is
separated (with that of H. pallida) by a blank line from the de-
scriptions of the scaly-barked hickories (H. ovata, H. carolina-
septentronalis, H. borealis, H. odorata and its var. villosa).
Harbison has few notes on the bark on the herbarium labels,
though on his no. 3 from Highlands, N. C. he indicates bark flaky
with narrow thick plate-like scales. Furthermore, many of the
trees in the northeast observed by the writer do not have scaly
bark, even on those trees whose fruit is intermediate between that
of C. glabra and that of C. ovalis. Unfortunately, there is no type
of H. glabra hirsuta in the Ashe herbarium at the University of
North Carolina; the writer is not at present ready to designate a
lectotype. Harbison's collections from North Carolina and Geor-
gia at the Arnold Arboretum, some of these referred to by Sargent
in his article in Botanical Gazette mentioned above, are quite
diverse in fruit. Horsey 2062, from Gallipolis, Gallia Co., Ohio,
at Arnold Arboretum, has a typical fruit of C. glabra with essen-
tially indehiscent husk. The writer is including in the variety
all hairy-leaved trees of Carya glabra, including those specimens
with hairy rachises, those whose leaflets are hairy on the lower
surfaces, and those with hairs on both locations (this does not
include specimens with hairs only in the axils of the side veins
along the midribs of the leaflets). The amount of hairiness varies
from tree to tree, or it is sometimes greater on the leaves of the
lower branches of a tree than on its higher branches; sometimes
the type of hairiness varies, the hairs on the rachis ranging from
very minutely puberulent to clearly pubescent, in rare cases the
hairs being in fascicles on the rachis as in C. tomentosa. In
general, as stated in a previous article (RHODORA, vol. 47, 1945,
pp. 46-47) and in the key below, the two hairy pignuts are
separated from C. tomentosa and C. pallida by their having the
hairs densely crowded on the rachis, with both solitary and fas-
cicled hairs, instead of having evident separated fascicles of curly
hairs. Frequently the hairs are restricted to the rachis just
below the attachment of the upper three leaflets.

194 Rhodora [AUGUST

For the hairy-leaved trees of Carya ovalis the writer is now
adopting the name of C. ovalis var. mollis Ashe (Rnopona 25:
180, 1923). Unfortunately again the writer has found no type
for this variety, described from dry crests of ridges, Twin Creeks,
Adams County, in southwestern Ohio, and must base the variety
on the description alone (‘‘Having the fruit of the type and with
its red petioles and large leaflets, but the leaflets soft pubescent
beneath"). The writer has studied few Ohio collections and has
seen few hairy pignuts from that state. The writer is not yet
ready to select a lectotype. The following specimens, collected
by the writer and located in the herbarium of the writer at
Bucknell University, have hairy rachises or leaflets and have
fruit 3-4-ridged to base, close to characteristic C. ovalis: trees
marked f, i, B, G, H, Meeting House Hill, Winchester, N.
H.; trees marked G, Z, Burt Pitt Road, Northampton, Mass.;
tree no. 2, North Farms, N. of Florence (Northampton) Mass. ;
bank of Paradise pond, opposite Burton Hall, Smith College,
Northampton, Mass. On some of the specimens the hairs on
the lower surface of the leaflets are mostly in fascicles as in C.
tomentosa, and this might suggest a hybrid origin for the tree.
In many localities observed by the writer, however, where the
hairy pignuts are found, C. lomentosa is absent in the vicinity;
there is, furthermore, no indication of a hybrid origin in the twig,
bud, bark, leaflet-size, fruit-size, husk-type, or nut. As in C.
glabra var. hirsuta, the hairs of C. ovalis var. mollis, as interpreted
by the writer, may occur on the lower surface of the leaflets, on
the rachis, or on both areas.

Trees with fruit intermediate between C. glabra var. hirsuta
and C. ovalis var. mollis are almost as frequent as the charac-
teristic trees; these the writer considers as natural hybrids, but
is not proposing a name. In addition to these confusing trees,
true hybrids between C. glabra or C. ovalis and C. tomentosa do
undoubtedly occur.

The writer regrets that it seems necessary to break up the
hairy pignuts into varieties under two different species as given
above, as this means that it will be impossible to name sterile
material, and difficult to clearly name many fruiting specimens.

Harlow and Harrar (Textbook of Dendrology, 1941, pp. 276-
279) and others have recently questioned the range of Carya

1950) Manning,—Key to the Hickories North of Virginia — 195

ovalis and of C. glabrain New England. The writer has examined
material collected by himself and specimens at Gray Herbarium
and at Arnold Arboretum and has located characteristic fruiting
specimens of C. ovalis in at least ten counties of Massachusetts
and in at least two counties in southern New Hampshire. He
has not checked the records for Vermont reported by Blakeslee
and Jarvis (New England Trees in Winter) and others, and there
is some uncertainty about the species represented. C. glabra,
although scattered through much of Massachusetts, is very much
less common both in this state and in most of New England, and
is frequently represented by hybrids with C. ovalis, so that a
sterile specimen of a pignut in New England is likely to be C.
ovalis. This is also the opinion of Ernest J. Palmer, formerly of
Arnold Arboretum, and one of the foremost students of Carya.

As indicated by the writer in Ruopora, Vol. 47, 1945, pp.
46-47, the two hairy pignuts (there treated as one, Carya ovalis
var. hirsuta) range from southern New Hamsphire and central
Massachusetts through New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Kentucky, south through the Allegheny Mountains to
North Carolina. The writer has seen perhaps 125 sheets of hairy
pignuts, many of these sterile, many with fruit intermediate be-
tween the two species; the specimens studied were largely in the
herbaria of Arnold Arboretum, University of Pennsylvania, and
the writer. Detailed distribution of each species, with citation
of specimens, is impossible at present until more fruiting material
is collected.

It might be of value to summarize, independent of the key, the
principal vegetative features which the writer finds most useful
for recognizing each species in the herbarium and in the field.
Brief notes on the three species omitted in the key from the
Gray's Manual region are added.

C. CORDIFORMIS, 7-11 leaflets; bright yellow bud; separated
bud-scale-scars.

C. ovata, usually 5 leaflets, special tuft of hairs on the serra-
tions; outer bud-scales of terminal bud persistent.

C. TOMENTOSA, 7-9 leaflets; separate curly fascicles of hairs on
lower surfaces of leaflets, on rachis, and frequently on twig;
outer terminal bud-scales deciduous.

C. LACINIOSA, 7-9 leaflets; twig tan-colored; hairs present on

196 Rhodora [AUGUST

lower surface of leaflets and frequently on twig; outer bud-
scales persistent.

C. PALLIDA, leaflets 7-9; scattered fascicles of curly hairs
present on some of rachises and also on midribs of leaflets be-
neath, but absent on lower surface of leaflet proper (contrary to
statement. in Sargent's Manual); pale glands common on lower
surface of leaflets, especially in the spring; twigs in our region not
hairy.

C. GLABRA and C. ovais together, leaflets 5 or 5-7; no special
subapical tufts of hairs on serrations; rachis glabrous or if hairy
the hairs crowded, not clearly in fascicles; lower surface of leaflets
glabrous or sometimes hairy; twigs not hairy; glands on lower
surface of leaflets small and dark, though variable; outer bud-
scales of terminal buds deciduous in late fall so buds gray-silky
or sometimes covered by dark blunt scales.

C. ILLINOENSIS, similar to C. cordiformis, but leaflets mostly
11-13, strongly faleate as opposed to rarely faleate; buds rarely
bright yellow, at least the terminal strongly hairy as opposed to
glabrate; upper leaflet and sometimes lateral ones stalked, not
sessile (terminal leaflet in C. cordiformis rarely short-stalked),
serrations usually prominent; venation of leaflets much as in C.
cordiformis, the side veins not crowded, branching rather freely
near the tips, the branches usually curving downward and
usually going directly to the center of the serration.

C. AQUATICA, similar to C. illinoensis, but with mostly 11
leaflets, strongly faleate, usually narrow, the terminal stalked;
serrations usually very inconspicuous; side veins of leaflets usually
erowded (usually about 30 pairs in total), about one to a tooth,
rarely branching at the tips, many of them ending at the sinus.

C. TEXANA Buckl. (C. Buckleyi Durand), similar to C. pallida
or C. ovalis, with 5-9 leaflets, rachis and twig sometimes fascicled-
hairy, the leaflets with numerous red scales in the spring.

1. Bud-seales valvate, the one to three pairs of bud-scale-scars comparatively
high and separated; stalk of the bud forming a collar at the base of the
new growth of lateral shoots, these often pseudoterminal; buds yellow,
rather flattened; bud-scales not accrescent or but slightly so; leaflets
commonly lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, sometimes falcate, 7-11,
never 5 only; some or all of clusters of staminate catkins on short,
special, essentially leafless side shoots on old wood; nut very thin-
shelled, the primary septa and usually the internal secondary ribs of the
nut-shell with dark brown powder-filled cavities (lacunae); seed very
bitter, with ruminating endosperm; (serrations without tufts; bark not
exfoliating; husk thin, splitting only 14 way to base). .C. cordiformis.

1. Bud-seales imbricate, their several to many scars consisting of very many
confluent. lines forming a definite, usually ciliate, ring of bud-scale-
scars; bud-stalk collar usually absent; mature buds brown or gray,
though bud-seales often with scattered yellow glands; bud-scales
strongly accrescent in spring; leaflets 5-9, lanceolate to obovate, not
faleate; staminate catkins only at the base of elongate leafy shoots,
these terminal and sometimes also lateral; nut rather thick-shelled,

1950] Manning,— Key to the Hickories North of Virginia 197

without dark powder-filled cavities in septa or secondary ribs; seed

sweet or essentially so; (bark and husk various).

2. Margins of leaflets strongly ciliate when young, each serration with
a persistent dense tuft of hairs on one or both sides of the tooth
just below its apex, many of the tufts wearing off on some of the
leaflets by autumn; leaflets typically 5 only (trees with 7 leaflets
extremely rare); (branchlets reddish-brown or olive, usually
stout; this year's twig usually pubescent; terminal bud elongate,
10-27 mm. long, the outer dark brown coriaceous bud-scales
persistent, the outermost usually hirsute with narrow tips; bark
shaggy, the loose pieces typically long and broad; husk thick,
splitting to base, hence ovary 4-ridged to base; nut strongly
angled)... .3
3. Mature twigs, petioles, rachises, lower surfaces of mature

leaflets lightly pubescent to glabrate; hairs on leaflets

mostly solitary or in pairs....C. ovata and varieties
N uttallii, fraxinifolia, borealis, complanata, ellipsoidalis

3. Mature twigs, petioles, rachises, and often lower surfaces
of mature leaflets strongly villous; hairs of leaflets com-
monly in fascicles, though mixed with other types......
"zo fe ah aint ean ICE. C. ovata var. pubescens

2. Margins of leaflets sometimes ciliate when young with fascicles of
hairs, but serrations without special dense subapical tufts of hairs;
leaflets 5-9; leaflets and rachises of those species having only 5
leaflets typically glabrate, the margins not ciliate, the twigs
rather slender and glabrous, and the outer bud-scales deciduous
in autumn; (bark, husk, and ovary various)... .4.

4. Branchlets slender; surface and side veins of lower sides of
leaflets typically glabrous (sometimes hairy in the infre-
quent C. glabra var. hirsuta and C. ovalis var. mollis);
terminal bud short, 5-12 mm. long; twigs of the year
glabrous, the branchlet or twig in autumn reddish- or
chestnut-brown; leaflets 5 alone on some trees of two
species, 5-9 in others, the margins commonly glabrous
or glabrate; husk thin, 1-4.5 mm. thick; nuts usually not
strongly angled; (leaves small to medium, mostly 6-14
inches long; mature outer dark brown coriaceous bud-
scales early deciduous)

5. Rachises of some or all of leaves shaggy with definite
separated fascicles of often curly hairs, sometimes
becoming glabrate; leaflets 7-9, usually narrow,
pale beneath, usually glabrous except sometimes
on the midribs, densely glandular-dotted beneath
when young with pale glands, some of these often
persisting; buds and tips of twigs with few to many
prominent light yellow glands; husk 3-4.5 mm.
thick; (bark ridged; husk splitting to base along at
least 2 sutures; S. N. J. to Ala.)....C. pallida (C.
glabra var. villosa of Grays Manual 7th ed. in part)

5. Rachises varying from glabrous (the common condi-
tion) to densely pubescent (in the latter case the
hairs usually solitary or in pairs, or sometimes in
fascicles mixed with other types, not curly);
leaflets 5-7, glabrous or sometimes hairy, not pale
beneath, with scattered small glands; husk 1-3
mm. thick... .6.

6. Mature husk warty, dull, light brown, splitting
to base along 3-4 sutures, hence ovarian
ridges, sometimes obscure, reaching to base

Rhodora [AUGUST

of ovary; stipe rarely present; leaflets com-
monly 7, or 5 and 7, or on some trees 5 only,
typically ovate to obovate, or oblanceolate,
thick, petiole frequently red; buds ovate,
typically blunt or merely acute, the tips of
the narrow outer deciduous bud-scales fre-
quently villous; bark of trunk sealy or even
shaggy, or scaly only in younger portions
and ridged at base or on some trees without
scaliness; nut shell thin, frequently angled
above....7.

7. Rachis, petiole, lower leaflet surfaces
glabrous or essentially so..........
ees C. ovalis vars.
typica, obcordata, obovalis, and odorata

7. Rachis, and often petiole and lower sur-
face of leaflets densely pubescent
(fruit sometimes with a stipe, and
splitting along only 3 sutures)......
PERTERRITUS C. ovalis var. mollis

6. Mature husk smooth, shining, dark brown,

splitting only at apex or to middle or some-
times later along one suture to base; stipe
often present so fruit pear-shaped, typically
strongly flattened; leaflets commonly 5,
rarely 5 and 7, commonly lanceolate, thin;
terminal buds usually lanceolate, acuminate,
some of the blunt coriaceous glabrate bud-
scales frequently persistent in winter; bark
tight, ridged below, not scaly; nut not
ridged, comparatively thiek-shelled....8.

8. Rachis, petiole, lower leaflet surfaces
glabrous or essentially so..........
MEME C. glabra and var. megacarpa

8. Rachis, and often petiole and lower sur-
face of leaflets densely pubescent....
2.229229 C. glabra var. hirsuta

4. Branchlets stout; lower surface of leaflets densely pubescent,
most of the hairs in fascicles; mature terminal bud elon-
gate, 10-27 mm. long; twigs of the year hairy, at least
early in the season, or else branchlet or twig in autumn
light orange or buff; leaflets 7-9, never 5 alone, the mar-
gins commonly ciliate, especially early in the season; husk
medium to thick, (4) 5-10 mm. thick; nuts strongly
angled at least above; fruit and nuts large; (leaves
medium to large, 8-22 inches long, the petioles usually
stout; outer bud-seales deciduous or persistent; husk
splitting to base or nearly so; the sutures of the immature

fruit often obscured by hairs)... .9.

9. Twigs or branchlets tan, buff, or pale orange (but gray
on one side); hairs on rachis usually not clearly in
fascicles, commonly straight, the rachis often
nearly glabrous; bark shaggy; outer bark brown
coriaceous bud-seales of terminal bud persistent;
petioles often persistent in winter; husk very
thick (Cent. N. Y. & S. E. Pa. W. & &)........
pe ee eee Pee ee eee see essa eee C. laciniosa

9. Twigs reddish brown; hairs on rachis clearly in sep-
arated fascicles, curly (shaggy); bark deeply

1950] Fernald,— The Hybrid of Lysimachia terrestris 199

ridged, not shaggy; outer dark bud-scales of termi-
nal bud early deciduous, so winter buds light
grayish-brown, silky-tomentose; husk medium
thick; Mass. South and West C. tomentosa and var.
ficoides, etc.

BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY
Lewisburg, Pa.

THE HYBRID OF LYSIMACHIA TERRESTRIS AND
L. THYRSIFLORA

M. L. FERNALD

X LvsiMACHIA commixta, nom. nov. L. terrestris X thyrsiflora
Fernald & Wiegand in RHopona, xii. 141 (1910); Marie-Victorin,
Fl. Laurent. 145 (1935).

This hybrid, described in 1910, is so abundant and constant in
the northeastern area of the range in North America of Lysti-
machia thyrsiflora L. that it is quite as deserving of a binomial by
which it can be referred to as is the mostly more southern X L.
producta (Gray) Fernald. At its various stations it usually
(or perhaps always) forms very extensive colonies exactly com-
bining the characters of the two parents and in some cases not
associated with either or both of them, just as is the case of X L.
producta. The following collections are before me:

QUEBEC: environs d'Ottawa, Juillet 7, 1915, Victorin; Chateau-
guay, 1916, Victorin; grande colonie, Iles de Boucherville, Co. de
Chambly, Victorin & Rolland, no. 43,148 and 44,155; Saint-
Pierre-les-Becquets, Co. de Nicolet, Victorin, Rolland and
Meilleur, no. 44,121; vers le haut de la zone intercotidale, Saint-
Francois, Île d'Orleans, Victorin, Rolland and Meilleur, no.
44,388; swale bordering salt-marsh, Bie, Rimouski Co., Fernald
& Pease, no. 25,230.

MAGDALEN IsrANps: dune-hollow, Brion Island, St. John, no.
1966.

Prince Epwarp ISLAND: many acres in swale near margin of
North Lake, Kings Co., Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7935.

MAINE: many acres in boggy river-meadow, St. Croix Junc-
tion, Calais, Fernald, no. 2170 (TYPE in Herb. Gray.); tidal
swales along Cathance River, Bowdoinham, Fernald & Long,
no. 14,364.

VERMONT: swamp, abundant, Alburg, July 15, 1939, C. H.
Knowlton; Middlebury, June 22 and Sept. 25, 1880, Brainerd
(PARATYPE); margin of Otter Creek, Weybridge, July 15, 1938,
Knowlton; swamp, Colchester, July 13, 1932, Knowlton.

200 Rhodora [AUGUST

New York: very wet places along the Erie Canal, 2 miles east
of Utica, Haberer, no. 1363.

Not only is X Lysimachia commixta a dominant plant where it
occurs. It also has a strong tendency to invade tidal marshes.
Victorin says in his Flore Laurentienne: “L’hybride une fois
formé se multiplie végétativement par les parties souterraines et
peut former des colonies". It would be instructive if those
situated to do so would follow the subterranean rhizomes and
stolons to determine to what extent they are actually connected.
The herbarium-material at hand shows no more subterranean
development than in the two parent-species, one of which, L.
terrestris, is often reproduced vegetatively (by axillary bulblets).
In fact, it 1s the observation of many field-botanists that large
areas of floriferous L. terrestris will contain no bulblet-bearing
plants and, reciprocally, that all or essentially all plants of other
areas will be flowerless, but with abundant vegetative bulblets.
In the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club 245 plants
have inflorescences but no bulblets, 33 have bulblets but no
inflorescences, and 9 (all in ripe fruit) have both, the bulblets
produced long after the flowering period.

It is, therefore, a striking fact that none of the hybrids of
Lysimachia terrestris nor of the species with which it has so suc-
cessfully hybridized should show any suggestion of the axillary
bulblets which are so characteristic of L. terrestris and which gave
the species its name (Linnaeus, calling it Viscum terrestre be-
cause he mistook the moniliform bulblets to be a mistletoe
parasitic on an herb). It is also a striking fact that L. terrestris
(of $ Ephemerum) should have produced with the utterly different
and only remotely related species a blend which is dominant and
usually in a habitat quite unlike that occupied by the other
parent. In the case of X L. producta, one parent (L. terrestris)
is a paludal plant with opposite green ascending leaves, often
bushy-branching habit, terminal racemes and axillary bulblets,
the other parent, L. quadrifolia L. (of § Verticillatae), a plant
chiefly of dry or drvish woodland, with purplish or reddish
leaves in remote horizontal or reflexed whorls along the simple
axis, and few divergent flowers from the axils. In case of the
aggressively spreading X L. commixta, the second parent is the
single member of the unique circumboreal $ Nawmburgia, so

1950] Fernald,—Adiantum Capillus-Veneris 201

distinct in habit and floral structure as often to be treated as a
separate genus. Some others of our native species of Lysimachia
belong to § Steironema, a group of species which is often treated
as a distinct genus. So far as we yet know L. terrestris has not
crossed with members of this unique section.

Here is an alluring problem for some of the very modern
students of evolution. Nature has already posed the problem.
Field-study, reenforced by the newer techniques of the laboratory
and the garden, should throw light upon it. Inability longer to
use a microscope forces the writer to leave the question to others.

ADIANTUM CAPILLUS-VENERIS IN THE
UNITED STATES

M. L. FERNALD

As I pointed out in Gray, Man. ed. 8, 48 (1950), “Our plant
has longer and more slender rhizomes than the typical European
plant; the various geographic vars. are not yet worked out”.
At the time of writing I tried in vain to “wish” the problem upon
the late C. A. Weatherby, who had so far dipped into the genus
as to join Maxon in describing new species from Central and
South America. Now, assembling data on the affinities of the
flora of temperate eastern North America, it becomes important
to have a more exact picture of the situation than seems to have
prevailed.

Typical Adiantum Capillus- Veneris was described by Linnaeus,
Sp. Pl. ii. 1096 (1753) with “Habitat in Europa australi." The
species is now considered to be semi-cosmopolitan in warm parts
of the globe (“Europa occ. et austr. Africa. Asia temp.-Himalaya.
Ceylon. Queensland, Polynesia. U. S. A. merid. et occ.—Colum-
bia-Amazonas. ? Ind. Occ."— Christensen). In general plants of
such nearly world-wide range, within the tropical and warm-
temperate latitudes, are not uniform; and, certainly, when in the
western interior of the United States the species extends north-
ward to ravines of the Black Hills, it is in an area with a rela-
tively northern flora. It there occurs, however, at Cascade
Spring, "along the banks of a stream of warm water which

202 Rhodora [AUGUST

issued from several very large springs."' “In the southern foot-
hills Fall River and Cascade Creek . . . rise in large warm
springs."

A survey of much material of the European Adiantum Capillus-
Veneris shows the rhizome to be relatively thick and short, the
whole rhizome measuring 1.5-5.5 cm. long and being densely
covered with dark brown to blackish lanceolate or more slender
scales. Except from the specimens and plates it is difficult to
form a good impression of the European rhizome, European
students assuming that, of course, everyone knows such details.
From Linnaeus, Willdenow, Swartz, Schkuhr (who evidently
thought it too well-known to illustrate), Hooker, Hooker &
Baker and many others we get no idea of the rhizome. Some,
such as the caustically eritical (of others) James Britten, Eur.
Ferns, 44 (1881), after saying “It is hardly necessary to describe
at very great length so well-known and popular a fern as this”,
allows it “a slowly creeping caudex, which is black and scaly,
about as thick as a quill’; and Rouy, Fl. France, xiv. 389 con-
curs, with “Rhizome rampant, densément paléacé"; Luerssen,
Farnpfl. 81 (1889) does better: ‘‘Rhizom kriechend, spärlich
verzweigt, . . . im Breitendurchmesser bis 4-5 mm. stark".

In the wide-ranging North American plant, occurring from
Cuba and Florida aeross the southern United States, south into
Mexico and north into southwestern Virginia, Kentucky,
Missouri, South Dakota, Utah and southern California, the very
slender and (when fresh) rather pale rhizome or caudex is
elongate and, when not broken, shows a length of 0.5-1.5 dm.,
with the scales paler and fewer than in the typical European
plant. Small well shows a portion of a rhizome in his Ferns Se.
States, 120 (1938), and his deseription, p. 118, correetly says:
“Rootstock horizontal, slender, creeping, with light-brown
chaff.” Whereas in the European plant the fronds only excep-
tionally reach a height of 6 dm., that is nearly the average with
us. D. C. Eaton in Chapman, Fl. So. U. S. 591 (1860), discrim-
inating between stipe and frond or lamina, said: “Fronds 1?-3?
[. e. 3—9.1 dm.| long"; and in his Ferns N. Am. i. 283 (1879) he
said “one of Professor Harvey's fine specimens has a frond

1 C, E. Bessey in Bot. Gaz. xxvi. 211 (1898).

? Arthur C. Mackintosh, A Botanical Survey of the Black Hills of South Dakota in
Black Hills Engineer, xix. 161 (1931).

1950] Fernald,—Adiantum Capillus-Veneris 203

seventeen inches [5.18 dm.] long." With the stipe of about
equal length, that means a total length of more than 1 m. Typi-
cal Adiantum Capillus- Veneris does not reach nearly that length.

The pinnules, too, show rather notable differences. In the
European plant those of the sterile fronds are lobulate and deeply
incised and commonly dentate, those of the fertile fronds com-
monly rounded above, only shallowly notched and scarcely to
not at all toothed. In the American plant the pinnules are
deeply cleft and lobed on both sterile and fertile fronds and in
both they are sharply dentate, especially around the summit.
The latter difference is rarely noted by those who treat the Euro-
pean and the temperate North American plants as identical. It
was, however, detected by George Schneider, Bk. of Choice
Ferns, i. 256 (1892), when he wrote: On the sterile fronds the
“pinnules . . . deeply lobed from the circumference in the
direction of the center, and the lobes again bluntly crenated
(dentated) . . . and the lobes in the American form are usually
denticulated (toothed), and sometimes very sharply so... In
fertile fronds [in Europe], the teeth either disappear or are seen
only .on the upper part of the sides of the lobes". George
Schneider detected a real difference which, although shown in
carefully prepared drawings (like D. C. Eaton’s) had been over-
looked by his predecessors.

With several tendencies or truly significant characters separat-
ing the more widely spread plant of the United States from the
typical plant of Europe, I propose to call the former

ADIANTUM CaPILLUs-VENERIS L., var. protrusum, var. nov.,
a var. typica recedit caudice stramineo vel brunneo elongato
0.5-1.5 dm. longo, 2-4 mm. crasso, sparse vel laxe paleaceo,
paleis brunneis; frondibus (stipitibus inclusis) plerumque 0.3-1
m. longis; pinnulis laminarum sterilium fertiliumque acute
dentatis.—Damp calcareous cliffs and sheltered slopes, Cuba
and Florida to Texas, Mexico and southern California, north to
southwestern Virginia, Kentucky, Missouri, South Dakota and
Utah.

'The following are characteristic:

CuBa: San Blas, Prov. Santa Clara, Hunnewell, no. 11,454.

VIRGINIA: near New River, 1879, Schriver.

Gror@ia: shaded lime-sink near Flint River, Dooly Co.,
Harper, no. 1064; lime-sink at Forest Falls, Decatur Co., Harper,
no. 1193; shaded perpendicular cliffs, bank of Chattahoochee

204 Rhodora [AUGUST

River, Quitman Co., Harper, no. 1756; perpendicular rocky bank
of Samochechobee Creek, Clay Co., October 29, 1902, R. M.
Harper, no. 1791 (rvrPE in Herb. Gray).

FLoripa: rocks on Chipola River near Marianna, A. H.
Curtiss, no. 6805; cliffs at Aspalaga, Chapman; Aspalaga Bluff,
along Apalachicola River, Liberty Co., Small, De Winkeler &
Mosier, no. 11,021; limestone rocks in seepage, along the Apa-
lachicola River on Rock Bluffs, Aspalaga region, Correll & Kurz,
no. 5674.

Kentucky: Burnside, Pulaski Co., Jas. H. Ferriss; waterfall
near Bronston, Pulaski Co., McFarland, no. 66.

TENNESSEE: Lookout Mt., A. H. Curtiss, no. 3709.

ALABAMA: dripping rocks along Tennessee River northeast of
Sheffield, Colbert Co., Harper, no. 3277.

MississiPPI: Waynesboro, Wayne Co., Pollard, no. 1235.

Missovnr: bluffs, Monteer, Bush, no. 1126; dripping rocks,
Monteer, Bush, no. 5339; on dripping rocks, Branson, Bush, no.
5372.

ARKANSAS: limestone ledges, White River, Washington Co.,
Nov. 3, 1877, F. L. Harvey; dripping ledges, limestone bluffs of
White River, near Calico Rock, Izard Co., April 27, 1929,
E. J. Palmer, no. 35,570; on seepage, above Buffalo, Newton Co.,
D. M. Moore, no. 32,441.

(LourstaNa: very doubtful; see explanation below.)

SovrH DakorA: border of Cascade Creek, Aug. 25, Bessey &
Clements; wet bank of brook, Cascade Spring, Fall River Co., E.
J. Palmer, no. 37,464.

OKLAHOMA: on bank about a spring at head of canyon, 7 mi.
ne. of Guthrie, Logan Co., G. W. Stevens, no. 3265.

Texas: S. Felipe de Austin, Drummond, no. 355; shaded lime-
stone cliff, McKittrick Canyon, Culbertson Co., Moore & Steyer-
mark, no. 3548; North Llano River, west of Roosevelt, Kimble
Co., Cory, no. 6735.

Uran: St. George, Washington Co., Eggleston, no. 14,764;
seepage under ledges, 14 mile east of Virgin, Washington Co.,
Maguire, no. 21,485; sandstone ledge near waterfall east of Auto
Camp, Zion's Park, Maguire, no. 16,316.

Arizona: Lower Kanab Canyon, Colorado River, Chas. D.
Walcott; under rocks, Ramsey Canyon, Huachuca Mts., L. N.
Gooding, no. 731.

CALIFORNIA: on rocks, Canyon, about 1500 ft., Mt. Wilson,
Los Angeles Co., S. F. Blake, no. 846; shaded calcareous seep,
Palmer Canyon, alt. 2500 ft., San Gabriel Mts., Los Angeles Co.,
L. C. Wheeler, no. 248; Santa Barbara, Oct., 1880, M. D. Stebbins.

NEgvvo Leon: saturated bank, Sierra Madre Oriental, alt.
about 5000 ft., C. H. & M. T. Mueller, no. 706.

1950] Fernald,—Adiantum Capillus-Veneris 205

CoaAHUILA: Chojo Grande, 27 miles southeast of Saltillo, Edw.
Palmer, no. 360; edge of upper canyon, Sierra de la Madera,
Cafion del Agua, C. H. Mueller, no. 3249; cation del Agua Grande,
shade, on gypsum by water, R. M. Stewart, no. 3801.

TAMAULIPAS: vicinity of Victoria, alt. about 320 m., Edw.
Palmer, no. 189; Ojo de la Agua Grande, Cerro Bamora, vicinity
of El Milagro, H. H. Bartlett, no. 11,066.

San Luis Porosi: Hio Verde, Edw. Palmer, no. 35.

Sonora: Nacori, alt. 3750 ft., C. V. Hartman, no. 292; wet
m Cajón de la Higuera, near Moctezuma, Stephen S. White, no.

In the citation of states Louisiana was left in doubt. In the
Gray Herbarium there is only one specimen of Adiantum Capillus-
Veneris from that state. This is a single fertile frond which is
not of the American var. protrusum, but which closely matches
the European plant with deeply cleft pinnules, which was
described by Willdenow as A. trzfidum, with which the Louisiana
collection was identified. This sheet “Ex Hers. C. H. De-
METRIO" bears in Demetrio's hand the statement: ‘‘Found only
one plant among others collected by Rev. C. Niermann, Clinton,
La. Collected by Rev. C. Niermann January 1893". In the
Gray Herbarium there is also a portion of a manuscript (pre-
sumably sent to Gray) from the late John L. Riddell in which he
specially emphasizes that “there being no limestone in the parts
of Louisiana botanically explored, we have not yet met it in this
state"; and in the Catalogus Florae Ludovicianae, AucToRE. J. L.
RippELL, M.D., Cuem. Pror. Univ. La. in New-Orl. Med. and
Surg. Journ. viii. (May, 1852) Riddell listed for the state only
A. pedatum. The Demetrio label says “only one plant". Most
American collectors emphasize its local abundance on wet cal-
careous cliffs and shores. In view of the cultivation of various
forms of the European plant it seems improbable that the “one
plant" of the European variety was native in southeastern
Louisiana.

In the Riddell manuscript above referred to that keen observer
proposed our plant as a new but unpublished species. He sent a
water-color drawing and 3 different pinnules but his efforts were
unappreciated and opposite his description the late Sereno
Watson wrote “A. Capillus-Veneris, L.!’ Unfortunately the
unpublished name given by Riddell cannot be taken up, espe-
cially since he had on the sheet one pinnule from the next variety

206 Rhodora [AuGusT

(apparently, judging from his note) from Texas. Two trivial
names have been given within this variety. One was noted
under A. Capillus-Veneris as follows: “The form elongatum
Lemmon is an elongated form from Arizona’’.—Clute in Fern.
Bull. xiv. 57 (1906). Just what was elongated was not ex-
plained. The other, A. Capillus- Veneris, forma cristatum Mox-
ley in Am. Fern. Journ. ix. 27 (1919), is a very exceptional
aberration “having the tips of the fronds more or less dichoto-
mously forking and crested”. Its name should not be taken up
for the wide-ranging and crestless variety.

In Adiantum Capillus-Veneris, var. protrusum the fertile
pinnules are obviously cleft or deeply lobed and with evident
sharp dentation except where occupied by the sori. They are
thin-membranaceous or almost filmy in texture and the larger
ones range from 1-3 (av. 1.6) em. broad. In the western interior
of the United States and somewhat down the mountains of
Mexico there is a smaller plant, with subcoriaceous or firm
pinnules, ‘‘Rootstocks widely creeping, often 10-12 em. long,
covered with slender narrow pale brown scales; . . . leaflets
6-8 mm. wide, . . . mainly 3-lobed, the incisions narrow and
very shallow”, ete. This is A. modestum Underwood in Bull.
Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 46 (1901), *A plant related to A. capillus-
veneris but differing from it in the smaller, less incised leaflets,
their more rounded compact shape, in the fewer narrower sori,
in the light-colored stalks to the leaflets, and in general habit.

“The European specimens of A. capillus-veneris are usually
much more laciniate than the American, but in A. modestum the
leaflets are barely trilobed with very shallow sinuses"— Under-
wood, l. e. In a large series of A. modestum the larger fruiting
pinnules have a breadth of 5-14 (av. 8.5) mm., this about one-
half the breadth in A. Capillus-Veneris, var. protrusum. Several
American authors reduce it outright to the European plant,
others maintain it as a species. To me the middle course, on
account of numerous transitions, seems the proper treatment
and I am calling it

A. CAPILLUS-VENERIS L., var. modestum (Underw.), stat.
nov. <A. modestum Underw. in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 46
(1901).—Colorado and Utah, south to northwestern Arkansas,
Texas, New Mexico and Arizona and locally into Mexico.

1950] Fernald,— Adiantum Capillus- Veneris 207

The following collections well represent the plant:

Coronapo: Hot Springs, Ouray, August 4, 1894, Jeanie I. W.
Thacher.

Uran: St. George, alt. 2500 ft., April, 1888, M. E. Jones; West
cliffs, crusted with alkali, St. George, Goodding, no. 793; wet
rocks at 864 m., St. George, T'idestrom, no. 9250; along stream in
canyon, Zion Park, Washington Co., Maguire & Maguire, no.
4711.

Nevapa: Las Vegas, Goodding, no. 2241.

ARKANSAS: wet rocks (Ordovician limestone), Sulphur Springs,
Benton Co., E. J. Palmer, nos. 3788 and 19,060.

Texas: Buena Vista, about 4 mi. west of Alpine, Brewster Co.,
April 3, 1936, Warnock; wet beds of Nueces R., Pulliam, Zavalla
Co., E. J. Palmer, no. 11,331.

New Mexico: abundant on rocks and grassy points overhang-
ing the water of North Spring River, Roswell, F. S. Earle, no.
261, TYPE and 1soTyPE in Herb. Gray; Piedra Pinta, 1852,
without stated locality, Chas. Wright, no. 2123, PARATYPE,
labelled A. chilense Kaulf.; wet places on limestone ledges,
canyon east of road, foothills east of Cook’s Peak, Luna Co.,
McVaugh, no. 8129; wet loam, alt. approx. 6600 ft., Kingston,
Sierra Co., O. B. Metcalf, no. 1380.

ARIZONA: Bright Angel Trail, Grand Canyon of the Colorado,
Cocomino Co., Carl B. Wolf, no. 3177; petrified springs, Little-
field, Tidestrom, no. 9238: on lime deposits below spring seepage,
Monkey Spring, Jeffcott Ranch, nw. end of Canelo Hills, Santa
Cruz Co., W. S. Phillips, no. 2873.

CoanvuILA: Saltillo, common about shady springs and water-
courses, Edw. Palmer, no. 71.'

CHIHUAHUA: alt. about 1300 m., vicinity of Chihuahua, Edw.
Palmer, no. 331.

DurRANGO: San Ramón, Palmer, no. 77.

CoriMA: San Marcos, M. E. Jones, no. 497a.

As stated, many specimens are transitional between vars.
protrusum and modestum, but the firmer texture and small and
barely notched fertile pinnules and its restriction chiefly to the
Cordilleran region of North America shows that var. modestum
is truly a geographic variety, not a mere ecological state. On
some Mexican sheets Weatherby suggested that this may be the
A. Schaffneri Fournier in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xxvii. 328 (?
1880). I have seen no material of the type-no. (Schaffner, no.

1 Palmer noted that ‘‘in the market it is called ‘Silantrillo’, to be used to assist

menstruation in females", Apparently the marketmen had an inkling that it is
Capillus- Veneris.

208 Rhodora [AvaUsT

64), but two other Schaffner nos. before me seem to be small
plants of A. Capillus-Veneris, var. protrusum. Fournier’s
description was rather inconclusive:

L’ Adiantum Schaffnerii a les pinnules de l'A. Capillus Veneris, mais

les frondes courtes, 4 peine ramifiées et souvent méme simplement
pinnées, naissant trés serrées sur un rhizome horizontal.

Several specimens were originally labeled as A. emarginatum,
but the Pacific American plant which erroneously passed as A.
emarginatum Hook. but which is now known as A. Jordani K.
Müll. is quite different in its very strong veins, in its very long
linear transverse (instead of short and lunate) indusia and in the
larger flabellate-rotund pinnules.

In the Rocky Mountains, however, A. Capillus-Veneris, var.
modestum has an exceptional form with large fertile pinnules as
broad as in the more western A. Jordani. This is

Var. MODESTUM, forma rimicola (Slosson), stat. nov. A. rimi-
cola Slosson in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xli. 308, t. 7, fig. 1 (1914).—
Larger fertile pinnules 1.5-2.4 cm. broad.—Little known but

seemingly an extreme of var. modestum, with fertile pinnules as
large as in var. protrusum and standing between these varieties.

SHRUBS OF MicnuiGAN.—Under this self-explanatary title the Cran-
brook Institute of Science has issued a very attractive and equally accu-
rate volume,! the second edition, enlarged and brought to date. The work,
most happily, coming from the hand of the late CEciL BILLINGTON, cannot
fail to be authoritative, a most happy situation in these days of inaccurate
and unsound books on trees, shrubs or other wild plants being rushed
from the press. The descriptions are clear, the maps of ranges within the
state of Michigan convincing and the line-drawings most helpful. Not
only will all botanists of the Great Lakes area, professional or amateur,
need the book. Everyone interested in the flora of the northeastern
United States and southeastern Canada will want it.—M. L. F.

! CEciL BILLINGTON: Shrubs of Michigan, ed. 2, pp. vii + 339, 206 figs. Cranbrook
Inst. Sci. Bloomfield Hills, Mich. $4.50. 1949.

Volume 52, no. 619, including pages 165—184, was issued 18 July, 1950.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52. September, 1950. No. 621.
CONTENTS:
Nomenclatural Changes in Bromus. H. Keith Wagnon. ....... 209

Rhododendron maximum in New England.
Uber Hi Knowlon. .......... cerrota e hu o RN UE 215

North American Variety of Milium effusum. M. L. Fernald. ... 218

Galium harcynicum: a Problem in Interpreting the International
NNNM NM do FOROG. /eeeceoc aescsesesecsetteseseRmE, ia 222

A Culinary Use for the Leaves of Vitis riparia. Herbert Habeeb. 225

Eighth Edition of Gray's Manual of Botany (Review).
BENE Co DON. oo oneee coroners on I er RORIS 226

Scamman’s Ferns and Fern Allies of New Hampshire (Notice).

BP MONK EER EES ang FORTS rrr EMEND el 238

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the

flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY
Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

No

No.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

. XXXIV. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xxxviii. 77-269. 1902.
Flora of the Galapagos Islands. With 3 plates.
By .B. L. Robinson. ......25200c0*2«000009c«992008 0000990600099 $1.75

XXXV. Reprinted from Proc, Am. Acad. xe. 69-120. 1908. New and

. XXXI. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 235-278. 1905

1. Descriptions of Spermatophytes from the Southwestern United
States, Mexico, and Central America. By J. M. Greenman.

2. Diagnoses and Notes Relating to American Eupatorieae.
By B. L. RAbIOSon. ..,.-oqueecescccoseccescenpneeuebacsereonevos $ .40

. XXXII. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 3-48. 1906.

1. Revision of the Genus Piqueria.
2. Revision of the Genus op: ryosporus.
8. The Genus Helogyne and its Synonyms.
4. Diagnoses and Synonymy of Eupatorieae and of certain other
Compositae which have been classed with them.
By B. L. Robinson. ,.....222295 969209 599049980049 04559002 $ .60

GRAY HERBARIUM of HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. September, 1950 No. 621

NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES IN BROMUS
H. KrzrrH WAGNON

Bromus inermis Leyss. (sect. Bromopsis Dumort.), a native of
Europe, Siberia, and China, has apparently become more wide-
spread in North America than any one of the native species of
Bromus. Its introduction into North America preceded the
first recognition of the closely related B. Pumpellianus Scribn.
When Shear published his “Revision of the North American
Species of Bromus Occurring North of Mexico" in 1900, he said in
his discussion under B. Pumpellianus, “The difficulties of sepa-
rating these species [i. e. B. inermis and B. Pumpellianus] are
likely to be greatly increased in the future by the rapid distribu-
tion of the cultivated forms of B. inermis in the region occupied
by B. Pumpellianus and also by the probability of hybridization
of the two plants".

Later, in 1942, Hultén postulated that B. Pumpellianus
was the American counterpart of B. inermis, and that its varie-
ties arcticus and villosissimus, as well as the Kamchatkan B.
ornans Kom. were northern variations of this complex. In
1949, Elliott also felt that B. ornans Kom., B. Korotky? Drob.,
B. irkutensis Kom., B. vogulicus Soczava, B. Richardson Link,
and B. sibiricus Drob. as treated by Nevski and Sochava (1934)
could be included in the complex.

At this time F. C. Elliott also outlined the North American
distribution of B. Pumpellianus and B. inermis. He presented
evidence to show the presence of intermediate forms, and postu-
lated that “introgression of the two" was taking place in the
range of B. Pumpellianus. He felt that the hybridization be-

210 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

tween the two species was largely confined to modified habitats.
Artificially reproduced F, hybrids between the two octoploid
species were found to be moderately fertile under open-pollina-
tion. Using this evidence, Elliott reasoned that recent diverg-
ence of the two species from an Asiatic center of germplasm was
suggested. A migration, he believed, took place in a Pleistocene
era when cool, moist conditions prevailed over a large area of
North America. Elliott concluded that B. Pumpellianus should
be reduced to a subspecies of B. inermis, but did not make the
necessary nomenclatural changes.

I have recently completed an intensive study (unpublished) of
the North America members of Bromus, section Bromopsis.
During the course of this study it became evident that the
morphological differences between B. Pumpellianus and B.
inermis were less than those prevailing between other pairs of
closely related species of Bromopsis. This, in addition to the
many features which the two have in common (e. g. both are
octoploids, both have creeping rootstocks which are wanting in
most of the other species of the section, and both have a northern
range of distribution), and in addition to the presence of many
intermediates between the two supposed species, strengthens
Elliott’s contention that the two are no more than sub-specifically
different. The following combinations are necessary.

Bromus INERMIS Leyss. subsp. inermis (Leyss). Wagnon, stat.
nov. JB. inermis Leyss., Fl. Hal. 16. 1764. Festuca inermis DC.
& Lam. Fl. Franç. 3: 49. 1805. Schedonorus inermis Beauv.,
Ess. Agrost. 99, 177. 1812. Festuca inermis var. villosa Mert. &
Koch, Deutschl. Fl. 1: 675. 1823. B. inermis var. aristatus
Schur, Enum. Pl. Transsilv. 805. 1866. B. inopinatus Brues,
Trans. Wis. Acad. 17: 73. 1911. Forasaccus inermis (Leyss.)
Lunell, Am. Midl. Nat. 4: 225. 1915. Zerna inermis (Leyss.)
Lindm., Svensk. Fanerogamfl. 101. 1918. B. ciliatus subv.
denudatus (Wieg.) Farwell, Am. Midl. Nat. 10: 204, as to plant
only. 1927. B. inermis forma villosum (Mert. & Koch) Fernald,
Ruopora, 35: 316. 1933. B. inermis forma aristatus (Schur)
Fernald, Ruopora 35: 316. 1933.

This subspecies may be readily distinguished from the follow-
ing one by its glabrous blades and by the glabrous nodes which
are usually 3-5 in number.

1 No attempt has been made to search for synonymy of B. inermis in foreign litera-
ture; only those names found in American works are listed.

1950] Wagnon,—Nomenclatural Changes in Bromus 211

BROMUS INERMIS subsp. Pumpellianus (Scribn.) Wagnon, stat.
nov. B.Pumpellianus Scribn., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 15: 9. 1888.
Tyre: F. Lamson-Scribner 418; collected in 1883 in the Belt
Mountains, Montana; seen in the U. 8. National Herbarium.

This subspecies is best identified by its blades which are pilose
at least on the upper surface and by the pubescent nodes which
are 2 or 3 in number. In North America it is represented by the
two following varieties, both of which are apparently capable of
hybridizing with the subsp. inermis.

BROMUS INERMIS var. purpurascens (Hook.) Wagnon, stat.
nov. B. purgans var. purpurascens Hook., Fl. Bor.-Amer. 2: 252.
1840. B. purgans var. longispicata Hook., Fl. Bor.-Amer. 2: 252.
1840. B. Pumpellianus Scribn., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 15: 9,
as to the type. 1888. B. ciliatus var. coloradensis Vasey ex Beal,
Grasses N. Amer. 2: 619. 1896. B. Pumpellianus var. Tweedyi
Scribn. ex Beal, Grasses N. Amer. 2: 622. 1896. B. Pumpellia-
nus var. melicoides Shear, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Agrost. Bull.
23: 50. 1900. Forasaccus Pumpellianus (Scribn.) Lunell, Am.
Midl. Nat. 4: 225. 1915. Type: Arctic shore, Dr. (Sir John)
Richardson; seen at the Royal Botanie Gardens, Kew, England.

Distinguished from the following variety by its glabrous
glumes and by the lemmas which are pubescent along the mar-
gins, on the main nerves and on the base of the back. From
Colorado in the Roeky Mountains to well inside the Arctic
Circle in Alaska, Yukon and Northwest Territory.

BROMUS INERMIS var. arcticus (Shear) Wagnon, stat. nov.
B. arcticus Shear, in Scribn. & Merr., Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb.
13 (3): 83. 1910. B. Pumpellianus var. arcticus (Shear) A. E.
Porsild, Rropona 41: 182. 1939. B. Pumpellianus var. villosis-
simus Hultén, Fl. Alaska and Yukon. Lunds Univ. Arssk. II.
Sect. 2. 38: 251. 1942. Tyre: T. A. Walpole 2036, Sept. 9, 1901;
collected in the vicinity of Port Clarence, tundra bank near
buildings at Teller Reindeer Station, Seward Peninsula, Alaska;
seen in the U. S. National Herbarium (No. 379157).

This variety is readily identified by its sparsely pubescent to
hirsute glumes and lemmas. Except for a single collection from
Michigan, it is confined to Alaska, Yukon and the Northwest
Territory.

The identity of Bromus purgans L. has been the subject of some
controversy. Linnaeus described in the Species Plantarum
(1753) two American species of Bromus, namely B. purgans and

212 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

B. ciliatus. The latter, though apparently not represented in
the Linnaean Herbarium (Hitchcock 1908), is sufficiently well
characterized by mention of the lemmas as having only the
margins pilose ''petalorum marginibus (non dorso) valde pilosis".
The description of Bromus purgans, however, while unusually
ample for the Species Plantarum, is applicable to at least three
American species, namely B. purgans, B. latiglumis and B.
Kalmii as currently interpreted. All three of these species may
have the lemmas uniformly pubescent on the backs as well as on
the margin; the original description of B. purgans reads: “Glumae
pilis brevissimis undique extus villosae’’.

Bromus purgans was based primarily upon material collected
by Kalm in “Canada”. Linnaeus doubtfully included in the
synonymy of this species the ‘‘Gramen bromoides catharticum” of
Feuillée: “Differt nostra a Fewillaei radicibus fibrosis nec squamo-
sis; spiculis angustioribus". Feuillée's plant (1714) was South
American in origin, and his plate appears to represent a member
of the section Ceratochloa. Some authors have for this reason
referred several plants of the section Ceratochloa to B. purgans, as
pointed out by Shear (1900). It seems very clear, however, from
Linnaeus’ definite reference to Kalm’s collection, which he
described fully, that this collection must be regarded as the type
of the species.

In 1907, Hitchcock (1908) visited the Linnaean Herbarium in
order to study species that were based wholly or in part upon
American material. He found three specimens of Bromus, any
one of which could have been taken from material collected by
Kalm, and all of which had lemmas uniformly pubescent across
the backs. Photographs of these specimens were seen in the
United States National Herbarium and at the Arnold Arboretum,
Harvard University. I am greatly indebted to Dr. W. R.
Taylor, Department of Botany, University of Michigan, who, in
June, 1950, made a critical examination of the Linnaean speci-
mens for specific characters in order to help solve this problem.

For simplicity, these specimens may best be referred to by
their catalogue numbers, 93.10, 93.11, and 93.12. Specimen
number 93.10 is marked (Savage 1945) “purgans 3 HU" in Lin-
naeus’ handwriting, and “all 3 [sheets 10 to 12, pinned together]
one sp. & purgans not ciliatus ex char. A. Gray" in Asa Gray’s

1950] Wagnon,—Nomenclatural Changes in Bromus 213

handwriting. I am in complete agreement with Hitchcock in
identifying this specimen as the currently interpreted B. lati-
glumis (Shear) Hitchcock, as it has overlapping sheaths with a
ring of hairs at their summit. Auricles are apparently not
present, as Dr. Taylor was unable to find any; once dried, these
structures are easily broken off, hence their absence on old
specimens does not necessarily mean that they were never
present. The above-mentioned sheath-condition, and a short
exsertion of the panicle are characteristic of B. latiglumis only.
As Hitchcock pointed out, specimen 93.12 is also B. latiglumis as
shown by overlapping sheaths, although the ring of hairs at the
summit of the sheath is less conspicuous. This specimen bears
the following marks- ‘4 HU" in Linnaeus’ handwriting, and
“ciliatus” in the handwriting of J. E. Smith.

Specimen number 93.11 is marked “4 K[alm]|" in Linnaeus’
handwriting and “ciliatus” in J. E. Smith's handwriting. Hitch-
cock (1908) believed this plant to be “Bromus purgans as com-
monly understood and as described in Shear's Monograph of
Bromus, and [felt that it] should be taken as the type, in spite of
the “4”? placed upon the sheet by Linnaeus, probably inad-
vertantly". It does not have overlapping sheaths and the
panicle has flexuous pedicels as was noted by Hitchcock (mss.
notes in U. S. Nat. Herb.). The flexuous condition evidently
convinced Hitchcock that this was the plant Linnaeus had in
mind when describing the panicle of B. purgans as “‘crispa,
flexuosa, nulans". Hitchcock may have been right in believing
it was the specimen Linnaeus had in mind, but it is not a speci-
men of the material that has been currently referred to Bromus
purgans. Critical examination of this specimen by Dr. Taylor
revealed that it has lower leaves with boat-shaped tips, first
glume 3-nerved, second glume 5-nerved, awns 2.25-2.5 mm. long
and the panicle about 7 cm. long, all of which are characteristic
of the currently recognized B. Kalmi? A. Gray. Material that has
currently been interpreted as B. purgans does not have boat-shaped
leaf tips, the first glume is 1-nerved, the second glume 3-or rarely
5-nerved, the awn 4-8 mm. long and the panicle 9-25 cm. long.

In 1839 when Gray annotated specimen 93.10, he indicated
that he believed it, and also specimens 93.11 and 94.12, to be B.
purgans. However, he apparently changed his mind, because

214 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

in 1848 when he described B. Kalmii, he concluded his description
by saying, ''this is preserved in the herbarium of Linnaeus under
the name of B. ciliatus, though it is not the plant he described;
thence has arisen much confusion". The fact that Gray proposed
the specific name of Kalmii is, in itself, also indication that Kalm
collected the plant which was being described. Thus it seems
evident that specimen 93.11 is the basis for B. Kalmii and should
be designated as the type. When Shear treated this species, he
said, ‘‘There seems to be no particular specimen designated as
the type of this species by Dr. Gray. The sheet in the Gray
Herbarium, regarded as that upon which the original description
was founded, contains portions of plants from three different
localities, two from New York and one from Michigan, varying
however but very little from each other. These were taken as
the basis of the above description".

Through the kindness of the authorities at the Gray Her-
barium, I have been able to study this same sheet of specimens;
aside from the fact that it was in Gray's possession at the time of
the original publication of Bromus Kalmii, there would appear
to be no reason to designate one of the plants on the sheet as the
type of the species, in preference to the Kalm specimen which
was specifically cited by Gray.

Linnaeus' description of B. purgans is apparently a composite
one taken from more than one plant. The phrase “Panicula
crispa, flexuosa, nutans” , is not applicable to any one of the three
specimens in the Linnaean Herbarium. The panicles of numbers
93.10 and 93.12 (both B. latiglumis) may be considered as "crisp"
while 93.11 (type of B. Kalmi) only has a flexuous, nodding
panicle. Thus it is apparent that the description is a mixture
including B. latiglumis and B. Kalmii. However, since specimen
93.10 is labelled “purgans 3 HU" in Linnaeus’ handwriting and
the fact that Bromus No. 3 in the Species Plantarum is B. purgans,
it seems clear that Linnaeus apparently regarded it as representa-
tive of his description. Bromus purgans, therefore, should be
typified by specimen 93.10 and the name is thus properly ap-
plied to the material which has currently been referred to B.
latiglumis.

Since the name B. purgans L. is no longer applicable to the
species which has currently been so-called, another name must

1950] Knowlton,—HRhododendron maximum 215

be selected to take its place. The earliest valid name is apparent-
ly Bromus pubescens Muhl. ex Willdenow in “Enumeratio Planta-
rum Horti Regii Botanici Berolinensis" of 1809. Several spike-
lets from Muhlenberg’s “type” specimen (No. M154) collected
in Pennsylvania were seen in the U. S. National Herbarium.

LITERATURE CITED

ErLnrorr, F. C. 1949. Bromus inermis and B. Pumpellianus in North
America. Evolution 3: 142-149.

FEUILLÉE, L. 1714. Jour. Observ. Physiques, Math., Bot. (plate I).

Gray, A. 1848. Man. Bot. N. U. S. 600.

HrrcHcock, A. S. 1908. Types of American Grasses. Contr. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 12: 122.

HurrÉN, E. 1942. Flora of Alaska and Yukon. Lunds Univ. Arssk. II.
Sect. 2. 38: 251-252.

LiNNÉ, CARL von. 1753. Species Plantarum 1: 76.

NeEvskI, S. A. AND SocHavA, V. B. 1934. Genus Bromus in Komarov, V. L.
ed., Flora of U. S. S. R. 2: 554-557. Leningrad, Izadatel' stvo. Aka-
demiia Nauk S. S. S. R.

SAVAGE, S. 1945. A Catalogue of the Linnaean Herbarium. 18.

SHEAR, C. L. 1900. A Revision of the North American Species of Bromus
Occurring North of Mexico. U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Agrost. Bull. 23: 49.

WirLpENow, K. L. 1809. Enumeratio Plantarum Horti Regii Botanici
Berolinensis. 120.

UNIVERSITY OF Micuican, Ann Arbor.

RHODODENDRON MAXIMUM IN NEW ENGLAND
CLARENCE H. KNOWLTON

Ir has been very interesting to bring together these New
England records of Rhododendron maximum L. as a striking
example of discontinuous distribution. The seeds of the shrub
are scale-like and small and not likely to be carried far by the
wind. There is some reason to assume that the shrub was once
more generally distributed in New England, as is the case in the
middle and southern states. Since the country was settled the
beauty of the flowers has led to hacking of the shrubs, and there
have been some attempts at transplanting. The Medfield, Mass.
shrubs were approaching extinction when the swamp was
purchased in order to protect them, and they were entirely
removed from a bog in Richmond, Berkshire County, by am-
bitious gardeners.

It was my privilege on August 20, 1949, to visit the station for
this Alleghenian shrub in Lexington, Somerset County, Maine,

216 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

guided by Messrs. Walter Deane and J. Harvey Spear of North
Anson, Maine. Lexington is an unorganized township next to
Kingfield, and the 45th parallel of North Latitude passes through
it, halfway to the North Pole. The shrubs grow in a swampy
area near Safford Pond, in rich, mainly deciduous woods. The
shrub was discovered in 1845 by one Nathan Safford, who lived
nearby, and the stand has spread from a few square rods to
nearly two acres. About a quarter of this area is now full of
dead shrubs, perhaps due to change in water-level. This region
is now grown up mostly to deciduous trees, but according to old
maps in 1860 and 1870 it was formerly a cleared and well-
occupied farming area. The further spread of the shrubs toward
Safford Pond is checked by a lusty growth of alders. The best
of the shrubs are ten or twelve feet high, and they flowered well in
1949. This station was reported by F. H. Cowan in RHODORA
I, 55, and has been visited by the Josselyn Botanical Society of
Maine during its Kingfield meetings.

This is probably the most northern station for this shrub.
From east of New England there is but one specimen in the Gray
Herbarium, collected at Beaver Dam Gold Mines, Sheet Harbor,
Nova Scotia.

Nearly ninety miles away in southwestern Maine, there are
several stations, especially in various places near Sebago Lake.
These are mostly in the town of Standish, but also at Sanford
and Springvale, where three acres are covered. It has been
found in South Windham, and at an isolated station in Harps-
well, according to Professor Fay Hyland of the University of
Maine, who has published an elaborate report on the woody
plants of Maine.

In New Hampshire there are at least eight stations for this
Rhododendron, from Conway south—Albany, Pittsfield, Gran-
tham, and Strafford, and in the south at Mason, Wilton, and
Fitzwilliam. The latter now belongs to the Appalachian Club,
and has had splendid care and protection. The shrubs are as
luxuriant as any I have seen in the North Carolina mountains, or
in cultivation.

I am indebted to my friend, Mr. Waldo F. Glover, a former
resident of Groton, Vermont, for information about the Rhodo-
dendrons in Caledonia County, Vt., the only section of the state

1950] Knowlton,—Rhododendron maximum 217

where they have been found. South of the Montpelier & Wells
River Railroad in the town of Groton is Ricker Pond, and they
are abundant there. North of the Railroad is the larger Groton
Pond, and the shrubs flourish there on the north side. They line
the brook which flows from the pond, principally on the east side.
This brook is the beginning of Wells River. A mile and a half
to the east is Levi Pond, where the shrubs formed a dense thicket
in 1891. Some of these have died in recent years. ‘Three or
four miles from the head of Groton Pond is Martin's Pond in
Peacham, on the south side of which they have held their own
for years.

Norfolk County in Massachusetts seems to have been another
congenial area for them. Dr. Jacob Bigelow in his Medical
Botany, Vol. III, part II, page 102 (1821) says that they grow
abundantly on the banks of the Charles River in Dedham, about
fifteen miles from Boston, and there is an old herbarium specimen
in the Gray Herbarium from Dedham, but apparently there has
been no recent collection from this stand if it still exists. Also
in Medfield is a station which Dr. Bigelow mentions in his
Florula Bostoniensis. In recent years these plants were on the
verge of extinction, when the Trustees of Public Reservations
purchased the swamp to ensure their preservation. The shrubs
have been slow about increasing, and none of them are very tall
as yet, but there are scattered blossoms every year. ‘There are
herbarium specimens from Walpole, and from nearby Attleboro
in Bristol County.

One station reported west of Norfolk County is in Blandford
in Hampden County, on the plateau south of the Westfield
River. Ralph Hoffman, in his Flora of Berkshire County gives
an additional station at Washington (altitude 1750 feet). He
also reports that some Lenox gardeners eradicated a station in
Richmond, Mass., in a poorly planned horticultural venture.
There is also an old specimen collected by William Oakes from
Williamstown, but nothing is known of its source.

The Rhododendron has been especially at home in southern
Rhode Island. Beach Pond in Exeter had a dense thicket of it
in 1914. It has also been collected in the edge of an old cedar
swamp in South Kingston, near Kingston Hill, in 1906, and there
was an earlier collection in 1879 at Worden's Pond. Professor

218 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

W. W. Bailey, in Rhodora II, 218, speaks of its magnificent
growth at Wickford and in South County.

In eastern Connecticut there are shrubs at North Stonington,
not many miles from the Great Swamp region of southern Rhode
Island. Further west, at Lyme, on the coast, it was collected in
a deep swamp by C. A. Weatherby in 1917. Quite isolated from
other New England stations is one at Union, Tolland County,
almost up to the Massachusetts line, in a swamp visited by C. H.
Bissell and other botanists in July, 1879.

In Litchfield County, northwestern Connecticut, it is known
from Warren, also near the Massachusetts state line, and not
very far from the station at Blandford, Mass. Winchester and
Norfolk complete the roster for the state.

This Rhododendron apparently prefers acid soil conditions,
and is completely absent from the extensive calcareous area of
western Vermont. It may well have been more frequent and
abundant in the past, as some of the stands have seemed to be
waning, though others have spread in recent years. The beauty
of the flowers has led to indiscriminate hacking of the shrubs.
Experiments in transplanting have been unsuccessful.

HiNGHAM, Massachusetts

THE NORTH AMERICAN VARIETY OF
MILIUM EFFUSUM

M. L. FERNALD

MinrvM EFFUSUM L., var. cisatlanticum, var. nov., a var.
typica recedit foliis glaucescentibus laminis plerumque laevibus
plus minusve succulentibus 0.9-2 cm. latis apicibus vix attenua-
tis; panicula laxiora verticillis remotis ramis elongatis plerumque
binis; spiculis 3-5 mm. longis; fructibus 2.5-3 mm. longis.—
Eastern North America, from southeastern Labrador Peninsula
and northwestern Newfoundland to Algoma District, Ontario,
and Minnesota, south to Nova Scotia, northern and western
New England, Pennsylvania, northern Maryland, West Virginia,
south-central Ohio, northern Indiana and north-central Illinois.
Tyre from NEWFOUNDLAND: thickets on quartzite ledges and
gravel along brook, Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Highlands of St.
John, July 30, 1929, Fernald, Long and Fogg, no. 1332 (TYPE in
Herb. Gray.; isorvPE in Herb. Phil. Acad.).

1950] Fernald,—North American Milium effusum 219

Typical Milium effusum L., the plant of Eurasia, there has a
range covering much of the vast continental area, from northern-
most Scandinavia (lat. 70?) eastward to northern Kamtchatka,
thence south to southern Europe, Asia Minor, the Himalaya, etc.
On the other hand, the American plant which passes as identical
with the Eurasian one has a very limited range, in the richest
areas of eastern North America: from lat. 51? 25' at the western
entrance to the Straits of Belle Isle westward to the north shore
of Lake Superior (lat. 47?) and Minnesota, thence south to Nova
Seotia, northern and western New England, Pennsylvania,
upland Maryland (lat. 39° 30’), West Virginia (to lat. 38° 20’),
south-central Ohio (ca. 40°), northern Indiana (41° 30’) and
north-central Illinois (ca. 40° 20’); i. e. from latitude 51° 25’ to
38° 20’, and unknown in western North America. Such a
restricted range in America at once suggests doubt as to whether
our plant, completely isolated, is identical with the nearly con-
tinental Eurasian species which there stretches across 160° of
longitude and from lat. 70° nearly to lat. 35°.

When, therefore, one looks over a large series of specimens and
the best Old World descriptions, he is at once struck by the
difference in the inflorescences on the two vast continents.
This habital difference in the panicle is well brought out in two
readily accessible works: the Eurasian plant shown in Hegi, Ill. Fl.
Mittel-Eur. i. t. 25, fig. 3; the American in Hitchcock, Man.
Grasses U. S. fig. 860. Hegi’s panicle is accurately described:
*panicle-branches mostly up to 5 (4-7) . . . up to 1 dm. long
(Rispenüste meist zu 5 (4 bis 7) . . . bis 1 dm. lang)"; Hitch-
cock correctly describes the panicle of our plant with “the
slender branches in remote spreading or drooping pairs or fasci-
cles". Here and in other characters their descriptions diverge
and it is clear that each was describing the plant of his own area;
and a study of 45 Eurasian specimens and 137 North American
ones shows several nearly or quite definite distinctions in the
series.

Perhaps the most striking character in the herbarium is in the
branching of the panicle. Of the Eurasian Hegi (as already
noted) says (and Ascherson & Graebner and others similarly say):
*Rispenáste meist zu 5 (4 bis 7)", while of ours Hitchcock says:
“the slender branches in remote . . . pairs or fascicles’. As

220 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

early as 1843 John Torrey, in his Flora of the State of New York,
422, said “the lower branches clustered; upper ones opposite”.
Nevertheless, he concluded: “Our plant seems to be identical
with the M. effusum of Europe", a conclusion which has been
unchallenged for more than a century.

Returning to the contrasts, we may next note that the common
Eurasian plant is described as ‘‘70 bis 100 em hohes" (0.7-1 m.).
In unfavorable conditions ours may be even lower, but Torrey
said 3-6 feet (0.9-1.8 m.) and Marie-Victorin says, correctly,
0.6-2 m. high. In Europe the “Leaves are grass-green, with
blades mostly (especially the basal) . . . up to 2 dm. long and
1.5 em. broad, very rough on the margin and short-acuminate
(Blatter grasgrün, mit meist (weingstens die grundstündigen)
. . . bis 2 dm langen und 1,5 em breiten, am Rande sehr rauhen,
kurz zugespitzten". When fresh (not well shown after drying)
the leaves of our plant are glaucous, somewhat succulent or
fleshy and usually quite smooth on the upper face, though
scabrous on the margin. The longer ones (especially of the
basal tufts, although sometimes as short as in the European,
often reach a length of 3 or 4 dm. (Torrey said 8-12 inches or
1.5-3 dm.) and in the richest habitats a breadth of 1.2-2 cm.
In the Old World material the margin and usually the upper
surface of the leaf-blade is scabrous; with us it may be so but
the upper surface is oftenest quite smooth to touch. Further-
more, a gradually acuminate tip of the blade is exceptional with
us. Usually in America the lower and median leaves have
almost blunt tips or these gradually rounded to the apex. In
the Eurasian plant the spikelets are “about 3 mm. long" (Hegi)
or “almost 3 mm. long" (Aschers. & Graebn.); in ours they range
from 3-5 mm. in length. In the European plant the fruits are
about 2 mm. long (‘‘ca. 2 mm lang"—Hegi; “etwa 2 mm lang"—
Aschers. & Graebn.) and oval. In our plant they are 2.5-3 mm.
long and narrowly ovoid to broadly lanceolate.

With such a number of differences it is clear that the North
American plant is really identical with the Eurasian; but enough
of the characters break down in individual cases on both sides of
the Atlantic to indicate that they are not specifically separable.
In general their very similar habit, leaves, panicles and spikelets
separate them both from the other recognized species of Mzlium.

1950] Fernald,—North American Milium effusum 221

The inflorescence of our plant is nearly repeated in M. effusum,
forma Lerchenfeldianum (Schur) Aschers. & Graebn. with the
general characters of the Old World plant but with ‘‘Rispeniiste
unvergwelgt," in Europe; and very exceptional colonies in
America superficially simulate Old World specimens. The strong
departures in several characters, however, are so combined in our
plants as to make their separation as a well-defined geographic
variety desirable.

Representative specimens in the Gray Herbarium and in the
Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club are as follows,
these selected from 137 collections studied:

NEWFOUNDLAND: Highlands of St. John, Fernald, Wiegand,
Long, Gilbert and Hotchkiss, no. 27,511; Ingornachoix Bay,
Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2488.

QvEBEc: Blanc Sablon (Straits of Belle Isle), Fernald & Wie-
gand, no. 2489; Riviére des Caps, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland,
no. 27,813; Table-topped Mt., Gaspé Co., Fernald & Collins, no.
383; Mt. Albert, Gaspé Co., Fernald & Collins, no. 402; Cap au
Renard, Gaspé Co., Pease, no. 19,228; Grand Cascapedia River,
Bonaventure Co., Williams, Collins & Fernald, July 12, 1905;
Cap Chat River, Matane Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 24,844; Bic,
Rimouski Co., July 16, 1904, Collins & Fernald; Riviére du Loup,
Temiscouata Co., Fernald & Weatherby in Pl. Exsice. Gray. no.
515; Lake Ouimet, Terrebonne Co., June 18, 1922, Pease, no.
19,023; Bolton, Brome Co., July 25, 1926, Knowlton.

New Brunswick: Clair, July 11, 1904, A. A. Eaton; Wood-
stock, Pease, no. 25,241.

Nova Scotia: St. Paul Island, Perry & Roscoe, no. 46; Pleasant
Bay, Inverness Co., Pease, no. 26,632; Five-mile River, Hants
Co., Pease & Long, no. 19,859.

Marne: Monticello, Fernald & Long, no. 12,587; Township iv,
Range 18, Somerset Co., July 7, 1917, St. John & Nichols;
Jackman, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,842; Day Mt., Strong, August
31, 1904, Chamberlain & Knowlton.

New HAMPSHIRE: Stewartstown, Fernald & Pease, no. 16,680;
Colebrook, Pease, no. 10,384; Carroll. Pease, no. 30,155; Milan,
Pease, no. 17,117; Mt. Willard, Crawford, July 1, 1898, Williams;
Croydon, F. C. Seymour, no. 4732.

Vermont: Guildhall, Pease, no. 23,728; Willoughby, June 24,
1892, Kennedy; Eden, June 9, 1918, Knowlton; West Monkton,
June 16, 1881, Faxon; Cavendish, Fernald, no. 446.

Massacuusetts: Middlefield, Fernald & Long, no. 8690; Mt.
Greylock, North Adams, July 25, 1916, Hoffmann; West Stock-
bridge, May 30, 1920, Hoffmann.

222 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

Connecticut: Hartland, Weatherby, no. 3494.

New York: Bonaparte Swamp, Lewis Co., House, no. 6278;
Canton, O. P. Phelps, no. 168; Utica, Gray, N. Am. Gram. Cyp.,
no. 113; Arkville, Agnes Chase, Am. Grasses, no. 631; Wayland,
Wiegand, no. 15,209; Savannah, F. P. Metcalf, no. 5598; Cort-
land, Eames & M acDaniels, no. 3499.

PENNSYLVANIA: Elkdale, Fogg, no. 12,196; Elmhurst, Glowenke,
no. 5896; Moscow, Glowenke, no. 7843; Pavia, Berkheimer, no.
2517; Brockway, Wahl, no. 2287 (leaves 2 cm. broad); Morris,
Fogg, no. 16,096.

West VrnaiNIA: Canaan Valley, Tucker Co., Allard, no. 6880.

Ontario: Niagara, June 6, 1891, J. Macoun; Galt, Mont-
gomery, no. 1085; Stokes Bay, Krotkov, no. 8703: Sault Ste.
Marie, F. J. Hermann, no. 7261; Batchawana, Algoma Distr.,
Taylor et al., no. 1084.

Micnican: Port Huron, C. K. Dodge, no. 39; Tecumseh,
Folwell, no. 99; Ann Arbor, June 8, 1898, Burnham; Lansing,
June 7, 1886, L. H. Bailey; Gogebic Lake, Pease & Bean, no.
26,468; West Bluff, Keweenaw Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 3086.

Onto: Braceville Twp., Trumbull Co., June 9, 1907, Webb &
Rood: Nelson Ledge, Portage Co., Webb, no. 923.

Wisconsin: Granite Heights, "Cheney, no. 3107; Mole Lake,
Forest Co., E. J. Palmer, no. 27,747; Racine, June 21, 1881, J. J.
Davis.

InuiNnots: Elgin, 1863, Vasey.

GALIUM HARCYNICUM: A PROBLEM IN INTER-
PRETING THE INTERNATIONAL RULES

M. L. FERNALD

Recent European taxonomists agree that this species of
western, central and northern Europe (northwest to Iceland) and
southeastern Newfoundland, which has often passed as Galium
saxatile L. Sp. Pl. i. 106 (1753), is not that species “Habitat in
Hispaniae maritimis lapidosis". Unfortunately, in first record-
ing this *HxATH-BEpsTRAW" as a native of the rocky barrens
of southeastern Newfoundland, in Rnopona, xxviii. 83 and 236
(1926), I accepted for the plant the name of Linnaeus (1753), not
realizing, as recent Europeans assert, that G. saxatile sensu many
authors, not L. (1753), should be called G. harcynicum Weigel,
Obs. 25 (1772) or as most of them, including many who claim to
follow the International Rules, insist on writing it G. hercynicum,
the spelling which Weigel did not use.

1950] Fernald,—Galium harcynicum 223

As to the spelling of the specific name, the current European
practice, starting perhaps with DC. Prodr. iv. 598 (1830),
departs from Weigel’s original and only spelling “harcynicum’’.
Weigel, naming the species Galium harcynicum, cited the Galium
caule decumbente, etc. of Haller, Hist. Stirp. Helvet., no. 717
(1768). Haller's plant grew “In sylva Hercynia", ‘‘Hercynia
silva" being the classical name of the great forest extending from
the Schwarzwald to the Harz Mountains. In composing his
specific name Galium harcynicum Weigel, unhappily, gave a
Germanic rather than a clssical form to it. In 1805, two of the
most scholarly of botanists, Lamarck and DeCandolle, Fl. Fr. ed.
3, iv. 261 (1805) accepted, without indication of etymological
protest, and described in detail as their no. 3376: ''Gaillet du
Hartz. Galium Harcynicum". At the same period other learned
botanists, such as Gmelin, Fl. Baden. i. 338 (1805), unequivocally
called the plant by its original binomial. It was later than that
that the change to G. hercynicum was made. This is indicated in
Index Kewensis where one finds the following entries under
Galium, though with the misidentification which others had made:

harcynicum, Weigel, Obs. 25, sphalm. vide —

hercynicum.

hercynicum, Weigel, l. c. 25 = saxatile.

The assertion that Weigel’s perhaps unfortunate spelling was
an orthographic or typographic lapse is only an assumption.
So long as botanical nomenclature was what has been called a
"personal-preference, hit-or-miss" matter, authors changed at
will the original spellings. Now, however, we have the Inter-
national Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. Article 70 says:

The original spelling of a name or epithet must be retained, except in
the case of a typographic error, or of a clearly unintentional ortho-
graphic error ...

Note 1. The words “original spelling" in this Article mean the

spelling employed when the name was validly published . . .

Then as examples of retention of original spelling are the
following: “Mesembryanthemum L. (1753) and Amaranthus L.
(1753) . . . must not be altered to Mesembrianthemum and
Amarantus respectively, although these latter forms are philo-
logically preferable. Valantia L. (1753) and Clutia L. (1753),
commemorating Vaillant and Cluyt respectively, must not be
altered to Vaillantia and Cluytia". So far as I can see the

224 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

original specific epithet harcynicum, accepted by Lamarck &
DeCandolle and many others as a valid name, ‘must not be
altered to” hercynicum, “although” this latter form is “‘philo-
logically preferable”. If this case is not exactly parallel with
those cited in the International Rules, as it seems to be, then the
latter need clarification. If this and other “Doubtful cases
should be referred to the Executive Committee”, as the Rules
direct, they will, judging from past experience, apparently get no
consideration whatever and “personal preference" will again
prevail!

As to the difference between the retention of the original
spelling and the rejection of a name as originally published, the
editors of the International Rules were as inconsistent as possible.
Among the “Examples of unintentional orthographic errors”
one finds: “Libertia Laurencei Hook. f. (Fl. Tasman. II. 34:
1860) being an orthographic error for L. Lawrencei Hook. f.
(l. c. 373, t. 129), the latter spelling should be adopted: the
collectors name was Lawrence, not Laurence." The original
and philologically correct Laurence? given with the Latin descrip-
tion, “the spelling employed when the name was validly pub-
lished", must by this interpretation be thrown out because in a
list of Additions (p. 373) and in the caption of the plate it was
given the philologically incorrect form Lawrencii. Bentham, a
scholar like Hooker fil., in his Fl. Austral. vi. 414 (1873) used the
original (but, by the interpretation of the International Rules,
incorrect) L. Laurencei and Index Kewensis, ii. 76 (1894),
“COMPILED... UNDER THE DIRECTION OF JOSEPH
D. HOOKER (names there published cited as of “Hook. fil. &
Jackson”), has only L. Laurencei. The species was “validly
published". with a philologically correct name and that name was
consistently used in subsequent writings of the author's intimate
and scholarly associates or under his sponsorship. Therefore,
by the interpretation of the editors of the International Rules,
that name, which was correctly spelled (as a Latin name) in the
original description must be excluded as an ‘unintentional
orthographic error" because the plant was discovered by Law-
rence (not Laurence). Valantia and Clutia (for Vaillant and
Cluyt) must stand because Linnaeus incorrectly Latinized the
names of those scientists! ‘Consistency, thou art a jewel!’

1950] Habeeb,—Culinary Use for Vitis riparia 225

A CULINARY USE FOR THE LEAF OF
VITIS RIPARIA

HERBERT HABEEB

Happity, when the old-folks shook off the dust of centuries of
subjugation and oppression to come to the New World, they still
retained a taste for certain dishes of prepared foods, one of which
entails the use of the leaf of Vitis. And fortunately, the leaf of
Vitis riparia Michx. was soon found to be particularly suited for
this purpose. The leaves, gathered in June at maximum size and
still tender, are rolled around a mixture of ground meat and rice
into cigar-like shapes with ends tucked in. The resulting cooked
product, rolled grapeleaves, forms a deliciously tart main course
with or without the application of lemon-juice.

As no mention of this use of the wild grapeleaf is found in that
remarkably complete work on Edible Wild Plants of Eastern
North America by Fernald and Kinsey, it occurred to the writer
that this is worthy of a note in RHopora. And of course the
recipe of a little-known highly favored dish is hereby passed on
to the readers of RHopora and botanical friends.

'The leaves are gathered fresh, and are made ready by snapping
off the petioles right at the blade. For the filling use one pound
of minced meat, lamb or beef, with a little suet, to one eupful of
(long) rice; mix in a bowl, and salt and pepper to taste. Place
about a tablespoonful of the filling in the center of the leaf, give
it a roughly cylindrical shape, then fold leaf-edges over the
cylinder-ends and roll loosely from the leaf-base towards the
leaf-apex. Stack these rolled grapeleaves in a pot, add cold
water to two-thirds of their depth, and boil gently for one hour.
A plate should be placed under the rolled grapeleaves to prevent
burning, if thick-walled utensils, *Wear-ever", are not at hand.

My father, who claims to have been at six years of age a cook’s
helper, washing dishes and setting the table for 40 Italian railroad
workers on the Beirut to Damascus line, says, ‘‘people like to eat
a dish like this, but they just will not cook it". But. considering
the gusto with which botanists in the past have tackled strange
dishes, I have no fear that this recipe will go untried.

Incidentally, if the leaves are gathered later in the season, they
are rather tough. But they can be salted away in a jar with a

226 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

liberal amount of ordinary table-salt on each leaf. Placed in a
cool spot in the cellar, they keep through the winter. The salting
tenderizes the leaves. To use the salted leaves, wash each leaf
and soak over night. The leaves also keep dried.

GRAND FALLS, New Brunswick

Tue Eicguts Eprrion or Gray’s MANUAL or Borany.'—Amateur and pro-
fessional botanists alike have eagerly looked forward to this new edition of
Gray’s Manual. Forty-two years is a long time in the light of the rapid
strides which all branches of botanical science have made in recent years and
when botanists realized that the new edition was really on the way, it seemed
that it would never actually materialize. Now that the book is before them,
their long period of waiting has been richly rewarded. It might be said that
this volume is more than a revision, so much that is new has been incorporated
into it. In looking it over, it is borne in upon one what a prodigious amount
of research was involved. This eighth edition comes off the press just two
years over the hundredth anniversary of the original edition by Prof. Gray in
1848.

To this edition Prof. Fernald has given the fruits of a lifetime of study, not
only in the herbarium but to a greater extent than can be said of any of the
previous authors, of intensive work in the field. He has added considerably to
the area covered by the seventh edition by including the Gaspé Peninsula and
Newfoundland, in fact all the region south of the Straits of Belle Isle. Since
the last edition there has been much careful and intensive field-work in all
parts of the manual range. More than any other such manual this book
represents an intimate knowledge of the plants in the field. Especially is this
true of the author's own field-work. Such accurate understanding of the live
plants is reflected in the writing of the descriptions in the text.

There are certain specifications which the botanist who uses such a manual
has a right to expect. Two such criteria seem to be of prime importance.
First the text should show the highest degree of accuracy. How well the
Manual shows this, only those who have followed the author's painstaking
work through the years can fully realize. The second criterion is that the
Manual should be usable for both professional and amateur botanists. In
looking over the book various devices to facilitate its use are at once apparent.
'The practice of italicizing the most distinctive characteristics has been fol-
lowed as in the seventh edition. The use of various kinds of type to make the
text clearer is also followed. Under the genera several categories have been
used for grouping as for example subgenera, sections and series. By this
means the more conservative treatment of the genera has been possible while
at the same time indicating worth-while distinctions. Many of the illustra-
tions of the older book have been retained and in addition many more figures
have been used here for the first time. These are of much help in emphasizing
critical structures. The glossary again appears, much expanded and in larger
type to make its use easier. At first the appearance of two indices, one to
Latin and the other to colloquial names, is a surprise, as in the seventh edition
they had been merged in one master-index. Again this innovation may be an
advantage. From the standpoint of the beginner, the absence of unfamiliar
Latin terms in with the English names will probably render the book more

1 MERRITT Lynpon FEeRNALD—Gray's Manual of Botany, Eighth (Centennial)
Edition—1Illustrated. A Handbook of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Central
and Northeastern United States and Adjacent Canada. LXIV + 1632 pp. New
York— American Book Company 1950. $9.50.

1950] Habeeb,—Culinary Use for Vitis riparia 221

usable and certainly for the advanced amateur and the professional botanist,
a clean Latin index is a time-saver.

The families, as they were known in the seventh edition, have been for the
most part retained, as well as the order in which they occur. There has been
some readjustment in accordance with the better understanding of the plants
in our area and of their relationships. The inclusion of one new family, the
Butomaceae, was made necessary by the aggressive appearance of Butomus
umbellatus in our Flora. A few other families are new to the area. In some
cases there has been a significant expansion of a group, well illustrated in the
treatment of Amelanchier and Antennaria. To one familiar with the seventh
edition the nomenclatural changes may seem too extensive but such altera-
tions were necessary because of a better understanding of the types and of the
original descriptions. The newer revised nomenclature and modern methods
are well shown in the treatment of the genus Carez, a treatment which will be
welcomed by all students of this group.

Such a work as this naturally contains a great number of new forms, the
result in part of the enlarged area covered. This is particularly true in such
genera as Salix, Betula, Saxifraga, Astragalus and Oxytropis. To a much
greater extent this is the result of more intensive study of the old area and a
more critical study of old entities. Readers of Ruopora have been aware of
this reviewing of supposedly well-known genera and species and have been
stimulated to a more critical attitude in their own collecting. The new
Manual crystallizes this attitude and will be sure to add an increased interest
in our local Flora. At the same time, plants which really do not show a
tendency to establish themselves, have been excluded or only casually noted.

There are other features which will make the book more usable. The more
adequate keys, in general dichotomously arranged, are such an improvement
over the older book. The descriptions are more extensive and in many cases
entirely rewritten and so have smoothed out many of the difficulties encoun-
tered in the older book. Pronunciation is indicated as in the previous edition.
Here even the seasoned botanist may find a surprise.

Some innovations are encountered. One new feature is the adding of the
meaning of each scientific name, whether genus, species or variety. In the
seventh edition this was done only for the genera. This will add greatly to
the interest in the study of individual plants. Scientists are not supposed to
have imaginations nor are they noted for their sense of humor; but in reading
of the way in which some of our plants received their names, one is again and
again surprised by the strange ideas held by the early authors. Some ex-
amples will show that the study of these names may be in itself a fascinating
recreation. Dryopteris Robertiana was not named for a person but for its
supposed identity with Herb Robert. Quercus imbricaria (overlapping)
received its specific name, not from imbricated scales of its cup, but because
in Michaux’ time the wood was used for shingles. The specific names of both
Digitaria Ischaemum and D. sanguinalis mean Styptic, one from Greek and
the other from the Latin, due to the reddish color of the plants. Potentilla
Cranizii was so named by the author of it for himself. Even the author of the
Manual has allowed himself a bit of humor in Rubus pernagaeus (of the land
of hams, from the type-region, Smithfield, Va.). Rhus Verniz (varnish) was
the result of a misconception of Linnaeus, who thought Asiatic lacquer was
derived from this species. Cornus (horn) was so named because of hardness
of its wood. The wood had various uses as the old English Dagwood or
dagger-wood would indicate, preserved in our English Dogwood.

Keo where there is a vernacular term used in Quebec, it has been indicated,
in addition to the English name. Another acknowledgment of the state of
present-day scholarship, is the use of Roman type for Greek roots. This
feature undoubtedly will add to the usefulness of the book.

When a group has had a thorough revision in recent years, reference is
given in a foot-note to the place where the fuller treatment may be found, in
many cases in RHODORA. The International Rules of Botanical Nomencla-

228 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER

ture have been followed so as to make the work usable to the great number of
botanists all over the world.

The new work has 706 pages more than the seventh edition. Hence the
book is somewhat larger than that edition. The publishers have done an
excellent job in incorporating such a large increase of material in a single
volume which, though large, is not clumsy. Of the entities treated in the book
the Monocots and Dicots show the greatest increase. Some statistics might
be interesting:

7TH Ep. GENERA SPECIES
NATIVE INTROD. NATIVE INTROD.

Monocots 184 26 993 92
Dicots 596 154 2280 571
Total 780 180 3273 663

8TH Ep.
Monocots 191 50 1250 165
Dicots 616 234 3029 926
Total 807 284 4279 1091

Certainly the amateur will find the present edition very usable and as free
from technical difficulties as is consistent with accurate differentiation. All
botanists are indebted to Prof. Fernald for the profound scholarship exhibited
by the Manual and realize that he has rendered a service to science that would
be hard to duplicate—Ratru C. Bran, Wakefield, Mass.

ScAMMAN’S FERNS AND FERN ALLIES OF New Hampsuire.'—Attention

18cAMMAN, EprrH. Ferns and Fern Allies of New Hampshire, New Hampshire
Academy of Science Bull. 2. 96, [2] p. incl. 18 pl. Durham, N. H., 1947. (Obtainable
from Dr. R. L. Blickle, Durham, for $1.25.)

should be called to this excellent treatise on the pteridophytes of New
Hampshire, published nearly three years ago but not yet sufficiently
distributed, and practically unnoticed in the reviewing literature. It
provides a carefully prepared list of 71 species and 60 infraspecific forms
and hybrids known in the state, with keys to families, genera, species and
varieties, and for each species brief synonymy, a paragraph or two dis-
cussing the distinetive characters, and a statement of general and local
range, the latter with citation of counties or towns in the case of species
that are not distributed throughout. The systematic treatment is fol-
lowed by a fairly full bibliography, a glossary, a list of authors cited with
full names and dates, and a full index. The excellent line ldrawings—
those of the ferns by Dr. Shirley Gale Cross and Gordon W. Dillon, those
of Equisetum and Lycopodium, as well as one plate of Dryopteris, by
Mrs. Una F. Weatherby—should be very helpful in identification. An
outline map of the state showing the counties and perhaps some of the
principal collecting localities would have added to the utility of the work.
The only similar separate work for any New England state is Mrs.
Edith B. Ogden's The Ferns of Maine (1948), which covers a more
restricted field in greater detail. It includes only the ferns proper (Fili-
cineae), gives comparatively full descriptions as well as keys, and cites all
specimens examined or recorded in the literature.—$. F. Blake.

Volume 52, no. 619, including pages 185—208, was issued 2 August, 1950.

Dodova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL
STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Associate Editors
RALPH CARLETON BEAN

Vol. 52. October, 1950. No. 622.

CONTENTS:
Shortia galacifolia from Georgia. Wilbur H. Duncan,
Haskell Venard and G. W. McDowell. ..........0c0c.00055.. 229

Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—IV. A Synopsis of the
North American Species of the Subfamily Silenoideae.
ZUM Morre e T a enne CEOLIOE 233

The Validity of the Generic Name Pteretis. M. L. Fernald. ... 246

The Seeming Invalidity of some Substitutes for the Name
Habenaria straminea. M. L. Fernald. ...................L 247

Our American Forms of Stellaria Alsine. M. L. Fernald....... 250

Thallophytes and Bryophytes of the Canadian Eastern Arctic
(Review). -W. Lawrence White. <5... 60's ike, Se. 251

The New England Botanical Club, Inc.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the
flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication tosthe extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to
M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical
Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY

Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

No. 36. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xliv. 563-637, 1909.
1. Synopsis of the Mexican and Central American Species of Castilleja.
By A. Eastwood.
. A Revision of the Genus Rumfordia. By B. L. Robinson.
. A Synopsis of the American Species of Litsea. By H. H. Bartlett.
. Some Undescribed Species of Mexican Phanerogams. By A. Eastwood.
. Notes on Mexican and Central American Alders. By H. H. Bartlett.
. Diagnoses and ‘Transfers of Tropical American Phanerogams. By
B. L. Robinson,
. The Purple-flowered Androcerae of Mexico and the Southern United
States. By H. H. Bartlett.
8. Descriptions of Mexican Phanerogams. By H. H. Bartlett. ...... $ .50

No. 37. Reprinted from Proc. Boston Society Natural History, xxxiv. 163-312. 1909.
Flora of the Islands of Margarita and Coche, Venezuela. With 8
plates. By John Robert Johnston. ......ssseesossssessossoeesooses $1.25
No. 42. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlix. 429-517. 1913.
1. A Key to the Genera of the Compositae-Eupatorieae. By B. L.
Robinson.
2. Revisions of Alomia, Ageratum and Oxylobus. By B. L. Robinson.
3. Some Combinations required by the International Rules. By C. A
Weatherby.
4. On the Gramineae collected by Prof. Morton E. Peck in British Hon-
duras, 1905-1907. By F. Tracy Hubbard.
5. Diagnoses and Transfers among the Spermatophytes.
By B. L. Robinson. ...........eeeeeeeee eene heh hne $ .75

N coo.

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. October, 1950 No. 622

SHORTIA GALACIFOLIA FROM GEORGIA
WinBvR H. Duncan, HASKELL VENARD AND G. W. McDowELL

On 8 December, 1788, André Michaux collected Shortia galaci-
folia Torr. & Gray at the headwaters of the Keowee River (in
Oconee County, South Carolina). He placed the material of this
collection in his herbarium among “plantae ignotae”, where Asa
Gray found it early in 1839. From that time until the present
much has been written about Shortia. Probably no other plant
in the eastern United States has received so much attention by
botanists. Its history since 1839 is well summarized by Jenkins!
in 1942, a little more being added by Prince? in 1947. Up to
1949, Shortia had been found growing wild in McDowell, Transyl-
vania and Macon Counties (?), North Carolina; and in Oconee
County, South Carolina. On 19 March, 1949, the authors
located a colony in Rabun County, Georgia, the third state and
fifth county in which Shortia is known to grow.

Since 1939, the senior author had been looking more or less
casually for Shortia in northeast Georgia, but without success.
More recently the junior authors also became interested in the
possibility of locating the plant in this same area. During the
first two months of 1949 plans gradually materialized for a joint
trip to search for the species. Saturday, 19 March, was chosen
as the date when all could make the trip and have the most
promise of locating flowering plants (A. E. Prince et al., collected
flowering material in Oconee County, South Carolina, on 18
March, 1944).

1 ©. F. Jenkins, Arnoldia 2: 13-28.
2 A. E. Prince, RHoponRAa 49: 159-161.

230 Rhodora [OCTOBER

The weather had been unseasonably warm for some time, but
on Saturday morning the roadside banks were heavy with frosted
earth. As we drove out of Walhalla, South Carolina, frost could
be seen on the mountains in the distance. Soon we were climb-
ing the mountain grade north of Pine Mountain Post Office,
Georgia, and before long had turned to the right on the Burrell's
Ford-Glade Mountain road. Frequent stops were made to
search in places that seemed the most likely to support a colony
of Shortia.

The afternoon found us in the Reed Creek area southwest of
Glade Mountain. One stop along the narrow forest-road was at
at area of exceptional relief, a precipitous ravine nearly south of
Glade Mountain. We were walking single-file under Kalmia and
Rhododendron along the steep slopes of the ravine a short distance
from the creek, when suddenly the senior author, who was leading
the file at that time, saw a colony of Shortia. The colony was
about 8 feet long and 4 feet wide. Less than twenty inches from
the far end of the colony was the end of an icicle about 18 inches
long. Even in spite of the cold weather, flowers could be seen
here and there over the colony. Inspection showed that they
were among the last of the season as there were many peduncles,
each with a persistent calyx, and there were no more flower-buds.
Pictures were taken and specimens collected (Duncan 9083, with
McDowell and Venard).

It seemed that there should be other colonies but an additional
search of over an hour was fruitless (On another trip in August
the senior author did locate another small colony deep in the
ravine over a hundred yards from the first colony). We were
happy about finding Shortia in another state on the first trip that
any of us had made with definite plans to look for it, and con-
trasted our good fortune with the fruitless search for the species
by Asa Gray and others over a period of 40 years following 1839.
'The fact that previously discovered localities in adjacent South
and North Carolina were of considerable assistance in directing
our search did not dim our elation.

Although much has been written about the history of 5$.
galacifolia, one part seems to have been neglected—that part
covering the period of many thousands of years before Michaux
collected it in 1788 at the headwaters of the Keowee. S. galaci-

1950] Duncan, et al.,—Shortia galacifolia from Georgia 231

folia apparently is an old species, other members of the genus
occurring in Japan, Formosa and southwestern China? Un-
doubtedly the genus had a much wider distribution than now,
having a continuous distribution from Asia to America across the
Bering Strait land-bridge. This may have occurred as early as
the Oligocene, an era of warm climates that would have allowed
temperate plants to occupy those areas nearer the polar region.
The American population of Shortia was likely widespread.
During the later phases of this widespread distribution the eastern
North American component undoubtedly was S. galacifolia.
Ultimately the area occupied by this species was reduced, the
surviving populations occurring near the heart of the area
occupied earlier.

How does the present distribution of S. galacifolia fit into this
story of abundance in older geological times and survival near
the center of an earlier distribution? The accompanying map
shows the present known distribution, and the location of rivers
in relation to the divide separating the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf
of Mexico drainage systems. None of the stations is located
more than 15 miles from the divide and all are on the Atlantic
side. This divide probably marks the position of the old moun-
tain ranges that were present prior to the time of the Great
Smoky Mountain overthrust that raised the area near the
Tennessee-North Carolina state-line until it included the highest
mountain ranges in the eastern United States. The streams,
however, maintained their general drainage pattern, preserving
the old divide, a reminder to us of the geologic past when the
highest mountain ranges were there, perhaps at the very heart of
the area occupied by Shortia.

The fact that S. galacifolia occurs solely on the Atlantic side
of the divide (see map) may be of little or no purport because
some of the present stations may have been in the Gulf drainage.
It is generally accepted that the Chattooga and Tallulah Rivers
of the Savannah River System were once a part of the Chatta-
hoochee River System.‘ Also, drainage in the upper tributaries
of the Keowee may have been reversed, flowing into the Tucka-
seegee River and finally into the Gulf. It is likely, therefore, that

3 See ‘‘Sino-Himalayan Species of Shortia and Berneurzia" by Hui-Lin Li in RHODORA

45: 333-337, 1943.
4N. M. Fenneman. Physiography of the Eastern United States. 714 pp. 1938.

232 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Mar 1. Portions of Tennessee, North Carolina, Georgia, and South
Carolina showing localities, indicated by black squares, where Shortia galaci-
folia is known to have been collected. The question mark (?) represents a
Macon County, N. C., collection which is in doubt. The present divide
separating the Atlantic Ocean and the Gulf of Mexico is indicated by a dotted
line. Probable location of a portion of the divide prior to major stream
piracy is indieated by a line of dots alternated with dashes. Numbers are
for names of rivers as follows: 1. Little Tennessee. 2. Nantahala. 3. Tucka-
segee. 4. Pigeon. 5. French Broad. 6. Nolichucky. 7. Yadkin. 8. Ca-
tawba. 9. Broad. 10. Green. 11. Enoree. 12. Saluda. 13. Little. 14.
Savannah. 15. Seneca. 16. Toxaway. 17. Keowee. 18. Horsepasture.
19. Whitewater. 20. Tugaloo. 21. Chattooga. 22. Tallulah. 23. Chatta-
choochee. 24. Broad. 25. Oconee. 26. Etowah. 27. Nottley. 28. Hi-
wassee.

S. galacifolia once occurred on both sides of the old divide. The
possibility of its occurring at the present time on the Gulf side of
the divide is good. The tributaries of the upper portion of the
French Broad River or the Green River would seem to be the
most promising areas in which additional stations of Shortia might
be discovered. Botanists visiting these areas should be on the
lookout for the species.

1950] Maguire,—Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—IV 233

STUDIES IN THE CARYOPHYLLACEAE—IV

A SYNOPSIS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE
SUBFAMILY SILENOIDEAE!

Bassett MAGUIRE

In a further review of materials in the Caryophyllaceae, it has
become necessary to re-examine and re-assess certain complex
genera with the aid of more recently collected specimens, and in
the light of recent works of a number of critical students.

It is proposed here to list the categories recognized at this
time, and to offer with some comment new names and arrange-
ments that seem necessary. Adequate material and field-
observations are yet insufficient, and experimental data almost
completely lacking; therefore more satisfactory interpretation of
boreal groups must await further field study and collection, even
beyond the extensive work of J. P. Anderson, Fernald, Hultén,
Polunin, A. E. Porsild, Raup and others.

KEY TO THE GENERA

1. Styles 5 (in some species occasionally 4, but predominantly 5).
2. Sepal-lobes much shorter than the tube; petals appendaged. .1. Lychnis.
2. Sepal-lobes much exceeding the tube; petals not append-

ENDE LUE UE NU USt ttt te cd MONEO.
1. Styles 3 (in some species occasionally 4, but predominantly 3). ...3. Silene.
1. Styles 2.

3. Calyx ebracteate.
4. Stamens 10; calyx more than 2 mm. broad.
5. Flowers 2 cm. or more long.

6. Calyx tubular, 20-nerved; petals appendaged. ..... 4. Saponaria.
6. Calyx ovoid, strongly wing-angled, 5-costate; petals

MN dkDDbdaled oos ce eee CREAN 16 xd 5. Vaccaria.

B. Rlowers ] omsorjessllong-. 25 ee 6. Gypsophila.

.. 4. Stamens 5; calyx narrowly cylindrical, 1 mm. or less

or Ask gera ne sd ee ER 7. Velezia.

3. Calyx subtended by 1-3 pairs of bracts.
7. Calyx. 30-40-nerved |... correr ttr 8. Dianthus.
7. Calyx 5-ribbed or 15-nerved.............. 0: cece eee e 9. Tunica.

1. Lycunis L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 436. 1753; Gen. ed. 5,
no. 517, 198. 1754.
The writer can adduce no new evidence to lend persuasion in
the already long-held and extensive discussions that have engaged
consideration of generic limitations in the Silene-Lychnis com-

1 For a revision of the North American species of Silene see: C. L. Hitchcock &
Bassett Maguire, Univ. Wash. Pub. Biol. 13: 1-73. 1947.

234 Rhodora [OcroBER

plex of the Silenoideae. He is compelled by reason of lack of
significant or consistent characterization to reject the name
Melandrium as it has so frequently been applied to segments of
both the more natural population assemblages, Silene and
Lychnis. In this respect he follows the long line of eminent
students of American botany, Gray, Watson, Robinson, Fernald
and Polunin, who have given detailed study to the family.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

1. Capsular dissepiments prominent.
2. Stems 0.5-3.0 dm. tall; cauline leaves lacking; plants of

eastern boreal America and Greenland................... 1. L. alpina.
2. Stems 3.0-8.0 dm. tall; cauline leaves usually 2-4 pairs;
occasional weed of northeastern United States........... 2. L. Viscaria.

1. Capsular dissepiments completely obsolete, or represented
merely by inconspicuous basal ridges.
2. Plants variously pubescent, but not tomentose; calyx-
lobes plane.
3. Principal leaves 0.5-1.5 cm. wide; cauline leaves 4 pairs
or fewer; stems not leafy.
4. Flowers few (1-9); inflorescence not paniculate.
5. Flowers nodding in anthesis; petals included or
barely exserted; calyx usually conspicuously in-
flated at maturity; seed wing-margined........... 3. L. apetala.
5. Flowers erect in anthesis; petals included, barely
exserted, or conspicuously exserted; seed wing-
margined or wingless.
6. Calyx somewhat inflated; stems 5-30 cm. tall;
plants of arctic, boreal, or alpine habitats.
7. Petals conspicuously exserted by 3-10 mm.;
arctic or boreal.
8. Seed wing-margined; stems more or less
strongly pubescent, not subpilose; 1-flow-
ered or occasionally loosely 3 (5)-flowered....4. L. furcata.
8. Seed wingless; stems subpilose or in ssp.
Dawsoni more or less strongly pubescent;
cymes closely 3-5 (rarely 1)-flowered........ 5. L. triflora.
7. Petals inconspicuously exserted by 1-3 mm.;
alpine plants of central or southern Rocky
Mountains... ......sseeeee ene 6. L. Kingit.
6. Calyx closely investing the capsule; stems 30-60
cm. tall; plants of austral montane habitats.
7. Calyx-lobes merely puberulent; stems uni-
formly finely puberulent, becoming glandular
in the inflorescence; plants of western United
States and Canada. .................-. 7. L. Drummondit.
7. Calyx-lobes densely lanate; stems, at least
above, more or less lanately pubescent, non-
glandular in the inflorescence; plants of
Mexico... ee 8. L. mexicana.
4. Flowers many; inflorescence openly paniculate...11. L. Flos-cuculi.
3. Principal leaves 1.5—4.0 cm. wide; cauline leaves 5 pairs
or more; stems leafy; flowers numerous.
4. Calyx much inflated; inflorescence not congested.
5. Flowers white; opening in the evening.............. 8. L. alba.

1950] Maguire,—Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—IV 235

5. Flowers red; opening in the morning.............. 9. L. dioica.
4. Calyx not inflated.
5. Inflorescence congested.................... 10. L. chalcedonica.
5. Inflorescence openly paniculate.............. 11. L. Flos-cuculi.
2. Plants densely tomentose; calyx-lobes twisted. ....... 12. L. coronaria.

1. LycHNis ALPINA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 436. 1753. Viscaria alpina
(L.) G. Don, Gen. Syst. 1:415. 1831. L. alpina L. var. americana
Fern. RHopora 42: 259. 1940. L. alpina L. var. americana Fern.
forma albiflora (Lange) Fern. RHopona 42: 259. 1940.

DISTRIBUTION: A uniform population, mostly of ‘‘poorly
vegetated areas of well-drained but damp, sandy soil." Boreal
western Siberia, Europe, to 70? N. in Greenland, and North
America in Labrador, Newfoundland, Gaspé, and the west shore
of James Bay, Quebec.

2. Lycunis Viscaria L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 436. 1753. Viscaria
vulgaris Roehl. Deutsch. Fl. 2: 275. 1812.

DisrRiBUTION: Cultivated; introduced from Europe, occa-
sionally escaping and apparently rarely persisting as a weed.
Maine to New York.

3. LYCHNIS APETALA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 437. 1753.

KEY TO THE SUBSPECIES

1. Calyx conspicuously inflated; 1 (rarely 2-3)-flowered; plants of

the arctic regions, ranging south more or less to the 60th

parallel ee 5 ere. CL I. IINE 3a. L. apetala subsp. apetala.
1. Calyx not conspicuously inflated; 1-3 (5)-flowered; plants of

the Rocky Mountains, ranging from more or less the 60th

parallel, south.

2. Stems lanate-pilose; leaves narrowly oblanceolate or linear

Dp M M CE 3b. L. apetala subsp. attenuata.
2. Stems puberulent; leaves usually oblanceolate...........
xaobapi pu cet C NR: 3c. L. apetala subsp. montana.

3a. LYCHNIS APETALA L. subsp. apetala. L. apetala L. Sp. Pl.
ed. 1. 437. 1753. Melandrium apetalum (L.) Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl.
Ross. 1: 326. 1842. Wahlbergella apetala (L.) Fries, Summa Veg.
Scand. 155. 1845. W. apetala (L.) Fries, 8 arctica Fries in
Ofvers. Vet. Akad. Fórhandl. 133. 1869. L. nesophila Holm in
Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 3: 338. 1907. M. macrospermum A. E.
Porsild, Ruopora 41: 225. 1939. L. apetala L. forma arctica
(Fries) Polunin, Bull. Nat. Mus. Can. no. 92. 184. 1940. M.
apetalum (L.) Fenzl, ssp. arcticum (Fries) Hultén, Fl. Alaska and
Yukon 700. 1943.

Type’ Locarnrry: “Habitat in Alpibus Lapponicis, Sibiricis."

DISTRIBUTION: Greatly polymorphic, the exserted petal
(forma arctica) character seemingly to be correlated with the
proterandrous condition; plants of moist habitat; circumpolar;
in North America the islands of the Bering Straits, the Aleutian
Islands, Alaska, Yukon Territory eastward through arctic

236 Rhodora [OcroBER

Canada, the Canadian Archipelago (Grant Land 82° 27' N.), the
Hudson Straits region, Labrador, and Greenland (here reaching
83? 6' N. Ostenfeld).

3b. L. APETALA L. var. GLABRA Hegel, Bull. Mosc. 34*: 570.
1861. "Totally glabrous, but otherwise exhibiting the polymor-
phy of the subspecies; an infrequent variant of no geographical
segregation.

TYPE LOCALITY: “Im Felsengebirgern Nordamerika." Type
probably the E. Bourgeau “Rocky Mountains 1858” collection of
the Palliser’s Brit. N. Am. Expl. Expedition (? IsorvrEs at Gray
Herbarium and New York Botanical Garden).

3b. L. APETALA L. subsp. attenuata (Farr) Maguire, comb.
nov. L. attenuata Farr, Trans. & Proc. Bot. Soc. Penna. 1:419. 1904.

TYPE LOCALITY: “Lake Louise, near Laggan, July 16, 1904,"
E. M. Farr (University of Pennsylvania).

DisrRiBUTION: Higher altitudes in the Canadian Rocky
Mountains, British Columbia and Alberta, Mount Selwyn
(56° 1' N.) south to the Elbow River (49° 40' N.).

3c. L. APETALA L. subsp. montana (S. Wats.) Maguire, comb.
nov. L. montana S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 247. 1877.

TYPE LOCALITY : Mountain peaks of Colorado, (n. 132 Parry)"
(Gray Herbarium).

DISTRIBUTION: Meadows and tundra about timber-line,
Rocky Mountains, Montana south into Colorado, the Uinta and
La Sal Mountains, Utah.

MELANDRIUM MACROSPERMUM AND M. SOCZAVIANUM

For more than a hundred years four species of Lychnis had
been widely known from arctic America and Greenland, for the
greater part polymorphous and variable. Of these L. alpina,
confined to Greenland and adjacent North America in our range,
with almost complete capsular dissepimentation, has never been
confused with the other more extensively distributed species
having little or no capsular partition, viz.: L. apetala, L. furcata,
and L. triflora. Of these, L. triflora, itself polymorphous with
wingless seed and agglomerate inflorescence, is easily separable
from L. apetala and L. furcata with winged seed and but a single
flower, or several flowers in an open inflorescence. It is the
latter two species and possible relatives that are concerned in the
immediate consideration.

Lychnis apetala, completely cireumpolar and quite variable, is
characterized essentially by its included or shortly exserted lilac-
colored, or sometimes white petals, its membranous and finally
inflated calyx, its large more or less reniform margined seed with

1950] Maguire,—Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—IV 237

inflated testa, and most conspicuously by its nodding young
flowers that become erect at maturity. Hultén (Fl. Alaska and
Yukon 701. 1943) reports, however, particularly in Scandinavia,
that the flowers may at times be erect.

Lychnis furcata, likewise, is cireumpolar and exceedingly
variable, but in contrast to L. apetala, has conspicuous white,
pink, or reddish petals, flowers erect through anthesis, calyx that
more often is firmer, although frequently becoming membranous
and inflated, and smaller, inflated, margined seed. Habitally
these two species are similar, L. furcata commonly becoming
somewhat larger than L. apetala.

It is thus obvious that at maturity the two species are difficult
of separation, the not always dependable seed-differences being
the only means of identification. In addition, there are many
intermediate plants suggesting frequent hybridization, this
possibility gaining credence by Polunin's observations of L.
affinis (Bull. Nat. Mus. Can. No. 92. pp. 181 and 184. 1940).

Two additional entities have now been recognized for our area
that seem to come within the limits of characterization given for
(or actually to combine characters of) L. apetala and L. furcata,
viz. Melandrium macrospermum A. E. Porsild, and M. Soczavi-
anum Schischk., the latter attributed to Alaska by Hultén by two
collections, Anderson 3502 and 3700, both of which I have before
me.

M. macrospermum had been known to Porsild only from the
type collection (A. E. and R. T. Porsild 1147), distinguished by
him from L. apetala largely by its ‘‘pubescent, urceolate" (the
quotations those of Porsild) calyx, as against a ''thin, papery,
dark purple, puberulent, glutinous, almost globular” calyx;
“flower 1 or 2, lateral, long peduncled," as against “flowers
solitary (very rarely two), nodding throughout anthesis and erect
only when capsule is mature"; and “petals pale rose" as against
“petals purple" for L. apetala. While admittedly there may be a
general “look” in the field that sets the two populations apart,
from „characters that appear in herbarium-specimens, I am
unable to see that M. macrospermum so cireumscribed does not
well come into the limits of L. apetala.

Hultén admits M. macrospermum to the Flora of Alaska and
Yukon, citing a number of collections, among them Anderson

238 Rhodora [OCTOBER

5087. This specimen is a good match for A. E. and R. T. Porsild
988, likewise from Alaska, distributed as M. apetalum.

The two Anderson Alaskan collections cited by Hultén as M.
Soczavianum are low-growing plants in early anthesis, with
nodding heads. They appear to me to be L. apetala, but with
exserted petals, or to be immature specimens of L. furcata with
nodding heads. Hultén suggests that these plants might actually
be identical with M. macrospermum, or indeed might represent
an altogether new species.

The writer cannot bring himself to interpret these two collec-
tions as belonging to a species distinct from L. furcata or L.
apetala merely on the basis of the combination of characters of the
two species, especially in view of the probably frequent hybridi-
zation between them.

From the above consideration it becomes necessary to consider
M. macrospermum to be a part of L. apetala, and the American
specimens referred to M. Soczavianum must be considered as
intermediate between L. apetala and L. furcata.

In the following table attempt has been made to offer compara-
ble and contrastive characters available for the four names
discussed.

4. Lycunis FURCATA? (Raf.) Fernald, Roopora 34: 22. 1932.

KEY TO THE SUBSPECIES

1. Mature calyx (10) 11-15 mm. long: seed 1.0-1.2 (1.5) mm.

broad: plants of Greenland and Arctic America 4a. L. furcata subsp. furcata.
1. Mature calyx (8) 10-12 (14) mm. long; seed 1.2-1.5 mm.

broad; plants of Alaska, Yukon and the western Hudson Bay

region... naana ns 4b. L. furcata subsp. elatior.

4a. LvcuNis FURCATA (Raf.) Fernald, subsp. furcata.

Silene furcata Raf. Autikon Botanikon, 28. 1940. Lychnis
furcata (Raf.) Fern. Rnopona 34: 22, in large part. 1982. L.
affinis J. Vahl ex Fries, Nov. Fl. Suec. Mantissa 3: 36, as to
Greenland reference. 1842. Melandrium pauciflorum (Ledeb.)
Ostenf. Meddel. Grønland 64: 173, as to Greenland plants. 1923.

If the Siberian Lychnis pauciflora Ledeb. M ém. Acad. Pétersb.
5: 537. 1814, proves to be conspecific with plants interpreted here

2 LYCHNIS FURCATA (Raf.) Fernald, subsp. affinis (J. Vahl) Maguire, comb. nov.
L. affinis J. Vahl ex Fries, Nov. F. Suec. Mantissa 3: 36, as to type and plants of
arctic Europe and Siberia. 1842. . Wahlbergella angustiflora Rupr. Fl. Samojed. 24, in
part. 1843. Melandrium furcatum (Raf. Hultén subsp. angustiflorum Hultén,
hyponym, Fl. Alaska and Yukon 703. 1943.

Maguire,—Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—IV 239

1950]

"j300uis
sowe oovjimns Ə} 'uld.€ur
posuim €" Z3uruuoJ ‘payey
-uI 9j99] 94} 'urrojuo1qns
'peoiq “WU e'[-Q'[ peeg “¢

"[SIp
-pei io qsp[utd ojrqA fpoj1os
-xə Á[snonotdsuoo sjezd ‘fF

'snoiqw[2 A[ojo[duroo Ayers
‘posty pus ‘siwy pojuour
-31d uriop[ruour yya oeso[rd
ÁA[essuop 0} 're[npu9[8 sourn
-oul0s puv juo[nioqnd [oe
-I9pour 'Á£jumnjeur j9 snou
-&1quiour pug pojegur ururoo
-əq seurneulos 'proAo-ondi[[e
"Juo[ “WU g9I-0I XAO 'g

“sISOYJUB ur 3909189 SIIMO `Z

TIe} un (OF) eg-e swag 'I
0]094nf “T

“TOU
ay} 0} uAouyxun pə `g

pease
jo p*9jsur poero[oo e
x1ep pus Z2uo[, Sed ‘fF
"eso[rd

-qns '(o1njwurui) “suo, wu
ZI-OL proAo-ondre xA ‘g

,"Autp
-pou sourno9euloS, SIOMO[T `Z

-Inj "JX Se[quiesei qu*[q,, "T

wunupapzoog * Jy

«BUM
pejegur p*oiq 4 “784
-ound A[2uoijs ‘Buoy “WU &'T
pue opm ‘WU F°Z-0'Z 'uMo1q
əd — 'unojtuar, 'peeg `e

s 9801
*pejiesxo Ajaleq,, SBPA ‘fF

,,'2ueoseqund,,

'epIM "urn QT 'Suo[ ‘wo
G'I «podeysum,, xÁ[w) 'g
"(PIrs1oq

Áq pəs os A[[goyroods

jou qmq) srseqgue ur ZuIppou
jou £A[jueredde sio^o[q ‘gZ

TI} "ub GZ-CT SWS `T

WNULAAASOLIDUL * jg

"eujded
pouoj31eg 10 pepunol snonords
-U09 SS9[ IO BIOU YIM IVJ
-INS oq? :oKiquio ay} Jo ‘1940
-urerp IY} UBT} SSI 3€ MOUIOS
Jo Zum[enboe uI pozZut«
pesdv[[o 1o pejegur us
sururio] ‘paepur ‘UMOIg 3q21[
€vjsoj 'p9oiq ‘WU Q'c-G'T
're[notq10-uLr0jIuo1 pag ‘G

"'pe1ooo-o*[t
Jo Əy” “WU e-T Aq poj31es
-X9 JO pəpnpur swyd `$

‘prosta A[juonbouj ‘snoiq
-g3 Áp}ərdwuoə soeuirjeulos
‘sura 94} Suo[e os Á[osuop
jsour ‘surey pojuourgid woy
-uow YIM 3uooseqnd Á[o39
-Iopour 10 ATIZUBOS :duo[ 'urui
(8D SI-ZI 'esoqo[2qns o3
91€Ao-ondm[e Á[peoiq ‘snou
-&Iquieur 'pejegurt XÁ[V]) 'g

‘SIS
-Ə4}UV ur Surppou SIMOLA 'Z

"T18} "uro (0g) ST-S SWS "T
710jado ‘dss njmjodn “7

240 Rhodora [OCTOBER

as L. furcata (so concluded by Prof. Ostenfeld), then the older
epithet pauciflorum would supersede any other now applied to
this diverse circumpolar entity.

TYPE LOCALITY: "Labrador and Hudson Bay." TYPE un-
known.

DisrRiBUTION: Eastern Arctic America, northern Labrador,
Greenland, Spitzbergen, and Nova Zembla.

4b. Lycunis FURCATA (Raf.) Fernald, subsp. elatior (Regel)
Maguire, comb. nov. L. apetala L. var. elatior Regel, Bull. Mosc.
341: 573, most part. 1861. L. Taylorae Robinson, Proc. Am.
Acad. 28: 150. 1893. Melandrium Taylorae (Robins.) Tolm.
Trav. Mus. Bot. Acad. Se. U. R. S. S. 24: 267. 1982. L.
brachycalyx Raup, Sargentia 6: 173. 1947.

The species L. brachycalyx as proposed by Dr. Raup, has been
characterized as distinct from L. furcata essentially by its short
calyx, which in the type (Colonel Mt. Brintnell Lake, S. W.
Mackenzie, Raup 9821, stated to be ‘‘occasional in this situation
but not seen elsewhere.") is “11.5 mm. crasso et 9 mm. alto",
compared with L. furcata in which “‘the calyx is 9-12 mm. broad
and 12-15 mm. high." No specimens of this have been seen by
the writer. From the description and figure (l. c. p. 174), it
would seem that the plants in question are closely similar to the
following and with them may be associated with L. furcata. ssp.
elatior, viz.: Klondike River, July 15, 1902, John Macoun, Geol.
Surv. Can. 58402; Churchill, July 26-Aug. 18, 1910, J. M.
Macoun, Geol. Surv. Can. 79078; stream by West Dawson, July
30, 1899, R. S. Williams sine no.; and Peel River, Mackenzie
River Delta, July 15, 1892, E. Taylor, the type of Lychnis Tay-
lorae. These specimens with calyx from 8-12 mm. long and
reduced petals have been interpreted as depauperate or etiolated
plants.

Type Locauiry: “Baicalien, am Flusse Bargusin (Turezanin-
off). Russisches America in Kadjak. (Exp. d. Admiralitát)."

DisrRIBUTION: Eastern Arctic Asia, Alaska, and Yukon, east-
ward to the Hudson Bay Region, Manitoba, and possibly along
the Arctic coast. A more eastern collection that seemingly
belongs here is, Lake Harbour, Baffin Island, Polunin 434 (Gray
Herbarium).

LYCHNIS FURCATA subsp. ELATIOR var. glabra (Hultén) Ma-

guire, comb. nov. L. Funstonii Wight ex Mertie, U. S. Dept.
Inter. Geol. Surv. Bull. 836-E: 364. 1932. Nomen. Melandrium

1950] Maguire,—Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—IV 241

Taylorae (Robins.) Tolm. var. glabrum Hultén, Fl. Alaska and
Yukon 4: 705. 1932.

Type Locarnrry: Coal Creek Hill, Central Yukon River,
Alaska, Funston 81. Isorypr, New York Botanical Garden.

As suggested by the name, this plant is glabrous and seems to
be no more than a glabrous form of the subsp. elatior. Other
than the type, there seems to be no record of glabrous specimens
of the subspecies within our range.

5. LYCHNIS TRIFLORA R. Br. in Ross’ Voy. Disc. Append. 142.
1819.

KEY TO THE SUBSPECIES

1. Stems 5-15 (20) cm. tall, pubescence more or less densely

sub-pilose; mature calyx 10-12 mm. long, ellipsoid-campanu-

late to campanulate; seed muricate-tuberculate on the back;

apparently confined to Greenland........... 5a. L. triflora subsp. triflora.
1. Stems 15-30 cm. tall, villous or merely puberulent; mature

calyx 8-10 mm. long, narrowly ellipsoid-campanulate; seed

low-tuberculate on the back; Arctic Canada. .5b. L. triflora subsp. Dawsoni.

5a. LYCHNIS TRIFLORA R. Br. subsp. triflora. L. triflora R.
Br. in Ross’ Voy. Disc. Append. 142. 1819.

TYPE LOCALITY: Greenland.

DISTRIBUTION: Apparently confined to Greenland (cf. A. E.
Porsild, Sargentia 4: 36. 1943); possibly also ‘‘east coast of Baffin”
(cf. Polunin, Bot. Can. East. Arctic 183. 1940).

5b. LYCHNIS TRIFLORA R. Br. subsp. Dawsoni (Robins.)
Maguire, comb. nov. L. triflora R. Br. var. Dawsoni Robins.
Proc. Am. Acad. 28: 149. 1893. ? Melandryum taimyrense A.
Tolm. Trav. Bot. Mus. Acad. Sci. U. R. S. S. 24: 264. 1932.
? M. Ostenfeldii A. E. Porsild, Sargentia 4:37. 1943. L. Dawson
(Robins.) J. P. Anderson, Iowa State College Journ. Sci. 20: 251.
1946.

TYPE LOCALITY: 100 miles northeast of Dease Lake, British
Columbia, Dr. G. M. Dawson (Gray Herbarium).

DISTRIBUTION: gravelly banks and rocky places, the region of
Great Slave Lake and northward; Copper Center, Alaska,
Anderson 2047.

In the proposal of M. Ostenfeldii, Porsild (l. c.) had unfortu-
nately overlooked Robinson’s L. triflora var. Dawsoni. The
type of var. Dawsoni and Dawson 2649 from Dease River, lat.
59? N. quite faithfully fit into the description of M. Ostenfeldii.
The subsp. Dawsoni may be specifically distinct from L. triflora.

6. Lycunis Kına S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 247. 1877.

L. ajanensis S. Wats. Bot. King's Expl. Exped. 5: 37. 1871, not
L. ajanensis Regel, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 34?: 564. 1861.

242 Rhodora [OcroBER

TYPE LocarriTY: “Peaks of the Uintas at head of Bear River."
Utah, Parry 43 (Gray Herbarium).

DISTRIBUTION: Alpine regions, Rocky Mountains, Wyoming,
Colorado and Utah.

7. LxcuNis DnuMMoNnritr (Hook.) S. Wats. Bot. King’s Expl.
Exped. 5: 37. 1871.

KEY TO THE VARIETIES

1. Petals included................... 7a. L. Drummondii var. Drummondit.
1. Petals exserted by 2-4 mm............... 7b. L. Drummondii var. striata.

7a. Lycuntis DRUMMONDII var. Drummondii. L. Drummondii
(Hook.) S. Wats. Bot. King's Expl. Exped. 5: 37. 1871. Silene
Drummondii Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 89. 1830.

Melandrium Drummondii (Hook.) Hultén, Fl. Alaska and
Yukon 4: 702. 1944.

TYPE LOCALITY: “Plains of the Saskatchewan. Dr. Richard-
son; Drummond. Common on... gravelly soils, near Fort
Vancouver, and skirting the Blue Mountains. Douglas.”

DISTRIBUTION: Open montane slopes and woodlands, to 11,000
feet; Northwest Territory and British Columbia to Saskatchewan
and North Dakota to Washington?, western Nebraska, Colorado,
northern Arizona and southern Nevada.

7b. Lvcuuis Drummondin var. striata (Rydb.) Maguire,
comb. nov. L. striata Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 31: 408. 1904.
L. Drummondii (Hook.) S. Wats. var. nuda Maguire, Madroño
6: 26. 1941, not L. nuda S. Wats. Bot. King's Expl. Exped. 5: 37.
1871.

Similar to the var. Drummondii but with exserted petals.

TYPE LOCALITY: Cameron Pass, Colorado, 1896, C. F. Baker
(New York Botanical Garden).

DistTRIBUTION: Occurring with the typical population, and
seemingly mostly confined to the center of distribution in Wy-
oming, Idaho, Utah, and Colorado. Possibly not varietally
distinct.

8. LYCHNIS MEXICANA Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 141.
1897.

Apparently known only by two collections, the TrvPES: Sierra
de Ajusco, altitude 3,215 meters, 1896, C. G. Pringle 6456; and
Lava beds, La Cima de Ajusco, 9800 feet, Aug. 2, 1906, Pringle
13774. Both specimens have stems that are nearly glabrous
at the base, and very thinly lanate towards the summit.

9. Lycunis ALBA Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. 8. no. 4. 1768. L.
vespertina Sibth. Fl. Oxon. 146. 1794. Melandrium vesperti-
num (Sibth.) Fries, Bot. Notiser 170. 1842.

DISTRIBUTION: A weedy species naturalized from Europe,
frequent in eastern North America; from Nova Scotia and Que-
bec to Michigan and Washington, southward to California,

1950] Maguire,—Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—IV 243

Utah, Missouri and Georgia, perhaps the distribution more
extended. Frequently confused with Silene noctiflora.

10. Lycunis pioica L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 437. 1753. L. dioica var.
rubra Weigel, Fl. Pom.-Rug. 85. 1769. L. diurna Sibth. Fl.
Oxon. 145. 1794.

DisTRIBUTION: Introduced from Europe, occurring as a weed in
eastern North America; Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Quebec,
Ontario and Minnesota, south to Virginia and Missouri.

11. Lycunis CHALCEDONICA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 436. 1753. Geno-
type. Agrostemma chalcedonica (L.) Dóll, Rhein. Fl. 643. 1843.

DisrRiBUTION: Introduced into cultivation from Asia; in
America escaped and now occasionally spontaneous in the
Northeast, from Prince Edward Island and Maine to Michigan,
probably elsewhere.

12. LYCHNIS FLOS-CUCULI L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 436. 1753. Me-
landrium Flos-cuculi (L.) Roehl. Deutschl. Fl. ed. 2. 275. 1812.
Coronaria Flos-cuculi (L.) A. Br. in Flora 26: 368. 1843.

DisTrRIBUTION: Of European origin, escaped from cultivation
and frequently naturalized; waste places, Quebee, New Bruns-
wick, New England and New York.

13. LYCHNIS CORONARIA (L.) Desr. in Lam. Encycl. 3: 643.
1789. Agrostemma coronaria L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 436. 1753. Coro-
naria tomentosa A. Br. in Flora. 26: 368. 1843.

DisrRIiBUTION: Of European origin, frequently escaped from
cultivation and now apparently established in many areas;
Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts, New York, Ohio, Indiana,
British Columbia, Washington, Oregon, and probably elsewhere.

2. AGROSTEMMA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 435. 1753;
Gen. ed. 5, 198. 1754.

1. AGROSTEMMA GITHAGO L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 435. 1753. Lychnis
Githago Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2. 1: 310. 1772.

DisrRiBUTION: Middle and southern Europe; introduced and
widely established as a weed of grain fields, roadsides and waste
places in much of temperate North America.

3. SILENE L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 416. 1753.

For à revision of the North American species of Silene see:
Hitchcock and Maguire, Pub. Wash. Univ. Biol. 13: 1—73. 1947.

4. SAPONARIA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 408. 1753; Gen. ed. 5. 191. 1754.

1. SAPONARIA OFFICINALIS L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 408. 1753.

DisrniBUTION: Of Old World origin; common in cultivation
and frequently escaped, easily becoming spontaneous along
roadsides and in waste places, spreading by rootstalks. To be
found in most of temperate North America.

244 Rhodora [OCTOBER

5. VACCARIA Medic. Phil. Bot. 1: 96. 1789.

1. VACCARIA SEGETALIS (Neck.) Garcke ex Aschers. Fl.
Brandenb. 1: 84. 1864. Saponaria segetalis Neck. Delic. Gallo-
Belg. 1: 194. 1768. Vaccaria pyramidata Medic. Phil. Bot. 1:
96. 1789. Saponaria Vaccaria L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 409. 1753.
Vaccaria Vaccaria (L.) Britt. in Britt. & Brown Ill. Fl. 2: 18. 1897.

DistriBuTION: Of European origin; a weed largely throughout
temperate North America, as far north as Alaska. Frequently
abundant in grain fields.

6. GYPsoPHILA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 406. 1753. Gen. ed. 5, 191. 1754.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

1. Annual; diffuse, the stems 1.0-1.5 dm. tall; flowers axillary..1. G. muralis.
1. Perennial or annual; the stems 2 or more dm. tall; inflores-
cences paniculate.
2. Calyx 2.0-2.5 mm. long; petals 5 mm. or less long..... 2. G. paniculata.
2. Calyx 4-5 mm. long; petals ca. 10 mm. long............. 3. G. elegans.

1. GYPSOPHILA MURALIS L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 408. 1753.

DistRIBUTION: Widely distributed in Eurasia; established
locally as a weed in New England, Michigan and Minnesota.

2. GYPSOPHILA PANICULATA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 407. 1753.

DisrRiBUTION: Middle and southern Europe to western
Siberia; escaped from cultivation and locally established in
Manitoba and Nebraska, perhaps elsewhere.

3. GYPSOPHILA ELEGANS Bieb. Fl. Taur. Cauc. 1: 319. 1808.

DISTRIBUTION: Caucasia, Armenia, and the upper Euphrates
region; reportedly escaped from cultivation and established in
North Dakota.

7. VELEZIA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 332. 1753; Gen. ed. 5, 155. 1754.

1. VELEZIA RIGIDA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 332. 1753.

DISTRIBUTION: Southern Europe, and the Mediterranean area;
in North America established as a weed from northern to central
California.

8. DrANTHUS L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 409. 1753; Syst.
ed. 1. 710. 1753; Gen. ed. 5, 191. 1754.

KEY TO THE SPECIES
1. Flowers solitary or few.
2. Rootstalk slender, branched; stems slender, branched;
calyx 12-15 mm. long... ......... 00.0 eee 1. D. deltoides.
2. Rootstalk coarse or the caudex multicipital.
3. Leaves mostly basal; stems mostly 2-3 dm. tall; infre-

uent weed in New England...................-. 2. D. plumarius.
3. Leaves not conspicuously basal; stems mostly 1 dm. or
less tall; indigenous to Alaska............ sese esee 3. D. repens.
1. Flowers many in a congested inflorescence.
4. Perennial; leaves 10-18 mm. broad................-.- 4. D. barbatus.

4. Biennial; leaves 2-8 mm. broad. ............0....0000- 5. D. Armeria.

1950] Maguire,—Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—IV 245

1. DIANTHUS DELTOIDES L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 411. 1753.

DISTRIBUTION: Introduced from Europe; locally established
as a weed, New Hampshire and Vermont to New York.

2. DIANTHUS PLUMARIUS L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 411. 1753.

DISTRIBUTION: Central and southeastern Europe; escaped from
cultivation and established locally in New Hampshire and
Massachusetts.

3. DIANTHUS REPENS Willd. Sp. Pl. 2: 681. 1799. D. alpinus
v repens (Willd.) Regel, Bull. Mosc. 34*: 530. 1861.

DISTRIBUTION: Arctic Europe and Siberia; Bering Straits; in
Alaska from Cape Lisburne and the central Yukon south to
Lake Tustumena.

4. DIANTHUS BARBATUS L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 409. 1753. Genotype.
Diosanthos barbatum St. Lager. Fl. Pyr. 3: 93. 1901.

DISTRIBUTION: Escaped from cultivation, locally established
from Vermont to Michigan, south to New York.

5. DiANTHUS ARMERIA L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 410. 1753. Diosanthus
Armerium St. Lager, Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon, 7: 87. 1880.

DISTRIBUTION: Introduced from Europe; spontaneous as a
weed, Quebec and Ontario to Montana, Idaho, British Columbia
and Washington, south to Missouri to Georgia.

9. Tunica Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2. 1: 298. 1772.

KEY TO THE SPECIES

1. Annual; calyx 10-18 mm. long......................04- 1. T. prolifera.
1. Perennial; calyx 4-5 mm. long.....................05- 2. T. Saxifraga.

1. TUNICA PROLIFERA (L.) Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2. 1: 299. 1772.
Dianthus prolifer L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 410. 1753.

DISTRIBUTION: Introduced from Europe; sparingly established
in waste places, New York to South Carolina, and California.

2. Tunica SAXIFRAGA (L.) Scop. Fl. Carn. ed. 2. 300. 1772.
Dianthus Saxifragus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 413. 1753.

DISTRIBUTION: Introduced from Europe; established as a
roadside weed. Flushing, L. I.; probably elsewhere.

New York BOTANICAL GARDEN

DEATH OF MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD

It is with great regret that we record the sudden death,
on September 22, 1950, of Professor Merritt Lyndon Fernald,
an editor of RHopora since its inception, and Editor-in-Chief
since 1929. THE EDITORIAL BOARD

246 Rhodora [OCTOBER

THE VALIDITY OF THE GENERIC NAME PTERETIS

M. L. FERNALD

THe Ostrich-Fern of Eurasia, first placed by Linnaeus in
Osmunda, was separated by Willdenow, Enum. 1071 (1809) as
the genus Struthiopteris (L). Willd.; but the ancient generic name
Struthiopteris had already been applied, after 1753, to other
genera: especially by Weis in 1770 for the plant called by
Linnaeus (1753) Osmunda spicant and later called Blechnum
spicant (L.) Roth (1794). The name Struthiopteris Willd. (1809)
was, therefore, a later homonym and has until recently been
replaced by Matteuccia Todaro (1866). In 1818, however,
Rafinesque had substituted for Struthiopteris Willd., which was
an illegitimate name because of the earlier Struthiopteris of Weis
(1770), the name Pteretis Raf. in Am. Mo. Mag. Crit. Rev. ii.
268 (1818), a new name given as a substitute for Struthiopteris
Willd. (1809), not Weis (1770). This matter was discussed in
great detail by Nieuwland in Am. Midl. Nat. iii. 194—197 (1914),
although Nieuwland, with his devotion to pre-Linnaean names,
somewhat involved the discussion. His summarizing paragraph,
omitting the references prior to 1753, was as follows:

Pteretis Raf. Am. Month. Mag., II., p. 268, (1818).

Matteuc[c]ia Todaro, Geor. Sci. Nat. Palermo, I., p. 235, (1866).
Stri[u]thiopteris Willd. Enum. p. 1071, (1809) . . . not Struthiopteris
. . . Weiss [Weis] . . . = Lomaria Spicant (Linn.) Desvaux.

Nieuwland's taking up of Pteretis was the correct course, in
spite of his typographic carelessness and his error, under the
new combination Pteretis Struthiopteris (Linn.) Nieuwland, in
citing the basonym as ‘‘Matteucia Struthiopteris Linn. Sp. Pl. p.
1066, (1753)" instead of Osmunda Struthiopteris, the name used
by Linnaeus.

Others correctly took up Pteretis (1818) as a properly published
generic name; but Copeland, Gen. Fil. 103 (1947), using Matteuc-
cia (1866), rejects Pteretis (1818) because it “was never tolerably
published". However, admitting the eccentricity of Rafin-
esque’s methods, there seems to be no question of its validity, as
indicated in the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature,
Art. 42 (2), which reads:

1950] Fernald,—Habenaria straminea 247

A name of a genus is not validly published unless it is accompanied . . .
(2) by the citation of a previously and effectively published description of
the genus under another name.

As an example of such valid publication the Rules give

Thuspeinantha 'Th. Dur. (Ind. Gen. Phanerog. p. x: 1888), accompanied
by a reference to the previously described genus Tapeinanthus Boiss.
(non Herb.).

Pteretis Raf. was quite parallel with Thuspeinantha: the
replacement of an invalid earlier name of a genus which was
properly described; and as such it was listed by Christensen,
Ind. Fil. Suppl. ii, 30 (1917). The name was taken up by me in
RHopona, xxxvii. 219 (1935) and by Small, Ferns Vic. N. Y. 140
(1935); by Merrill in Am. Fern. Journ. xxxiii. 56 (1943) and his
Ind. Raf. 72 (1949) with correct bibliography as a “Nomen
validum"; and its adoption in the American Fern Journal and by
most recent students in America speaks for itself. Many
botanists have regretted (and so stated) the frequent upsets in
the names of our North American Ostrich-Fern, Pteretis pen-
sylvanica (Willd.) Fern. in RHopona, xlvii. 123 (1945). Now,
"Malgré la synonymie chargée de cette fougére", M. Marcel
Raymond, feeling that ‘‘on ne peut employer Pteretis Raf., parce
que, comme CoPELAND l'a démonstré avec authorité . . . ce
genre n'a jamais été publié conformément aux règles”, has added
to the synonymy another name: Matteuc[clia pensylvanica
(Willd.) Raymond in Naturaliste Canad. lxxvii. 55 (1950).
This combination, published under a misconception, will stand
only if the perpetually tinkered “permanent” Rules are altered
by the conservation of Matteuccia.

THE SEEMING INVALIDITY OF SOME SUBSTITUTES FOR THE
NAME HABENARIA STRAMINEA.—In Ruopona, xxviii. 174 (1926)
the species Habenaria straminea Fernald was first published, its
type from calcareous barrens along the Straits of Belle Isle in
northern Newfoundland, but the species also occurring in south-
ern Greenland, Iceland and on the Faroe Islands, where it had
been misidentified with the European H. albida (L.) R. Br. In
1929 Mr. Frank Morris, doubting the specifie distinctness of our
plant, called it H. albida (L.) R. Pr., var. straminea (Fern.) F.

248 Rhodora [OCTOBER

Morris in Morris & Eames, Our Wild Orchids, 69, plates 23 and
24 (1929); and in RHODORA, xxxv. 237-239, t. 251, figs. 1 and 2
(1933) I showed by photography, the new species and enlarged
flowers (fig. 3) of the European H. albida. To me, as to Asa
Gray, Sereno Watson, Britton and Ames, the latter a life-long
student of the Orchidaceae, Habenaria is a natural and inclusive
genus. To many Europeans, with far fewer representatives of
the group than in North America, it is a series of genera. Never-
theless, in other and less sensational families than the Orchidaceae
they do not segregate groups with profound morphological
differences into microgenera! Surely, Salix, § Reticulatae Fries,
the genus Chamitea Kerner, is in its morphological characters,
geographic range and habit more strikingly unlike § Pentandrae
Dumort., the genus Lusekia Opiz, than are the reputed generic
segregates of Habenaria. Nevertheless, Salix, with relatively
inconspicuous flowers, is kept intact. Plenty of other aggregate-
genera, which are quite as separable as the elements in inclusive
Habenaria, are kept intact by the Habenaria-splitters: such
groups as Saxifraga or Rubus, for example; for, if there are sub-
genera or sections as definitely separable as are the reputed
genera of the aggregate Habenaria, they occur in Rubus. Rubus
subgenera Chamaemorus (Ehrh.) Focke, Cylactis (Raf.) Focke
(Genus Cylactis Raf.), Idaeobatus Focke and Eubatus Focke are
quite as eligible for generic separation as are the so-called genera
segregated in Europe (and, of course, by Small, Rydberg and
their followers in America) from the natural group, Habenaria.

The primary object of this note, however, is to protest against
the very doubtful and apparently illegitimate publication of
alternative or provisional combinations without regard for the
International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. Prior to the
International Congress of 1930 the unfortunate situation was
realized and discussed, but it was soon referred to the Executive
Committee for decision, an effective means of wholly side-
tracking it. At Amsterdam in 1935 (see Sirks, Zesde Internat.
Bot. Congr. Proc. i. 364, 366 (1936)) the matter (Art. 37 ter) was
discussed and the article was accepted:

A name of a taxonomic group is not validly published unless it is
definitely accepted by the author who published it. A name proposed
provisionally (nomen provisorium) in anticipation of the eventual
acceptance of the group, or of a particular circumscription, position or

1950] Fernald,—Habenaria straminea 249

rank of a given group, or merely mentioned incidentally is not validly
published.

The special example brought before the Congress was ''the
case of the name Cymbopogon Fequaertii and Andropogon Be-
quaerti published simultaneously in Bull. Jard. Pot. Bruxelles, vi.
p. 8 (1919) as follows."

“Cymbopogon Bequaertii DeWild. nov. sp.
Andropogon Bequaertii DeWild. nom. nov."

In the case at issue Lóve in Botaniska Notiser (1950) 36, 37,
wrote of the plant validly published as Habenaria straminea
Fernald in Rnopona, xxviii. 174 (1926) and RHODORA, xxxv.
231, t. 251, figs. 1 and 2 (1933):

If named as species, the Icelandic-American type should bear the
name Leucorchis straminea (FERN.) Live, comb. nova (based on
Habenaria straminea FERNALD, 1926, p. 174), but if placed as subspecies
under the species Leucorchis albida it should be named ssp. straminea
(FERN.) Love, ssp. nova (based on Habenaria straminea Fernald, 1. c.).
In the latter case, the subspecies name ssp. eu-albida LóvE, ssp. nova
(based on Satyrium albidum L. 1753; Habenaria albida [L.] B. BR.
s. str., excl. H. straminea FERN.) would be appropriate for the European

type.!

These combinations by Lóve are all too tentative; they are the
provisional or alternative types of names specially aimed at by
Art. 37ter of the International Rules.—M. L. FERNALD.

1 Lóve gives a map (his fig. 7) in which he shows H. straminea in North America
radiating from the Straits of Belle Isle northward into Labrador where it is unknown,
and half-way down the eastern side of Newfoundland where it is also unknown. In
Newfoundland it extends from the eastern end of the Straits southwestward along
the calcareous coast!

250 Rhodora [OCTOBER

OUR AMERICAN FORMS OF STELLARIA ALSINE
M. L. FERNALD

STELLARIA ALSINE Grimm in Nov. Act. Phys.-Med. Nat.
Cur. iii. App. 313 (1767); Hoffm. Deutschl. Fl. 153 (1791).
S. uliginosa Murr. Prodr. Comm. Gótt. 55 (1770).

As pointed out by Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. Sin. Teil vii. 191
(1929), the characteristic plant of Eurasia and eastern North
America, which has long been known as Stellaria uliginosa Murr.
or Alsine uliginosa (Murr.) Britt., was first described as S. Alsine
by Grimm in 1767, three years earlier than Murray's name and
nearly a quarter-century before the independent publication of
S. Alsine Hoffm. (1791). Grimm, using binomials, took the
primary diagnosis from the pre-Linnaean at least in nomenclature
Haller, source of many names taken over by post-Linnaean
authors.

Innumerable minor variations of the plant have been defined in
Eurasia, but most of them (under Stellaria uliginosa) seem to be
mere responses to depth of water or degree of stranding—13 such
forms enumerated by Gürke and 14 by Ascherson & Graebner.
For the most part they seem very trivial, but two of them which
occur in eastern North America are sufficiently striking as to
attract notice. These are

STELLARIA ALSINE Grimm, forma ovalifolia (Peterm.) comb.
nov. Larbrea uliginosa, aa. ovalifolia Peterm. Fl. Lips. 326 (1838).
S. uliginosa, var. latifolia Peterm. Analyt. Pflzschliissel Exc.
Leipz. 57 (1846). S. uliginosa. forma ovalifolia (Peterm.)
Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. v. 547 (1917).

Typical Stellaria Alsine, the usual plant with us, has elongate
stems and the leaves are elliptic-lanceolate or narrowly lance-
ovate, the principal blades mostly 1-2.5 em. long and 2-7 mm.
broad and in distant pairs. It is well represented by Pl. Exsice.
Gray. no. 211. Forma ovalifolia has the oval or broadly elliptic
leaves relatively much broader (two-fifths to three-fifths as
broad as long), the larger ones up to 3.5 em. long, though in its
smallest extreme only 0.8-1 cm. long but 5-6 mm. wide. This
form is represented by very extreme specimens from Cap à
l'Aigle, St. Pierre, Sr. PIERRE ET MIQUELON, 5 juillet 1900,
Arsène (with leaves up to 3.5 cm. long); ledges of damp sea-cliffs,

1950] White,—Thallophytes and Bryophytes 251

Torbay, NEwrouNpLAND, Howe & Lang, no. 1373 (suggesting
large S. media); seepy clay bank near Great Bras d'Or, Iona,
Nova Scotia, Fernald & Long, no. 21,208 (leaves unusually
short); Wilmington, DELAWARE (without further data), Edward
Tatnall.

In the other direction the most extreme form is a plant only
0.5-1 dm. high, with subapproximate pairs of lanceolate firm
leaves only 4-12 mm. long, and with very short peduncles.
This is

S. ALSINE, forma alpina (Schur), comb. nov. Larbrea uliginosa,
b. alpina Schur, Enum. Pl. Transs. 115 (1866). S. uliginosa
Murr., n. alpina (Schur) Gürke in Richter ed. Gürke, Pl. Eu.
ii. 210 (1899). S. Alsine, var. alpina (Schur) Handel-Maz.,
Symb. Sin. Teil vii. 191 (1929).

In Eurasia this form is usually subalpine. With us it is known
only from St. PIERRE ET MiQUELON: lieux humides, ruis scaux,
fossés, Cap à l'Aigle, Arséne, no. 241. Some specimens from
Newfoundland approach it.

THALLOPHYTES AND BRYOPHYTES OF THE CANADIAN EASTERN ARCTIC.'—
This represents the materialization of a volume which must have come near to
being a wartime casualty. The work on which it is based was completed early
in 1939 and the manuscript submitted for publication shortly thereafter. In
its final form it is heavily documented by footnotes by the editor, most of
which were added in 1946, in an effort to keep the manuscript up to date.
The present volume, covering the nonvascular cryptogams of the region, is a
follow-up of volume I, which was prepared by Polunin and which appeared in
1940, covering the Pteridophytes and Spermatophytes of approximately the
same geographical area.

The region covered in the study includes an area of about 1,000,000 square
miles of which a little less than half is said to be land. It is the area of North-
eastern Canada lying roughly north of the 60th parallel and east of longitude
95 degrees west. An attempt is made to bring together in this one volume for
the first time records of all the entities thus far known from the region whether
previously published or not. This is said to have been accomplished for all the
groups studied with the exception of the fungi and algae where older records
have not been cited in detail but may be traced by the interested investigator
through the cited literature. The foundation material for the volume is the
collections made by Polunin and his associates in expeditions into the regions
during the period 1934-36.

The contents of the volume consist of a Forword, General Introduction,
Summary, and Index to Latin names, all prepared by Polunin, and the main
body of the work consisting of seven papers on the various groups of crypto-

1 Botany of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, Part II, Thallophyta and Bryophyta. com-
piled and edited by NicHuoraAs Potunin, National Museum of Canada, Bulletin 97
(Biological Series 26): [I]-V + [1]-573. 18 plates, text-figure 1-5, pocket map at back,
1947. Price: $1.00.

252 . Rhodora [OCTOBER

gams, each prepared by a specialist in the particular group. These papers are
as follows: Algae by Roy M. WueEtpon, 13-137; Marine Phytoplankton by
GUNNAR SEIDENFADEN, 138-177; Freshwater Diatomeae by RosBerrT Ross, 178-
233; Fungi by Davin H. LINDER, 234-297; Lichens by Bernt LvNaE, 298-369;
Musci by WiLLiam C. STEERE, 370-490; Hepaticae by NicHoLAs PoLuwiw,
491-513. The total number of species recorded in the work is 1453 (remember-
ing that previous reports are not included for the groups algae and fungi).
The breakdown by group is algae 383, marine phytoplankton 125, freshwater
diatoms 192, fungi 79, lichens 280, mosses 314, and liveworts 82. Each paper
is essentially complete in itself and conforms in general to a prearranged
pattern. It contains a general account followed by a list of species with
literature and specimen citations, giving also general distribution and distribu-
tion within the area, but for the most part omitting descriptions except
where proposed new taxonomic categories require it, and ending with a bib-
liography.

There are few of us who would be prepared to offer very much in the way of
critical comment on a work of this sort. It certainly shows persistence and
conscientious attention to detail on the part of the editor under a prolonged
set of difficult and discouraging circumstances. It is an important work
which will be fundamental to studies of the cryptogams of this and other
northern regions for years to come. And in view of the presently stepped-up

enetration of man into these regions it is to be assumed, and certainly to be
oped, that there will be increased attention to the cryptogamic as well as the
higher forms of plant life which exist there.

Judgment as to whether or not the various specific determinations are
accurate and critical and whether the ‘‘new species" described in some groups
are really new might well be reserved until the specimens have been worked and
reworked—with the passing of the years—for the type of monographie work
that is needed to correlate the species of a region like this with those of other
areas and to adequately find the limits of variation of the separate species,
proceeds very slowly indeed. Being more familiar with the fungi than with
the other groups treated I would venture a comment on that group alone.
For one man to undertake to determine the fungi—from Mucromyces to
Lycoperdon—is, in view of the present state of our mycological literature, a
hag broad undertaking. One mycologist who specializes in the Agaricaceae

as remarked to me that the treatment of that family in this volume was
accurate enough to enable one who was familiar with the gill fungi on a world-
wide basis to make an intelligent guess as to what species was represented.—
W. LAWRENCE WHITE.

Volume 52, no. 621, including pages 209—228, was issued 19 September, 1950.

Dodora

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL

STUART KIMBALL HARRIS

RALPH CARLETON BEAN Associate Editors
RICHARD ALDEN HOWARD

CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR.

Vol. 52. November, 1950. No. 623.

CONTENTS:

Notes on Distribution of North Carolina Plants—II.
William B. Fox, R. K. Godfrey and H. L. Blomquist. ....... 253

Why so many Careless Books on Trees and other Plants?
M. L. Fernald

Rhododendron maximum at Medfield. Clarence H. Knowlton... 279
Goodyera tesselata in Rhode Island. Charles S. Bryan. ....... 279

Misprints and other Typographical Errors in Gray's Manual. ... 280

Che New England Botanical Club, Ince.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the
flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver’s
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins,

Gray Herbarium, 79 Garden Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical

Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY

Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

No. 36. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xliv. 563-637. 1909.
1. Synopsis of the Mexican and Central American Species of Castilleja.
By A. Eastwood.
A Revision of the Genus Rumfordia. By B. L. Robinson.
A Synopsis of the American Species of Litsea. By H. H. Bartlett.
. Some Undescribed Species of Mexican Phanerogams. By A. Eastwood.
. Notes on Mexican and Central American Alders. By H. H. Bartlett.
. Diagnoses and Transfers of Tropical American Phanerogams. By
B. L. Robinson.
. The Purple-flowered Androcerae of Mexico and the Southern United
States. By H. H. Bartlett.
8. Descriptions of Mexican Phanerogams. By H. H. Bartlett. ...... $ .50
No. 37. Reprinted from Proc. Boston Society Natural History, xxxiv. 163-312. 1909.
Flora of the Islands of Margarita and Coche, Venezuela. With 8
plates. By John Robert Johnston. ............. eee een $1.25

No. 42. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlix. 429—517. 1913.

1.A Key to the Genera of the Compositae-Eupatorieae. By B. L.
Robinson.

2. Revisions of Alomia, Ageratum and Oxylobus. By B. L. Robinson.

3. Some Combinations required by the International Rules. By C. A
Weatherby.

4. On the Gramineae collected by Prof. Morton E. Peck in British Hon-
duras, 1905-1907. By F. Tracy Hubbard.

5. Diagnoses and Transfers among the Spermatophytes.
By B. L. Robinson. ............. cesse eee oth tn $ .75

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass.

N cc.

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. November, 1950 No. 623

NOTES ON DISTRIBUTION OF NORTH CAROLINA
PLANTS—II

WiLLiAM B. Fox, R. K. GoprreY AND H. L. BroMwquisT

Tuis is the second! in a series of papers dealing with note-
worthy records of plants in North Carolina and, for the most
part, is based on collections made by the authors during the
season of 1949 and early 1950. However, examination of her-
baria and literature have yielded collections or records by others,
some of which will be cited herein.

Collections in the Leguminosae and Compositae are not in-
cluded in this paper since the first two authors plan to publish
on these families separately.

In the first paper in this series our information was based
primarily on collections in herbaria within the state and on the
literature at our disposal. For this one it has been possible, in
addition, to check named collections in the Gray Herbarium and
the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden for all of those
species for which such a check seemed desirable. Unless other-
wise indicated, all specimens cited are in the herbarium of North
Carolina State College. Citation of references and the order of
enumeration of genera and species follow the plan used in the
first paper.

The A. A. A. S. grant, through the North Carolina Academy
of Science, awarded to the first two authors in 1949, aided sub-
stantially in the defrayment of travel expenses. We wish to
express our appreciation to members of the botany department

1 See Fox and Godfrey, “Notes on Distribution of North Carolina Plants—I,
RHODORA 51: 129-146. 1949.

254 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

of the University of North Carolina for the privilege of making
frequent use of their facilities, and to the director of the High-
lands Biological Station, Dr. Thelma Howell, for courtesies ex-
tended to the first two authors during their stay there in August,
1949. We are indebted to the late Professor M. L. Fernald of the
Gray Herbarium for reading the manuscript and making valuable
suggestions and to Dr. D. S. Correll of the Bureau of Plant
Industry, Beltsville, Maryland, for checking his extensive set of
records on the flora of North Carolina for collections and records
pertinent to this paper and for furnishing us with collection-data
from certain specimens in the National Arboretum Herbarium
and the U. S. National Herbarium.

AZOLLA CAROLINIANA Willd. Waker County: farm-pond, on

U. S. Rt. 1, 6 miles n. of Raleigh, June 26, 1947, Foz & Whitford;
pond, 1 mile s. of Eagle Rock, May 19, 1950, Whitford.

Blomquist and Oosting (1948) do not include this fern as a
part of the piedmont flora. Blomquist (1934) records it from
two coastal counties, New Hanover and Currituck, and Blom-
quist and Correll (1940) add Brunswick County.

LYCOPODIUM OBSCURUM L. WARREN County: Fishing Creek
Township, 8 miles s.e. of Warrenton, January 15, 1950, L. W.
Reams; NomrHAMPTON County: Jackson, on small hillsides
sloping to swamps, November, 1901, W. Paul Moore s.n. (in
Nat. Arb. Herb.); HERTFORD County: sloping pine-woods, near

swamp, Bigwoods Experimental Forest, August 26, 1948,
Woods & Moreland BW116.

Blomquist (1934) lists 10 North Carolina counties, as do also
Blomquist and Correll (1940), all in the mountain area. We
know of no other collections or published records from the lower
piedmont and coastal plain of this state.

PASPALUM BIFIDUM (Bertol.) Nash. Moorr Country: moist
pocket in longleaf pine sandhills, near Manly on U. S. Rt. 1,
September 15, 1949, Godfrey 50091.

Curtis (1867) lists this species (as P. racemulosum Nutt.) as
occurring in North Carolina from the “Coast to Cherokee", but
we know of no collections to substantiate this statement. Hitech-
cock (1935) does not have it extending north of South Carolina,
but Fernald (Ruopora 40: 388. 1938) has described a variety of
this species based on collections made in Sussex County, Virginia.

1950]: Fox, Godfrey and Blomquist,—North Carolina Plants 255

GLYCERIA PALLIDA Trin. CoLumBus County: edge of ditch,
border of tupelo-swamp, northwest side of Lake Waccamaw,
May 15, 1950, Blomquist 15007 (in herb. Duke).

Hitchcock (1935) gives North Carolina as the southern limit of
the range of this species, and the dot on his map (p. 94) indicates
the western part of the state. Curtis (1867) lists it with the
annotation “UP. DIST.", meaning the mountains. However,
Blomquist (1948) states that it is "found only in the Dismal
Swamp section." The station cited here is in the coastal plain
in the southeastern corner of the state, and represents a con-
siderable extension from either of the regions from which it has
been previously reported.

PHRAGMITES COMMUNIS Trin., var. BERLANDIERI (Fournier)
Fern. Currituck County: edge of Spartina cynosuroides

community, Northwest River, near Moyock, October 17, 1948,
Blomquist and Wilson 13384 (in herb. Duke).

This is the first record for North Carolina.

CYPERUS FLAVESCENS L., var. POAEFORMIS (Pursh) Fern.
Macon County: Horse Cove Bog, near Highlands, August 19,
1949, Godfrey and Fox 49993.

Quarterman and Keever (1947) do not list this for the area
covered by their checklist.

CYPERUS Leconte! Torr. Brunswick COUNTY: coarse sand,
ditch-bank, Orton Plantation, along the river-road, n. of South-
port, August 19, 1948, Godfrey 48395; sandy margin of Pretty
Pond, July 27, 1949, Godfrey 49709.

According to the range given by Small (1933), these collections
extend the range northward from Florida.

ELEOCHARIS ALBIDA Torr? BRUNSWICK COUNTY: margin of
salt marsh, Smith's Island, August 27, 1949, Foz, Godfrey and
Beaman 3249.

Svenson (Rnopona 39: 271-272. 1937) cites a single collection
from North Carolina, one by I. F. Lewis from Beaufort.

ELEOcHARIS BALDWINII (Torr. Chapm. Brunswick Coun-
TY: sandy margin of Pretty Pond, July 27, 1949, Godfrey 49708.

Svenson (RnoponA 39: 240-242. 1937) cites a specimen of
Curtis’ from Wilmington, none others north of Georgia.

? We are indebted to Dr. H. K. Svenson of the American Museum of Natural
History for the determination of duplicates of all the specimens of Eleocharis cited
herein.

256 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

ELEOCHARIS FLAVESCENS (Poir.) Urban. Dare County: in
shallow water, margin of freshwater-pond, behind beach-dunes,
Kill Devil Hills, June 11, 1949, Godfrey and Fox 49271; CARTERET
County: in shallow water, roadside-canal, 4 miles south of
Atlantic, July 14, 1949, Godfrey, Fox and Blomquist 49555.

On the range-map published by Svenson (Rnopona 41: 10.
1939), there is one location-dot in North Carolina.

ELEOCHARIS MELANOCARPA Torr. BRUNSWICK COUNTY: mar-
gin of pond, near Orton Plantation, 9 miles n. of Southport,
June 15, 1949, Godfrey 49345; sandy margin of Pretty Pond,
July 27, 1949, Godfrey 49707.

Wood and MeCarthy (1886) list this species for the Wilmington
area, but Svenson (Rnopona 39: 269-270. 1937) cites none be-
tween New Jersey and Georgia. Fernald (RHopora 40: 391.
1938) has reported it for one county in southeastern Virginia.

ELEOCHARIS MICROCARPA Torr. BRUNSWICK CouNTY: small
cypress-pond, south of the railroad and church at Maco, just s.
of U. S. Rt. 76, May 21, 1949, Godfrey 49188.

Svenson (Runopona 39: 228-230. 1937) gives South Carolina
as the northernmost limit of the range for the typical variety of
the species.

ELEOCHARIS MONTEVIDENSIS Kunth. CURRITUCK County:

cattail-marsh, 4 mile s. of Maple, along N. C. Rt. 158, June 10,
1949, Godfrey & Fox 49247.

A north ward extension from South Carolina, according to range
given by Svenson (RHODORA 34: 220. 1932) for E. arenicola Torr.,
which he later reduced to synonymy.

ELEOCHARIS PARVULA (R. & 8.) Link. TYRRELL County:
pond-margin, 1 mile w. of Columbia, June 12, 1949, Godfrey and
Fox 49311.

Svenson (Ruopona 31: 168-171. 1929) cites no collections
from between Virginia and Georgia.

ELEOCHARIS TRICOSTATA Torr. Brunswick County: burned-
over wiregrass savanna, just n. of Southport, along N. C. Rt.
303, May 21, 1949, Godfrey 49173; sandy pond-margin, well
above water's edge, Marsh Branch, along river-road n. of South-
port, June 15, 1949, Godfrey 49351; BLADEN County: shallow
cypress-pond, 25 mile e. of Elizabethtown, July 9, 1949, Godfrey
and Fox 49489.

1950] Fox, Godfrey and Blomquist,—North Carolina Plants 257

Svenson (RHoporaA 34: 219. 1932) cites no specimens from
between New Jersey and Georgia, but Fernald (RHopora 49:
124. 1947) has reported it for southeastern Virginia.

ELEOCHARIS VIVIPARA Link. Brunswick County: sandy and
peaty pond-margin, L4 mile n. of Calabash, July 29, 1949,
Godfrey and Fox 49729; CUMBERLAND County: in shallow water
at the edge of Elder Lake, s. of Fayetteville, along N. C. Rt. 87,
June 26, 1949, Godfrey and Fox 49357; Dare County: in shallow
water, margin of freshwater-pond, behind beach-dunes, Kill
Devil Hills, June 11, 1949, Godfrey and Fox 49279.

Svenson (RHODORA 39: 242-243. 1937) cites only one specimen
from North Carolina, one of Curtis’ from Wilmington.

BULBOSTYLIS COARCTATUS (Ell) Fern. Brunswick County:
scattered tufts in open white sand areas, about 1 mile n. of
Southport, August 27, 1949, Fox and Beaman 3253; CARTERET
County: scrub-oak sand-ridges, Harker’s Island, July 15, 1949,
Godfrey, Fox and Blomquist 49583; New Hanover County:
sandhills near Wilmington, October 2, 1908, E. B. Bartram (in
Gray Herb.).

Small (1933) gives the range of this species (as Stenophyllus
coarctatus (Ell.) Britton) as extending northward to South Caro-
lina, but Fernald (Rnopona 43: 538. 1941) reported it for Vir-
ginia, as an *'extension north from North Carolina," probably as
a result of having seen the last collection listed above.

RHYNCHOSPORA CAPITELLATA (Michx.) Vahl. Macon Coun-
TY: abundant in Horse Cove Bog near Highlands, August 19,
1949, Godfrey and Fox 49990.

This collection is included because this species is not in the
check-list for the Highlands area by Quarterman and Keever
(1947).

RHYNCHOSPORA DIVERGENS Chapm. Brunswick County:
very abundant in burned-over wire-grass savanna, just n. of
Southport, July 26, 1949, Godfrey 49702.

Fox and Godfrey (1949) extended the range of this species
northward from South Carolina, reporting it for two counties in
North Carolina: Carteret and Columbus.

RHYNCHOSPORA PERPLEXA Britton. Brunswick County:
margin of small cypress-pond, Marsh Branch, on the river-road

n. of Southport, June 15, 1949, Godfrey 49349; BLADEN County:
abundant in a shallow borrow-pit pool between the highway and

258 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

railroad, 19 miles n.w. of Elizabethtown, July 9, 1949, Godfrey
and Fox 49479; CARTERET County: abundant in peaty soil
around the margin of a large cypress-pond, e. of Newport,
August 8, 1949, Godfrey 49847; ONSLow County: abundant in a
shallow pond, 3 miles w. of Swansboro, July 16, 1949, Godfrey &
Fox 49598; EpGECOoMBE County: abundant in a small gum-
depression between Whitakers and Enfield, July 22, 1949,
Godfrey & Fox 49643.

Previously known from two North Carolina counties (accord-
ing to Gale, 1944, and Fox and Godfrey, 1949), a fairly common
occurrence in the coastal plain of this state is indicated by these
additional records.

RuvNcHosPORA WRrIGHTIANA Boechl. CARTERET COUNTY:
savanna, 4 mile n. of Smyrna, along U. S. Rt. 70, July 14, 1949,
Godfrey, Fox and Blomquist 49551; savanna, near the Sound
View Church, w. of Morehead City, along N. C. Rt. 24, August
6, 1949, Godfrey 49838.

Gale (1944) cites one North Carolia locality, in Brunswick
County.

SCLERIA MINOR (Britton) W. Stone. Macon County: Horse
Cove Bog, near Highlands, August 18, 1949, Godfrey and Fox
49991.

This collection is listed since it is not in the checklist for the
Highlands region by Quarterman and Keever (1947).

CAREX AGGREGATA Mackenzie. DumHAM County: east side
of residence, 922 Demerius Street, Durham, May 20, 1944,
Blomquist 13468 (in herb. Duke).

Mackenzie (1940) gives New Jersey & the District of Columbia
as the southern limit of range for this species. This is the first
report for North Carolina.

CAREX ARENARIA L. New Hanover Country: in beach-sand,
Ft. Fisher, March 31, 1938, Blomquist 10227 (in herb. Duke).

Mackenzie (1940) gives for the east coast only “Sea Beaches,
Virginia" for this species, which he says is ‘‘adventive from
Europe." Fernald (Rnopona 38: 381 and 399. 1936), however,
reporting it for Northampton County, Virginia, expresses the
view that there it appears “in every way like an indigenous
element of the vegetation; seeming to us like a relie on our coast
comparable with many limited colonies from New England to
Newfoundland of species which abound in western Europe."

1950] Fox, Fodfrey and Blomquist,—North Carolina Plants 259

The above station has probably now been destroyed by the re-
moval of this portion of the shore by wave-action, since Blom-
quist on a recent visit to the area failed to locate any of the plants.

CAREX EXILIS Dewey. Moore County: seepage-bog in

branch-bay, 3 miles w. of Southern Pines, April 24, 1949, Godfrey,
Fox, F. & S. Woods 49152.

Mackenzie (1940) gives the range as extending as far south as
Delaware. A duplicate of this collection was identified by F. J.
Hermann of the Bureau of Plant Industry, Beltsville, Maryland.

CAREX NIGROMARGINATA Schwein., var. FLORIDANA (Schwein.)
Kükenth. Brunswick County: in woods-mold in a grove of
laurel- and live-oaks on bluff overlooking Cape Fear River at
Southport, March 19, 1949, Godfrey 49005; in serub live-oak
thickets, old dunes, Long Beach, March 21, 1950, Godfrey & Fox
50304.

Mackenzie (1940) gives the range as “Ga. to Fla. to Texas"
but Fernald (RuoponaA 44: 385-386. 1942) validates earlier re-
ports for Elizabeth City Co., Va. and Horry Co., S. C. This
report of our collections constitutes the first records for this
plant in North Carolina.

CAREX FOENEA Willd. Asme County: in clearing at the fire-
tower, summit of Nigger Mt., September 7, 1949, Godfrey & Foz
50231.

Mackenzie (1940) gives Virginia as the southern limit of the
range of this sedge. Curtis (1835) and Wood and McCarthy
(1886) had listed it for the Wilmington area, but since this was
apparently disregarded by Mackenzie, we are regarding this
enumeration as the first authentic report for North Carolina.

Carex Joonr L. H. Bailey. HERTFORD CouNTY: swampy
woods, Big Woods Experimental Forest, e. of Como, October 24,
1948, Fox, Boyce & Moreland 2119; SaMPsoN County: low ground
under bridge, e. bank of South R., 2 miles w. of Kerr, October 29,
1948, Fox and Godfrey 2150.

Mackenzie (1940) gives the range as extending as far north as
Maryland, but as far as we can determine, this species has not
been reported for North Carolina.

SPIRODELA POLYRHIZA (L.) Schleid. Waker County: Marsh-
burn's Pond, June 1, 1947, Whitford; small sunny farm-pond, on
U. S. Rt. 1, 6 miles north of Raleigh, June 26, 1947, For &
Whitford; Nowell Pond, off U. S. Rt. 64, 1 mile w. of Wendell,

260 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

May 18, 1950, Whitford; Robertson’s Pond, off U. S. Rt. 64, 10
miles e. of Raleigh, May 19, 1950, Whitford.

These collections are cited here because this species is not
included in the piedmont flora by Blomquist and Oosting (1948).
LEMNA MINOR L. Waker County: pond, 1 mile s. of Eagle

Rock, May 19, 1950, Whitford; Robertson’s Pond off U. S. Rt.
64, 10 miles e. of Raleigh, May 19, 1950, Whitford.

Blomquist and Oosting (1948) do not include this species.

LUZULA ACUMINATA Raf., var. CAROLINAE (Wats.) Fern.
PENDER County: beech-woods on bluff, Washington Creek be-
tween Wallace and Burgaw, March 20, 1950, Godfrey & Fox
50307; Nasa County: wooded ravine along Turkey Creek near
Middlesex, April 4, 1939, Godfrey & White 7013 (in Gray Herb.).

Small (1933) gives the range (as L. carolinae Wats.) as “Blue
Ridge, N. C. and Tenn.," but we have seen several specimens
from the lower piedmont. The Pender County collection ex-
tends the known range into the lower coastal plain of North
Carolina. There are, however, many specimens in the Gray
Herbarium from southeastern Virginia.

UvuLARIA PUDICA (Walt.) Fern. Waker County: scattered
plants intermixed with a thick ground-cover of Galax on a steep,
north-facing bluff, “The Hemlocks," west of Cary about 4
miles, April 3, 1949, Godfrey 49016; Raleigh, 1838 (in herb.
NYBG—ex herb. Princeton University, 1945); Lincotn Coun-
TY: pine-woods, along N. C. Rt. 150, 6 miles east of Lincolnton,
April 17, 1949, Godfrey, Fox and Woods 49107; ONSLow County:
sandy ridge, camp-site, Cowhorn Creek, Hofmann Forest, April
15, 1948, Boyce; PeENpER County: near Big Savanna, April 9,
1925, Wells.

Blomquist and Oosting (1948) do not include this plant; two
of the above-listed stations are definitely in the piedmont. At
“The Hemlocks" station both U. perfoliata L. and U. sessili-
folia L. were also abundant on the floodplain at the base of the
bluff. Dried specimens of the latter and U. pudica are easily
confused, especially when made from immature plants in the
flowering condition. In the field, however, they are at the time
of flowering readily distinguishable in that plants of U. pudica
occur singly and have clear, pale cream-yellow flowers while those
of U. sessilifolia are rhizomatous, forming extensive clones, the
flowers being a pale and lined straw-yellow.

1950] Fox, Godfrey and Blomquist,—North Carolina Plants 261

TRILLIUM PUSILLUM Michx. Waker County: alluvial flat,
head of Yates’ Pond, about 5 miles s. of Raleigh, April 20, 1950,
Fox & Adams 3561.

Curtis (1867) lists this species for the “LOW. DIST." Peattie
(1927) and Small (1933) give ranges for it as including the coastal
plain of North Carolina. Barksdale (1938) cited only one sta-
tion in this state, in Haywood County, this being based on a
collection by Harbison. Dr. S. J. Smith of the New York State
Museum, Albany, verified our determination. There is a Curtis
collection from North Carolina, without locality, in the Her-
barium of the New York Botanical Garden.

CoMPTONIA PEREGRINA (L.) Coulter. Ler County: turkey-
oak sandhills, near U. S. Rt. 1, 7 miles south of Sanford, August
11, 1949, Fox 2884; HAnNETT County: near fire-tower, south-
eastern part of county, June 17, 1927, B. W. Wells; CUMBERLAND
County: Ft. Bragg Reservation, Monroe Hill, 5 miles west of
Ft. Bragg, elev. 440 ft., June 20, 1937, H. R. Totten (in herb.
U. N. C); Wake County: in open woodland, summit of north-
facing bluff, Crabtree Creek, n.w. of Raleigh, May 24, 1950,
Godfrey 50389.

Curtis (1860) states that this species “‘is occasionally found in
dry and sandy woods in the upper part of the Lower (District)
but, judging from known collections, it seems to be very uncom-
mon except in the mountainous part of the state.

FROELICHIA FLORIDANA (Nutt. Moq. Harnerr County:
sandy road-bank and edge of corn-field, on U. 8. Rt. 15A, 4 miles
north of Kipling, October 5, 1949, Fox 3493; dry, sandy field, 2.7

miles west of Lillington on U. S. Rt. 421, October 5, 1940,
Radford and Stewart 615.

This adventive species was first reported for North Carolina
by Fox and Godfrey (1949), from three North Carolina counties,
all in the coastal plain.

IsoPYRUM BITERNATUM (Raf.) T. & G. DunHAM County: on

narrow floodplain just east of big bluff near Mr. Duke's farm,
about 4 miles n.e. of Durham, March 26, 1950, Blomquist 14833.

Small (1933) gives the range as “west of Appalachians, W.
Fla. to Tex., Minn., and 8. Ont." The only report for North
Carolina of which we are aware is that of D. M. Brown for Roan
Mountain, Mitchell County (Ecol. Monog. 11: 61-97. 1941), but
the specimen in the Duke University Herbarium upon which

262 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Brown presumably based his report is Anemonella thalictroides
(L.) Spach.

ARGEMONE ALBA Lestib Brunswick County: Southport,
August 10, 1930, Blomquist 3712; Southport, May 1, 1935, Andy
Matthews (in herb. U. N. C.); common in vacant lots, weed-
borders, and along the streets, Southport, May 13, 1950, Godfrey
and Wiebe 50378; CARTERET County: roadside, northeast of
Beaufort, June 21, 1941, Madeline Hill 37 (in herb. Duke);
BLADEN County: dry, sandy soil, field, 7 miles north of Eliza-
bethtown, May 11, 1941, Radford & Stewart 1053 (in herb.
U. N. C).

According to the range given by Small (1933), these collections
represent an extension northward from South Carolina.

SARRACENIA RUBRA Walter. ONnsLow County: longleaf pine
savanna, near U. S. Rt. 1, 6 miles south of Verona, August 26,
1949, Fox 3225; HARNETT County: margin of shrub-bog, Spout
Springs, June 20, 1927, Wells; PENpER County: “Big Savanna”
(near Burgaw), July 2, 1924, Wells; CoLumBUs County: 1884,
G. McCarthy (in herb. N. Y. B. G.); HENDERSON County: Flat
Rock (in herb. N. Y. B. G.—ex herb. Princeton University,
1945); Eastern North Carolina, 1884, G. McCarthy (in herb.
N. Y. B. G.); Oriente Carolina Septentrionalis, July, 1885, G.
McCarthy (in herb. N. Y. B. G.).

Bell (Jour. Elisha Mitchell Soc., 65: 150. 1949) records two
counties for this species in North Carolina: viz., Moore and
Brunswick. Dr. D. S. Correll informs us that there are speci-
mens in the U. S. National Herbarium from New Hanover and
Columbus Counties. These additional records indicate a more
frequent occurrence for it and extend the known range somewhat
northward.

HYDRANGEA ARBORESCENS L. CRAVEN CouNTY: mesic woods,
bluff on Neuse River above Flanner Beach, July 14, 1949,
Fox and Godfrey 2669.

We have seen no reports of this species from the coastal plain
of this state and but one other collection from that physiographic
province, one by H. R. Totten from Cumberland Co. (in herb.
U. N. C).

PRUNUS UMBELLATA Ell. Brunswick County: roadside-

thicket, 1 mile w. of Village Point, July 29, 1949, Fox & Godfrey
2824.

1950] Fox, Godfrey and Blomquist,—North Carolina Plants 263

According to Coker and Totten (1945) this plum is known from
North Carolina only in and near the basin of the Pee Dee River.
However, they cite it for the neighborhood of Myrtle Beach,
S. C., which is in the county bordering the one cited above. A
duplicate of our collection was identified by Dr. Rogers MeVaugh,
University of Michigan.

PonLvGALA Cumrmissu Gray. Macon County: abundant in
Horse Cove Bog, near Highlands, August 19, 1949, Godfrey &
Fox 49994.

Included here because it is not in the checklist for the High-
lands region by Quarterman and Keever (1947).

SEBASTIANIA LIGUSTRINA (Michx.) Muell.-Arg. ROBESON
County: abundant along river-margin, Lumber River swamp
below N. C. Rt. 74 bridge, 3 miles n.w. of Lumberton, June 27,
1949, Fox & Godfrey; CoLumBus County: swamp of Lumber
River near Boardman, July 2, 1934, H. A. Rankin (in herb.
U. N. C.); bank of Lumber River, May 8, 1921, J. S. Holmes
(in herb. U. N. C.).

This shrub is listed by Curtis (1860 & 1867) for the “Low.
Dist." and by Wood and McCarthy (1886) for the Wilmington
area, in these lists on the authority of Dr. J. F. McRee. Small
(1933) gives the range as extending into North Carolina. How-
ever, the only collections from the state besides the above of
which we are aware are the following, both in the Herbarium of
the New York Botanical Garden: one from “Wilmington,” by
McRee and one from “near Fayetteville, July, 1934,” by H. A.
Rankin.

Ruvus Vernix L. WAKE County: marshy ground, Smallwood

estate, Raleigh, May 12, 1948, Fox 1434; swampy hollow, east
side of Brooks Ave., 900 block, Raleigh, July 6, 1950, Fox 3806.

Coker and Totten (1945) state that “we have never found it
in the piedmont section of North Carolina," and Blomquist &
Oosting (1948) do not include it. The first listed station, where
the species was abundant, has now been destroyed by a housing
development.

CvRILLA RACEMIFLORA L. Moore County: creek-bank, on
N. C. Rt. 22, V5 mile s. of High Falls, July 5, 1949, Fox 2539.

Coker & Totten (1945) give the range of this coastal plain
species as far inland as Wake and Lee Counties. The above

264 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

locality seems to be the westernmost known in North Carolina,
definitely in the piedmont province.

SIDA INFLEXA Fern. WAKE County: thin soil on rock, near
old mill-dam on Neuse River, Milburnie, August 4, 1948, Fox &
Whitford 1801.

This species was described by Fernald (Rnopona 42: 463-4064.
1940) and its relationship with and differences from S. Elliotti
T. & G. were discussed. The latter has been reported for North
Carolina, Curtis (1867) and Wood and McCarthy (1886), but
aecording to Fernald, who states that his new species has been
passing for that entity, S. Elliottii is not known from north of
southeastern South Carolina. Our specimens fit Fernald’s
description of S. inflexa and, judging from his citation of speci-
mens, this report is the first for North Carolina.

HIBiIscus ACULEATUS Walt. CARTERET COUNTY: very abun-
dant on the bank between road and drainage-canal e. of Newport,
August 4, 1949, Godfrey and Blomquist 49800; New HANOVER
County: sand-ridge, Carolina Beach, August 7, 1938, Godfrey
5901; Wilmington (without further data) (in herb. N. Y. B. G.—
ex herb. Princeton University, 1945).

Though it was listed by Wood and McCarthy (1886) and by
Curtis (1835) (as H. scaber) with the annotation ‘Brunswick
County,” Small (1933) extends it northward only to South
Carolina in the coastal plain.

Hisiscus PALUSTRIS L. (sensu Fernald in Ruopora 44: 269.
1942). Nasu County: boggy swale, on U. S. Rt. 301, 5 miles n.
of Rocky Mount, July 22, 1949, Fox & Godfrey 2736; CRAVEN
County: in black-muck soil, roadside-ditch, 1 mile n. of Epworth
Church on N. C. Rt. 118, June 3, 1950, Whitford.

Two previously known stations for North Carolina were pub-
lished by Fox and Godfrey (1949).

HELIANTHEMUM CORYMBOSUM Michx. CARTERET COUNTY:
sandy clearing, Lennox Point, e. of Beaufort, July 15, 1949,
Fox & Godfrey 2695; near edge of water, east end of Harker’s
Island, May 23, 1941, Radford and Stewart 1172 (in herb. U.N.C.).

Curtis (1835) and Wood & McCarthy (1886) list this species
for the Wilmington area, but Small (1933) gives coastal plain of
South Carolina as the northernmost limit. ‘There is a specimen
in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, with name
Cistus corymbosus, labelled simply ‘‘Wilmington.”’

1950] Fox, Godfrey and Blomquist,—North Carolina Plants 265

LECHEA PATULA Leggett. BruNswick CouNTYv: in coarse
sand of plowed fire-lane in longleaf pine barren, Orton Plantation,
10 miles n. of Southport, September 12, 1941, Godfrey (Plantae
Exsiccatae Grayanae 1161); Moon&E County: sandhill old field,
near Manly along U.S. Rt. 1, September 15, 1949, Godfrey 50086.

In Hodgdon’s monograph (RnoponA 40: 62-63. 1938) there
are no collections cited from north of South Carolina, and Dr.
Hodgdon, who identified both of these collections, informs us
that he has seen no others from North Carolina.

LILAEOPSIS CAROLINENSIS Coulter & Rose. Dare COUNTY:
Manteo, July 6, 1923, B. W. Wells.

According to Fernald (RHoporA 42: 371. 1940) this species
was described from a “single collection from North Carolina
(presumably near Wilmington)" and on p. 470 (loc. cit.), he lists
his collection from Princess Anne Co., Va., as representing
the fourth known station in North America. Dr. D. S. Correll
informs us that there is a specimen in the U. S. National Her-
barium collected by Gerald McCarthy in New Hanover County.

Tonruis Noposa (L.) Gaertn. CARTERET County: edge of
street, near Holden’s Cafe, Beaufort, May 14, 1950, Blomquist &
Batson 14975.

Mathias and Constance (N. A. Flora 28B (1): 110. 1944) state
that it is *adventive throughout the southern United States,"
but we have seen no collections or records of collections from
North Carolina.

Daucus PUSILLUS Michx. PrENpER County: Rocky Point,
May 21, 1925, A. C. Martin; BruNswick County: abundant in
roadside-borders along N. C. Rt. 303 north of Southport, May
21, 1949, Godfrey 49160.

Mathias and Constance (N. A. Flora 28B (1): 113. 1944) give
South Carolina as the northern limit of range on the east coast.
Small (1933) had listed Florida as the eastern limit. It is well
established in and around Southport and apparently has been for
a long time, inasmuch as Curtis (1835) and Wood and McCarthy
(1886) list it for “Smithville,” the old name for Southport.

CYNOCTONUM SESSILIFOLIUM (Walt.) Gmel. Nasa County:
low savanna, 1 mile e. of Middlesex, Rt. 264, July 30, 1935,
Blomquist 7574 (in herb. Duke); Craven County: October,

O. M. Freeman (in Nat. Arb. Herb.); CARTERET County: edge
of road through savanna, along Rt. 70 between Beaufort and

266 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Atlantic, August 8, 1940, Blomquist 11281 (in herb. Duke);
savanna east of Newport, August 7, 1949, Godfrey & Blomquist
49853; CoLumBus Country: Bug Hill, low pine woods, August 26,
1927, Schallert 9450 (in herb. Duke); savanna, northwest of
Waccamaw River, along N. C. Rt. 130, August 9, 1949, Godfrey
& Blomquist 49873; Brunswick County: savanna, 5.5 miles n.
of Bishops, July 31, 1949, Godfrey & Fox 49747; New HANOVER
County (presumably; not given on label): prope Wilmington,
October, 1867, Canby (in herb. N. Y. B. G.—ex herb. Princeton
University, 1945).

Small (1933) gives the range as “Coastal Plain, Fla. to La.,"
but Fernald (RHopora 45: 457. 1943) reported it for Brunswick
County, Virginia. Alexander (Castanea 5: 92. 1940) first re-
corded it for North Carolina, from New Hanover County.

BREWERIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Nash? CARTERET COUNTY: wire-
grass, turkey-oak sandhill, along N. C. Rt. 25 at the junction
with the Newport road west of Morehead City, July 16, 1949,
Godfrey and Fox 49596; savanna at edge of pocosin 1% miles n.
of Newport, U. S. 70, July 23, 1946, Hollis Rogers 3145 (in herb.
Duke); ONsLow County: dry sandy soil, Dixon, July 21, 1922,
L. F. & Fannie R. Randolph 962 (in Gray Herb.); CUMBERLAND
County: roadside, sandy soil, near U. S. Rt. 301, at Rockfish
Creek, s. of Fayetteville, June 26, 1949, Fox and Godfrey 2401;
BLADEN County: coarse white sand, scrub-oak and longleaf pine
sand-ridge, just northwest of White Lake near the Prison Camp,
July 9, 1949, Godfrey and Fox 49497; in sand near lake, White
Lake, July 15, 1935, Correll 2578 (in Nat. Arb. Herb.) ; SCOTLAND
County: sandhill, 12 miles n. of Laurinburg, July 14, 1938,
Godfrey 5047 (in Gray Herb.); turkey-oak sandhills, six miles n.
of Laurinburg, June 27, 1949, For & Godfrey 2415; BRUNSWICK
County: Southport, July 8, 1897, Biltmore Herb. 1665a (in Gray
Herb.); sand-ridge, turkey-oak, longleaf pine, 4% mile east of
Seaside, July 29, 1949, Godfrey and Fox 49727; JOHNSTON
County: sandy land at home of B. E. Smith, September 4, 1932,
B. E. Smith (in herb. U. N. C.).

BREWERIA AQUATICA (Walt.) Gray. WirLsoN County: weedy
bank, near U. S. Rt. 264, 0.7 mile w. of Sims, August 25, 1949,

3 Fernald and Schubert (RHopora 51: 35—43. 1949) clarified the identities in our
eastern Breweria; during their study they requested that we send our material to
them, but we were much embarrassed that we had scarcely any to send. During the
1949 season, therefore, we made a considerable number of collections in eastern North
Carolina. Prof. Fernald and Dr. Schubert very kindly examined our series and
furnished us with their determinations, and Prof. Fernald generously supplied us, in
addition, with citations of all of the North Carolina material in the Gray Herbarium.
In order to indicate rather positively what our identities in Breweria are, as we now
know them, we are citing below both the specimens at the Gray Herbarium, those at
Duke University and the University of North Carolina, and our own recent collections.

1950] Fox, Godfrey and Blomquist,—North Carolina Plants 267

Fox 3157; Wayne County: sandy ridge, 5 miles north of Seven
Springs, July 16, 1949, Godfrey and Fox 49610; WAKE County:
sandy ridge, near the Wake-Harnett County line, 3 miles s.w. of
Fuquay Springs on the Duncan Road, July 8, 1949, Godfrey and
Fox 49404; MoonE County: dry open pine-woods, 2 miles south
of Pinebluff, July 1, 1927, Wiegand and Manning 2631 (in Gray
Herb.); sandy soil, July 4, 1940, Grace J. Schallert (in Gray
Herb.); turkey-oak sandhills, near U. S. Rt. 1, 4.7 miles s. of
Aberdeen, August 11, 1949, Fox 2893; turkey-oak sandhills, 0.8
mi. e. of Lakeview, August 11, 1949, For 2891; ANsoN County:
turkey-oak sandhills remnant, near Sandy Plains Church, 1 mile
w. of N. C. Rt. 87, southern part of county, August 11, 1949,
Fox 2917; New Hanover County: sand-ridge at Carolina Beach,
June 28, 1938, Godfrey 4705 (in Gray Herb.); BRUNSWICK
County: C. C. C. Camp, Southport, July 30, 1935, A. C. Mathews
(in herb. U. N. C); sand-ridge, turkey-oak and longleaf pine,
along Cape Fear River just above Southport, July 27, 1949,
Godfrey 49719; sand-ridge, near the church at Maco, July 21,
1949, Godfrey and Fox 49752; pineland, north of Southport, sandy
soil, open thickets, near Coates, July 7, 1942, Blomquist 13302
(in herb. Duke); SaMPsoN Counry: wire-grass sandhills, 5 miles
west of Clinton, June 11, 1938, Godfrey (in herb. Duke); CuMBER-
LAND County: sandy soil with pines and turkey-oaks, by Fayette-
ville-Sanford road, Ft. Bragg Reservation, July 21, 1929, H. R.
Totten (in herb. U. N. C.); RicamMonp County: turkey-oak
sandhills, on U. S. Rt. 1, 2144 miles n.e. of Rockingham, June 8,
1950, Fox 3656; County not indicated: Photo of type of Convol-
vulus patens Desr., e. Carolina, Fraser (in Gray Herb.).

BREWERIA HUMISTRATA (Walt.) Gray. HERTFORD COUNTY:
pineland, 4 miles w. of Winton, July 18, 1938, Godfrey 5229 (in
Gray Herb.); Hatirax County: pineland, 4 miles w. of Winton,
August 18, 1938, Godfrey (in herb. Duke); GREENE County: dry
sandy soil, waste ground, Snow Hill, July 8, 1922, Randolph &
Randolph 760 (in Gray Herb.); Lenorr County: in low grounds
of Neuse River, Kinston, August 8, 1931, H. R. Totten (in herb.
U. N. C); HanNETT County: in an open pine-woods on a slope
above Avent's Creek, about 5 miles west of Kipling, July 8, 1949,
Godfrey and Fox 49427; PAMLICO County: roadside, Arapahoe,
July 10, 1933, Oosting (in herb. Duke); PENpER County:
Burgaw, June 26, 1945, Wells; New Hanover County: Wilming-
ton, M. A. Curtis (in Gray Herb.); sandhills, Carolina Beach,
July 7, 1940, Wells; Brunswick County: dry pine-woods, 3
miles e. of Leland, July 5, 1927, Wiegand and Manning 2634 (in
Gray Herb.); Sampson County: dry open sandy soil along Black
River, near Tomahawk, June 20, 1935, Correll 1285 (in herb.
Duke); CLEVELAND County: sandy bank of Broad River, near
Rt. 150, 4 miles s. of Boiling Springs, August 5, 1947, Fox 672;

268 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Dare County: in tall pine-woods, very dry, about !4 mile s. of
Ft. Raleigh, Roanoke Island, September 21, 1940, Radford &
Stewart 830 (in herb. U. N. C.).

BreweriA MicHavxai Fern. & Schubert. CornuMBUS COUN-
TY: abundant in an extensive wire-grass savanna, n.w. of Wac-
camaw River, along N. C. Rt. 130, August 9, 1949, Godfrey and
Blomquist 49868; Brunswick County: abundant in wire-grass
savanna, near the church at Maco, July 31, 1949, Godfrey and
Fox 49750.

Prof. Fernald tells us that there were no specimens of this
entity in the Gray Herbarium from north of Georgia.

BREWERIA PICKERINGII (Torr.) Gray. New HANOVER Coun-
TY: sandhills between the Cape Fear and Northeast Cape Fear
Rivers, north of Wilmington, Godfrey, Wells and Beaman 50032,
August 25, 1949.

Typical Breweria Pickeringii has been known only from the
type-collection (see Fernald and Schubert, 1949) from dry sand,
Wilmington, N. C. This, then, constitutes rediscovery of the
plant in its type-locality after the lapse of 116 years. It is listed
by Woods & MeCarthy (1886).

PoLEMONIUM REPTANS L. Srokes County: bank of Town

Fork Creek, just s. of Walnut Cove, April 23, 1950, Fox, Godfrey
& Blomquist 3562.

The range given by Small (1933) includes North Carolina, but
we have seen no collections and only one record for the state,
that of Curtis (1867), for Haywood County. It is not included
by Blomquist and Oosting (1948) for the piedmont region, in
which physiographic province the above cited station is located.

SOLANUM GRACILE Link. PENDER County: depression behind
road in beach-dunes, 1 mile n. of New Topsail Beach, July 1,
1950, Fox & Boyce 3732; CanTERET County: depression between
sand-dunes, west of Salter Path on Bogue Bank, July 15, 1949,
Fox, Godfrey and Blomquist 2689; Hype County: Ocracoke
ten 23, 1938, Wells and Shelbourne 4766 (in U. S. Nat.
Herb.).

This species was apparently first recorded for this state by
Lewis (1917) from Shackleford Bank, Carteret County. Small
(1933) extends the range into the state “near the coast," but as
far as we have been able to determine, there are no other records
for North Carolina.

1950] Fox, Godfrey and Blomquist,—North Carolina Plants 269

SALPICHROA RHOMBOIDEA Miers (Perizoma rhomboidea (Hook.)
Small.) CARTERET County: roadside near sound, Morehead
City, May 3, 1941, Whitford; by Beaufort Channel, Beaufort,
July 25, 1946, Rogers & Blomquist 3186 (in herb. Duke); abundant
on the waterfront in Morehead City, August 3, 1949, Godfrey
49770.

Small (1933) gives only “waste places, Fla." for this South
American plant. It is apparently well established in Beaufort
and Morehead City.

BUCHNERA FLORIDANA Gandoger. Waxe County: railroad
savanna, just east of Durham-Wake County line, north of
Morrisville, along U. S. Rt. 70A, July 13, 1949, Godfrey 49516.

Small (1933) gives a range which includes only the coastal
plain of North Carolina, and Blomquist and Oosting (1948) do
not include this species as a part of the piedmont flora. The
above locality is definitely in the lower piedmont.

PEDICULARIS CANADENSIS L. ONsLow County: part-time
swamp, near Comfort fire-tower, Hofmann Forest, April 5, 1948,
Boyce & Woods 606; CoLtumspus County: locally abundant in
burned, disturbed savanna, near Old Dock, May 13, 1950,
Godfrey & Wiebe 50371; JonNsrToN County: marsh, near Prince-
ton, April 16, 1936, Gladys E. Mitchell (in herb. Duke).

Curtis (1867) puts this species in ‘‘All the Districts," and
Croom (1837) lists it for New Bern, but since the above-listed
collections are the only ones we have seen from the coastal plain,
we feel it worthwhile to list them.

JusTICIA OVATA (Walt.) Lindau (J. humilis Michx.). Coruw-
BUS County: drainage-ditch, east of Hallsboro, July 4, 1927,
Wiegand & Manning 2917 (in Gray Herb.); edge of swamp,
moist soil, northwest side of Lake Waccamaw, May 15, 1950,
Blomquist 15006 (in herb. Duke); New Hanover County:
Wilmington, M. A. Curtis (in Gray Herb.); PENpER County:
June 7-12, 1899, W. W. Ashe (in herb. U. N. C.); ONSLow
County: low, swampy ground on Southwest Creek, near U. S.
Rt. 17, 41% miles s. of Jacksonville, June 30, 1950, Fox & Boyce
3719; CRAVEN County: palmetto-swamp near Vanceboro, July
28, 1923, E. J. Alexander (in herb. U. N. C.); GREENE COUNTY:
swamp bordering stream, July 8, 1922, L. F. & Fannie R.
Randolph 706 (in Gray Herb.); in woods, river bottom along the
Contentnea River, near Snow Hill, June 21, 1935, Correll 1334
(in Nat. Arb. Herb.).

270 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Small (1933) gives the range as “Fla. to Texas and Va."
Croom & Loomis (1833) and Croom (1837) list it for the New
Bern area, Curtis (1835) for Wilmington, and Curtis (1867) lists
it for *LOW. DIST." (as Dianthera ovata Walt.), but due to the
paucity of collections from North Carolina in the herbaria in the
state and to the lack of modern published records for the state,
we feel it worthwhile to record the above collections here.

PunvMA LEPTrOsTACHYA L. Craven County: wooded bluff,

Flanner Beach, on Neuse River, 10 miles below New Bern, July
14, 1949, Godfrey & Fox 49544.

'This is the only collection from the North Carolina coastal
plain of which we are aware. Fernald (RHoporaA 37: 442-443.
1935) has described a variety of this species, var. confertifolia,
which differs in having the internodes shortened so that the
leaves appear subverticillate and in having less pubescent stems
and blunter leaf-tips. He says that no typical P. Leptostachya
was seen on the coastal plain of Virginia.‘ Plants of our collec-
tion have no internodes less than 2 cm. long, some were 8-11 cm.
long, and we can see no substantial difference in pubescence and
leaf apex between our specimens and several collections from the
piedmont region.

GALIUM UNIFLORUM Michx. HERTFORD County: pine-woods,
Bigwoods Experimental Forest, August 26, 1948, Moreland and
Woods BW117.

The range given by Small (1933) is “Fla. to Tex. and 8. C."
This species was reported for Princess Anne Co., Va., by Fernald
(RnoponaA 37: 446. 1935), extending its range from South Caro-
lina, but this is apparently the first report for North Carolina.
There are several collections from southeastern Virginia in the
Gray Herbarium.

DIVISION or BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES: BOTANY,
NORTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE,

Raleigh, North Carolina

and
DEPARTMENT OF BoTANY,

DUKE UNIVERSITY,

Durham, North Carolina

*Before his death Professor Fernald had informed us that subsequently typical Phryma
Leptostachya was found in three counties on the coastal plain of southeastern Virginia.

1950] Fox, Godfrey and Blomquist,—North Carolina Plants 271

LITERATURE CITED

BARKSDALE, LANE. 1938. The Pedicellate Species of Trillium found in the
Southern V ere ora Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 54: 271-296.

BrLowquisr, H. L. 1934. The Ferns of North Carolina. Duke University
Press, Durham, North Carolina.

BLowquisr, H. L. 1948. The Grasses of North Carolina. Duke University
Press, Durham, North Carolina.

BroMquisr. H. L., ANp D. S. CORRELL. 1940. A County Check List of
North Carolina Ferns and Fern Allies. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc.
56: 63-105.

BrLowqQuisr, H. L., anb H. J. Oostina. 1948. A Guide to the Spring and
Early Summer Flora of the Piedmont, North Carolina, Fourth Revised
Edition. Published by the Authors. Durham, North Carolina.

Coxer, W. C., and H. R. Torren. 1945. Trees of the Southeastern States,
3rd Edition. University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill.

Croom, H. B. 1837. A Catalogue of Plants, Native and Naturalized, in
the Vicinity of New Bern, North Carolina; with Remarks and Synonyms.
G. P. Scott and Co., Printers, New York.

Croom, H. B., anb H. Loomis. 1833. Catalogue of Plants Observed in the
oe of New Bern, North Carolina. Spectator Office, New

ern.

Curtis, M. A. 1835 (communicated September 3, 1834). A Catalogue of
Plants Growing Spontaneously Around Wilmington, North Carolina,
with Remarks on New and Obscure Species. Boston Jour. Nat. Hist.
1: 82-141.

Curtis, M. A. 1860. The Woody Plants of the State, with Descriptions of
the Trees, Shrubs, and Woody Vines. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of
North Carolina, Part III—Botany. Raleigh.

Curtis, M. A. 1867. Botany; Containing a Catalogue of the Indigenous
and Naturalized Plants of the State. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey of
North Carolina, Part III. Raleigh.

Fox, W. B. anp R. K. GoprnEvy. 1949. Notes on Distribution of North
Carolina Plants—I. Ruopona 51: 129-146.

GALE, SHIRLEY. 1944. Rhynchospora, section Eurhynchospora, in Canada,
the United States, and the West Indies. RHODORA 46.

Hircucock, A. S. 1935. Manual of the Grasses of the United States.
U. S. D. A. Misc. Publ. No. 200. Washington.

Lewis, I. F. 1917. The Vegetation of Shackleford Bank. N. C. Geol. and
Economic Survey, Economic Paper No. 46. Raleigh.

MACKENZIE, K. K. 1940. North American Cariceae. The New York
Botanical Garden, New York.

PEATTIE, D. C. 1927. Trillium in North and South Carolina. Jour.
Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 42: 193-2006.

QUARTERMAN, E. AND C. KEEVER. 1947. A Summer Check List of the
Vascular Plants of the Highlands Region. Highlands Museum and Biol.
Lab. Publ. No. 6, Highlands, North Carolina.

SMaLL, J. K. 1933. Manual of the Southeastern Flora. Published by the
Author. New York.

Woop, T. anb G. McCarthy. 1886. Wilmington Flora; a List of Plants
Growing at Wilmington, N. C., with Date of Flowering, with Map of
New Hanover County. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 3: 77-141.

272 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

WHY SO MANY CARELESS BOOKS ON TREES
AND OTHER PLANTS?

M. L. FERNALD

EVERYONE is interested in trees. The poet and sentimental
writer adore them; but we do not expect precision from them,
and their ebullitions should not be looked upon either as science
or as factual. Science aims, at least, at the truth and its un-
ravelling, and the student of so-called applied science professes to
have a similar standard, tempered by the practical. I have more
than once risked my peace of mind by publishing criticisms of
some of the books on trees or other plants, and have been very
obviously disliked by the authors for so doing. But still the
trees are a tempting subject, both for those who admit that, for
dramatie effect, they alter the facts, and by others who seem to
be stating facts but who, obviously, have done altogether too
little verifieation from the more exact and less spectacular
sources which are available.

The special volume which has just come to hand and which is
bound to puzzle those who have a fuller knowledge of the ranges
of our trees, is a very attractive book with abundant and mostly
well exeeuted drawings of distinctive parts of our trees, and
abundant and too often misleading maps of their supposed ranges.
This is North American Trees by Richard J. Preston.! As said,
the illustrations are mostly to be praised, some by artists specially
employed for this work, some borrowed from other publications.
My trouble is chiefly with the maps. The first map in the book,
“Forest Regions and principal types of Forest in the United States,"
at once makes some of us gasp. As one born in the “‘Pine-tree
State," named for the White Pine, Pinus Strobus, for two cen-
turies and more considered the most important timber-tree of
New England, New York and adjacent Canada, it comes as a
shock to see among the “Principal types of forest" that the
“White, red and jack pine" “type” is restricted to northern
Minnesota and areas in Wisconsin and Michigan. In New
England and eastern Canada Pinus Strobus is a tree usually of

1 RICHARD J. Preston. North American Trees. 371 + lv pp., 160 plates. Iowa
State College Press.

1950] Fernald,—Books on Trees and Other Plants 273

good soil, P. resinosa of dry and siliceous soil, and P. Banksiana
(Jack-Pine) of the most hopelessly barren soil There they
rarely if ever mingle. The map (p. 8) showing EAsTERN WHITE
PINE, indicates it as extending across the area where it was so
long considered the only timber tree of value. Newfoundland
is left blank, but could have been dotted.

It is the maps of ranges of many of the individual species which
will cause the local and competent authorities on special states or
adjacent provinces to wonder. Passing the Spruces and the
Larches for the moment, we will start with the BALSAM-FIR,
Abies balsamea. All New England and New York (including
Long Island) are dotted, but if the Fir oecurs in southeastern
New York south of the higher Catskill Mts., on Long Island, in
southern or eastern Massachusetts (except in the northeastern
corner of the state), it must have been planted.

Similarly, the NorrHern WnurrE Cepar, Thuja occidentalis, is
shown as covering all Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New England
and Nova Scotia. In 1919, however, in a somewhat detailed
study?, of the occurrence of that species, I wrote:

"In Massachusetts Thuja occidentalis is confined to the calcareous upper
Connecticut Valley and to the Stockbridge limestone region of Berkshire
County.

"In Connecticut it is indigenous only in the limestone region of northern
Litchfield county: ‘Canaan, on a limestone ridge and in a near-by swamp
(C. K. Averill), Salisbury, rocky hillside and at another locality in a deep
swamp (Mrs. C. S. Phelps).

"In southern New York Thuja occidentalis was formerly known on the
lower Hudson: ‘At Verplanck's Point . . . on . . . fine bluffs of pala-
cozoic limestone,’ where it was associated with other calcicoles, Anemone
canadense, Arenaria stricta, Arabis lyrata, etc.; and at other stations lower
down the Hudson (now presumably extinet).

"In New Jersey the only authentic records are from the lower Hudson,
the old records from farther west, having been doubted. In other words,
in Connecticut and southeastern New York and adjacent New Jersey
Thuja occidentalis occurs only in the localities indicated so clearly on
Dana's map of limestone areas of the region (including the Palisade trap
range), or as Dana concisely defines it ‘the belts of limestone . . . which
extend southward in eastern New York and from Canaan and Salisbury
in Connecticut’ (In Connecticut Thuja is known only from Canaan and
Salisbury !).

"In Pennsylvania, according to Porter, Thuja is ‘Generally escaped
from cultivation, but not definitely known in the native state’; and Long
likewise emphasizes that the tree ‘appears to be quite unknown in a
native state in the wide mountain area of Pennsylvania '."

? Fernald, Lithological Factors limiting the Ranges of Pinus Banksiana and Thuja
occidentalis, RHODORA, xxi. 42-67 (1919)— Contrib. Gray Herb. n. s. no. LVIII.

274 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

Subsequently, I am informed, Thuja has been found as a
native along the mountains of Pennsylvania but that hardly
justifies the impression that it covers the state. At the same
time (map, l. e. p. 45) I showed its occurrence over a large area
west of Hudson Bay; and its extreme localization in Nova Scotia
is well known.

Juniperus virginiana, EASTERN RED CEDAR, appears from the
map (p. 108) to extend northeastward along coastwise Maine into
southern New Brunswick and the length of mainland Nova
Scotia. But neither the Nova Scotian botanists nor those of
New Brunswick know of it in their provinces, and in Maine it is
confined to the southwestern corner of the state. Similarly, the
maps show as Nova Scotians some other species which were un-
known to Dr. Roland when he published his Flora of Nova Scotia
in 1944: such species as Salix nigra, Quercus macrocarpa and
Tilia americana, for example.

Many other mapped ranges in the Northeast are even more
misleading. For the sake of simplicity, these will be noted in
their order in the new book, although I am omitting mention of
various native trees which are not included by the author.

Eastern Corronwoop, Populus deltoides. The map (p. 124)
shows a conspicuous blank extending from northeastern New
York to Lake Ontario, thence southward across central Pennsyl-
vania and all the region eastward. Had its author consulted
House’s Annotated List of Ferns and Flowering Plants of New
York he could have read: ‘‘Frequently or locally abundant across
the State from Lake Champlain west to Jefferson county (out-
side of the Adirondacks), Lake Ontario and Lake Erie. In-
creasingly common southward and westward, especially along the
larger streams and river valleys."

Brack WALNUT, Juglans nigra, is shown as having its north-
eastern limit extending from eastern Massachusetts across south-
western New Hampshire and southern Vermont to northeastern
New York and thence westward and southward; but it is cer-
tainly not native in central and eastern Massachusetts and the
acute botanists of Connecticut say: “derived from planted trees"
but *Probably native at North Canaan" (in the northwestern
corner of the state and near its native stations in extreme western
Massachusetts). For New York House says: “northward to

1950] Fernald,—Books on Trees and Other Plants 215

Rensselaer, Washington and Saratoga counties, the Mohawk
valley, Lewis and Jefferson counties and westward to Lake Erie.
Rare in the Chemung and Tioga regions." That clips off much
of northeastern New York.

Carya. Three species are mapped as extending into Maine.
Hyland and Steinmetz, Woody Pl. Me., consider only one of them
indigenous, the others planted from outside the state.

River-Bircu, Betula nigra. The map shows a broad north-
eastern tongue extending from southwestern Connecticut to
northwestern Massachusetts, thence, by way of central Connec-
ticut, Massachusetts and southwestern New Hampshire, into the
eastern half of the latter state. This is very misleading. There
is no evidence of it in western and central Massachusetts nor in
western New Hampshire. Its localization in New England is at
the southwestern corner of Connecticut and (about 150 miles
away) in northeastern Massachusetts and adjacent southeastern
New Hampshire!

Gray Bircu, Betula populifolia. The northeastern portion of
the map (p. 152) northeastward from a line extending from
Prince Edward Island to the region of Montreal, seems to extend
the species far outside its true range. There is certainly none of
it on the Gaspé Peninsula, but its place is there taken by the
technically very different B. caerulea-grandis Blanchard’, un-
known to the writer of the new book.

Quercus. The northern range of Q. alba stops, so far as we
know, in central Maine; it does not extend, as indicated on the
map, into New Brunswick. Q. stellata is made to occur all over
Massachusetts. Actually its northeastern limit is on Cape Cod.

WITCH-HAZEL, Hamamelis virginiana. The map shows it
covering not only the Gaspé Peninsula of Quebec, where it does
not occur, but extending out the North Shore (Céte Nord) to a
point opposite the western end of Anticosti Island. Victorin,
Fl. Laurent., gives its eastern limit in Quebec as the Isle of
Orleans, more than 350 miles southwest of the unfortunately
mapped northeastern limit.

AMERICAN MouNTAIN-ASH, Sorbus americana. The map (p.
248) shows the northern limit of this really very distinct species
to extend in a regular arc from southeastern Labrador to north-

3 For discussion of this species see Fernald in RHODORA, xx. 171-173 (1922).

276 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

western British Columbia, its southern limits in the West to be
in New Mexico, Arizona and southern California. For a tree
that is a most extraordinary range. Apparently the Synopsis
of the North American Species of Sorbus by Dr. G. N. Jones in
Journ. Arn. Arb. xx. 1-43 (1939) did not influence the author.
Jones correctly gives the range of S. americana as “Newfoundland
to northeastern Minnesota, southward across northern Illinois to
eastern Tennessee and North Carolina". But Preston's range
extends it 400 miles north of the known northern limit of the
species and about 1700 miles northwest of the northwestern
limit and about the same distance to the west of the southern
limit in the Appalachian Mts. That would seem to be a big
enough error; but look at the illustration (p. 249). In his key
Preston correctly says “leaflets usually lanceolate and acumi-
nate”, but he (or his artist) shows short oblong-elliptic round-
tipped leaflets such as never occur in S. americana, but are
similar to those of the western S. scopulina Greene. Ho, hum!

Downy SERVICE-BERRY, Amelanchier arborea. Here, again,
though with mapped range only 700-800 miles out of the way,
the author of the new book has gone astray. I happen to know
A. arborea since, in Ruopora, xliii. 563, t. 672, fig. 2 (1941), I
pointed out the necessity to take up the name. A. arborea is a
tree occurring from northern Florida to Louisiana and eastern
Oklahoma, north to southwestern New Brunswick, southeastern
and central Maine, southwestern Quebec, southern Ontario,
northern Michigan and northeastern Minnesota. Its range was
correctly stated and a good map published in Dr. G. N. Jones’s
American Species of Amelanchier, Ill. Biol. Monog. xx. no. 2,
36-39, map 5 (1946). Nevertheless, true to form, the new map
shows it, incorrectly, extending to the extreme eastern corners of
Newfoundland and the southern parts of the Labrador Penin-
sula, 700 miles out of the way.

Brack HawrnonN, Crataegus Douglasii (p. 252) has its eastern
extension remarkably truncated at the western edge of Minne-
sota. In nature, however, it abounds in some areas of southern
Ontario and northern Michigan.

COMMON CHOKE-CHERRY, Prunus virginiana. Here the author
includes both the eastern and the western trees, about which
there may be a difference of judgment; but the eastern tree (or

1950] Fernald,—Books on Trees and Other Plants 277

shrub) surely does not occupy a full half of the Labrador Penin-
sula, as he indicates.

MouNTAIN WiNTERBERRY, Ilex montana, is a characteristic
upland species, occurring from western Massachusetts across
New York State, thence south on the uplands to Georgia, Ala-
bama and Tennessee. This chiefly montane range is not clearly
brought out by a map (p. 290), showing a solid broad band ex-
tending eastward to eastern Massachusetts, eastern Connecticut,
Long Island and the outermost coast from New Jersey to Georgia,
etc. The wholly appropriate specific name really gives a clue.

Wanoo or Burnina Buss, Euonymus atropurpureus. The
astonishing map shows a northeastern tongue stretching from
eastern New York across all of New England, except northern
Maine, and on into New Brunswick; the eastern limit south of
New York cutting across Pennsylvania to Ohio, thence south-
westward. Surely the species is not native in New Brunswick
nor New England, but it is certainly native in eastern Virginia.
Enough said.

One could go on and on with other maps which sadly ignore or
distort readily available facts, but my laments over the RepBup,
HoPrREE, STRIPED MAPLE, BLACK Asn, etc., would be much like
the others.

These are enough, however, to show that the author of the
very attractive new book has not very carefully scrutinized the
ranges, but the deferred Spruces and Larches should be noted.
The maps show the White Spruce, Picea glauca, and the Black
Spruce, P. mariana, as both extending solidly northward to
Cape Chidley (lat. 60° 33’), at the eastern entrance to Hudson
Bay; but, as long ago as 1896, the great Canadian explorer of the
Labrador Peninsula, Low,‘ pointed out that “The tree-line,"
after skirting Ungava Bay, “turns southeast, then southward
[not northeast, then northward] to the neighborhood of Hebron,
in latitude 58°”; and (pp. 34, 35) Low pointed out that on the
Labrador Peninsula the White Spruce falls far short of this
northern limit of trees. Cape Chidley, however, would seem
from the new book to be only a way-station in the northward
range of Conifers. Look on p. 44, where Tamarack, Larix
laricina, is imagined to extend way across to Baffin Island and

* A. P. Low, Geol. Surv. Can. Ann. Rep. n. s. viii. 31 L (1896).

278 Rhodora [NovEMBER

then north to the Arctic Circle! Polunin, in his Botany of the
Canadian Eastern Arctic, i. (including Cape Chidley) says (p. 39):
“Gymnospermae are unknown in our area", and nothing sug-
gesting a tree is known on Baffin Island!

I have, naturally, not checked on the regions with which I am
not somewhat acquainted or about which I have learned from
authoritative sources; but when I read, under the heading
“TropicaAL Forrest REGION," that "In . . . extreme southern
. . . California are forests made up largely of tropical species",
I naturally wonder and at once turn to Abrams's masterly
Phytogeographic and Taxonomic Study of the Southern California
Trees and Shrubs, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. vi. no. 21 (1910).
Abrams seems not to have realized that his flora was ''largely of
tropical species" and a check on the ranges of Mexican Pinaceae
recorded in Standley's Trees and Shrubs of Mexico shows only
one or two Californian species which push down to the Tropic of
Cancer and these only on the mountains, well above the tropical
zone. Simply because many typical plants of the eastern United
States are now being found on mountains of Mexico south of the
Tropie of Cancer, we do not call the Alleghenian forest a tropical
one. Along the eastern margin of the United States, particularly
on or near the Coastal Plain, at least 175 of the indigenous species
extend northward to Virginia, Delaware, New Jersey, Long
Island or southern New England (or even Nova Scotia) from the
West Indies, Mexieo or Central America. But we do not, on
this account, call the flora of the northeastern border of the
United States a really tropical one. There subarctic, Canadian,
north-temperate, western European, isolated south-temperate,
tropical and other elements more or less commingle, the result of
dramatie geographie changes in the topography and past con-
nections of the region. The geographic classification of the
floristic elements of this and most other large areas is not a simple
problem.

Chaney, who certainly knows the history of California trees,
places the presence of a subtropical forest in California at fifty
million years ago, not in present time: “A study of the history
of the earth and its life indicates that there has been a gradual
cooling and drying of the climate since the days, fifty million
years ago, when the redwood lived in Alaska and when a sub-

1950] Bryan,—Goodyera tesselata in Rhode Island 279

tropical forest covered California"—Chaney, Redwoods of the
Past, 4 (Pub. Save-the-Redwoods League, 1941). It hardly
seems possible that the recent statement started there.

Enough has been noted to make evident the need for much
greater care and scrupulous checking before attempting to in-
struct a public, which does not know accuracy from inaccuracy.
The attractive book, which by the mere chance that a copy of
it suddenly appeared on the table near me, is as good an example
as are some other grossly inaccurate ones which are in vogue as
authoritative books on phytogeography. This severe criticism
is made in all friendliness, and, if a new edition is ever called for,
it is to be hoped that it will be prepared with more attention to
the actual ranges of the trees discussed.

RHODODENDRON MAXIMUM AT MEDFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS.—
In July 1950, I visited the Rhododendron Reservation in Med-
field, Massachusetts, and found that conditions there had greatly
improved and that the shrubs had spread and were flowering
very well.

The Trustees decided there was too much water in the swamp,
and drained off the surplus. It also seemed that the shade was
too dense, so a number of trees were removed to let in more light,
but not too much. As a result of these corrections the shrubs
seem to have taken on new life and bid fair to rival the station
at Fitzwilliam, N. H.—CranEeNcE H. Knowtron, Hingham,
Massachusetts.

GOODYERA TESSELATA IN RHODE IsLAND.— The early lists of
New England plants mention Goodyera repens as occurring in the
State of Rhode Island, but make no mention of the occurrence
of G. tesselata in this State.

Before the destructive hurricane of 1938, I found in Rhode
Island two flourishing colonies of a Rattlesnake-plantain whose
flower-stalks were small and slender, averaging about 6" tall, and
all without exception with distinctly one-sided racemes. Both
colonies were growing under pines in rather damp situations. I
believed these to be Goodyera repens. The hurricane and sub-
sequent clearing up of damaged trees completely obliterated both

280 Rhodora [NOVEMBER

colonies, so that for several years I knew of no Goodyera in Rhode
Island, except the rather common G. pubescens.

However, in the early fall of 1948, Mr. John B. Hudson found
a colony of Goodyera plants, obviously not pubescens, growing in
moist woods under hemlocks in the town of Glocester, R. I., and
we later visited the colony together. At first we both assumed
them to be G. repens, but when we found rather thick-stemmed
plants 10" or more in height and with the flower-raceme cylin-
drieal, we began to suspect that some, at least, of the plants
might be G. tesselata.

We, therefore, on August 12, 1950, collected two specimens, both
in fruit, one with a cylindrical raceme and the other with a one-
sided raceme, and I took both to Dr. Fernald, at the Gray Her-
barium, for a positive identification. Dr. Fernald identified both
as G. tesselata, but suspected that there may have been some
hybridizing with G. pubescens, which is frequent in the same
woods.

Dr. Fernald believes that the plant which in the early records
was called G. repens was the plant which is now called G. tesselata.
Some of these records were made before tesselata was recognized
with us as a species, that is, when only pubescens and repens were
being recognized, so that a plant which was clearly not pubescens
must have been considered to be repens.

It appears likely that the smaller plants with one-sided flower-
racemes which were destroyed by the 1938 hurricane were really
small specimens of G. tesselata. It is doubtful that repens has
ever been found in Rhode Island.—CnannEs S. Bryan, Provi-
dence 6, R. I.

MISPRINTS AND OTHER TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS IN GRAY’S
MaNvAL.— Those who detect misprints, wrong letters, omissions
from indices, ete. in the 8th edition of Gray's Manual will confer
a favor by calling them to the attention of the Director of the
Gray Herbarium, that the more serious errors may be corrected
in the second printing. Omissions of species, ete. will be
assembled toward a later series of Addenda.—Send corrections
to the Gray Herbarium, 79 Garden Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.

Volume 52, no. 622, including pages 229—252, was issued 18 October, 1950.

Hovova

JOURNAL OF THE

NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Conducted and published for the Club, by
REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief

ALBERT FREDERICK HILL

STUART KIMBALL HARRIS

RALPH CARLETON BEAN Associate Editors
RICHARD ALDEN HOWARD

CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR.

Vol. 52. December, 1950. No. 624.
CONTENTS:
On the Application of the Name Arnica Lessingii (Torrey &
Gray) Greene. Bassett Maguire. ... lees 281
Arnica mollis and A. lanceolata. M. L. Fernald. .............. 284
Extension of Solidago erecta. Frank C. Seymour. ............. 288
Deep-Freezing Flowers for Laboratory Instruction in Systematic
BHoteny a Recd O UONE: ES... De LR ONIS 289
New Plastic Aid in Mounting Herbarium Specimens.
D. Oe Arnher. ............... cocco San o» A ecu 298
Dalea alopecuroides on Plum Island, Essex County, Massachusetts.
QOEM TM NT LI erae oris Pide a es 299
IIBÍA 1... cum ae inva c os ces 0st bo ens Cae e EE E 300
Index to volume 52 erroe nev tints sr ee a ee ee 301

The New England Botanical Club, Ine.

8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa.
Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the
flora of the Gray’s Manual Range and regions floristically related.
Price, $4.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in
United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not
more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 40 cents, numbers of more
than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate mostly at higher
prices (see 3rd cover-page). Back volumes can be supplied at
$4.00. Some single numbers from these volumes can be sup-
plied only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Somewhat
reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on application to
Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in-
directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered
for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal
permits. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver’s
blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be
closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than
two pages of print) will receive 15 copies of the issue in which their
contributions appear, if they request them when returning proof.
Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.

Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins,

Gray Herbarium, 79 Garden Street, Cambridge 38, Mass.
Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to
Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical

Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass.

Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at
Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY

Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications
EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM

No. 36. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xliv. 563-637. 1909.
1. Synopsis of the Mexican and Central American Species of Castilleja.
By A. Eastwood.
A Revision of the Genus Rumfordia. By B. L. Robinson.
. A Synopsis of the American Species of Litsea. By H. H. Bartlett.
Some Undescribed Species of Mexican Phanerogams. By A. Eastwood.
Notes on Mexican and Central American Alders. By H. H. Bartlett.
. Diagnoses and Transfers of Tropical American Phanerogams. By
. L. Robinson.
. The Purple-flowered Androcerae of Mexico and the Southern United
States. By H. H. Bartlett.
8. Descriptions of Mexican Phanerogams. By H. H. Bartlett. ...... $ .50
No. 37. Reprinted from Proc. Boston Society Natural History, xxxiv. 163-312. 1909.
Flora of the Islands of Margarita and Coche, Venezuela. With 8
plates. -r John Robert JOHN. oe is eco ences tha atero $1.25
No. 42. Reprinted from Proc. Am. Acad. xlix. 429-517. 1913.
1.A Key to the Genera of the Compositae-Eupatorieae. By B. L.
Robinson.
2. Revisions of Alomia, Ageratum and Oxylobus. By B. L. Robinson.
3. Some Combinations required by the International Rules. By C. A.
Weatherby.
4. On the Gramineae collected by Prof. Morton E. Peck in British Hon-
duras, 1905-1907. By F. Tracy Hubbard.
5. Diagnoses and Transfers among the Spermatophytes.
EP Jh DL. L12.errobkoeqéeakraVaPeorasusuecUsaqui? tensor $.75

Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass.

N Seeger

Rhodora

JOURNAL OF

THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB

Vol. 52. December, 1950 No. 624

ON THE APPLICATION OF THE NAME ARNICA
LESSINGII (TORREY & GRAY) GREENE

BASSETT MAGUIRE

THERE has come to my attention only recently a paper! on
Canadian plants by Dr. Boivin in which he discusses Arnica
Lessingii (Torr. & Gray) Greene. Unfortunately, Dr. Boivin has
been led into an error of interpretation, no doubt as a result of
one of citation made by me in my monograph of the genus.?
Not only has Dr. Boivin misapplied the name Arnica Lessingii
(Torr. & Gray) Greene, displacing this binomial by the otherwise
properly applied Arnica louiseana Farr ssp. frigida (Meyer ex
Iljin) Maguire (l. c. p. 209), but he has unwittingly proposed a
new name Arnica Porsildiorum Boivin (l. c. p. 210) for the valid
and correctly assigned Arnica Lessingii; thereby he adds one
more hyponym to the distressingly long list in the genus Arnica,
and further compounds the original error.

First of all (as all contemporary students of the genus have
recognized), two distinct species are involved, both of trans-
Bering distribution. Arnica lowiseana, in Alaska the ssp.
frigida, is a beautiful plant with large usually solitary and usually
gracefully nodding heads, dense yellowish pilose subinvolucral
pubescence, and yellow anthers. It belongs to the subgen.
Arctica and is most closely related to A. alpina (L.) Olin. The
second, Arnica Lessingii, also an attractive plant, is much less
conspicuously pubescent, and has smaller sharply and stiffly

1 Boivin, Bernard, Centurie de Plantes Canadiennes. Nat. Canad. 75: 202-227.
1948.

2 Maguire, Bassett. A Monograph of the Genus Arnica. Brittonia 4: 386—510.
1943.

282 Rhodora [DECEMBER

nutant heads, and purple-black anthers. This species belongs to
the subgen. Andropurpurea, and is probably most closely related
to A. unalaschcensis Less.

I agree entirely with Boivin that Greene clearly intended to
make the transfer, or more accurately to elevate the status of
Torrey and Gray’s 8 Lessingii to specific rank; that he did so
validly; and that it was not his intent to propose à new species
(although most specimens annotated in Greene’s hand as A.
Lessingii are actually A. louiseana frigida, which at that time had
no valid name).

The simple answer to the confusion so needlessly set off by me
lies in the typification of the basonym Lessingii. The type is at
the New York Botanical Garden. It consists of the single well-
preserved specimen with a sharply and stiffly nutant head and
purple-black anthers. The label bearing the printed designation
“Torr, & Gray, Flora N. Amer." is annotated in Torrey’s hand,
“A, angustifolia 8 Lessingii". "Thus, the type of A. angustifolia
B Lessingii Torr. & Gray is definitely fixed and, it follows likewise,
the type of A. Lessingii (Torr. & Gray) Greene. So, then also
the application of the binomial Arnica Lessingit is definitely
affixed to the clear-cut trans-Bering species with naked rhizomes,
sharply nodding heads, and purple anthers.

Torrey and Gray (l. c. 1843) had misinterpreted A. alpina
Lessing (which is A. louiseana frigida) and erroneously associated
their 8 Lessingii with it, but at the same time had properly
characterized their variety as having ‘anthers blackish,” as
indeed they are! Gray (l. c. 1884), probably lacking the type,
which is at the New York Botanical Garden, not only erroneously
transferred var. Lessingii to A. alpina var. Lessingit, but like-
wise characterized the anthers incorrectly as “not blackish.”
Obviously, he was not dealing with the population with black
anthers. Greene (l. c. 1900) validly effected the nomenclatural
transfer, whether or not under misinterpretation of specimens.
Iljin (l. c. 1926) interpreted A. Lessingii (Torr. & Gray) Greene
correctly, as did Rydberg (l. c. 1927), Hultén (l. c. 1937) and
Maguire (l. e. 1943). However, Rydberg to some extent con-
fused the synonymy by assigning A. alpina var. Lessingii Gray
“in part" to A. Lessingii (Torr. & Gray) Greene, and “mainly”
to A. Sancti-Laurentii Rydb. (— A. louiseana ssp. frigida).

1950] Maguire,— The Name Arnica Lessingii 283

Maguire further confused the synonymy by erroneously assigning
Arnica angustifolia B Lessingii Torr. & Gray to Arnica louiseana
ssp. frigida, while at the same time correctly assigning Arnica
alpina var. Lessingii Gray to that entity. My bracketing to-
gether the citation of these two distinct entities in the synonymy
of Arnica louiseana ssp. frigida, is a lapsus that I cannot explain.

Boivin (l. c. 1948) misinterpreted Arnica Lessingit (as a result,
no doubt, of my error of citation), applying the name to plants
that properly come under the trinomial Arnica louiseana ssp.
frigida; and proposed the hyponym Arnica Porsildiorum Boivin
for properly applied Arnica Lessingii (Torr. & Gray) Greene.

The correct names, proper authorities, and pertinent synonymy
for the two species discussed are as follows:

ARNICA LOUISEANA Farr subsp. frigida (Meyer ex Iljin) Maguire,
Madroño 6: 153. 1942. A. alpina Less. Linnaea 6: 233. 1831; Herder,
Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 40: 423. 1867. Not (L.) Olin, Diss. 11. 1799. A.
alpina var. Lessingii Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1°: 383. 1884, not A. angusti-
folia 8 Lessingii Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 2:449. 1843. A. nutans Rydb.
N. Am. Fl. 34: 328, 1927. A. Sancti- Laurentii Rydb. N. Am. Fl. 34: 328.
1927. A. brevifolia Rydb. N. Am. Fl. 34: 329. 1927. A. Mendenhallii
Rydb. N. Am. Fl. 34: 329. 1927. A. Illiamnae Rydb. N. Am. FI. 34: 331.
1927. A. Lessingii Boivin, Nat. Canad. 75: 209. 1948, not A. Lessingii
(Torr. & Gray) Greene, Pittonia 4: 167. 1900.

Tyre: J. F. G. Eschscholtz, St. Lawrence Bay (and Eschscholtz Bay),
1815-18, Herb. Meyer. Leningrad. Type of A. frigida Meyer ex Iljin.

Arnica Lessinau (Torr. & Gray) Greene, Pittonia 4: 167. 1900. A.
montana 8 angustifolia Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 330, in part, 1833. A. an-
gustifolia B Lessingti Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 2: 449. 1843, not A. alpina
var. Lessingii Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1°: 383. 1884. A. obtusifolia Torr.
& Gray, Fl. N. Am. 2: 451. 1843, not A. obtusifolia Less. Linnaea 6: 236.
1831. A. obtusifolia var. acuta Raup, Contr. Arnold Arb. 6: 213. 1934.
A. Porsildiorum Boivin, Nat. Canad. 75: 210. 1948.

Type: Captain Mulgrave, Kotzebue’s Sound, sine no. New York
Botanical Garden. Not at the Greene Herbarium as suggested by
Maguire (l. c. p. 488)?

Ture New York BOTANICAL GARDEN

3A CORRECTION IN TERMINOLOG Y —It is desirable at the same time to call
attention to an additional error, one in terminology, made by me in my monograph
of the genus Arnica (MaaurinE, Bassett. Brittonia 4: 386-510. 1943). On page
400 I offered the following definition: ‘‘The periclinium begins at the point of insens-
ible transition of peduncle into capitulum and terminates at the base of the involucral
bracts.” This usage was incorrectly attributed to Cavillier in his study of the
genus Doronicum (CavinrrER, F. Ann. Cons. Jard. Genève 14: 215 and pl. 4. 1910).
Cavillier properly used the term in its traditional and etymologically correct sense to
indicate the involucre.

The term hypocephalum does accurately designate this region of such taxonomic
importance in Arnica and other Compositae. It should so be read in all instances
where I have used the term periclinium.—B. M.

284 Rhodora [DECEMBER

ARNICA MOLLIS AND A. LANCEOLATA
M. L. FERNALD

BEING asked why, in the 8th edition of Gray's Manual (1950),
I do not maintain the eastern Arnica lanceolata Nutt. as distinct
from the cordilleran A. mollis Hook., I am presenting a some-
what detailed reply.

Although most students of the group have found no funda-
mental specific characters to distinguish the more common
Arnica of eastern Canada, northern New England and north-
eastern New York from the cordilleran A. mollis Hook., Dr.
Bassett Maguire in his Monograph of the Genus Arnica in Brit-
tonia, iv. no. 3 (1943), especially on pp. 471, 474 and 475 and
471—481, keeps them apart as wholly satisfactory species. This
is the more striking since he sees only subspecies, varieties, races,
etc., in other localized plants of Newfoundland and the Gaspé
region which have far more stability than does A. lanceolata
Nutt., reputedly strictly eastern representative of the supposedly
strictly western A. mollis. At two different times in the past I
have published my conclusion, based on a stack of herbarium-
sheets which closely crowd two standard pigeon-holes; but, in
view of the seeming conclusiveness of Maguire's treatment, we
find eastern botanists calling the plant of Quebec, New Bruns-
wick and New England A. lanceolata. To this group I do not
belong.

In Maguire’s key (his p. 471) we get the two elements sepa-
rated as follows:

A, Cauline leaves 4-10 pairs (rarely only 3, and then the peri-
clinium not long-stipitate-glandular), coarsely serrate, or serrate-
dentate.
B. Periclinium long-stipitate-glandular
Cauline leaves 5-10 pairs (rarely only 3-4); heads 5-9
(rarely 1-3); plants of western North America. .23. A. amplezicaulis.
C. Cauline leaves 4 or only 3 pairs (rarely 5); heads 1-3
(rarely 5); plants of northeastern North America....25. A. lanceolata.

e >o 9 9 c5 c 9 o o o o o > >o > à > > ù à» ^» è o o o o o o

C. Immature heads erect, lower portion of stem and
leaves not lanate-pilose; pappus tawny, mostly plumose,
the setae 0.3 (0.24)-0.45 (0.6) mm. long.............. 26. A. mollis.

1950] Fernald,—Arnica mollis and A. lanceolata 285

Noting that the last “C” is in contrast with Arnica Parryi,
not with no. 24, A. lanceolata, we are left, as the key-differences
between the “northeastern” A. lanceolata and the western A.
mollis:

Cauline leaves 4 or only 3 pairs (rarely 5) and if only 3, then

the periclinium not long-stipitate-glandular, the leaves

coarsely serrate of serrate-dentate; heads 1-3 (rarely 5).... A. lanceolata.
Cauline leaves 3 pairs (rarely 4), denticulate, seldom serrate;

periclinium long-stipitate-glandular........................ A. mollis.

Now Nuttall’s original description of A. lanceolata said “stem
leaves about three pairs, semiamplexicaule." In a subcespitose
or closely tufted plant it is difficult to say just what have been
counted as cauline leaves, for very often the definitely petioled
leaves extend well up the stem, while in the minor A. mollis, var.
petiolaris Fern. of relatively low altitudes in New England and
eastern Canada, nearly all the cauline leaves taper at base to
petioles; 2 or 3 pairs of cauline leaves are the rule in the eastern
plant; 1, 4 or 5 very exceptional. Surely, however, the individ-
uals with 3 pairs have just as many stipitate glands on the
involucre as do the others. The character “heads 1-3 (rarely 5)"
would give a more accurate picture of the eastern plant if the
parenthetical phrase read (rarely —9). The great majority of
flowering stems of the eastern plant have 1 or 3 heads, those in
the Gray Herbarium giving the following percentages: 1 head,
37%; 2 heads, 12%; 3 heads, 4395; with 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 making
up meagre portions of the remaining 895. In the fuller account,
p. 477, the number of heads of the western A. mollis 1s given as
“1-3 (5)", exactly as for the eastern A. lanceolata; and, although
from the key one gathers that plants of A. lanceolata with pairs
of cauline leaves “only 3 [a common number]" have “the peri-
clinium not long-stipitate-glandular", the full description (p. 475)
clearly says of it ‘‘periclinium obviously long-stipitate-glandular.”’
Thus one becomes quite perplexed and resorts to leaf-outline,
toothing and other characters. Any variation of leaf-outline
and toothing in the leaves of A. mollis can be promptly matched
by those of A. lanceolata; so can the involucres, both in shape and
size, and the achenes.

After a third study of the two isolated branches of Arn?ca
mollis, I find myself as incapable as heretofore of seeing two
species in it.

286 Rhodora [DECEMBER

In its segregation into two areas, one in western, the other in
eastern North America (especially in southeastern Canada or the
adjacent northeastern United States) it becomes a member of a
very large group of species with similarly disrupted range. "They
were long ago isolated by the development of the arid Great
Plains, the aridity and the increased alkalinity of the standing
waters evidently excluding many of the terrestrial and most of the
aquatic species of the two relict areas. In view of his well known
tendency to "split" whenever possible, it is significant that
Rydberg treated as identical such western and eastern groups of
many bicentrie species: for instance, Potamogeton Robbinsii, P.
obtusifolius, P. amplifolius, P. epihydrus, Najas flexilis, Scirpus
subterminalis, S. heterochaetus, Habenaria unalascensis (Piperia),
Goodyera oblongifolia (G. decipiens), Corallorhiza striata, Arenaria
macrophylla (Moehringia), Cerastium beeringianum, Parnassia
Kotzebuet, Dryas Drummondii, Oxytropis foliolosa, Hedysarum
Mackenzii, Osmorhiza obtusa, Vaccinium ovalifolium, Lonicera
involucrata, etc., ete. These and Arnica mollis belong in the
same geographically disrupted group.

But how different would seem to have been Rydberg’s work
on Arnica! Of 43 species of Arnica described or named by him
42 are reduced to outright synonymy by Maguire. Of the value
of such wholesale reduction I am not in a position to judge.
Both of these authors maintained as distinct species A. mollis
and A. lanceolata. I am, after repeated attempts, unable to
follow either of them in this specific separation; and so many
points in Maguire’s extended monograph show inattention to
details, that one naturally wonders about the finality of the work.

On his p. 494, he published, as fig. 21, a map said to show
“World distribution of the genus Arnica.” In North America
his southern boundary for the genus extends across Lake Winni-
peg, thence slightly south of Hudson Bay, thence northward into
the northern half of the Labrador Peninsula, and finally with a
continuous tongue running southwestward from the eastern half
of the Labrador Peninsula and easternmost Newfoundland with-
out a break to Florida, thus including all central, eastern and
southern Newfoundland, the Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward
Island, southern New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, southern Maine,
southern New Hampshire, southern Vermont, Massachusetts,

1950] Fernald,—Arnica mollis and A. lanceolata 287

Rhode Island, Connecticut, Long Island and southern New
York, New Jersey and much other terrain where no Arnica is
known. On the other hand, the exclusion of any Arnica from
the region of Lake Superior (map 21) is not easily reconciled
with his map 6 (on p. 429), where his A. lonchophylla, ssp.
arnoglossa is shown from just north of Lake Superior. Map 6 also
shows A. lonchophylla, ssp. chionopappa, i. e. A. chionopappa
Fern., with many stations in the waters of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, along the eastern half of the North Peninsula of New-
foundland, whence it is unknown; while the single New Bruns-
wick station, calcareous ledges at Sisson Gorge on the Tobique
River, emptying into the St. John in northwestern New Bruns-
wick, is mapped as being in the noncalcareous eastern section,
near the mouth of the Mirimichi which empties into the Gulf of
St. Lawrence. Again, the endemic A. Whitney Fern. (appearing
as A. cordifolia, ssp. Whitneyi (Fern.) Maguire), is correctly
stated on p. 452 to be known only from Keweenaw County,
Michigan, but on the map (fig. 10) it seems to be recorded from
other counties and even to occur south of the Straits of Mackinac.
Be that as it may, the gap of 250 miles north of Keweenaw
Peninsula, on map 21, before reaching the southern limit of the
genus in that longitude, is not supported by the facts which the
author himself definitely stated.

Turning to Europe, the same disregard of readily available
data is unfortunately evident. Map 21 shows all of Sweden
supporting the genus, but the southwestern half of Norway
lacking it, although reference to Hartman, Skand. Fl. 8 (1879)
would have shown that Arnica montana in Norway extends
northward to Trondhjem. The detailed map of Hultén’s Atlas
(1950) shows this southern Norwegian area, but no Arnica in
Sweden except in the southern half of that country. Southeast-
ward in Europe Maguire’s map shows a tongue extending only to
the Pyrenees. Had he consulted such an old standard as
Nyman’s Conspectus he would have found Spain and Portugal
both entered for A. montana. Consultation of the Compend.
Fl. Española of Lázaro e Ibiza, ed. 3 (1920) would have shown
not only two characteristic illustrations of the plant, but the
statement that it occurs on the mountains across northern Spain
(*Montafias elevatas del NE., N. y O."). Similarly Pereira

288 Rhodora [DECEMBER

Coutinho's Flora de Portugal (1913) would have given full con-
firmation of its occurrence in Portugal. Singularly enough
(and somewhat sadly), Maguire's map 19 (p. 487) of the range of
A. montana has a single dot for the Cantabrian Mts. of northern
Spain, but even that did not get on the ostensibly complete map
(21) of the full range of the genus.

All this digression from Arnica mollis may seem superfluous,
but when an author so far departs from the conceptions and con-
clusions of others as does the author of the extended treatment
of Arnica, it becomes important to check his accuracy in other
details. It seems evident that a reconsideration of the genus
and its distribution may become desirable. "That Maguire now
sees that some of his statements have been misleading is clear
from his article which immediately precedes this discussion.

EXTENSION or SOLIDAGO ERECTA.— When a species new to
Quincy, Massachusetts, an area well explored by the earlier
botanists, is found, it seems worthy of a brief note.

While collecting desmids in the little pools of the old Quincy
quarries, what at first I took to be Solidago caesia L. attracted my
attention because the upper leaves were reduced, contrary to the
usual way in that species. As I was getting desmids, not flower-
ing plants on that trip, I merely grabbed one specimen. Being
wholly unfamiliar with Solidago erecta Pursh, it was not until I
had reached home that I discovered I had found this species and
not Solidago caesia.

Mr. F. W. Hunnewell kindly confirmed my recollection that it
had not previously been found north of Cape Cod, Massachusetts.
The one (alas!) specimen has been deposited in the herbarium of
the New England Botanical Club. Perhaps further exploration
will uncover stations for this southern species to fill in the gap
between Cape Cod and Quincy.—Franx C. SEYMOUR, Toma-
hawk, Wis.

1950] Rollins,—Deep-Freezing Flowers 289

DEEP-FREEZING FLOWERS FOR LABORATORY
INSTRUCTION IN SYSTEMATIC BOTANY

REED C. ROLLINS

ELECTRICAL deep-freezing machines are widely used in Ameri-
can homes for the preservation of frozen foods. Their general
availability and economical operation suggested the possibility
of their use to preserve fresh botanical material for use in labora-
tory instruction. Apparently a number of persons have been
similarly impressed by such possibilities and at least two short
notes, Baker (1949) and Harrington (1950), have appeared
indicating success in this direction. However, in 1948, when I
began preparations for a test run on a variety of different flowers
that might appropriately be used in teaching taxonomic botany,
no guiding information was available. Now, a fairly wide selec-
tion of angiosperm flowers has been used in laboratory instruc-
tion after having been preserved in a deep-freezer for periods of
eight to fourteen months. For teaching purposes, the superiority
of these materials over pickled or dried specimens is very striking.
Not only are the shapes and color of most flowers kept intact,
but even the characteristic odors are preserved in many instances.
The results obtained, I believe, justify the prediction that a deep-
freezer will become an indispensable adjunct to most taxonomic
laboratories and may be found very useful for instruction in
other branches of botany. It is particularly needed in areas
where the seasons preclude easy access throughout the year to
flowering plants growing in the wild. But even in the warmer
climates, the deep-freezer may be used to keep material for intro-
duction to the students in a more logical sequence than is often
possible from naturally growing plants.

The advantages of frozen flowers are similar to those of fresh
material over dried or pickled specimens. The student is per-
mitted to formulate a three-dimensional concept of the flowers
studied and may easily obtain an accurate picture of the posi-
tional relationships of the flower parts. When first removed from
the freezer, the flowers are frozen stiff. As thawing takes place,
they become less turgid and ultimately wilt. It has been found
effective to pass the specimens to the students in the frozen

290 Rhodora [DECEMBER

condition so that preliminary observations may be made im-
mediately. Dissections follow as the material becomes suffi-
ciently pliable to allow manipulation.

Containers.—Some attention has been given to methods of
packaging, in an attempt to find the most effective procedures and
the most satisfactory containers for the purpose. Two types of
stiff wax-impregnated paper containers were used. One type
was cylindrical in shape, with a tight-fitting lid. This type was
of pint (334” in diam.) and quart (414” in diam.) size. These
are designated “round unsealed” in Table I. The material was
placed directly into these containers, with no additional sealing
except for the tight-fitting lid. The other type of container was
a rectangular waxed paper carton of pint or quart size, together
with an individual removable inner pliofilm bag. These are
designated “rectangular sealed" in Table I. In using the latter,
specimens were sealed inside the pliofilm bag by using heat to
meld the edges together. The sealed bag was then placed inside
the paper carton for storage.

Preparation of Material.—In preliminary trials, it was found
that wilted specimens did not become turgid when placed in the
deep-freezer. They froze in the wilted condition and were
unusable. To prevent wilting, specimens were collected in a
vasculum. If any wilting occurred, the cut ends of the stems
were put in water until turgidity was restored. Flowers, or
flower-clusters snipped from larger specimens, were put loosely
into containers that in turn were placed immediately into the
deep-freezer machine. The material was not pre-frozen in a
special low-temperature compartment.

Flowers collected when rain was falling, or otherwise wetted
before freezing, were in general unsatisfactory. Ice crystals
commonly formed over the tissue-surfaces, or the parts became
embedded in large or small pieces of ice. This made it difficult
to handle the specimens for class distribution, although in most
instances they were not completely ruined.

Sealing containers.—The commonest failure was caused by the
drying-out of specimens. The sealed pliofilm bags were slightly
more effective in preventing excessive drying than were the
cylindrical containers, but more work was involved in putting up
the material. Manufacturers recommend the use of an ordinary

1950] Rollins,—Deep-Freezing Flowers 291

clothes iron for sealing the pliofilm bags, but I found a hot
incandescent electric light bulb to be equally effective and much
less trouble. A half-inch margin at the open end of the bag was
pressed momentarily against a lighted, firmly anchored light
bulb. Sealing was immediate. The rectangular cartons, each
holding a pliofilm bag, are easy to stack efficiently in the freezer
and require much less room than comparable storage space pro-
vided by the cylindrical containers. The principal reason for
using small individual cartons was to prevent crushing and
facilitate finding the particular species when ready for use.
However, if space is at a premium, I see no reason why a number
of sealed pliofilm bags should not be put together in a larger car-
ton than was used in these trials. In favor of the cylindrical car-
tons, it should be stated that they are easier to fill and material
may be removed at intervals without breaking a permanent seal.
These are items of convenience not to be too heavily discounted.
An important consideration is the amount of unfilled space in
a bag or carton. In those instances where the amount of material
left the available space less than half-filled, there was more
frequent drying-out than when the container was completely
filled. This varied somewhat with the nature and succulence of
the specimens but was sufficiently consistent to form the basis for
a definite recommendation that the containers be full or nearly
full for best results. On the other hand, pressing or packing the
specimens too closely is not a good practice, for they freeze
together and become distorted in shape.

Temperature.—No special mechanism for temperature con-
trol, other than that already on the General Electric deep-freezer,
was used. The regulator was set to keep the temperature below
— 10°C. Actually, as set, the regulator permitted a range from
— 10° to — 20° C. (+ 18° to — 4? F.). This temperature range
seemed satisfactory for the purpose and was not altered during
the test.

Results.—' The results of deep-freezer trials on a variety of
plants are presented in tabular form below. We have attempted
to give an overall estimate of the usefulness of the method for
each species, in the column “satisfactory vs. unsatisfactory for
laboratory use." There was no attempt to try material from
every family of the Angiosperms, those species most easily

292 Rhodora [DECEMBER

available being used. However, the range of material is suffi-
ciently wide to demonstrate the effectiveness of the method. The
results are really self-evident, but an examination of the table
points up the fact that either type of container is satisfactory for
the purpose. By far the largest majority of flowers showed good
color and texture. The most common wilting time, after the
material was taken from the freezer and exposed to the open air
of the laboratory, was between 10 and 60 minutes. In general,
there was ample time for the student to make proper preliminary
observations before wilting set in, and in only a few cases was
wilting so rapid that the material was unsatisfactory for labora-
tory use.

To give the interested person the benefit of my experience, the
following items in connection with procedure are noted:

(1) Be sure the specimens are neither wilted nor wet when
placed in the deep-freezer.

(2) Prevent drying of the specimens by placing them in
sealed or semi-sealed containers.

(3) The bulk of the specimens should exceed half of the total
space inside the container for best results.

(4) In order to permit easy removal and separation of the
material, do not pack it too tightly.

(5) In general, relatively small containers (i. e. half-pint, pint
or quart size) are preferable to larger ones because they eliminate
crushing due to the weight of a large mass of material. However,
this depends in part upon the size and type of material being
frozen, as well as the nature of the prepared specimen. I have
usually frozen only the flowers and fruits, and these have been
supplemented with dried specimens for teaching purposes.

(7) The temperature of the deep-freezer should be below the
freezing point of water at all times. Fluctuations from — 10° to
— 20° C. (+ 18° to — 4° F.) were not harmful to the material and
allowed for a considerable margin of safety in connection with
the operation of the machine.

LITERATURE CITED

Baker, Guapys E. 1949. Freezing Laboratory Materials for Plant Science.
Science 109: 525.
eee rire H. D. 1950. Preserving Flowers by Freezing. Turtox News
: 51.

Rollins,—Deep-Freezing Flowers 293

1950]

*poo3 js [euo3eur *uaxo1q Beg
*poo3 ynq Ap
yeymawos [en19jeur :uodo ZIoeurejuo;)

"19394 JOpUN pojoossip '! A[prde1 SHM

"U9zo1jai pue paa T,

X XXX XX X

XXXX X X X X XX X XX X X

XX

XXXX

x

X XX X X XXX X

x

x XXX XX X

XXXX X X X X XX X XX X X

XXX XA X

KOLK uL K X 1-06 COR 1208 29€

x
x
x

x X XX X X XXX KX

x

"any (7T) *18j[oquin vipus)
9vaoe[ejueg

"ureT GUNJA SNINA)

“YAY enojrpuv1a snc
9999927

Yoy "M CMN) suea 841460

qsiejq rojr[ndod emgog

'3ue1dg (104 nq) €so2na snu[y
999994107)

*3[n02) (T) €ut12a1ed vruo3duro;)
993999UÁ]A

"uio ('ssiepuy)

ej[&qdodorur *1€A *gsrepq srpuunq xreg
aBIOVIITBG

"jry epneoe uimnrpedud4;)
9voo€prqo()

‘rq €3*r[oj1ad. eure[na

“ysang CPIM) suaoseqnd urnjeuo34[oq

'jse(q ?suapeueo umnuraqjusre p
9'eootI[IT

‘Od CT) sujsedureo v[nzn'T

‘rq snsnge snounf
ovaovoun[

"r[ BUBIUIBIIA €ruvosopeiT,
9voo€ur[ouruio;)

"JINN (7T) snpioj sndaeoo[dur&g

“Ty staysnyed ej)

"jug ItuospieMozg €ureestiy
eBaoely

"Ule BYOII4S X917)
9v99€1odÁ7)

"[ €1qna gongsa q

'Antog (T) e3eo1ds vruoqque(q

“TT umn3e1opo wnyguexoyyuy

"Angog (T) sueded uo1&do12y
9vourure1n

syivurap

£10408}
817 88U()

10399]
-81485

"SI £T

"um 09-0T

“ular OT ps 100g

pop

100g

Pooky

popeosun
punoy

pores
‘Py

9sn *qv[ I0

ire uado ut our Sunt

Sjieq IMO
Jo 91njxo],

JO[07) JOMOLT
[v1n3eN

1ourgjuo;)

amen

I qISVIL

[DECEMBER

Rhodora

204

"poawq) Way Ajed A[uO syr
"peau uoga ÁAprerjy1ed ApuO S3[L A
"peau uaqA A[[ery1ed ÁAquo s3[L
“pomey} ways A[Ierjy1ed Apuo syr
"peau uaya Á[[erjy1ed Ayuo s3|L A

"Peta ways joosstp 0} Noi

“‘quasaid 1opo ornjsuoejo91eq?)
"I4 adeys ure3oq

"[£A0u121 JO out) 3€ PILAA
"peau; uaqa 3jos IJMA

JOpo urj31 S1940[

*Bulmey} uo uao4q Arpide samoja

"[£AO0Ur91 UO PAM

"joosstp 0} nopi
"yoossrp 03 sjnogirp *A[ptdez s[tA,

*poo2

AWA jms mq uezoijoi pue pansy g

X eX XXXXX

XX X eX XXX X XX XXX

x

x XXXXX

XX
XX x

XX

XX

x

x XX XXXXX

XX X XXX XXX X XX XXX

x

x XX XXXXX

XX X XXX XXXXX XX XX

x

XX

XXX

x

"uja3u muezietM Bes4y3Iq
"PIW (T) staoqsed-esang v[[osde;)
"r[ Su3seduireo vorssv1q
CH3) 4g "M suena voreqieg
(Sg) “Aq ^M Suez[nA eo1equeq
9919JI19n17)
"diey (8rp[02)) sisuapeuvo €1juao«Tq
"r| snfeur urmnruopt[9u)
99999494 9d €q
“Urey (JPY) aou

“IVA 899N. (YMN) UINpIG]e se1jesswg

9v39vInvT

("34]) 'ssnogse(q €3epnuop vr[ouz* jq

(Sg) ‘ssnossaq e1epnuop vr[ouze w

“TT €19jidi[n3 uo1puopotrT
3€29vi[ouZv jq

“JT umn3e3jed uinjj&udopoq

“TT Sue2[n4 suoqqoq
9vaoepuioq1aq

“J Snsoqqnq snjnounuey

"r[ suo* snjnounuey

“Ty sujsnjed ?uj[e;)

*r] sisuapeueo vizo[mby

“ry *iojenbuinb auourauy
avaoRinounuey

T9qtA, snjeqnono ouo[g

"r[ si|euroggo eureuodveg

THEW €qT€ stuyoA'T
avaoe|AydoAre,)

“J vueoueure eooe[oj4uq
39399299|0)Auq

“TT 9[[980399* xou

"r[ €ureorsded uinuoz [oq
9e2o€tuo2A|oq

"[ 9suopeugo umn1esy
e€a)vrqo0[ojsury

syieuroy

410399]
-suesu[)

£10408}
"sh*g

"81d £T

"uiui 09-01 |'urur OT >

100g | poor)

100g

poot)

popeosu
punoy

pereas
"jay

9sn *qv| 10d

ne uado ui aur) Zur

Sj1&q 19AO]|j
Jo ainyxay,

10]07) 1940]
[£1n3eN

Jourejuo;)

9umeN

penunuo)—T W'TIHV.L

Rollins,—Deep-Freezing Flowers 295

1950]

“payoassip [revo ynq 40g

“qoassip

0} j[nogirp ‘pomeyg woym 3jos AIDA
"A[rsea

118} srejed *zurusdo uo poA Á[iqaris

"1eure1uoo ut paup Aq[ery1eq

"Ajenaed Apuo sy A
"Ap[e31ed A[uo sy]
“ISN 310J9q u3zo1ja1 pu* paAeu

"Apenaed Aquo SHM
“Arpide sumoig

*19u1e3uoo ut pad

P dio du» dur qo, GE d

XX X XXXXXX XXXXX X

XOXA AKOA

D X

XX

XXXXXX X

XX

X X X XX X X

X X XXXXXX XXX X

x

x X X X XX X X

X X XXX XX XXXXX X

x

XX

XX XX

X XXXX

x
x

v] vosnaqv SIHA
9990€31A

"PII *qv[3 snjnosay
avaoeueyseooddiy

*r[ saploueyeld 199 y

"TT opungeu 190 y
99909190y

*r[ Suapueos sn1jse[ac)

9€991]S*[o;

“rq Seissuedo viqioydng
avaoviqioydny

‘PIM *rpojroned e[ea4joq
evoov[|eZ [oq

“TT *19uns SIJEXO
evaovpi[ux()

“Ty urnje[noeur umntue1ar)
9voovIU?lor)

j99Aq SISUOUIS BIST

“TT 9suo3e1d urnioju m

"r[ €eroeoeopnesd trutqoqp

"(00g 7X CJ qot) VN] SYSBIPeI

“TT StSuapueo 81019
ovsoururn2o'rq

‘ds snqny

“yey (‘qunyy) suepueos sodAjopoyy

“PIM XPW) edaeooue[our sniÁq

"r[ eotuvA[4suod snunig

*Xqory xojduris ejmuejgoq

(pluqAy) snavs
9'€99v$s01T

"ppoT (swg) sofeur e[21oqjor
9vootpr[oureureH

“XSI SISUITUIZIIA v2vijrreg

`“ snaopour snudjope[raq
920v2v1jtxvg

syivuro

£10408}
-stzesu()

£10408}
"99

“say £-[ |'urur 09-01 |'uru OT >

100g

poop

400g | poor)

poreosun
punoy

poresg
"joy

9sn 'qv[ 10g

ae uado ur oui Zur

Sj1€q 19m0]
jo e1njxo,

10]07) 1940]
[91njeN

Jouie1uo?)

omen

panunuo)—T ATAVL

[DECEMBER

"Á[aA1SS92X9 SUIZOS [BAOU UO PHM

*qOassIp 0} 3[nogjtp wnpəousy
*e1nsodxo uo SYM

“ay £4 ur UMOIG S1940]q
‘usoq

AIP 0} ejna woi əJueyəð s19A^O|g
*poo3

s1əq}ug uo sa1od :ÁA[[erred ATWO SYM

"gut? uo ppm dn puryg
"SutMeu uo [Jam dn puejg
"Jut« e uo [jam dn puejg

Rhodora

‘poup Aj[erj1ed siamog doy

"Suruado uo payu Apy1eq

*paA1osa1d Append snoutZe[ron jq

X X X X X X XXX XX X X. X X XX X X

X X X XX

x

x
x x

X X X XXX XX X X X XX

X X

X X X X X X XXX XX X X X X X

XX

x

x XX X

X XX X X X

"r[ gæs seidaposy
9vaoepsido[osy

"T JOUTUI S9UTA
99299euA20d y

“T SUUSA e3uti4g

(puq&q) B1y34810,7
| 28208219

‘HLT ("D Bioyouyy sooojdursg
9voovoo[dur4g

“TT eur[o1€2 erso[ery
99999991419

“FEY si[eo10q smeyuen p,
Ive muud

"[ umnsoqui£100 WNL A

"yy umnrojrsna2uts umrutm9eA

110], ("]) esuapeueo uospuopopoyy

'H ? “a (qsmng) epunquog suetq
9939 €9LIT
“XYI €19jruo[o3s snu10/)
“TINA urnuroure snuro
"J T POJE snuzo;)
aegu)
"[ S meorpnu eqery
9voouery
"r[ stuuatq €1aqjou
1 ——"
"ug v[nyeiquig Lory
9vaot[ot
"r[ urn3e10j1ed UMIL:
9919]133nz)
"r[ snoetiAs SnostqrH
9'w9oVA[V]A
"r[ euvoriaure ipt,
9voosrn ],

Sx1euro

&10399j | A1098}
"Shssu(| -8178S

“S14 €-T jum 09-01

“UTE OT >| 100g | poor

100d | poor

poreosun
punoy

Ppajeog
‘Pu

əsn *qv| 10

ae uado ureur) Zur — | 8M*d POJA

jo amyra,

10100 JaMOLy
TemjeN

19urejuo;)

ame Ny

296

penuruo)—T ATAVL

Rollins,—Deep-Freezing Flowers 297

1950]

"A[pidez qa sir

*[B119}VUI 27441] 003 *1urejuoo ut AIG

‘Jumeyg 193je SUMOIG
*Bulmey} uo A[pide1 sumoig
*sseur Add oj A[pide1 syp e[[010/)

"yoosstp 03 s[noggtq

*JOUTB}WOO UI pag jeqAaourog

x XXXXXXXXXX

XX

x

P ro Ns, NDR ONO 0

XX XX XXXXX XXX

X X XXXX X XX

X XXXXXX XXX

X X X X X XXX

X X

X X XX X X X X XXX. KK XXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXX X

x

? M WE or do AL DM

XXXX

x

*xqorj (T) stsuooe1oqoAou ruoulaA
*r[ Sua1tA1edures oz'eprjog

"] umnjerojzed urnmdps

"r[ shane oroouog

"r[ snnuue snujutrorr

‘1 umnureq3ueono umuraq3uesAIq^)
"TT snqAyut umuyor

*r[ saploolie 1938

“yey (ysing) wyepidsno stoso2y

*yoog. ("]) *tjojejuv]d vuvuuojuy

9931s0dul0/)

"T si[eurpao vrjpqor

“TT saplojnounded e[nuedure;)
9voos[nuvedure;)

"YB 9suonrqo3Iq umnudnqtA

"r[ stsuapeueo snonquieg

ABID) IAOLIOJA €1901U0'T
esoovr[ojrid v?)

"r[ €o[n1o99 gruon
ewooeIqn

“TT *1e[ooouv] oZejuviq
ogooturZeju[q

“HLM SeproruouZiq Bdeg
9vo9tIUOUZIQ

“ry *1[ojr[&d.ies €oruo19 A

“Ty Sisuepeueo sture[norpoqd

IH sue3pma eneur

zuoumq ("T) stsuepeuto erreur
evooeue[nudo1og

"r[ umop} nug og
9voovut]og

"[ umnuro3oqorp €uirejsoqori T,
9ujeiqv'T

syreuwoy

K10399]
-Snesu()

£10308}
s98

"$1q g-[ |'urur 09-01 ura OT >

100 | poop

100g | poor

popeasun
punoy

ES
‘Py

asn *qe[ 10g

ae uedo ur eur Zur

8j1€q I9MO|T
Jo 21njxo],

10[07) JOMOTT
Tengen

10Urejuo;)

amen

penunuop—T TIJYL

298 Rhodora [DECEMBER

NEW PLASTIC AID IN MOUNTING
HERBARIUM SPECIMENS

W. ANDREW ARCHER

THE proper mounting of plant specimens on sheets for per-
manent reference is one of the factors which lead to high costs in
herbarium maintenance. In an attempt to shorten the process,
plastics have been under investigation for a period of years. The
use of plastic as described below has resulted in considerable
saving of time and yields a better mount with higher permanence
than anything used up to the present in herbarium practice.

Preliminary experiments with plastics as an aid in mounting
herbarium specimens were made first with Duco cement. This
cement, however, contains cellulose nitrate, a substance subject
to disintegration after a period of years. Other plastics, such as
ethyl cellulose or cellulose acetate, are considered permanently
stable and consequently suitable for herbarium purposes.

Acting on suggestions first made by Dr. G. R. Fessenden,
formerly of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, and later by
chemists of the National Bureau of Standards and of the Dow
Chemieal Company, various combinations of ingredients were
tested, leading finally to the following formula: Toluene—800 ce. ;
methanol—200 cc. ; ethyl cellulose (Ethocel) standard 7 eps.—250
gr.; plasticized with Dow Resin 276 V-2—75 gr. (The two latter
ingredients are available only from the Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Michigan.)

To use the medium for mounting, the specimen is weighted
down on the herbarium sheet with any convenient small objects
placed at proper intervals to keep the plant flat. The plastic is
applied by means of an ordinary, 6 ounce oil-can in a thin band
over the part to be fastened, and the specimen then left in place
for about 20 minutes to permit evaporation of the solvent and
hardening of the plastic.

At present the plastic is substituted for nearly all of the sewing
usually involved in the technique of mounting with tape or glue.
It is particularly useful for mounting coarser plants such as
grasses, sedges, palms and oaks. The results are satisfactory
enough to warrant adoption of the method as a standard her-
barium practice.

1950] Snyder,—Dalea alopecuroides on Plum Island 299

This note is presented in the hope of encouraging further im-
provement of the method. A special type of container might be
designed to dispense the plastic in variable quantities according
to the need. Furthermore, technical supervision is required to
maintain the various components in a moisture-free condition,
otherwise the plastic may become milky instead of transparent
upon drying. This fact might render the method impractical
for many herbaria, but some commercial house might stock the
preparation ready for use were the demand sufficient.

HERBARIUM, UNITED STATES NATIONAL ARBORETUM,
BELTSVILLE, MARYLAND

DALEA ALOPECUROIDES ON PLUM ISLAND, Essex County,
MASSACHUSETTS.—On September 3, 1950, while birding on Plum
Island in the region known as “Hellcat Swamp," I noticed an
unfamiliar legume. Taking the specimen, which grew in sandy
soil four miles south of the Plum Island Causeway, I found it was
apparently Dalea alopecuroides. The identification was con-
firmed by Dr. L. M. Perry of the Arnold Arboretum, and the
plant added to the Essex County herbarium. Gray’s Manual,
8th edition, gives the range as “adventive east to New York,”
but Dr. Stuart Harris kindly informs me that there are two
previous stations from the state, one on South Boston flats, the
other in the Arboretum, and that the Plum Island plant is the
first known outside of metropolitan Boston. Since this area is
not much travelled and the thickets sometimes yield species of
birds rare or accidental in the state, one may speculate whether
the seeds were brought in by their agency.— Dororny E. SNYDER,
Peabody Museum, Salem.

Volume 52, no. 628, including pages 253—280, was issued 20 November, 1950.

300 i Rhodora [DECEMBER

ERRATA

Page 19, line 22; for Boutelous read Bouteloua.

Page 19, line 25; for texana read texanus.

Page 20, line 6; for Sueada read Suaeda.

Page 20, line 11; for Barlandieri read Berlandieri.

Page 22, line 11; for COMPRESSUES read COMPRESSUS.

Cover No. 614, line 22; for alpine read alpina.

Page 36, line 1; for CYNOSCIDUM read CYNOSCIDIUM.

Page 40, lines 17, 26, 27, 38; for Liatrus read Liatris.

Page 51, line 11; for Otto read Orator.

Page 53, line 14; for CANADENSIS read CANADENSE.

Page 58, line 23; for PLox read PHLox.

Cover No. 617, line 12; for Formadehyde read Formaldehyde.

Page 75, line 4; for coscinodon read Coscinodon.

Page 79, last line; for Uva read Uva-

Page 86, line 10; for PAPILLARIS read PAPILLARIA.

Page 95, last line; for Fig. 1 read Fig. 2.

Page 96, line 4; for Fig. 2 read Fig. 1.

Page 100, line 10; for Podestelides read Podostelides.

Page 126, line 7; for fuscicolus read fuscicolor.

Page 126, line 8; for fuscicola read fuscicolor.

Page 126, line 9; for 1939 read 1839.

Page 126, line 23; for fuscicolus read fuscicolor.

Page 131, line 24; for stewardsonii read Stewardsonii.

Page 155, line 7; for Ell. read Darl.

Page 158, line 6; for tules read rules.

Page 172, line 3; for ELEAEGNIFOLIUM read ELAEAGNIFOLIUM.

Page 173, line 11; for HEMAESPHERICUS read HEMISPHERICUS.

Page 177, line 26; for enthusuastic read enthusiastic.

Page 180, line 34; for cassionoides read cassinoides.

Page 183, line 3; for Herbaium read Herbarium.

Page 193, line 8-9; for carolina-septentronalis read carolinae-
septentrionalis.

Cover No. 621, line 21; for 238 read 228.

Page 210, line 34; for villosum read villosus.

Page 232, lines 12 & 13; for Chattachoochee read Chattahoochee.

Page 234—35, last of key; read 9 for 8; 10 for 9; 11 for 10; 12 for
11; 13 for 12.

Page 238, line 30; for 1940 read 1840.

Page 251, line 40; for forword read foreword.

1950] Index to Volume 52 301

INDEX TO VOLUME 52

New scientific names and combinations are printed in boldface type

Abies balsamea, 273

Abronia fragrans, 20

Acer negundo, 295; platanoides,
295; spicatum, 58

Aceraceae, 295

Achillea multiflora, 60

Additions to the Flora of Nova
Scotia, Three, 18

Additions to the Flora, Studies of
Minnesota Flowering Plants with
Notes on, 54

Additions to the Oklahoma Flora,
Some, 19-24, 35-41

Adiantum Capillus-Veneris, 201,
202, 203, 205, 206, 208; f. crista-
tum, 206, f. elongatum, 206, var.
modestum, 206, 207, 208, f.
rimicola, 208, var. protrusum,
203, 205, 206, 207, 208; Capillus-
Veneris in the United States, 201;
emarginatum, 208; Jordani, 208;
modestum, 206; pedatum, 205;
Schaffneri, 207, 208; trifidum, 205

Adventive Plants of the Washing-
NS D. C., Area, Notes on two,
18

Aegilops cylindrica, 52; var. rubi-
ginosa, 20

Aesculus glabra, 295

Agoseris cuspidata, 297

Agropyron repens, 293; saxicola, 52

Agrostemma, 233; chalcedonica,
243; coronaria, 243; Githago, 243

Agrostis cryptandra, 125; exarata,
166; verticillata, 20

Alchemilla alpina, 47, 48

Alcohol in y args ie A Sub-
stitute for Formaldehyde and, 123

Alnus rugosa, 293

Alsine longifolia, 57; uliginosa, 250

Alternanthera repens, 167

Amaranthus, 223; albus, 167, var.
pubescens, 167, 168; graecizans,
167; scleropoides, 168

Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, var. ela-
tior, 173, f. villosa, 173

Amelanchier, 227; arborea, 276; A
Southern, 67; canadensis, var.
subintegra, 67, 68

America, Betula Michauxii Spach
in Northeastern, 27

American Forms of Stellaria Alsine,
Our, 250

Andropogon Bequaerti, 249; Elliot-
tii, 45, 46; Elliottii in Illinois, 45;
Hallii, 19; scoparius, 19; virgini-
cus, 45, 46

Anemone canadense, 273; quinque-
folia, 294, var. interior, f. rubra,

b

Anemonella thalictroides, 262

Angelica triquinata, 175

Antennaria, 227; aprica, 59, 60, var.
aureola, 59; 60; microphylla,
60; plantaginifolia, 297; Sol-
stitialis, 60

Aphanostephus pilosus, 37; ramo-
sissimus, 20, 37

Apocynaceae, 296

Application of the Name Arnica
Lessingii (Torrey & Gray) Greene,
On the, 281

Aquilegia canadensis, 294

Arabis lyrata, 273

Araceae, 293

Aralia nudicaulis, 296

Araliaceae, 296

Archer, W. A., New Plastic Aid in
Mounting Herbarium Specimens,
298

Arctic (Review), Thallophytes and
Bryophytes of the Canadian
Eastern, 251

Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi, 79

Arenaria brevifolia, 71, 72; macro-
phylla, 286; stricta, 273; uniflora,
41, 72

Arethusa bulbosa, 44

Argemone alba, 262

Arisaema atrorubens, 131; Steward-
sonii, 131, 293

Aristida purpurea, 19

Aristolochiaceae, 294

Arnica, 281, 283, 284, 286, 287;
alpina, 281, 282, var. Lessingii,
282, 283; amplexicaulis, 284;
subgen. Andropurpurea, 282; an-
gustifolia, 8 Lessingii, 282, 283;
subgen. Arctica, 281; brevifolia,
283; chionopappa, 287; cordi-
folia, ssp. Whitneyi, 287; frigida,
283; Illiamnae, 283; lanceolata,
284, 285, 286; lanceolata, Arnica
mollis and, 284; Lessingii, 281,
282, 283; Lessingii (Torrey and
Gray) Greene, On the Application

302 Rhodora

of the Name, 281; lonchophylla,
ssp. arnoglossa, 287, ssp. chiono-
pappa, 287; louiseana, 281, frigida,
282, ssp. frigida, 281, 282, 283;
Mendenhallii, 283; mollis, 284,
285, 286, 288, var. petiolaris, 285;
mollis and A. lanceolata, 284;
montana, 287, 288, B angusti-
folia, 283; nutans, 283; obtusi-
folia, 283, var. acuta, 283; Parryi,
285; Porsildiorum, 281, 283;
Sancti-Laurentii, 282, 283; una-
laschcensis, 282; Whitneyi, 287

Artemisia filifolia, 19

Artocarpus, 7; integer, 7; integri-
folia, 7

Asarum canadense, 294

Asclepiadaceae, 296

Asclepias longicornu, 36; macrotis,
170, 174; obovata, 170; syriaca,
296; viridiflora, var. linearis, 171

Aster ericoides, 297; hemisphericus,
173; interior, 59; longifolius, var.
villicaulis, f. pallens, 59; pedi-
onomus, 173; tardiflorus, 19

Astragalus, 227; austrinus, 169;
humistratus, 169; Lindheimeri,
169

Athamanta chinensis, 175

Athyrium pycnocarpon, 42; thelyp-
terioides, 42

Authorities for
Fernaldii, The, 53

Autumnal Perennial Gentian of the
Desert, The, 68

Torreyochloa

Bahia oppositifolia, 39; Wood-
housii, 39

Ball, C. R., willow Hybrids: Salix
hebecarpa Fernald and S. simu-
lans Fernald, 8

Barbarea vulgaris, 294

Bartramia Oederi, 8 var. alpina, 74,
B var. condensata, 74

Beaked hazel, 58

Bean, R. C., Eighth Edition of
Gray's Manual of Botany (Re-
view), 226

Bellis perennis, 53

Benzoin aestivale, var. pubescens,
168, 169

Berberidaceae, 294

Berberis vulgaris, 294

Berlandiera texana, var. betonicae-
folia, 39, 40

Betula, 25, 227; sect. Apterocaryon,
27; caerulea-grandis, 275; carpini-
folia, 25; glandulosa, 25, 26;
lanulosa, 25; lenta, 25; Michauxii,

[DECEMBER

25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, fig. 1,
pl. 1156; Michauxii, a brief Sym-
posium, 25-33; Michauxii Spach
in Northeastern America, 27;
Michauxii, The Type, of, 32;
nana, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
32, pl. 1156, subsp. exilis, var.
reducta, 31, 8 flabellifolia, 29, var.
Michauxii, 31; nigra, 25, 275;
papyracea, 25; papyrifera, 25; pop-
ulifolia,275,293;pumila,26;terrae-
novae, 26, 27, 28, 20

Bignoniaceae, 297

Blake, S. F., Seamman’s Ferns and
Fern Allies of New Hampshire
(Notice), 228

Blechnum spicant, 246

Blomquist, Notes on Distribution of
North Carolina Plants—II, 253

Books on Trees and other Plants?,
Why so Many Careless, 272

Boothe, W. E., Montana Plant-
Distribution Records, 52

Botanical Nomenclature, Sidelights
from Zoology on, 156

Botanizing in Oklahoma, Some Re-
sults of a third Summer's, 165

Botrychium dissectum var. obli-
quum, 42, var. oneidense, 42, var.
typicum, 42; matricariaefolium,
41, var. typicum, 42; multifidum,
var. intermedium, 41

Bouteloua barbata, 20; gracilis, 19;
rigidiseta, 19, 20

Brassica arvensis, 128; campestris,
294; Kaber, 127, 128; Kaber, var.
stricta, 127; nigra, 127, 128

Breweria angustifolia, 266; aquatica,
266; humistrata, 267; Michauxii,
268; Pickeringii, 268

Brickellia brachyphylla, 173; cali-
fornica, 173

Bromus arcticus, 211; sect. Bro-
mopsis, 209, 210; sect. Cerato-
chloa, 212; ciliatus, 212, 214, var.
coloradensis, 211, subv. denuda-
tus, 210; inermis, 209, 210, var.
arcticus, 211, f. aristatus, 210,
var. aristatus, 210, subsp. in-
ermis, 210, 211, subsp. Pumpel-
lianus, 211, var. purpurascens,
211, f. villosum, 210; inopinatus,
210; irkutensis, 209; Kalmii, 212,
213, 214; Korotkyi, 209; lati-
glumis, 212, 213, 214; Nomencla-
tural Changes in, 209; ornans,
209; pubescens, 215; Pumpelli-
anus, 209, 210, 211, var. arcticus,
209, 211, var. melicoides, 211,

1950] Index to Volume 52 303

var. Tweedyi, 211, var. villosis-
simus, 209, 211; purgans, 211,
212, 213, 214, var. longispicata,
211, var. purpurascens, 211;
Richardsonii, 209; sibiricus, 209;
vogulicus, 209

Bruce Peninsula, Ontario, New
Records for the, 41

Bryan, C. S., Goodyera tesselata in
Rhode Island, 279

Bryophytes of the Canadian East-
ern Arctic (Review), Thallo-
phytes and, 251

Buchloe dactyloides, 19

Buchnera floridana, 269

Bulbostylis coarctatus, 257

Butomus umbellatus, 227

Butomaceae, 227

Calamagrostis koelerioides, 52;
scopulorum, 52

Calypso bulbosa, 44

Calla palustris, 293

Caltha palustris, 294

Campanula rapunculoides, 297

Campanulaceae, 297

Camptothecium Nuttallii, 73

Canadian Eastern Arctic (Review),
Thallophytes and Bryophytes of
the, 251

Caprifoliaceae, 297

Capsella bursa-pastoris, 204

Cardamine bellidifolia, 178

Careless Books on Trees and other
Plants?, Why so Many, 272

Carex, 227; aggregata, 258; arenaria,
258; blanda, 55; eburnea, 53;
exilis, 259; filifolia, 55; foenea,
259; Joori, 259; laxiflora, 55;
nigromarginata, var. floridana,
259; obtusata, 55; oligosperma,
47; stricta, 293

Carolina Plants—II, Notes on
Distribution of North, 253

Carya, 275; alba, 189; aquatica, 189,
195; Buckleyi, 189, 196; cordi-
formis, 189, 190, 195; glabra, 188,
190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, var.
hirsuta, 189, 192, 194, 195, 197,
198, var. megacarpa, 198, var.
villosa, 189, 197; illinoensis, 189,
195; laciniosa, 190, 195, 198;
microcarpa, 188, 189; odorata,
192, var. villosa, 192; ovalis,
188, 189, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195,
var. hirsuta, 195, var. mollis, 189,
194, 197, 198, var. obcordata, 198,
var. obovalis, 198, var. odorata,
198, var. typica, 197; ovata, 160,

189, 191, 195, 197, var. borealis,
197, var. complanata, 197, var.
ellipsoidalis, 197, var. fraxini-
folia, 197, var. Nuttallii, 197, var.
pubescens, 197; pallida, 189, 193,
195, 197; texana, 189, 196, var.
villosa, 189; tomentosa, 189, 193,
194, 195, 199, var. ficoides, 199

Caryophyllaceae, 233, 294; —IV.
A Synopsis of the North American
Species of the Subfamily Sileno-
ideae, Studies in the, 233; Sileno-
ideae, 234

Cassia Roemeriana, 20; corymbosa,
180, 181, 182; peragua, 182

Cassine corymbosum, 180

Castilleja indivisa, 39

Catalpa bignonioides, 297

Caution regarding certain Collec-
tions, Need for, 175

Celastraceae, 295

Celastrus scandens, 295

Cenchrus longispinus, 166; pauci-
florus, 166

Cenomyce borbonica, 115; scabrius-
cula, 93

Centaurea nigra, 53; solstitialis, 163

Cerastium beeringianum, 286

Cercis canadensis, 295

Cevallia sinuata, 20

Chaenorrhinum minus, 59

Chamitea, 248

Chelidonium majus, 294

Chimaphila maculata, 161; umbel-
lata, 161

Mr? ae er leucanthemum,
29

Chrysothamnus
typicus, 173

rs rugosum, var. angustatum,
174

Cichorium intybus, 297

Cistus corymbosus, 264

Cladonia, 47, 77, 121; acuminata,
121; alpestris, 85, 121, f. aberrans,
85; apicola, 121, var. karelica,
109; amaurocraea, 121; apodo-
carpa, 106, 107, 120; atlantica,
98, 99, 100, 101, 104, f. micro-
phylla, 99, f. ramosa, 98, 103; f.
ramosissima, 99, 100, f. subsim-
plex, 99, 103; bacillaris, 86, 117,
118, 120, f. clavata, 87, f. peri-
theta, 87, f. tenuistipitata, 87;
Balfourii, 116; Beaumontii, 99,
100, 101, 121; borbonica, 115, 116,
f. cylindrica, 86, 87, 115, 116, f.
ramosa, 118, f. squamulosa, 115,
118; Boryi, 89, f. lacunosa, 91, f.

nauseosus, SSp.

304

rolifera, 91, f. reticulata, 91;
revis, 109; caespiticia, 106, 120,
121; calycantha, 121; capitata,
107, 108, 121, f. epiphylloma, 107,
f. imbricatula, 107, f. pallida, 107,
f. squamulosa, 107; carassensis,
101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 121, f.
digressa, 104, f. irregularis, 103,
104, m. regularis, 104, 105, f.
obliqua, 104, m. spectabilis, 104,
f. regularis, 105, f. subregularis,
103, 104, 105, m. spectabilis, 105,
f. subulata, 105; cariosa, 108,
121, f. cribrosa, 108; caroliniana,
89, 90, f. dilatata, 90, f. fibrillosa,
90, f. prolifera, 90, f. tenuiramea,
90; subgen. Cenomyce, 86; ceno-
tea, 105, 121, var. corticata, 95;
f. crossota, 106, var. magellanica,
95; subsect. Chasmariae, 91, 100;
chlorophaea, f. carpophora, 112,
f. costata, 112, f. simplex, 112;
subgen. Cladina, 78; subsect.
Clausae, 100, 107; clavulifera,
108, f. epiphylla, 108, f. nudi-
caulis, 108, f. pleurocarpa, 108,
f. subvestita, 108; sect. Cocci-
ferae, 86; coniocraea, 117, f.
ceratodes, 114, 117, f. expansa,
114, f. phyllostrota, 115, f. pycno-
theliza, 115, f. robustior, 115, f.
stenoscypha, 115, f. subpellucida,
115, f. truncata, 115; conista, f.
simplex, 113; cornuta, 121; cornu-
toradiata, 121, f. radiata, 113, f.
subulata, 113, 114; crispata, 103,
104, 121; cristatella, 120, f. abbre-
viata, 88, f. aurantiaca, 88, f.
Beauvoisii, 88, f. degenerata, 89,
f. ochrocarpia, 89, f. pleurocarpa,
89, f. ramosa, 89, f. scyphulifera,
89, f. squamosissima, $89, f.
squamulosa, 89, f. vestita, 88, 89;
eryptochlorophaea, 113; cyanipes,
121; cylindrica, 116, 117, 118,
pl. 1161, f. ramosa, 118, f.
scyphifera, 118, f. squamulosa,
118; decorticata, 100, 110, 121;
deformis, 88, 121; delicata, 106, f.
quercina, 106; didyma, 121, y.
ygmaea, 87, f. pygmaea, 87, 88,
. subulata, 88; m. subulata, 88;
digitata, 121; exasperatula, 99,
100; farinacea, 95, 97, pl. 1161,
fimbriata, 113, 115, n. borbonica,
115, y. cornutoradiata y?. subu-
lata, 113; Floerkeana, 86, var.
carcata, 86, f. squamosissima, 86,
var. intermedia, 86; floridana, 99,

Rhodora

[DECEMBER

100, 121; foliacea, 119; group
Foliosae, 118; furcata, 91, 92, 93,
94, 96, 120, var. farinacea, 95,
var. palamaea, 92, f. rigidula, 92,
var. pinnata, 92, 93, f. foliolosa,
92, 93, f. truncata, 93; var. race-
mosa, 92, 93, f. corymbosa, 93, f.
fureatosubulata, 93, f. prolifera,
93, f. squamulifera, 92, 93, f.
subclausa, 93, n. racemosa c. sur-
recta, 93, vy. scabriuscula, f.
farinacea, 95; glauca, 121; gone-
cha, 121; gracilis, var. dilatata,
110, f. dilacarata, 110, f. squamu-
losa, 111, var. hybrida, 98; Grayi,
112, 120, f. carpophora, 112, f.
cyathiformis, 112, 113, f. la-
cerata, 112, f. prolifera, 112, f.
squamulosa, 112; subgroup Helo-
podium, 107, 109; impexa, 121;
incrassata, 87, 89, f. squamulosa,
89; japonica, 101, 102, 104, f.
nuda, 105, f. subulata, 105, var.
tatrana, 102, f. tatrana, 105;
leporina, 121; leptothallina, 100;
macilenta, 87, var. ostreata, 87, f.
ostreata, 87, f. styracella, 87;
macropus, 109, 110; major, 113,
121; mateocyatha, 111, f. leio-
scypha, 111, f. squamulata, 111;
group Megaphyllae, 106; mero-
chlorophaea, 121; group Micro-
phyllae, 91; sibcnbvlime. 99,
100; mitis, 79, 81, 82, 83, 84, 121,
f. tenuis, 84; multiformis, 97, f.
Finkii, 97, f. simulata, 98;
nemoxyna, 114, 120, f. fibula,
114, f. phyllocephala, 114, f. Rei,
114; Norrlini, 109, 121; ochro-
chlora, 114; group Ochroleucae,
119; sect. Ochrophaeae, 89, 114;
papillaria, 85, 86, f. molariformis,
86, f. papillosa, 86, f. prolifera, 86,
f. stipata, 86; piedmontensis, 119,
f. epiphylla, 120, f. lepidifera, 120,
f. obeonica, 120, f. squamosis-
sima, 120, f. squamulosa, 120;
pityrea, 100, var. Zwackhii, f.
phyllophora, 118, f. squamulifera,
118, f. subacuta, 118; pleurota,
88, 120, f. decorata, 88, f. extensa,
88, var. frondescens, 88, f.
frondescens, 88; group Podo-
stelides, 100, 107; Dolemarpia. 121;
subgen. Pycnothelia, 85; pyxi-
data, var. neglecta, 111, f. lophy-
ra, 112, f. simplex, 111, uw. pityrea,
g. phyllophora, 118, var. pocillum,
112; rangiferina, 78, f. crispata,

1950] Index to Volume 52 305

78, f. incrassata, 78, f. prolifera,
79, f. umbellata, 79; rangiformis,
83, Ravenelii, 121; Robbinsii, 118,
119, f. squamulosa, 119; santensis,
99, 100, b. Beaumontii, 99;
scabriuscula, 93, 94, 95, 97, 121,
var. farinacea, 95, f. farinacea, 93,
94, 95, 96; f. subtestacea, 95, 97, f.
surrecta, 94; scabriuscula-farina-
cea, 95; squamosa, 98, 103, 104;
É multibrachiata, 99; f. murina,
98; f. phyllopoda, 98; f. squamo-
sissima, 98; stenophylliza, 99, 100;
subsect. Stramineo-flavidae, 88,
strepsilis, 119, f. compacta, 119,
f. coralloidea, 119, f. glabrata,
119, f. subsessilis, 119; subcariosa,
108, 120, f. evoluta, 108, f.
pleurocarpa, 109, f. ramosa, 109,
squamulosa, 109; subsect. Sub-

glaucescentes, 86; submitis, 80,
83, 84, 121, f. divaricata, 85, f.
prolifera, 85; subrangiformis, 91;
subsquamosa, f. nuda, 102, 105,
f. subulata, 102, 105; subtenuis,
85, 120, f. prolifera, 85, f. setigera,
85; surrecta, 94; sylvatica, 79, 80,
81, 82, 83, 84, 85, f. inactiva, 79,
f. prolifera, 81, f. pygmaea, 81, f.
sphagnoides, 81, f. subspumosa,
81; group Thallostelides, 100, 110;
turgida, 107, 121, f. corniculata,
107, f. scyphifera, 107; subsect.
Unciales, 89; uncialis, 89, 90, 121,
f. obtusata, 90, f. setigera, 90, f.
soraligera, 90, f. spinosa, 90, f.
subobtusata, 90; verticillata, 111,
121, f. aggregata, 111, f. apoticta,
111, f. evoluta, 111, f. p ylloce-
phala, 111

Cladoniae of Connecticut, Notes on
the, 77

Cladrastis lutea, 295

Clematis Drummondii, 20

Clutia, 223, 224

Cluytia, 223

Collections, Need for Caution re-
garding certain, 175

Colorado, Alchemilla alpina in, 47

Comandra umbellata, 293

Commelinaceae, 293

Compositae, 253, 283, 297

Comptonia peregrina, 261, 293

Condalia obtusifolia, 19, 20

Conioselinum chinense, 175

Connecticut, Notes on the Cla-
doniae of, 77

Convolvulus hermannioides, 37;
patens, 267

Corallorhiza maculata, f. flavida,
44; striata, 286

Cornaceae, 296

Cornus, 227; alternifolia, 296;
amomum, 296; racemosa, f.
Nielseni, 58; stolonifera, 296

Coronaria Flos-cuculi, 243

a cea sempervirens, f. candida,
4

Corylaceae, 293

Coscinodon Raui, 75

Crataegus Douglasii, 276; (hybrid),
295

Cressa truxillensis, 20, 137

Cross, F. C., Notes on two adven-
tive Plants of the Washington,
D. C. Area, 183

Cruciferae, 294

Culinary Use for the Leaves of
Ms riparia, A, 225

Cuphea, 185, 87; asper, 185; car-
eco 185; sect. Heterodon,
186; petiolata, 185, 186, 187;
procumbens, 185, 86; Stamen-
numbers in, 185; viscosissima,
185, 186; Wrightii, 185

Cuscuta glabrior, 37; verrucosa, 37

Cymbopogon Bequaertii, 249

Cynoctonum Mitreola, 36; sessili-
folium, 265

Cynosciadium digitatum, 36

Cyperaceae, 293

Cyperus compressus, 22; flavescens,
var. poaeformis, 22, 255; Le-
contei, 255

Cypripedium acaule, 44, 293; arie-
tinum, 44; Calceolus, var. parvi-
florum, 43, var. pubescens, 43;
parviflorum, 43; reginae, 62

Cyrilla racemiflora, 263

Dalea alopecuroides, 299; alopecu-
roides on Plum Island, Essex
County, Massachusetts, 299; na-
na, 170

Danthonia mis 293

Daucus pusillus, 265

Deep-Freezing Flowers for Labora-
tory Instruction in Systematic
Botany, 289

Delphinium Penardi, 168; virescens,
168, ssp. Penardi, 168, ssp.
Wootoni, 168

Desmids, 288

Desmodium acuminatum, f. Chan-
donnetii, 138, f. unifoliolatum,
138; ser. Americana, 135; brac-
teosum, 137, 138, 8. cuspidatum,
138, var. longifolium, 138; cana-

306 Rhodora

dense, 137, 8. longifolium, 138;
ciliare, 136; cuspidatum, 137, 138,
var. longifolium, 138; Dillenii,
151, 154; Fernaldii, 137, 139,
145, 147, 148; floridanum, 139,
144, 145, 146, 147, 148; glabellum,
137, 151, 154, 155; glutinosum,
135, 136, 137, f. Chandonnetii,
138, f. unifoliolatum, 138;
humifusum, 137, 155; illinoense,
136; laevigatum, 137, 139, 144,
148, 149, 151, var. 8. monophyl-
lum, 149, 8. rhombifolium, 148;
lineatum, 137; ser. Longibrac-
teata, 137; longifolium, 138;
marilandicum, 137; nudiflorum,
135, 136; Nuttallii, 137, 139,
142, 144, 147; ochroleucum, 136;
paniculatum, 137, 151, 152, £.
angustifolium, 152, var. Chap-
mani, 152, var. epetiolatum,
153, var. pubens, 153, 154, var.
typicum, 152, 153, 154; ser.
Pauciarticulata, 136, 145; pau-
ciflorum, 135, 136; perplexum,
137, 154, 155; Preliminary Stud-
ies—III, 135; rhombifolium, 139,
141, 144, 145, 147, 148, 149, 151,
154, var. 8., 149; rigidum, 137;
rotundifolium, 35, 136, f. glabra-
tum, 138, var. glabratum, 138;
sessilifolium, 136; ser. Stipitata,
137, 145; ser. Stipulata, 136;
strietum, 137; tenuifolium, 137;
Torreyanum, 140; viridiflorum,
137, 138, 139, 142, 143, 144, 147
DeWolf, G. P., Note on the Varie-
ties of Zizania aquatica, 34
Dianthera ovata, 270
Dianthus, 244; alpinus, y. repens,
245; Armeria, 244; barbatus, 244,
245; deltoides, 244, 245; pluma-
rius, 244, 245; repens, 244, 245
Dicentra canadensis, 294
Dichondra repens, var. carolinensis,

Dicranum alatum, 73; Bonjeani,
var. alatum, 73; scoparium, 73, f.
alatum, 73

Digitaria Ischaemum, 227; sanguin-
alis, 227

Diosanthus Armeria, 245; barbatus,
245

Distichlis stricta, 19

Distribution of North Carolina
Plants—II, Notes on, 253

Ditaxis humilis, 36

Dithyrea Wislizenii, 294

Ditrichum flexicaule, f. Estellae, 74

[DECEMBER

Doronicum, 283

Draba reptans, 169, var. micrantha,
169, var. typica, 169

Dryas Drummondii, 286; integri-
folia, 62

Dryopteris cristata, var. Clintoni-
ana, 42; Filix-mas, 42; Phego-
pteris, 42; Robertiana, 227

Duncan, W. H., Shortia galacifolia
from Georgia, 229; Stamen-Num-
bers in Cuphea, 185; Synonymy
in Viburnum obovatum and V.
cassinoides, 179; Two new States
for Tridens strictus, 126

Dyschoriste linearis, 172

Eastern Arctic (Review), Thallo-
phytes and Bryophytes of the
Canadian, 25

Echinocactus texensis, 20

Echinochloa Walteri, f. laevigata, 54

Eighth Edition of Gray’s Manual
of Botany (Review), 226

Electrical Drier for Herbarium
Specimens, An, 129

Eleocharis albida, 255; arenicola,
256; Baldwinii, 255; caribaea,
167; flavescens, 256; geniculata,
167; melanocarpa, 256; micro-
carpa, 256; montevidensis, 256;
ovata, var. aphanactis, 54, var.
Heuseri, 18; parvula, 256, var.
anachaeta, 167; tricostata, 256;
vivipara, 257

Elliott Beardgrass, 45, 46

Empetrum nigrum, 62

Eragrostis hypnoides, 52; pecti-
nacea, 52

Erianthus alopecuroides, 21; com-
pactus, 71; giganteus, var. com-
pactus, 71; saccharoides, var.
compactus, 71

Ericaceae, 296

Erigeron pulchellus, var. Tolsteadii,
59, f. Tolsteadii, 59

Eriophorum tenellum, f. axillare,
46; virginicum, 47

Erodium texanum, 20, 35

Errors in Gray’s Manual, Mis-
prints and other Typographical,
280

Euonymus atropurpureus, 277

Eupatorium incarnatum, 40

Euphorbia albomarginata, 20, 36,
37; cyparissias, 295; lata, 20

Euphorbiaceae, 295

Eurotia lanata, 167

Evans, A. W., Notes on the Cla-
doniae of Connecticut, 77

1950] Index to Volume 52 307

Evans, Long Life to Alexander W., 49

Evers, R. A., Andropogon Elliottii
in Illinois, 45

Extension of Solidago erecta, 288

Fagaceae, 293

Fagus grandifolia, 293

Fascicle of Novelties, a Small, 61

Fassett, N. C., Subspecific Varia-
tion in Sporobolus cryptandrus,
125

Fern Allies of New Hampshire
(Notice), Scamman’s Ferns and,
228

Fernald, M. L., A Small Fascicle of
Novelties, 61; Adiantum Capil-
lus-Veneris in the United States,
201; Alchemilla alpina in Colo-
rado, 47; Arenaria uniflora, 71;
Arnica mollis and A. lanceo-
lata, 284; Galium harcynicum: a
Problem in Interpreting the Inter-
national Rules, 222; Introductory
Note (Betula Michauxii, a brief
Symposium), 25; Long Life to
Alexander W. Evans, 49; Need
for Caution regarding certain
Collections, 175; North American
Variety of Milium effusum, 218;
Our American Forms of Stellaria
Alsine, 250; Potamogeton ob-
longus, not P. polygonifolius, 128;
The Hybrid of Lysimachia ter-
restris and L. thyrsiflora, 199;
The Seeming Invalidity of some
Substitutes for the Name Ha-
benaria straminea, 247; The
Validity of the Generic Name
Pteretis, 246; Three Additions to
the Flora of Nova Scotia, 18;
Why so many Careless Books on
Trees and other Plants?, 272

Ferns and Fern Allies of New
Senpi (Notice), Scamman's,

Festuca inermis, 210, var. villosa,
210; megalura, 52; rubra, 293

Fissidens adiantoides, 73, var. im-
marginatus, 73, f. immargina-
tus, 73

Flora for the San Francisco Bay
Area (Review), A New, 76

Flora of Nova Scotia, Three Addi-
tions to the, 18

Flora, Some Additions to the
Oklahoma, 19-24, 35-41

Flowering Plants with Notes on
Additions to the Flora, Studies of
Minnesota, 54

Flowers for Laboratory Instruction
in Systemic Botany, Deep Freez-
ing, 289

Forasaccus inermis, 210; Pumpel-
lianus, 211

Formaldehyde and Alcohol in Plant-
collecting, A Substitute for, 123

Forms of Plants from Minnesota,
Two New, 46

Forsythia (hybrid), 296

Fothergilla major, 295

Fox, William B., Notes on Distribu-
tion of North Carolina Plants—
II, 253

Franseria acanthicarpa, 174; con-
fertiflora, 174; tomentosa, 174

Froelichia floridana, 261

Gaillardia pinnatifida, 20, 37

Galanthus elwesii, 183

Galax, 260

Galeopsis Tetrahit, var. bifida, 59

Galium harcynicum, 222, 223, 224;
harcynicum: a Problem in Inter-
preting the International Rules,
222; saxatile, 222; uniflorum, 270

Gates, B. N., An Electrical Drier
for Herbarium Specimens, 129

Generic Name Pteretis, The Valid-
ity of the, 246

Gentian of the Desert, The Autum-
nal Perennial, 68

Gentiana amarella, 69; angustifolia,
69, 70; autumnalis, 69, 71, f
albescens, 70, f. albocaerulea,
69, f. porphyrio, 70; porphyrio,
68, 69, 70, f. albescens, 70, f.
albocaerulea, 69, f. Stoneana, 69;
purpurea, 70, 71; Stoneana, 69

Georgia, Shortia galacifolia from,
229

Geraniaceae, 295

Geranium maculatum, 295

Gilia rigidula, var. acerosa, 171

Ginannia mollis, 75

Glyceria, 53; arkansana, 21; Fer-
naldii, 54; pallida, 255, var.
Fernaldii, 54

Gnaphalium chilense, 174; Wrightii,
174, 175

Godfrey, R. K., Notes on Distribu-
tion of North Carolina Plants—
II, 253

Goodman, G. J., A New Variety in
Saxifraga, 183

Goodyera decipiens, 286; oblongi-
folia, 286; pubescens, 280; repens,
279, 280; tesselata, 279, 280;
tesselata in Rhode Island, 279

308 Rhodora

Gramineae, 293

Grape Fern, 41

Grape vine, 57

Gray's Manual, Misprints and other
Typographical Errors, 280

Gray's Manual of Botany (Review),
Eighth Edition of, 226

Green ash, 58

Grimmia alpestris, 75; alpicola, 74,
75, var. rivularis, f. papillosa, 74;
apocarpa, var. alpicola, f. papil-
losa, 74; Doniana, 75; montana,
75; Rauei, 75; Wrightii, 75, var.
Rauei, 75

Guttiferae, 296

Gymnospermae, 278

Gypsophila, 233; elegans, 244;
muralis, 244; paniculata, 244

Habeeb, H., A Culinary Use for the
Leaves of Vitis riparia, 225;
Nomenclatural and other Notes
on Mosses, 72

Habenaria, 248; albida, 247, 248,
249, var. straminea, 247; clavel-
lata, var. ophioglossoides, 43;
Hookeri, 44, var. abbreviata, 62;
macrophylla, 63, 64, 65, pl. 1158;
obtusata, 44; orbiculata, 44, 61,
62, 63, 64, 65, var. Lehorsii, 61,
62, 64, var. Menziesii, 63, var.
typica, 63, 65; orbiculata, A
Study of, 61; straminea, 247, 249;
straminea, The Seeming Inva-
lidity of Some Substitutes for the
Name, 247; unalascensis, 286

Hagenah, D. J., New Records for
the Bruce Peninsula, Ontario, 41

Halesia carolina, 296

Hamamelidaceae, 295

Hamamelis virginiana, 275

Haploesthes Greggii, var. texana, 20

Hedeoma pulegioides, 38

Hedysarum bracteosum, 138; ciliare,
145, var. oblongifolium, 145;
cuspidatum, 138; grandiflorum,
138; laevigatum, 149; Mackenzii,
286; paniculatum, 151, 152; viridi-
florum, 140, 142

Helenium microcephalum, 20

Helianthemum corymbosum, 264

Helianthus angustifolius, 40; an-
nuus, 297; Nuttallii, 60

Heliotropium inundatum, 38

Herbarium Specimens, An Electrical
Drier for, 129; New Plastic Aid
in Mounting, 298

Hibiscus aculeatus, 264; palustris,
264; syriacus, 296

[DECEMBER

Hickories North of Virginia with
Notes on the two Pignuts, Carya
po and C. ovalis, Key to the,
1

Hicoria borealis, 193; carolinae-
septentrionalis, 193; glabra hir-
suta, 192, 193, glabra, var. hir-
suta, 192; odorata, 193, var. vil-
losa, 193; ovata, 193; pallida, 193

Hilaria mutica, 20

Hippocastanaceae, 295

Hodgdon A. R., Range-Extensions
and -Clarifications in New Hamp-
shire, 160

Holcus lanatus, 75; mollis, 75,
mollis in New Hampshire, 75

Homalothecium Nuttallii, 73

Hordeum pusillum, 19

Houstonia caerulea, 297; humifusa,
20

Hybrid of Lysimachia terrestris and
L. thyrisiflora, 'The, 19

Hybrids: Salix hebecarpa Fernald
and 8. simulans Fernald, Willow, 8

Hydrangea arborescens, 262

Hydrocotyle chinense, 175

Hypericum perforatum, 296

Hypnum Nuttallii, 73

Ibervillea Lindheimeri, 20

Ilex montana, 277

Illinois, Andropogon Elliottii in, 45

Impatiens capensis, f. Peasei, 58

International Rules, Galium har-
cynicum: a Problem in Inter-
preting the, 222

Introductory Note (Betula Mi-
chauxii, a brief Symposium), 25

Invalidity of some Substitutes for
the Name Habenaria straminea,
The Seeming, 247

Tris lacustris, 44

Isopyrum biternatum, 261

Itea virginica, 35

Iva frutescens, var. oraria, 162

Jones, E. K., Subspecific Variation
in Sporobolus eryptandrus, 125
Jovet, P., The Type of Betula

Michauxii, 32
Juglans, 191; nigra, 274
Juncaceae, 293
Juncus bufonius, 24; effusus, 293
Juniperus communis, var. saxatilis,
62; monosperma, 21, 174; Pin-
choti, 20; virginiana, 274
Justicia ovata, 269

1950] Index to Volume 52 309

Kalmia, 230

Key to the Hickories North of
Virginia with Notes on the two
Pignuts, Carya glabra and C.
ovalis, 188

Knowlton, C. H., Rhododendron
maximum at Medfield, 279; Rho-
dodendron maximum in New
England, 215

Krochmal 8., Range-Extensions and
-Clarifications in New Hamp-
shire, 160

Labiatae, 297

Laboratory Instruction in Syste-
matic Botany, Deep-Freezing
Flowers for, 289

Lakela, O., Two New Forms of
Plants from Minnesota, 46

Larbrea uliginosa, b. alpina, 251,
aa. ovalifolia, 250

Larix laricina, 277

Lauraceae, 294

Leaves of Vitis riparia, A Culinary
Use for the, 225

Lechea patula, 265

Leguminosae, 253, 295

Lemna minor, 260

Leucorchis albida, subsp. eu-albida,
249, subsp. straminea, 249; stra-
minea, 249

Liatris punctata, var. coloradensis,
175, var. typica, 175, var. typica,
f. coloradensis, 175; pycnostachya,
f. alba, 40; squarrosa, var. hir-
suta, 40

Libertia Laurencei, 224

Lichen subulatus, 113

Lilaeopsis carolinensis, 265; chinen-
sis, 175

Liliaceae, 293

Limonium limbatum, 20, 36

Linaria canadensis, 297; minor, 59;
vulgaris, 297

Lindera Benzoin, var. pubescens,
168, var. typica, 169

Liriodendron tulipifera, 294

Listera cordata, 44

Lobelia cardinalis, 297

Lomaria Spicant, 246

— Life to Alexander W. Evans,

— involucrata, 286; Morrowi,

Lusekia, 248

Luzula acuminata, var. carolinae,
ces campestris, 293; carolinae,

Lychnis, 233, 234, 236; affinis, 237,
238; ajanensis, 241; alba, 234,
242, 294; alpina, 234, 235, 236,
238, var. americana, 235, var.
americana, f. albiflora, 235; ape-
tala, 234, 235, 230, 237, 238,
subsp. apetala, 235, 239, f.
arctica, 235, subsp. attenuata,
235, 236, var. elatior, 240, var.
glabra, 236, subsp, montana,
235, 236; attenuata, 236; brachy-
calyx, 240; chalcedonica, 235,
243; coronaria, 235, 243; Daw-
sonii, 241; dioica, 235, 243, var.
rubra, 243; diurna, 243; Drum-
mondii, 234, 241, var. Drum-
mondii, 242, var. nuda, 242, var.
striata, 242; Flos-cuculi, 234,
235; Funstonii, 240; furcata, 234,
236, 237, 238, 239, 240, subsp.
affinis, 238, subsp. elatior, 238,
239, 240, 241, subsp. elatior, var.
glabra, 240, subsp. furcata, 238;
Githago, 243; Kingii, 234, 241;
mexicana, 234, 242; montana,
236; nesophila, 235; pauciflora,
238, 239; striata, 242; Taylorae,
240; triflora, 234, 236, 241, subsp.
Dawsoni, 241, var. Dawsoni,
241, subsp. triflora, 241; vesper-
tina, 242; Viscaria, 234, 235

Lycium Berlandieri, 20

Lycoperdon, 252

Lycopodium complanatum, 43; ob-
scurum, 254, var. dendroideum,
43; tristachyum, 43

Lysias Menziesii, 63; orbiculata, 64

Lysimachia commixta, 199, 200;
sect. Ephemerum, 200; sect.
Naumburgia, 200; producta, 199,
200; quadrifolia, 200; sect. Stei-
ronema, 201; terrestris, 199, 200,
201; terrestris and L. thyrsiflora,
The hybrid of, 199; thyrsiflora,
199; thyrsiflora, The Hybrid of
L. terrestris and, 199; sect.
Verticillatae, 200

Nu denudata, 294; virginiana,
1

Magnoliaceae, 294

Maguire, B., On the Application of
the Name Arnica Lessingii (Tor-
rey and Gray) Greene, 281;
Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—
IV. A Synopsis of the North
American Species of the Sub-
family Silenoideae, 233

Maianthemum canadense, 53, 293

310 Rhodora

Malaxis brachypoda, 44, f. bifolia,
71; monophyllos, f. bifolia, 71

Malvaceae, 296

Manning, W. E, Key to the
Hickories North of Virginia with
Notes on the two Pignuts, Carya
glabra and C. ovalis, 188

Matteuccia, 246, 247; pensylvanica,
247; Struthiopteris, 246

McDowell, G. W., Shortia galaci-
folia from Georgia, 229

Medfield, Rhododendron maximum
at, 279

Meibomia, 135; cuspidata, 138;
floridana, 146; grandiflora, 138,
var. Chandonetii, 138; laevigata,
149, var. monophylla, 149; longi-
folia, 138; Nuttallii, 139, 143;
paniculata, 151, 152, var. obtusa,
154; rhombifolia, 146, 148; viridi-
flora, 140, 141

Melandrium, 234; apetalum, 235,
238; Drummondii, 242; Flos-
cuculi, 243; furcatum, subsp.
angustiflorum, 238; macrosperm-
um, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239;
pauciflorum, 238; Soczavianum,
236, 237, 238, 239; Taylorae, var.
glabrum, 241; vespertinum, 242

?Melandryum Ostenfeldii, 241; tai-
myrense, 241

Mesembryanthemum, 223

Michigan (Notice), Shrubs of, 208

Micromyces, 252

Milium effusum, 218, 219, 220, var.
cisatlanticum, 218, f. Lerchen-
feldianum, 221; North American
Variety of, 218

Minnesota Flowering Plants with
Notes on Additions to the Flora,
Studies of, 54

Minnesota, Two New Forms of
Plants from, 46

Minor Transfers, Three, 71

Misprints and other Typographical
Errors in Gray's Manual, 280

Modiola caroliniana, 170

Moehringia, 286

Monarda punctata, ssp. intermedia,
38, var. intermedia, 38

Montana Plant-Distribution Rec-
ords, 52

Monterey pine, 5

Moore, H. E., A Substitute for
Formaldehyde and Alcohol in
Plant-collecting, 123

Moore, J. W., Studies of Minnesota
Flowering Plants with Notes on
Additions to the Flora, 54

[DECEMBER

Mosses, Nomenclatural and other
Notes on, 72

Mounting Herbarium Specimens,
New Plastic Aid in, 298

Muhlenbergia Porteri, 21, 174;
Torreyi, 19

Musci, 72, 73

Myosotis macrosperma, 171; verna,
171

Myricaceae, 293

Najas flexilis, 52, 286

Need for Caution Regarding Cer-
tain Collections, 175

Neslia paniculata, 57

New England, Rhododendron max-
imum in, 215

New Flora for the San Francisco
Bay Area (Review), A, 76

New Forms of Plants from Minne-
sota, Two, 46

New Hampshire, Holcus mollis in,
75; Range-Extensions and -Clari-
fication in, 160; (Notice), Scam-
man's Ferns and Fern Allies of,
228

New Plastic Aid in Mounting
Herbarium Specimens, 298

New Records for the Bruce Penin-
sula, Ontario, 41

New Variety in Saxifraga, A, 183

Nicotiana trigonophylla, 20

Nomenclatural and other Notes on
Mosses, 72

Nomenclatural Changes in Bromus,
209

Nomenclature, Sidelights from Zo-
ology on Botanical, 156

North American Species of the Sub-
family Silenoideae, Studies in the
Caryophyllaceae—IV. A Syn-
opsis of the, 233

North American Variety of Milium
effusum, 218

Northeastern America, Betula Mi-
chauxii Spach in, 27

Note on the Varieties of Zizania
aquatica, 34

Notes on Additions to the Flora,
Studies of Minnesota Flowering
Plants with, 54

Notes on Mosses, Nomenclatural
and other, 72

Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecti-
cut, 77

Notes on the two Pignuts, Carya
glabra and C. ovalis, Key to the
Hickories North of Virginia with,
188

1950] Index to Volume 52 311

Notes on Distribution of North
Carolina Plants—II, 253

Notes on two Adventive Plants of
the Washington, D. C., Area, 183

Nova Scotia, Three Additions to the
Flora of, 18

Novelties, A Small Fascicle of, 61-71

Nuphar, A Southeastern, 65; ova-
tum, 65, 66, 67; puteorum, 65,
66, 67, pl. 1159, 1160; variega-
tum, 67

Nymphaea, 66

Nymphoides peltatum, 36

Oenothera biennis, 296; canescens,
170

Official Plant Names?, 1

Oklahoma Flora, Some Additions
to the, 19-24, 35-41

Oklahoma, Some Results of a Third
Summer's Botanizing in, 165

Oleaceae, 296

Onagraceae, 296

Ontario, New Records for the Bruce
Peninsula, 41

Opuntia leptocaulis, 20

Orchidaceae, 41, 248, 293

Orchis orbiculata, 64; rotundifolia,
64

Oryzopsis hymenoides, 21; micran-
tha, 166

Osmorhiza obtusa, 286

Osmunda, 246; spicant, 246

Ostrya virginiana, 160, 293

Our American Forms of Stellaria
Alsine, 250

Oxalidaceae, 295

Oxalis stricta, 295; violacea, f. alba,

58
Oxyria digyna, 62
Oxytropis, 227; foliolosa, 286

Panicum, 45; ramisetum, 166; tex-
anum, 36

Parnassia Kotzebuei, 286

Parsonsia petiolata, 185

Parthenocissus quinquefolia, f. hir-
suta, 35

Paspalum bifidum, 254; racemulo-
sum, 254

Passiflora incarnata, f. alba, 35

Pease, A. S., Holeus mollis in New
Hampshire, 75

Pectis, 41; angustifolia, 40

Pedicularis canadensis, 269, 297

Pellaea atropurpurea, 43

Penstemon Fendleri, 175

Perennial Gentian of the Desert,
The Autumnal, 68

Pericome glandulosa, 175

Perizoma rhomboidea, 269

Persimmon, 45

Philadelphus inodorus, 295

Phlox divaricata, var. Laphamii, f.
bicolor, 58

Phragmites communis, var. Ber-
landieri, 255

Phryma Leptostachya, 270, var.
confertifolia, 270

Phyllitis Scolopendrium, var. ameri-
cana, 42

Physalis comata, 171; Fendleri, 171;
hederaefolia, 171, var. comata,
171; lobata, 36; mollis, var.
cinerascens, 171

Physocarpus opulifolius, var. inter-
medius, 169

Physostegia formosior, f. alba, 58

Phytolacca americana, 294

Phytolaccaceae, 294

Picea glauca, 277; mariana, 277

Pieris floribunda, 296

Pignuts, Carya glabra and C. ovalis,
Key to the Hickories North of
Virginia with Notes on the two,
188

Pilaisaea, 72

Pinaceae, 278

Pinus Banksiana, 273; cembroides,
var. edulis, 21, 40; edulis, 174;
insignis, 5; ponderosa, 21, 40, 174;
radiata, 5; resinosa, 273; Strobus,
272

Piperia, 286

Plagiopus Oederi, 74, f. alpinus, 74,
var. condensatus, 74; serratus, 74

Plant-collecting, A Substitute for
Formaldehyde and Alcohol in,
123

Plant-Distribution Records, Mon-
tana, 52

Plants from Minnesota, Two New
Forms of, 46

Plant Names?, Official, 1

Plantaginaceae, 297

Plantago lanceolata, 297; Wrighti-
ana, 20

Plants?. Why so many Careless
Books on Trees and other, 272

Plants—II, Notes on Distribution
of North Carolina, 253

Plastic Aid in Mounting Herbarium
Specimens, New, 298

Platanthera Menziesii, 63, 64

Plum Island, Essex County, Massa-
chusetts, Dalea alopecuroides on,
299

Podostemum ceratophyllum, 162

312 Rhodora

Podophyllum peltatum, 294

Polemonium reptans, 268

Polygala Curtissii, 263; paucifolia,
295

Polygalaceae, 295

Polygonaceae, 294

Polygonatum biflorum, f. ramosum,
56; canaliculatum, 56, f. foli-
atum, 56, var. rotundifolium,
55; commutatum, f. foliatum, 56;

ubescens, 293

Polygonum achoreum, 18; dume-
torum, f. cristatum, 167; persi-
caria, 294

Polystichum Lonchitis, 42

Populus deltoides, 274

Portulaca lanceolata, 168

Potamogeton alpinus, 128; ampli-
folius, 286; epihydrus, 286; ob-
longus, 128; obtusifolius, 286;
polygonifolius, 128; Robbinsii,
286

Potentilla Crantzii, 227; simplex,
295

Preliminary Studies—III, Desmo-
dium, 135

Primulaceae, 296

Problem in Interpreting the Inter-
national Rules, Galium harcyn-
icum: A, 222

Prosopis juliflora, var. glandulosa,
19

Prunella parviflora, 58; vulgaris,
var. parviflora, 58

Prunus pensylvanica, 295; umbel-
lata, 262; virginiana, 276

Pteretis, 246, 247; pensylvanica,
247; Struthiopteris, 246; The
Validity of the Generic Name, 246

Pteridophyta, 41

Puccinellia, 53

Pylaisia, 72; Jamesii, 72; polyantha,
72, var. Jamesii, 72

Pyrus melanocarpa, 295

Quercus alba, 275; ellipsoidalis, 56,
var. kaposianensis, 56; falcata,
148, 150; Gambelii, 24; imbri-
caria, 227; macrocarpa, 274;
stellata, 275; velutina, 293

Range-extensions and -Clarifica-
tions in New Hampshire, 160

Ranunculaceae, 294

Ranunculus acris, 294; bulbosus,
rivi fascicularis, 160, 161; ficaria,

Raymond, M., Betula Michauxii

[DECEMBER

Spach in Northeastern America,
27

Records for the Bruce Peninsula,
Ontario, New, 41

Records, Montana Plant-Distribu-
tion, 52

Results of a third Summer's Bota-
nizing in Oklahoma, Some, 165

Reverchonia arenaria, 20

Rhamnus Frangula, 163

Rhexia virginica, 177

Rhode Island, Goodyera tesselata
in, 279

Rhododendron, 230; canadense, 296;
maximum, 215, 279, at Medfield,
279, in New England, 215

Rhodotypos scandens, 295

Rhus microphylla, 19, 20; Vernix,
227, 263

Rhynchospora capitellata, 257;
corniculata, var. interior, 23, var.
typica, 22; cymosa, 23; diver-
gens, 257; sect. Eurhynchospora,
23; glomerata, 23, var. angusta,
23; globularis, var. recognita, 23;
Harveyi, 23; perplexa, 257;
Wrightiana, 258

Robinia pseudoacacia, 295

Rollins, k C., A New Flora for the
San Francisco Bay Area (Review),
76; Deep-Freezing Flowers for
Laboratory Instruction in Syste-
matic Botany, 289

Rosa Eglanteria, 58

Rousseau, J., Betula Michauxii
Spach in Northeastern America,
2

Rubiaceae, 297

Rubus, 248; subgen. Chamaemorus,
248; subgen. Cylactis, 248; sub-
gen. Eubatus, 248; subgen. Idaeo-
batus, 248; idaeus, var. caudatus,
71, var. strigosus, 57, var. strigo-
sus, f. niveus, 57; pernagaeus,
227; strigosus, var. caudatus, 71

Rumex acetosella, 294; pulcher, ssp.
divaricatus, 167

Salicaceae, 293

Salicornia, 18

Salix,227,248;anamesa,8;anglorum,
13, 15, 16, var. kophophylla, 16;
arctophila, 13, 15, 16, 18; sect. Ar-
gyrocarpae, 8; astatulana, 8; cor-
data, 8; cordifolia, var. Macounii,
16; floridana, 8; fullertonensis, 8;
fuscescens, 10, 11,12,13, 15; fusces-
cens, var. hebecarpa, 10, 11, 13, 15;
sect. Glaucae, 16, 17, 18; hebecarpa,

1950] Index to Volume 52 313

8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16; hebecarpa
Fernald and S. 'simulans F erna n
Willow Hybrids:, 8; hudsonensis,
8; humilis, var. microphylla, 293;
McCalliana, 18; missouriensis, 8;
myrtilloides, 14; nigra, 274; sect.
Ovalifoliae, 13, 15, 18; pedicel-
laris, 10, var. hypoglauca, ST:
12; 18, 14, 15, 16; $ Pentandrae,
248; petiolaris, 8; $ Reticulatae;
sect. Roseae, 8, 9, 11, 16; simu-
lans, 8, 10, 11, 13, 16, 18; simu-
lans Fernald, Willow Hybrids:
S. hebecarpa Fernald and, 8;
sect. Uva-ursi, 8

Salpichroa rhomboidea, 269

Sambucus canadensis, 297

San Francisco Bay Area (Review),
A New Flora for the, 76

Santalaceae, 293

Saponaria, 233; officinalis, 243, 294;
segetalis, 244; Vaccaria, 244

Sarcostemma crispa, 20; cynan-
choides, 20; lobatum, 170

Sarracenia rubra, 262

Sassafras albidum, var. molle, 294

Satyrium albidum, 249

Saxifraga, 227, 248; A New Variety
in, 183; oppositifolia, 62; virgini-
ensis, 183, 295, var. subintegra,
183

Saxifragaceae, 295

Scabiosa arvensis, 53

Scamman’s Ferns and Fern Allies of
New Hampshire (Notice), 228

Schedonnardus paniculatus, 19

Schedonorus inermis, 210

Scheuchzeria palustris, 47

Schoenus corniculatus, 22

Schubert, B. G., Arenaria uniflora,
71; Desmodium: Preliminary
Studies—III, 135

Scirpus californicus, 23; cespitosus,
var. callosus, 62, 63; "heterochae-
tus, 286; saximontanus, 167; sub-
terminalis, 286

Scleria minor, 258; oligantha, 23;
triglomerata, 24

Scrophulariaceae, 297

Sebastiania ligustrina, 263

Senay, P., The Type of Betula
Michauxii, 32

Senecio aureus, 297

Sequoia gigantea, 4, 5; semper-
virens, 4

Sequoiandendron, 5; giganteum, 5

Setaria macrostachya, 20

Seymour, F. C., Extension of
Solidaga erecta, 288

Shinners, L. H., Brassica Kaber,
var. stricta, 127; Sidelights from
Zoology on Botanical Nomencla-
ture, 156

Shortia, 229, 230, 231, 232; galaci-
folia, 229, 230, 231; galacifolia
from Georgia, 229

Shrubs of Michigan (Notice), 208

Sibbaldia procumbens, 4

Sida Elliottii, 264; inflexa, 264;
physocalyx, 20

Sidelights from Zoology on Botani-
cal Nomenclature, 156

Silene, 233, 234; acaulis, 62; cucu-
balus, 294; Drummondii, 242;
furcata, 238; noctiflora, 243;
stellata, var. scabrella, 24

Silphium betonicifolium, 40; per-
oliatum, 297

Silybum Marianum, 164

Sinapis arvensis, var. stricta, 127

Sisymbrium officinale, 169

Sisyrinchium campestre, f. albi-
florum, 56

Smilax, 45

Snyder, D. E., Dalea alopecuroides
on Plum Island, Essex County,
Massachusetts, 299.

Solanaceae, 297

Solanum elaeagnifolium, f. albi-
florum, 172; gracile, 268; tri-
florum, 297

Solidago caesia, 288; erecta, 288;
erecta, Extension of, 288; semper-
virens, 207

Sorbus americana, 275, 276; scopu-
lina, 276

Southern Amelanchier, A, 67

Southeastern Nuphar, A, 65

Spartina cynosuroides, 255

Specimens, New Plastic Aid in
Mounting Herbarium, 298

Spiraea alba, 57, f. rosea, 57

Spirodela polyrhiza, 259

Sporobolus airoides, 19; cryptan-
drus, 125, ssp. fuscicolor, 126,
ssp. typicus, var. occidentalis,
125, var. typicus, 125; cryptan-
drus, Subspecific Variation in,
125; giganteus, 166; neglectus,
53; Poiretii, 22; texanus, 19;
vaginiflorus, 53

St. John, H., The Authorities for
Torryochloa Fernaldii, 53

Stamen-Numbers in Cuphea, 185

Steeves, T. A., Note on the Varie-
ties of Zizania aquatica, 34

Stellaria Alsine, 250, f. alpina, 251,
var. alpina, 251; f. ovalifolia, 250;

314 Rhodora

Alsine, Our American Forms of,
250; longifolia, 56, var. atrata,
56, var. subaequalis, 56, var.
typicus, 56; media, 251; uligin-
osa, 57, 250, n. alpina, 251, var.
latifolia, 250, f. ovalifolia, 250;
uniflora,' 71

Stenophyllus coarctatus, 257

Stentz, J., Montana Plant-Distri-
bution Records, 52

Struthiopteris, 246

Studies in the Caryophyllaceae—
IV. A Synopsis of the North
American Species of the Sub-
family Silenoideae, 233

Studies of Minnesota Flowering
Plants with Notes on Additions
to the Flora, 54

Study of Habenaria orbiculata, A,
61

Styracaceae, 296

Subspecific Variation in Sporobolus
eryptandrus, 125

Substitute for Formaldehyde and
Alcohol in Plant-collecting, A,
123

Substitutes for the Name Habenaria
straminea, The Seeming Invalidi-
ty of some, 247

Suaeda, 18; suffrutescens, 20

Symphoricarpos occidentalis, 39

Symplocaceae, 296

Symplocarpus foetidus, 293

Symplocos tinctoria, 296

Symposium, Betula Michauxii, A
brief, 25-33

Synonymy in Viburnum obovatum
and V. cassinoides, 179

Synopsis of the North American
Species of the Subfamily Silenoi-
deae, Studies in the Caryophyl-
laceae—IV, A, 233

Syringa vulgaris, 296

Systematic Botany, Deep-Freezing
Flowers for laboratory Instruc-
tion in, 289

Tapeinanthus, 247

Tetradymia spinosa, 53

Thallophytes and Bryophytes of
the Canadian Eastern Arctic
(Review), 251

Thelia asprella, 72, var. Lescurii,
72: Lescurii, 72, 73

Three Additions to the Flora of
Nova Scotia, 18

Three minor Transfers, 71

Thuja occidentalis, 273

Thuspeinantha, 247

[DECEMBER

Tilia americana, 274, 296

Tiliaceae, 296

Torilis nodosa, 265

Torreyochloa, 53; Fernaldii, 53, 54;
Fernaldii, The Authorities for, 53

Tradescantia bracteata, f. albi-
flora, 55, f. rosea, 55; virginiana,
293

Transfers, Three minor, 71

Trees and other Plants?, Why so
many Careless Books on, 272

Trichostema dichotomum, 297

Tridens strictus, 126, 127; strictus,
Two new States for, 126

Trientalis borealis, 296

Trifolium pratense, 295

Trillium pusillum, 261

Triodia pilosa, 19; stricta, 126

Trisetum interruptum, 166

Tunica, 233; prolifera, 245; Saxi-
fraga, 245

Two New Forms of Plants from
Minnesota, 46

Two new States for Tridens strictus,
126

Type of Betula Michauxii, The, 32

Typographical Errors in Gray’s
Manual, Misprints and, 280

United States, Adiantum Capillus-
Veneris in the, 201

Uvularia perfoliata, 260, 293; pudi-
ca, 260; sessilifolia, 256

Vacearia, 233; pyramidata, 243;
segetalis, 244; Vaccaria, 244

Vaccinium angustifolium, 296; co-
rymbosum, 296; ovalifolium, 286

Vaillantia, 223

Valantia, 223, 224

Validity of the Generic Name
Pteretis, The, 246

Varieties of Zizania aquatica, Note
on the, 34

Variation in Sporobolus cryptan-
drus, Subspecific, 125

Variety in Saxifraga, A New, 183

Velezia, 233; rigida, 244

Venard, H., Shortia galacifolia from
Georgia, 229

Verbena plicata, 20, 38

Vernonia Baldwinii, var. interior, f.
alba, 175; noveboracensis, 297

Veronica serpyllifolia, 297

Viburnum affine, var. ‘“‘hypoleu-
cum," 172, var. hypomalacum,
172; bitchiuense, 297; cassinoides,
179, 180, 181, 182; cassinoides,
Synonymy in V. obovatum and,

3 1753 00341 3744

1950] Index to Volume 52 315

179; corymbosum, 179, 180, 182,
183; dentatum, 172; nudum, var.
cassinoides, 182; obovatum, 179,
180, 181, 182; obovatum and V.
cassinoides, Synonymy in, 179;
agar 182

Vilf : tenacissima, var. fuscicolor,
126

Vinca minor, 296

Viola fimbriatula, 296

Violaceae, 296

Viscaria alpina, 235; vulgaris, 235

Viscum terrestre, 200

Vitaceae, 295

Vitis, 225; Labrusca, 295; riparia,
225; riparia, A Culinary Use for
the Leaves of, 225

Wagnon, H. K., Nomenclatural
Changes in Bromus, 209

Wahlbergella angustiflora, 238; ape-
tala, 235, B arctica, 235

Walnut tree, 57

Washington, D. C., Area, Notes on
two adventive Plants of, 183

Waterfall, U. T., Some Additions to
the Oklahoma Flora, 19-24, 35-
41; Some Results of a third Sum-
mer’s Botanizing in Oklahoma,
165

White spruce, 58

White, W. L., Thallophytes and
Bryophytes of the Canadian
Eastern Arctic (Review), 251

Why so many Careless Books on
Trees and other Plants?, 272

Willow Hybrids: Salix hebecarpa
Fernald and S. simulans Fernald,

Wisteria sinensis, 295
Xanthium oviforme, 60

Zerna inermis, 210

Zizania aquatica, 34, var..angusti-
folia, 34; var. interior, 34; aquati-
ca, Note on the varieties, 34

Zoology on Botanical Nomencla-
ture, Sidelights from, 156